YALE UNIVERSITY
LIBRARY

ACQUIRED BY EXCHANGE

APPENDIX TO CHILEAN STATEMENT

APPENDIX to the
STATEMENT presented on behalf of
CHILE in reply to the
ARGENTINE REPORT
submitted to the
TRIBUNAL constituted by H.B. MAJESTY'S GOVERNMENT
acting as
ARBITRATOR
in pursuance of the Agreement dated
April 17, 1896

VOLUME II

London 1902

Butler & Tanner,
The Selwood Printing Works
Frome, and London.

No. 61.
Report of the Chilean Commissioner on the
REVISION OF THE SAN FRANCISCO LANDMARK.
[Translated from Bertrand's " Estudio Tecnico," Docs. pp. 128-132.]
(Quoted on page 522 of the Statement.)
The Chilean Assistant Commissioner to the Chilean Expert.
Santiago, May 10, 1894.
Mr. Expert, —
In compliance with the instructions of January 1st of the
present year, issued to the Sub-Commissions of the north, I
have the honour of informing your Excellency of the work of
revision carried out in the region of the boundary and outside
of it, and of the results obtained from the said revision.
In accordance with the spirit of the Instructions, it was the
Argentine Sub-Commission which formulated the scheme of
the works which were carried out, the Chilean Sub-Commission
confining itself to concurring in the material execution of same.
These works were the following :
At the Vega de San Francisco, a base-line of 2515 metres
was measured and the situation of two high summits towards
the east, and distant from one another 5323 metres, was
thereby determined.
These two points constituted a fresh base and by means of
these stations and of the extremities of the basis measured, all
the visible summits were determined, which, in their turn,
433 B

No. 61. (434 )
served to determine a fresh base, or side, to the west of the
San Francisco Pass, and the latter side, in its turn, served to
determine fresh summits.
Continuing in a similar manner as far as the ridge of Santa
Rosa or Maricunga, three more sides, and all the summits which
could be sighted from their extremities, were fixed.
Besides, from each station point, photographic views of the
whole horizon were taken.
In the Argentine camp as in the Chilean, several observa
tions were made to determine the latitude and longitude of the
various places, connecting them with the extremities of the
base measured.
In order to connect the latter with the San Francisco Gap,
the survey of a polygonal line was made, which, starting from
one of the extremities of the base, ended at the landmark
erected on April 15, 1892, by Sefiores Bertrand and Diaz.
The sides of this line were measured with a chain and the
angles with the compass.
In addition, some hypsometric observations were made in
both camps, at the San Francisco Gap, at Las Peladas Pass, at
that of Maricunga, and at other points.
Such were, Mr. Expert, the works proposed by the Argen
tine Engineers and carried out by both Commissions in common.
The result of the first works, and even more, the mere in
spection of the ground in the vicinity of the San Francisco Pass,
is to be found stated n the Record of March 7 last,1 and con
firms, throughout, the Record of April 15, 1892, as to the loca
tion of the landmark erected at that time by the Chilean-Argen
tine joint Sub-Commission : that is to say, that the said land
mark has been erected on the San Francisco Gap, and that the
two main basins separated by the latter are that of Laguna
Verde on the side of Chile, and that of the Vegas de San Fran
cisco on the side of the Argentine Republic.
1 Document No. 60..

No. 61. ( 435 )
In view of this result, in complete accordance with the
existing agreements of the Experts, the Chilean Sub-Commission
believed the case, foreseen in the Instructions of ist of January,
had arisen, to wit : to consider the investigations at an end,
and to commence the works of demarcation, following towards
the south. The Argentine Assistants did not accept, however,
the opinion of the Chilean Sub-Commission, and made, in the
Record to which I have referred, the decisive declaration that,
in spite of the results obtained by the revision, they believed that
the landmark erected by the joint Commission of the year 1892
was not planted in conformity with the Boundary Treaties.
Although they were invited to do so, the Assistants did not
give us their grounds for such a declaration, which involves a
direct charge against the joint Commission of the year 1892,
of which one of the Argentine Assistants who now subscribes
to this declaration, formed part.
They moreover requested our concurrence in carrying out
the surveys as far as the Santa Rosa or Maricunga ridge, situ
ated some 25 leagues, more or less, west of San Francisco Pass,
and therefore outside the region of the boundary.
The undersigned observed that such surveys, not being
pertinent to our mission, delayed to no purpose the demarcation
of the boundary which, according to Article VII. of the
Protocol of May, 1893, must be the principal object of the Ex
pert's Commission. Moreover, as there existed good maps of
the locality, the sketch or rough survey we were making would
be of very little scientific value. I yielded, however, to the
insistence of the Argentine Engineers, in the interest of the
good understanding which always existed between ,both Com
missions. In order to prove that the landmark, to which the Record
of 15th of April, 1892, refers, was erected in conformity with
the agreements of the Experts and with the stipulations of the
Boundary Treaty, I shall quote, first of all, a part of the

No. 61. (436)
Record of April 29, 1890, signed by both Experts, which
textually says the following : — " It was agreed that a joint Qu°£d'
Commission of Assistants should be entrusted next dry season
with the demarcation of the boundary from the Portezuelo
or Pass of San Francisco, which is situated between the
26th and 27th parallels of south latitude, and proceed from
this point southwards."
And the same Record also adds : " That, in fixing on the <>otf
p. 4-4-
San Francisco Pass the initial point for the boundary work,
they do not mean to imply that this place is the northern ex
tremity of the frontier which separates Chile from the Argentine
Republic, but that it is a point of the said frontier."
These agreements, or declarations of the Experts, served as
a basis for the instructions which, under date of the 24th of
February, 1892, were issued to the Sub-Commissions of the
north. It may now be noted that, in the Record of April 15, 1892,
as in the Record of March 7 of the present year, it appears that
the landmark erected at that time is to be found planted at the
spot called Pass or Gap of San Francisco, and that its latitude,
26° 52' 45", falls, besides, within the boundaries of latitude
given in the Record of the Experts.
There is no doubt whatsoever, therefore, that the joint
Commission of 1892, when fixing on the ground the starting-
point of the demarcation of the boundary, acted in conformity
with instructions given by joint accord and in writing by the
Experts. The agreement of the Experts to commence the work of the
demarcation on the San Francisco Pass, and the precise declara
tion that the latter is, according to Article I. of the Treaty
of 1 88 1, a point of the frontier between Chile and the Argentine
Republic, are based upon the preliminary survey made by them
of that part of the Cordillera, upon existing maps and geogra
phical descriptions ; and it has not been abrogated by any

No. 61. ( 437 )
subsequent agreement or treaty, but on the contrary, confirmed
by the works of the joint Sub-Commissions of the years 1892
and 1 894.
As a matter of fact, in the Record of the joint Commission
of the year 1892, it is stated that, in order to determine the
starting-point of the demarcation where, according to the same
record, the first landmark was erected, Article I. of the Boundary
Treaty of July 23, 1881, and the topographical definitions of
a Pass or Gap in a mountain chain, have been borne in mind.
In the Record of March 7 last, it is stated that the landmark,
the location of which we were ordered to verify, is planted at
the spot which topographically should be called Pass or Gap of
San Francisco.
According to the rules of topography, a pass or gap is a
depression of the water-parting line, where two opposite valleys
have their origin.
The two valleys, which, according to the Record in question,
are separated by the Gap of San Francisco, are that of Laguna
Verde on the side of Chile, and that of Vegas de San Francisco
on the side of the Argentine Republic.
Now, the basin of Laguna Verde is tributary to the basin
of Maricunga, and the latter, in its turn, has its geographical
drainage in the basin of the Chilean River Copiapd, owing to
the fact that the passes which separate them are much lower
than the Pass of San Francisco, as may be seen on the map
annexed hereto, the indications of which are based upon data
obtained in common by both Commissions.
For a similar reason, the basin of Vegas de San Francisco
is tributary to the hydro graphical basin of the Argentine
River Cazadero.
Consequently, the San Francisco Gap, where the landmark,
— the object of the revision agreed to in Article VIII. of the
Protocol of May 1893, — is erected, separates the sources (ver-
tientes) which flow down to either side, and is, therefore, a

No. 61. (438)
point of the frontier between Chile and the Argentine Republic,
in conformity with Article I. of the Treaty of 1881 and with
the Protocol of 1893, as wen as with the declaration of the Ex
perts dated April 29, 1890.
I have, etc., Antbal Contreras, P.

No. 62.
THE ARGENTINE COMMISSIONERS' REPORT ON THE
SAN FRANCISCO LANDMARK IN 1894.
Enclosure A.
[Extracts translated from a certified copy of the Argentine Expert's Note
dated August 14, 1894.J
(Quoted on pages 522 and 523 of the Statement.)
The Argentine Expert to the Chilean Expert.
Buenos Aires, August 14, 1894.
Mr. Expert, —
The surveying Commission in the north has presented to
me its report upon the works carried out by it in that region
conjointly with the Chilean Commission, during the last season ¦
and, although the space of time which it had at its disposal to
carry them out has been very short, I believe I am entitled to
inform you that the opportunity has arisen for us to order Quoted
our assistants to remove the provisional landmark of San p'
Francisco to the place where it ought to be erected, according
to the Treaty of Limits, in order to comply with Article VIII.
of the Protocol of May 1, 1893, and to enable the Argentine Re
public to retain her dominion and sovereignty over all the terri
tory which extends to the east of the principal chain of the
Cordillera, and Chile to retain hers to west of the same,
in accordance with what is prescribed in Article II. of the
Protocol, interpretative and explanatory of the said inter
national Agreement.
However, if you should consider that more extensive and
4,39

No. 62. (440 )
more detailed surveys are necessary for the better solution of
this point, you can rely henceforward upon the fact that there
will be no objections whatsoever, so that we may give instruc
tions for them, without prejudice to the demarcation continu
ing elsewhere, as has been agreed.
*****
From the report of the Argentine Sub-Commission [En- Quoted
closure B], maps and photographs annexed, it results that the
provisional landmark does not stand on the principal chain,
and that the place where it has been erected does not even
correspond to the divortia aquarum, which, besides, cannot be
sought for outside of the principal chain of the Andes.
Hoping that you, Mr. Expert, animated like myself, by the
desire that the demarcation should not be delayed, will adopt
either of the two courses proposed, or that you will transmit to
me whatever your acknowledged wisdom may suggest to you
regarding the provisional landmark, I have pleasure in advis
ing you that all the Commissions under my orders will be ready
to start to continue the work on the 15 th of October next, as
was agreed with you in Santiago last March, including the two
recently created, which must work to the north of Tinguiririca
and from Point Dungeness.
I beg to remain, etc., N. Quirno Costa.
Juan I. Ochagavia, Secretary,
Enclosure B.
[Translation of Extracts from the Argentine Commission's Report printed
in Bertrand's " Estudio Tecnico," pp. 106-110, footnote.]
(Quoted on page 52 of the Statement.)
FROM the Cerro de Famatina in about 28° 47' S. latitude, and
always following the meridian 68° west of Greenwich, there
runs to the north a mountain of over 4000 metres high, per
fectly well denned and of vast proportions, which extends

No. 62. ( 441 )
as far as latitude 26° 45', where it joins the great Atacama
tableland by means of Mount " Negro Muerto," and the range
which stretches to the west of the latter, which seems to
form the southern border of this tableland, continuing its
main chain to the north by the " Peinado " and " Cueros de
Purullas " and expanding from here into a large tableland.
* * * * *
Mount San Francisco, like those surrounding it, is of
volcanic origin, and has certainly risen at an epoch long
subsequent to that of the formation of the real Andean
Cordillera. The San Francisco itself and its twin mountain, the
Incahuasi, are great isolated volcanoes, the aspect of which
hardly differs from that of the " Negro Muerto," also appar
ently a volcano and situated in the Cordillera del Famatina ;
but these mountains are not geologically connected.
It seems that there have been partial eruptions here,
which have thrown up the ground to colossal heights.
*****
Mount San Francisco not only is not situated on the main
chain of the Andes, but it does not even belong to any continuous
range or chain whatsoever. It rises from the valley of the
" Vega " which bears its name, and its slopes are merged into
those of the great tableland, at the eastern border of which
nature seems to have placed it, together with " Incahuasi,"
towering high, like two immense knots, ending in the insig
nificant and interrupted range that borders the Cordillera de
los Andes on this side.
And, as a matter of fact, at first sight Mount San Francisco
seems to belong to one of the many low hills forming a line
from north to south from beyond Mount Coipa, all of a similar
aspect and formation, among which are " Matambre," " Aguas
Calientes," " El Tambero," " Las Losas " hills and others. If

No. 62. '( 442 )
all these hills are connected with each other, such a chain would
be insignificant, as I have already said, and moreover, inter
rupted at the same time, because its line is cut by all the water
courses which flow into the Vegas of the Cazedero and which
form the River Guanchin, as well as by the headwaters of
the River Los Jumes or La Troya.
But, in case of such a chain existing, there would be a fur
ther reason to reject by that mere fact, the landmark erected
by Senores Diaz and Bertrand, because that line of mountains
could never be considered as the Cordillera de los Andes.
*****
Whether Mount San Francisco be isolated, or whether it
forms a part of the range already described, it cannot geologi
cally be connected with the Sierra de Negro Muerto ; because,
in the second case, which is the most favourable, we should
have a range running from north to south, in connection
with the centre of another one running from east to west
along a wide valley, and this cannot happen.
If we were now to consider Mount San Francisco in con
nection with other large hills and the high massives of the Muerto
and Ojos del Salado, we could construct a range with Mounts
" Veteado," " Fraile," " Incahuasi," and "San Francisco"; but
when we examine the level upon which these hills rise, notic
ing that they gradually decrease towards Incahuasi, that their
direction does not correspond to that of the very high mountain
which starts from Mt. Bonete (?) and when we observe the
insignificance of the volume of " Veteado " and " Fraile " in
comparison with that of the others " Bonete" (?), " Nacimientos,"
"Ojos del Salado," "Sierra Grande," and "Tres Cruces" which
are connected with each other and which have a similar
aspect and general direction, we should designate the said
range as a simple spur.

No. 62. ( 443 )
I am now going to deal, although but briefly, with the
continental water-divide and with the small basins to be met
w th on the road from San Francisco to Santa Rosa.
In the extent surveyed, the watercourses flowing towards
the east all rise somewhat to the west of the zone which is
bordered on the east by the high tableland, and to which I
believe (like Senor Bertrand) that the San Francisco belongs.
These waters form the sources of the River Guanchin which
start on the north in the " Vega de las Peladas," and those of
the River Jagiiel.
The watercourses of the west, in that same extent, are all
sources ivertientes), of the River Jorquera which debouches on.
the Pacific in the latitude of Copiap6, and all of them rise
from the western springs of the range Azufre, Santa Rosa
and Cerro Bravo.
Therefore, the continental water-divide lies to the west of
the zone to which Mount San Francisco belongs and to the
east of the westernmost chain.
Along the road five small basins are found without any
outlet whatever, which the scheme of nature has placed there
so as to serve as a reservoir for the waters of the melting ice,
which do not disappear through filtration or evaporation.
These are, from east to west : the Vega de San Francisco,.
Laguna Verde, a small one at a great altitude between
Sierra Grande and Barrancas Blancas, another between Tres
Cruces and Bordo Negro, and the Maricunga lagoon.
Of these I shall simply take the three principal ones into
consideration, which are those into which the watercourses flow
in all seasons and where water is always to be found, to wit :
Vega de San Francisco, Laguna Verde, Laguna Maricunga.
Into the first one no watercourse flows from any height.
There rise, however, several watercourses, the high tempera
ture of which shows that they are subterranean waters and not
nitrations from springs ivertientes) proceeding from the heights ;.

No. 62. ( 444 )
and only one of them, which comes from the north-east, is
formed by filtration from the Negro Muerto.
All these watercourses flow into a lagoon situated to the
south of the Vega.
The second one, Laguna Verde, only receives its waters
from the melting of the ice from the Nevados del Muerto,
Ojos del Salado, Sierra Grande and Barrancas Blancas.
The water-divide between this basin and the preceding one
is at the San Francisco Gap (where the provisional landmark
was erected).
The last one, Laguna Maricunga, receives a watercourse
only at certain seasons, — the River Lamas, which is formed by
the melting of the snows from the glaciers of Tres Cruces.
This river disappears in the borax plains of the hollow
before reaching the lagoon itself. Its water-divide with the
Laguna Verde is on the chain passing through Sierra Grande
and Barrancas Blancas.
Not one of these three basins has any importance what
soever, because, as I have already said, they are simply small
reservoirs without any outlet.
I understand that, like these reservoirs, there are others
to be found in the unexplored part, which are enclosed by the
two ranges into which, apparently, the real Andean Cordillera
is divided.

No. 63.
THE CHILEAN EXPERT ON THE REVISION OF
THE SAN FRANCISCO LANDMARK.
[Extracts translated from a certified copy of the Chilean Expert's Note dated
September 27, 1894.] (Quoted on page 523 of the Statement.)
The Chilean Expert to the Argentine Expert.
Santiago, September 27th, 1894.
Mr. Expert, —
I have had the honour to receive your communication dated
at Buenos Aires on the 14th of last August, concerning the
surveys and work of demarcation of boundaries at the place
called San Francisco Pass ; and, with it, the Reports and Maps
to which you refer. After having carefully studied those docu
ments, I now fulfil the duty of replying to the communication
mentioned. Before entering on this reply, I deem it necessary to review
briefly the antecedents of this question, which were prior to
the epoch in which you were designated by your Government
to fill the post of Expert in the demarcation of the boundary
between Chile and the Argentine Republic. The knowledge
of these circumstances is indispensable in order to regard in
its true light the matter under discussion.
In April, 1890, when commencing the arrangements in
both countries for the works of the demarcation of the boundary
on the ground, Senor Don Octavio Pico, your distinguished

No. 63. (446)
predecessor in the office of Expert on the part of the Argent'ne
Republic, proposed to the Chilean Expert that such work should
-commence in the north, a proposition which was admitted with
out difficulty, with a complementary addition requested by the
undersigned Chilean Expert.
Having before them some geographical descriptions and
various charts or maps of that region, some of Chilean and others
of Argentine origin, both Experts agreed that the first land
mark of the demarcation should be fixed at the spot called San
Francisco Pass, declaring in the Record signed on the 29th of
April, 1890, that " it is a point of the frontier which separates
Chile from the Argentine Republic."
In 1892 the works of the demarcation on the ground were
begun. After protracted discussions which it would be useless
to recall, the Chilean Expert proposed draft instructions which,
owing to their general form, seemed to remove the difficulties
which had arisen during those discussions. The Chilean Ex
pert proposed that the joint Sub-Commission of demarcating
Engineers which was to operate in the north " should go to
the zone comprised between parallels 270 and 30° and should
proceed to demarcate the dividing line between the two coun
tries, and draw up, at the points as to which they should be
in accord, the Minute to be signed by the Experts in accordance
with Article I. of the Treaty of 1881." These draft instructions
proposed by the Chilean Expert were submitted by the Argen
tine Expert to the Government at Buenos Aires. They signi
fied their acceptance by telegraph, although proposing a modi
fication which they believed to be substantial. They wished
that in those instructions it should be clearly expressed that
the work of demarcation in the north should begin in confor
mity with the agreement signed by the Experts on the 29th
of April, 1890, that is to say, that the first landmark should be
fixed at the San Francisco Pass. The Chilean Expert readily
accepted this modification, and consequently the instructions

No. 63. ( 447 )
were approved and drawn up in the form proposed by the
Government of Buenos Aires.
The facts which I have just recalled appear in the Record
signed by the two Experts, and also in the Report presented
to the Argentine Government in 1892 by the Minister for
Foreign Affairs, of which the portion relative to the boundary
question with Chile appeared in two other separate official
editions at Buenos Aires. These circumstances, which I have
deemed it necessary to recall, show that, by a formal agreement
of the two Experts, it was decided to erect at the San Francisco
Pass the first landmark of the demarcation, and that such an
agreement was expressly approved by the Government of
Buenos Aires.
The surveys made on the ground have amply confirmed the
reasons which the Argentine and Chilean Experts had in April
of 1890 for declaring that the San Francisco Pass is a point of
the frontier which separates Chile from the Argentine Republic,
and which the Government of Buenos Aires had in February,
1892, for approving this agreement and for insisting that the
first landmark of the demarcation should be erected at this
spot. As a matter of fact, Mr. Expert, the joint Sub-Commission
formed of three Argentine Assistant Engineers and three Chilean,
who then went to these places, after the proper investigations
and observations, acknowledged that the spot called San Fran
cisco Pass combined the conditions exacted by the Treaty of
1 88 1, for determining a point of the demarcation, drew up
there the Record of April 15, 1892, in which this fact was con
firmed, and, as the season was very much advanced, established
there a provisional landmark made of stone, agreeing to sub
stitute for it in the following summer one made of iron.
The Record alluded to, the Report which was presented to
me by the chief of the Chilean Sub-Commission, and the map
or sketch which the latter and his assistants made of the ground

No. 63. (448)
on which the landmark was erected, did not leave me in doubt
as to the fact that the landmark had been erected in accordance
with the provisions of Article I. of the Boundary Treaty, and
of the Agreement of the Experts which had merited the approval
of the Government of Buenos Aires.
Thus, when Sefior Don Valentin Virasoro, your prede
cessor in the office of Expert, suggested to me the idea of making
revision of the spot on which the landmark alluded to had been
erected, I thought that it was only a case of finding out whether
it was or was not situated in the Pass of San Francisco. Al
though that was an operation already finished, and one which
I considered in perfect conformity, in form and substance, with
the requirements of Article I. of the Boundary Treaty of 1881,
with the supplementary Convention of 1888, and with the
Agreement of the Experts, in the interests of the good harmony
with which the work must be carried out, I had no objection
to accepting the proposed revision which was sanctioned by
the Protocol of May 1st, 1893. I then believed that such a
revision, no matter what scope was given to it, would simply
give support and authority to what had already been done.
The fresh surveys have confirmed me in this conviction.
Those localities were newly explored in the summer of 1894
by a Chilean-Argentine joint Sub-Commission of Assistant
Engineers. The Record which they drew up on the 7th of
March of this year, the Report of the Chief of the Argentine
Sub-Commission, the map or geographical chart accompanying
it, and your esteemed communication to which I have the
honour of replying, acknowledged that the landmark erected
in April, 1 892, is actually situated at the Pass or Gap of San
Francisco. But it is now claimed, contrary to all the declarations
alluded to, that this Pass is not a point of the frontier which
separates Chile from the Argentine Republic, and that the
boundary line must be fixed at another point which is not
defined either in your Note or in the Report accompanying it.

No. 63- ( 449 )
Permit me to tell you that the map itself which you have been
good enough to send me, and the reasons given to support this
fresh opinion, unquestionably contradict it.
As a matter of fact, Mr. Expert, the examination of the map
drawn up by both Sub-Commissions plainly shows that the
point where the first landmark of the demarcation was planted
in 1 892, is in reality a point of the water-parting line in the main
chain of the Andes, that is to say, of the continental watershed.
The heights enumerated in that map leave this fact beyond
all doubt.
The height of the San Francisco Pass is 4615 metres above
the sea. The basin east of the Pass has no actual drainage ;
but its topographical [scientific] drainage is to be found towards
the east at a height of 3930 metres, and is therefore tributary
to the basin of the River Cazadero, Guanchin and the River
Colorado de la Rioja. These facts, sufficiently well known, estab
lish that the eastern sources of the San Francisco Pass belong
to the hydrographical system tributary to the Atlantic Ocean.
In a similar manner, the basin to the west of the San Fran
cisco Pass (Laguna Verde) has no actual drainage ; but its
topographical drainage is to be found towards the west at a
height of 4320 metres, that is to say, 295 metres lower than the
Pass of San Francisco. The western basin of Maricunga,
which receives this drainage, also has no direct outlet towards
the coast, but its topographical drainage is found still to the
west at 3949 metres high, that is to say, 666 metres lower
than the Pass of San Francisco. There starts the Paipote
brook, an affluent of the River Copiapo.
Although the boundary treaty of 1881 clearly decided every
question similar to the present one, when establishing that,
along the whole extent of our territories where the Cordillera
de los Andes serves as the frontier between both countries, the
boundary line should run over the highest summits which
divide the waters, perhaps some doubts might have arisen owing
C

No. 63. (450)
to the brooks, parts of rivers or incomplete rivers which do not
reach the sea, — a very common occurrence in both countries,
specially in the region of the north, where, almost at every
step, interrupted watercourses are found, because the evapo
ration or filtration does not allow them to fill the depressions
which they meet in their course. Happily, all doubt has been
removed by Article I. of the Protocol of May 1, 1893, which
helped to clear this point. After confirming the principle that,
all along the extent of the Cordillera de los Andes, which extends
between the two countries, the boundary line should pass over
the highest summits which divide the waters, and enjoining the
Experts and Assistant Engineers to hold this principle as the
invariable rule in the demarcation, this Article establishes that
all the lands and all the waters to be found east of such line are
Argentine, and all those to the west are Chilean, designating
by name the " parts of rivers, brooks, springs ivertientes),
lagoons, etc." These clear and imperative provisions applied
to the present case and to the geographical facts shown in
the map which you yourself have been pleased to send me,
do not leave the slightest doubt that the San Francisco Gap,
where in April, 1892, a landmark of the demarcation was
erected, is a point of the boundary line between Chile and the
Argentine Republic. And I must state to you that I rely on
this map, not only because it has been made by distinguished
engineers who have specially studied the ground, and presented
to me by such an important person as yourself, but because
the facts therein contained, which are pertinent to the present
question, are in conformity with the other observations obtained
by the Chilean Sub-Commission.
In the face of these data it is incomprehensible to the
undersigned that the chief of the Argentine Sub-Commission,
in contradiction with his own map, should affirm that " the
continental water-divide lies to the west of the zone to which
the San Francisco belongs." But this assertion, which the

No. 63. ( 451 )
facts recalled completely destroy, is all the more strange as
it is not therein stated where the continental water-divide
is, although, on both sides of those Cordilleras, opposite hydro-
graphical regions extend, between which a dividing line must
forcibly exist. For my part, I believe that nothing is easier
than to find it precisely at the spot where they [the Argentine
Commission] have been unwilling to identify it.
This assertion has made you fall into the error contained
in the following words of your esteemed communication : "It
does nqt even correspond," you say, referring to the San Fran
cisco Pass, " to the divortium aquarum, which, besides, cannot
be sought for outside the principal chain of the Andes."
I believe, Mr. Expert, to have demonstrated by these clear
and precise facts, as to the accuracy of which we are in perfect
agreement, that, in that part of the Cordillera, the divortium
aquarum is to be found precisely at the Pass of San Francisco ;
and moreover, I believe that there, as all along the bordering
Cordillera, we must look for it on the highest summits which
divide the waters ; and that such line, easy of discovery and
of being determined at any part thereof, being prolonged with
out the slightest interruption all along its extent, constitutes Quoted
p. 523.
the distinctive and essential feature of the principal chain of
the Andes.
This is what the international covenants, to which we must
submit in our work of the demarcation, establish. Article I.
of the Treaty of 1881 is both clear and explicit upon this point,
and Article I. of the Protocol of May 1, 1893, confirming it
amply, has imperatively enjoined, as I have already said, that
the Experts and their assistants should hold this principle as
the " invariable rule " in their proceedings.
Now, if, in such an explicit and imperative manner, we are
commanded to fix the dividing line on the highest summits
-which divide the waters, can we go and fix it on summits which
do not divide the waters ? What would our respective Govern-

No. 63. ( 452 )
ments, who have honoured us with the posts of Experts, say,
if they were to see us abandoning a rule which has been imposed
upon us with the characteristic of the " invariable rule of our
proceedings " ? What would be the judgment of our fellow-
citizens if we were to fulfil our mission in this manner ? And
finally, what legal value would our doings have, if we were not
to subordinate our work to such a clear and peremptory stipu
lation ?
For my part, I could not abandon it without neglecting the
most elementary duties connected with my post.
For this reason, when the Instructions given to the demar
cating engineers on the 1st of January of the present year were
drawn up, I had the honour of informing you, and of expressly
stating it on the Record signed that day, that by " main chain
of the Andes " I understand the " uninterrupted line of sum
mits which divide the waters and which form the separation
of the hydrographic basins or regions tributary to the Atlantic
towards the east and to the Pacific towards the west."
When making this declaration, maintaining a principle
established by the existing treaties with so much precision, and
based on sound principles of geography and of international
law as well as on the Treaties in force, and besides, the only one
which can lead us to a practical result in the demarcation,
avoiding the thousand difficulties of detail which, without
such a sure rule as this, would arise at every step, I have
wished, Mr. Expert, to give a fresh proof of the sincerity and
straightforwardness with which, in accordance with the direc
tions of my Government and my own convictions, we must
proceed in an operation which is purely one of loyalty and
concord, destined to delimitate peacefully and quietly our re
spective territories, and to confirm and strengthen our relations
of friendship and commerce.
I omit to show here that the faithful fulfilment of this " in
variable rule '' of the demarcation does not cause any detriment

No. 63. (453 )
to either of the two countries ; it facilitates and renders prac
ticable the work which has been entrusted to us ; it is based
on the principles of international delimitation ; it is pro
claimed by the most authoritative geographers and supported
by its most distinguished writers. The undersigned had the
honour of treating of these various points in a note addressed
to your predecessor, Sefior Octavio Pico, under date of January
1 8, 1892, to which I have not had the honour of receiving a
reply up to this date.
Although I could repeat these considerations, and strengthen
and unfold them further, I abstain from doing so because I
deem it unnecessary.
For the reasons stated above, I do not consider the considera
tions of a geological character adduced by the chief of the
Argentine Sub-Commission conducive to the elucidation of the
present question, even should they lack the vagueness and in
decision which cannot but be inherent to them in the present
state of our geological knowledge of this great chain of moun
tains. I shall only observe, in this respect, that we cannot but
commend the good sense shown in the drawing up of our
Boundary Treaty and in the Protocol which confirms it, when
eliminating absolutely this kind of question. There, in Article
I. of both covenants, a frontier line has been fixed which may
be determined along the whole of its extent by the mere inspec
tion of the locality, or at most by the study of the declivities of
the ground, without taking at all into consideration the nature
of the ground, which would only have given rise in each case
to unending discussions, assuredly without any practical result.
*****
In view of the foregoing, I believe that the landmark, erected
at the San Francisco Pass in fulfilment of the agreement drawn
up by the Experts on the 29th of April, 1890, and with the
concurrence of the engineers of the Commissions of both coun
tries on the 15 th of April, 1892, is erected on the spot which

No. 63. (454)
corresponds to it according to the Treaty of 1881 ; and, al
though by the Protocol of 1 893 the Chilean Government agreed
to accede to the request of the Argentine Expert that a revision
of the work should be made, and that " in case an error should
be found, the landmark should be removed to the point where
it should have been placed according to the terms of the Boun
dary Treaty," the fresh surveys have simply confirmed the
correct location of this landmark. I believe, for this reason,
that the surveys made hitherto are sufficient, for the purpose
of solving this question, whether by agreement of the Experts
or whether by the decision of an Arbitrator, in conformity
with the Treaty, should the said agreement fail to be obtained.
This question cannot be a hindrance to the continuation of the
work entrusted to us, which we both are interested in advanc
ing in the same spirit of cordiality with which we have com
menced it.
I have, etc.,
Diego Barros Arana.

No. 64.
THE ARGENTINE EXPERT ON THE SAN FRANCISCO
LANDMARK AND THE "MAIN CHAIN OF THE
ANDES," on December 14, 1894.
[Translated from a certified copy at the Chilean Legation.]
(Quoted on page 524 of the Statement.)
The Argentine Expert to the Chilean Expert.
Buenos Aires, December 14, 1894.
Mr. Expert, —
I have had the honour of receiving your Note dated Sep
tember 27 last, which is a reply to mine of August 14, in which
I requested the removal of the provisional landmark of San
Francisco to the place where it should be erected in conformity
with the Treaty of 1881 and the explanatory and interpretative
Protocol of same, dated May i, 1892, or the continuation of
the surveys in the region of the north in order to confirm or
rectify our respective opinions.
After making lengthy remarks you maintain that the land
mark referred to is correctly erected, in accordance with the
provisions of those international covenants, that it is placed
on the main chain of the Cordillera de los Andes, and that,
on your part, you consider fresh surveys to be unnecessary,
adding besides that, if a direct arrangement were to be impos
sible, the controversy should be submitted to arbitration.

No. 64. (456)
As your note embraces several important conclusions regard
ing the meaning which you give to the international covenants
in force between the Argentine Republic and Chile, besides a
narrative of the circumstances which you have deemed it
advisable to recall in connection with this provisional landmark,
I feel the necessity of replying at length to your note in order
that there may be a record as to how I understand the duties
imposed upon me by the office of Expert which I fill, and as to
what meaning I give to the covenants binding both Govern
ments in connection with the determination of their respective
boundaries, at the same time, leaving our responsibilities clearly
defined in case any emergency should arise in the future, —
which I try, and will try, to avoid, in the interests of the prose
cution of our work, and of the good relations which happily
exist between the two countries, and which are well maintained
and strengthened by the action of our Governments.
I must, first of all, inform you that I regret that you should
have taken the trouble of recalling the circumstances in con
nection with the erection of the provisional landmark of San
Francisco, not only because such operation was not approved
by the Experts, but also because all divergences respecting its
validity were eliminated by Article VIII. of the Protocol of May 1,
which reads as follows : " The Argentine Expert, having stated
that, in order to sign, with full knowledge of the circumstances,
the Minute of April 15, 1892, by which a Chilean-Argentine
Sub-Commission marked on the ground the starting-point of
the demarcation of the frontier in the Cordillera de los Andes,
he thought it indispensable to make a fresh survey of the place
to conform or correct that operation, adding that that survey
would not delay the continuation of the work which could be
carried on simultaneously by another Sub-Commission ; and
the Chilean Expert, having on his part, declared that, although
he believed the operation had been carried out strictly according
to the Treaties, he had no objection to assent to the wishes of

No. 64. ( 457 )
his colleague, as a proof of the cordiality with which the work
was being carried out ; the undersigned have agreed that a
revision of the operation shall take place, and that, in case any
error is discovered, the boundary mark shall be removed to
the spot where it ought to be placed, according to the terms of
the Boundary Treaty."
The fresh surveys to remove the said landmark to the spot
where it should have been erected according to the Boundary
Treaty and Protocol, — in case it should not have been planted
in conformity with the provisions of these — having been
ordered, it seems to me that neither you nor your assistants
could have maintained that what it was desired to know was
whether such landmark was or was not in the San Francisco
Pass, not only in view of the clear and imperative terms of the
Article which I have just copied, but also because the repre
sentatives of the Argentine Republic have never doubted that
the said point was the one designated by the Commissions. They
did maintain that it was not the one that answered to the rule
to be followed in ¦ the demarcation, for which reason they re
fused to sign the Record which you desired. This brief expla
nation justifies the remarks which I took the liberty of making
regarding the Report of your Assistants, who joined the Argen
tines this year in carrying out the surveys in the region of the
north, — which report is inserted in the Record of March 7th
of the present year, and leads to a misunderstanding or to the
ignoring of what was agreed to in the Protocol referred to.
It was not my intention to make a charge against the said
Assistant, nor do I consider myself entitled to do so ; but, as
the Expert on the part of the Argentine Republic, I could not
omit calling your attention to this, since, as the joint Commission
was given the instructions which I signed with you at Santiago,
the latter were the only rule of procedure for the Chilean and
Argentine Assistants. In a similar case I shall be most pleased
to take your suggestion into consideration, although I have

No. 64. (458)
instructed those under my orders never to depart from the
instructions which we may give them.
I must observe to you that, on my part, I do not give to the
Protocol of" 1st of May, in that part which refers to the San
Francisco landmark, any other meaning than that expressed
by its clear and unmistakable wording ; and that, although I
sincerely respect the reasons which you had for denying to the
Expert, Senor Virasoro, the right of revising the operation,
which among other causes gave rise to the diplomatic negotia
tions which ended at that date, it surprises me that you should
still hesitate as to the meaning of the terms of the Protocol,
and that you should say in the note to which I reply, that Senor
Virasoro only claimed the revision of the spot where the land
mark was erected to which you consented, in the conviction
that, no matter what scope might be given to this revision, it
would simply afford fresh support and authority to what had
already been done.
And, what had been done, and how had it been done ?
You say in this respect in the note to which I refer : —
"In April, 1890, when commencing the arrangements in
both countries for the works of the demarcation of the boundary
on the ground, Senor Don Octavio Pico, your distinguished
predecessor in the office of Expert on the part of the Argentine
Republic, proposed to the Chilean Expert that such work
should commence in the north, a proposal which was readily
admitted, with a complementary addition requested by the
undersigned Chilean Expert.
" Having before them some geographical descriptions and
various charts or maps of that region, some of Chilean and
others of Argentine origin, both Experts agreed that the first
landmark of the demarcation should be fixed at the spot called
San Francisco Pass, declaring, in the Record signed on the
29th of April, 1 890, that ' it is a point of the frontier which
separates Chile from the Argentine Republic' "

No. 64. (459 )
The foregoing narrative which you have considered it your
duty to make, places me in the position of saying that, although
it was indispensable that the Experts should decide whether
the demarcation should commence in the south or in the north,
it was not within their powers to declare a certain spot to be a
point of the frontier until the necessary investigations had
been made, since their mission is to carry out the demarcation
on the ground themselves or through their delegates, according
to the Convention of 1898, the result of such demarcation being
the only thing which could place them in a position to fix a
point of the dividing line. You say that maps or sketches,
some of Argentine and others of Chilean origin, were consulted ;
but this very fact reveals that nothing definite was done, and
that it was more of a suggestion, since, if the demarcation was
to be carried out in conformity with pre-existing maps or
sketches, the mission of the Experts and their Assistants would
have had no object, for, in order to trace the line, the indication
of the points where the landmarks were to be erected would
be sufficient, and this operation could have been carried out
without any difficulty whatsoever by any inhabitant of the
country familiar with surveys in the Cordillera.
You yourself, after the Record of 29th of April, 1890, as
you express it in the note to which I am now replying, pro
posed, in 1892, that the joint Commission of demarcating en
gineers, which was to operate in the north, should proceed to
the zone comprised between 27" and 30° and start the demar
cation of the boundary line between the two countries, drawing
up, on the points as to which they should be in accord, the Minute
which the Experts must sign in accordance with Article I. of
the Treaty of 1881, — and this obviously indicates the necessity
of previous investigations in order to fix the common frontier.
The negotiators of the Treaty of 1881 said that the boundary
between the Argentine Republic and Chile is, from north to
south as far as the 52 nd parallel of latitude, the Cordillera de

No. 64. (46o)
los Andes ; and, when giving the rule for the tracing of the
dividing line, this international agreement, like the others
which have been concluded, entrusted this operation to two
Experts, and, by their delegation, to some Assistants, and not
the determination of points of the frontier without previous
investigation. It is for this reason, Mr. Expert, that what was done at
San Francisco in 1892 did not have, and could not have had, the
validity which you maintain, nor did it obtain the approval of
the Argentine Expert, who, as you know, refused to sign the
Record of April 15, 1892 ; and it was likewise for this reason
that your Government, as appears from the Protocol of May 1st,
consented that what was done should be revised and that a
joint Commission of Chileans and Argentines should proceed
to the region of San Francisco to carry out fresh and detailed
investigations. As this is a demarcation which is being carried out with
the greatest harmony, and it being to the manifest interests
of both countries that truth only should prevail and that no
thing should be based on an error, our respective Governments
have given, and I am sure will continue to give, the most unmis
takable proofs that the demarcation of the boundaries will be
pursued and brought to a close without any exciting incidents
or disturbances to weaken the ties of friendship which unite
Chileans and Argentines ; and, I entertain the profound con
viction that we, who are called upon to obey these purposes,
will not lack the necessary patriotism for removing from our
path such obstacles as may prevent us from realizing such
noble ends.
Decided, as it is, by the Protocol of May 1st, that the demar
cation made at San Francisco in 1 892 is not definitive, I do not
consider it necessary to enter into other considerations respecting
the circumstances which you have deemed it your duty to
recall ; and I pass on to other points of extreme gravity treated

No. 64. (46i)
in your Note when replying to mine of the 14th of August last.
In spite of what has been stated, when dealing with the
application of the Protocol which establishes that the line must
run along the main chain of the Cordillera de los Andes, you
maintain that the San Francisco landmark is erected on it.
You understand by main chain of the Cordillera, the un
interrupted line of summits which divide the waters, and which
form the separation of the basins or hydrographic regions
which are tributaries to the Atlantic on the east, and to the
Pacific on the west, and you state that when issuing the Instruc
tions given last January, you recorded this fact.
On my part, I must remind you that I rejected that mean
ing, expressing that I did not consider at that time that I ought
to point out the excesses and deficiencies of that definition,
adding that the Experts were not called upon to interpret the
international Agreements, but to apply them, because we were
simple demarcators, and on the other hand no case had arisen
which would cause a divergence.
The Argentine Republic, Mr. Expert, never accepted the
continental divortium aquarum as the boundary with Chile, and
when negotiating the bases for the Treaty of 1881 you, as
Minister, proposed it to Senor Don Bernardo de Irigoyen, the
latter, as Minister for Foreign Affairs, rejected it, and the word
ing was adopted which is read in Article I. of the Treaty of 188 1 .
This Article — which provides that the boundary between
Chile and the Argentine Republic is from north to south as far
as the 52nd parallel of latitude the Cordillera de los Andes,
and that the boundary line shall run in that extent over the
highest summits of the said Cordilleras which divide the waters
and that it shall pass between the " vertientes " which start to
either side — would be useless because it would have sufficed
to establish that the boundary between the two countries was
the continental divortium aquarum, which you now uphold
against the very text of the Treaties, and their antecedents.

No. 64. ( 462 )
You cannot mention a single geographer or scientist who
applies the continental divortium aquarum as an absolute rule
in the delimitation of countries separated by mountains, and
still less when the text itself of a treaty provides that the line
shall run along the highest summits which divide the waters,
passing between the " vertientes " that you, as well as all the
geographers, define by the name of sides or flanks of the moun
tain, and which can never be proved to be synonymous with
the origins or sources of rivers : and when another explanatory
or interpretative Agreement provides that the said highest
summits be sought for in the main chain of the Cordillera,
that is, in its dominant ridge, in that which without other inter
ruptions than those in short spaces, caused by accidents of the
same mountain, forms the real edge of the system. Conse
quently it is in this main chain that we must draw the line,
whether the continental divortium aquarum be always situated
on it or not, as it may often be situated outside of it, as is fore
seen in the Protocol, when the latter provides that part or parts
of rivers may belong to either country, and as happens in the
Andes and other Cordilleras.
Always reacting against the text of the international agree
ment of May 1, 1893, anQl referring to the words "parts of
rivers " you say : " Doubts might possibly have arisen regard
ing those streams, parts of rivers or incomplete rivers which
do not reach the sea — a very common feature in both countries,
particularly in the northern region, where interrupted water
courses are frequently met with, by reason of evaporation or
filtration, which prevents them from filling the hollows to be
found in their course. Fortunately all doubts have been set
at rest by Article I. of the Protocol of May 1, 1893, which makes
this point still clearer."
Allow me to express my great surprise at the restriction
placed by you on one of the most conclusive stipulations of the
Protocol of May 1, 1893, and one which was the object of lengthy

No. 64. (463)
and laborious conferences which caused your retirement when
the said International Agreement was being signed. The Con
ferences began in March, 1893, m the Department of Foreign
Affairs of Chile, you and my predecessor, Sefior Virasoro, assist
ing as Experts, and Don Isidoro Errazuriz, Minister of the De
partment, and I, as Argentine Minister Plenipotentiary, being
also present.
When dealing with the intersection of rivers by the boundary
line, you stated that this should be left to be included in the
Instructions which the Experts were to give to the demarcating
Sub-Commissions, as this was understood ; I, on my part insist
ing that, with regard to this matter, we ought to sign a decla
ration expressing it.
When, during the course of the negotiation, the said cutting
of rivers was insisted upon, you refused to allow it to be inserted
in the Protocol ; and, as the Argentine Expert and myself
refused to continue discussing the affair, declaring that we con
sidered such an explanation to be indispensable, you did not
return to the Conferences, the negotiations being continued
between Sefior Errazuriz and myself, and the declaration as to
the cutting of rivers, established by Article I., was included with
out limitation or restriction of any kind.
How can you, therefore, reopen a discussion on a point
which has already been solved by means of a solemn Treaty,
sanctioned by the Congresses of the two nations concerned ?
Besides, the cutting of rivers exists implicitly in the Treaty
of 1 88 1, and your persistence, in all the acts of execution of
said Treaty, in leading us to the continental divortium aquarum
as an absolute rule, was another of the chief causes of the nego^
tiation of 1893, in which it was again eliminated as such, by
the fact of stipulating the former, and by recognizing to Chile
the Channels of the Pacific in the vicinity of parallel 5 2, it being
likewise agreed that the coasts of those channels was to be
amicably determined by both Governments. If the continental

No. 64. (464)
divide were the general rule, you would not have consented to
all this, nor would the Chilean Government have given its
approval to it.
This stipulation regarding the southern channels is an
express abandonment of the alleged and disturbing continental
divortium aquarum, which, for you, never appears to have
been eliminated as an invariable rule. In fact, in parallel 520
the divide between the Atlantic and Pacific basins is situated
at the sources of the River Gallegos, which some call " Plains
of Diana " (Planicies de Diana).
Could you maintain that in these plains is situated the
main chain of the Cordillera mentioned by the Protocol, when
it can only be found, if that parallel is followed, to the west of
those plains, and after crossing inlets of the Pacific which a
high-minded policy of sincere friendship towards Chile on the
part of ray Government caused them to declare as belonging
to that Republic ?
The great Cordillera stretches longitudinally from north to
south, and, taking into account in the aggregate, all its system,
it spreads out from east to west in a great extent. The Treaty
of 1 88 1 enclosed within it the frontier line, providing that the
line shall run along its highest summits which divide the waters,
and adding that it shall pass between the " vertientes " which
start to either side.
To what water-parting line does the Treaty refer ?
Saying, as it says,1 " the highest summits which divide
waters " [sic] it must be understood to mean those which form
a chain, and the Protocol of May 1st has defined this point,
since it locates them in the main chain of the Cordillera, which
forms, as I have said, a sort of edge more or less flattened,
stretching in a given trend. They are summits presenting two
lateral opposite sides [sic], in declivity, which constitute the
1 It must be noticed that the article the (las) before the word " waters '¦'¦ has been
omitted by Senor Quirno Costa;

No. 64. (465)
" vertientes " down which flow the rain waters or those pro
duced by the melting of the snow on the summits.
There are other summits which deviate from the principal
chain and are situated on spurs, on tablelands, or in lateral
valleys, and which are cone-shaped. On these there may be a
water-parting line, but [the waters will flow] not only on one
side and the other as provided by Article 1 of the Treaty of
1 88 1, but on all sides. These, therefore, are not the summits
which we are to seek, but the former, where the " vertientes "
on one side and the other, i.e., east and west, are exclusively
to be found. For this reason all summits not bearing the sepa
ration of these two general " vertientes " of the Cordillera to
which said Treaty and the Protocol of May 1st refer, must be
rejected. Thus, Mr. Expert, when we find that the line cuts a river
or mere stream, we must not, nor can we depart from the
prolongation by the summits, because it is on the latter that
we must seek the said line.
I will not enlarge on this point, as you have only mentioned
divergences, which, although I consider them fundamental
matters, come more within the province of the Governments
than within ours, we being mere demarcators, arbitrators only
when dealing with valleys formed by the bifurcation of the
Cordillera, where the water-divide should not be clear.
The good faith of both countries being at stake, the powers
who direct their affairs must honour their international engage
ments, and they will not permit the patriotic work of many
years, and of diplomatic negotiations brought to a successful
issue, to be frustrated in a day.
I do not consider it necessary to weigh the reasons which
you give for maintaining that the provisional landmark has
been correctly erected on the San Francisco, owing to the fact
that the continental divide, according to your opinion, is to
be found on it ; since our respective standpoints differ
D

No. 64. x
(466)
absolutely, such principle being the only rule to you, whilst to>
me that divortium may be found outside the main chain of the
Cordillera de los Andes, whereas it is on the latter that we must
trace the line.
Thus, it would be necessary that you should demonstrate
that Mount San Francisco forms part of that chain in the Cor
dillera de los Andes, in spite of its being excluded from the latter
by the very surveys of the Chilean engineers Seiiores Bertrand
and San Roman and by the Report and Map of the Argentine
Commission, which show that the San Francisco belongs to a
line of hills bordering the said Cordillera on the east only,
its origin and formation being perhaps the same as that of the
Cordillera de Famatina, which belongs to the system called
Central Bolivian, or Real Bolivian Cordillera, which is very
different from the Cordillera de los Andes.
Thus the former of those two distinguished engineers, who
at present is a member of the Boundary Commission of Chile,
inserts on his map a profile of the Cordillera de los Andes, it
being observed therein that, from the vicinity of 280 up to the
220, the following hills appear : del Potro, Negro, Ternera,
Volcan Dona Inez, Juncal, Volcan Llullaillaco, Volcan So-
compa, Volcan Pular, Tumiza, Volcan Licancaur and Piniri,
there not appearing Cerro Incahuasi, 6700 metres high, nor
the San Francisco, nor the Negro Muerto of 6000 metres, nor
any of the very high ones which form the Atacama tableland, —
which means that these latter do not belong to the Cordillera
de los Andes in which we must trace the boundary line.
Although I believe that Mount San Francisco does not
belong to the Real Cordillera de los Andes, and still less that it
is located on the main chain thereof, my Government consider
it advisable to amplify the investigations in the region of the
north, and it is for this reason that I invited you to carry them
out by joint Commission, so as to confirm or rectify our re
spective opinions, and, in any case, to prepare us in due form

No. 64. (467 )
for the direct settlement which you suggest in your note to
which I am now replying, or for the arbitration itself, which
you also mention, should the first solution not be possible,
and should my Government consider this a case for arbitra
tion. I have laid before the Minister for Foreign Affairs, my
immediate chief, your communication to which I am now
replying, together with the antecedents referring to this matter,
and I have directed the continuation of the work in the north by
the Argentine Commission only, since I have not obtained that
the Chilean should accompany on this occasion the Argentine
one in an ample investigation of rectification or revision,
stipulated in a solemn international covenant and destined to
remove the difficulties which embarrass the work of the
demarcation. I consider, however, like yourself, that the question which
separates us cannot be a hindrance to the prosecution of the
work entrusted to us, and that it is to both our interests to
continue them, animated with the spirit of cordiality in which
they were begun.
I am, etc.
N. Quirno Costa.
Juan J . Ochagavia, Secretary.

No. 65.
ACTS OF DELIMITATION IN 1895.
Enclosure A.
Act of the erection of the landmark at " Las Lenas."
[Translated from " Memoria de Relaciones Esteriores de Chile" presented in
1895, p. 247.] (Mentioned on page 526 of the Statement.)
The undersigned, Chiefs and Assistants of the Second Chilean-
Argentine Boundary Sub-Commission, assembled in the Cor
dillera de los Andes on March 4, 1895, bearing in mind the
instructions which have been issued to them by both Experts
under date of January 4, 1894, as well as the stipulations of
the Treaty of 1881, and the Protocol of 1893 and the Conven
tion of August 20, 1888, have agreed to erect a landmark on
the point of the principal chain of the Andes which divides the
waters, commonly called " Paso de las Lenas," a point that
serves as a means of communication between the Chilean valley
of Las Lenas and the Argentine valley of Cajon Ancho.
In conformity with Article 7 of our Instructions we record in
this Minute that, in the neighbourhood of this pass, two streams
ivertientes) diverge, which flow : the western one to the River
Lenas, an affluent of the Cachapoal, and the eastern one to
the Rivers Atuel, towards the south, and Barroso to the north
east, the latter a tributary of the Rio Diamante.
In order to fix the geographical position of the place, the
bearings, photographic views and other data prescribed in the
468

No. 65. (469)
instructions have been collected, the results of which are con
tained in an appendix to this Record, which shall be signed by
the undersigned as soon as' the necessary calculations have been
made and verified so as to give to these results the greatest
accuracy possible.
Bearing in mind what has been agreed upon by the Experts
we have erected a cairn, which shall remain as a sign of the
demarcation. Drawn up in quadruplicate on March 4, 1895. VICTOR
Caro Tagle, Pedro P. Pico, Luis A. Bolados R., Jacinto An-
zorena.
Enclosure B.
Act of the erection of a landmark in the pass of Reigolil.
[Translated from " Memoria de Relaciones Esteriores de Chile," presented in
1895, p. 245.] j
The undersigned, Chiefs and Assistants of the Fourth
Chilean-Argentine Boundary Sub-Commission, assembled in
the Cordillera de los Andes on February 24, 1895, bearing in
mind the Instructions issued to them by both Experts under
date of January 4, 1894, as well as the stipulations of the Treaty
of 1 88 1 and Protocol of 1893, therein mentioned, have agreed
to erect a landmark on the point of the principal chain of the
Andes which divides the waters, commonly called Paso de
Reigolil, a point which serves as a means of communication
between the Chilean valley of " Reigolil " and the Argentine
valley of " Puelmari."
In conformity with Article 7 of our Instructions we record
in this Minute that, in the neighbourhood of the before-men
tioned Pass of Reigolil, two streams ivertientes) diverge, which
flow : the western one towards the rivulet of Curimeno, the
waters of which empty into the River " Maichin," an affluent
of the River " Pucon " or " Minetue," belonging to the basin

No. 65. (470)
of the River " Tolten " ; and the eastern one into Lake " Pil-
hue," which drains by the river of that name into Lake " Nor-
quinco " ; from the latter rises the River " Puelmari," an
affluent of the " Alumine," which conveys its water into the
" Limay " under the name of " Collon-Cura."
The data indicated in the Instructions to fix the geographical
position of the place have been collected, the results of which
will be inserted in an appendix to this Record which shall be
signed by the undersigned as soon as the necessary calculations
have been made and verified so as to give to these results the
greatest accuracy possible.
Bearing in mind what has been agreed upon by the Experts,
we have erected a cairn which shall remain as a sign of the
demarcation. Drawn up in quadruplicate on February 24, 1895. — Ernesto
20 FRICK, Luis Jorje Fontana, L. Riso Patron, Guillermo S.
MacCarthy.
Enclosure C.
Act of the erection of the landmark at Coloco.
[Translated from " Memoria de Relaciones Esteriores de Chile" presented in
1895, p. 246.]
The undersigned, Chiefs and Assistants of the Fourth Argen
tine-Chilean Boundary Sub-Commission, assembled in the Cor
dillera de los Andes on March 27, 1895, bearing in mind the
instructions which have been issued to them by both Experts
under date of January 4, 1 894, as well as the stipulations of the
Treaty of 1881 and Protocol of 1893, therein mentioned, have
agreed to erect a landmark on the point of the principal chain
of the Andes which divides the waters, commonly called " Paso
de Coloco," a point that serves as a means of communication
between the Argentine valley of Coloco and the Chilean one
of Quifienahuin.

No. 65. (470
In conformity with Art. 7 of our Instructions we place on
record that, in the neighbourhood of the before-mentioned pass
of Coloco, are separated the waters that flow, on the east, to
the Cajon de Huechulin — whence they issue by the Malalco
brook to the River Quillen, a tributary of the Alumine, which
bears its waters to the Limay under the name of Collon-Cura —
from the meteorological waters on the west, which feed the
lake of Hualalafquen, which drain into the brook which we have
called Quifienahuin, a tributary of the River Maichin, an affluent
of the River Pucon or Minetue, belonging to the basin of the
River Tolten.
The data indicated in the Instructions for the purpose of
fixing the geographical position of the place have not been
collected, as the advanced state of the season did not allow of it.
These data will be obtained when the circumstances permit,
and the results will be inserted in an appendix to this Record
which shall be subscribed by the undersigned or their deputies.
Bearing in mind what has been agreed upon by the Experts
we have erected a cairn, which shall remain as a sign of the
demarcation. Drawn up in quadruplicate on March 26, 1895. — Ernesto
2° FRICK, Luis Riso Patron S., Luis JORJE FONTANA, Guillermo
MacCarthy.

No. 66.
ACTS OF DELIMITATION DRAWN UP IN BILATERAL
FORM ON MARCH 14, 1896.
[Translated from "Memoria de Relaciones Esteriores de Chile" 1895, pp.
269-285.] (Quoted on page 530 of the Statement.)
Enclosure A.
Lagunita Landmark}
The undersigned, Chiefs and Assistants of the First Boundary
Sub-Commission on the part of the Argentine Republic and
Chile, assembled at Villa de Jachal under date of March 14,
1896, with the object of proceeding to the demarcation of the
boundary between the Argentine Republic and Chile in the
Pass called Lagunitas, were in accord as to the precise point on
the ground, but there was no such similar accord as to the
form of the Act which, according to Article 3 of the general
instructions for the demarcation in the Cordillera de los Andes,
must be signed by the Assistants.
The Chilean Sub-Commission proposed with insistence to
1 Similar Acts bearing the same date were signed, placing on record the
delimitation at the following points : —
Las Tdrtolas landmark. \_Loc. cit. pp. 272-274.]
Vacas Heladas landmark. [Loc. cit. pp. 274—277.]
Deidad landmark. \Loc. cit. pp. 277—279.]
Banitos landmark. [Loc. cit. pp. 279—281.]
Sancarron landmark. [Loc. cit. pp. 282—284.]
472

No. 66. (473 )
sign an act similar to that drawn up by the demarcating Sub-
Commission at the Passes of Las Lenas, Las Damas, Santa
Elena, Reigolil and Coloco, in the years 1894 and 1895, by
reason of their being in accord with the principles stipulated
for the demarcation.
The Argentine Sub-Commission refused to take the pro
posed act as a pattern by reason of finding, according to their
own opinion, that the stipulations of the Treaties of 1881 and
1893 had been altered, and proposed, on their part, that, in
lieu of stating in the acts that the said landmark is erected by
reason of its being on the principal chain which divides the
waters} as proposed by the Chilean Sub-Commission, they should
say simply, because it is in conformity with the Treaties above-
mentioned, a formula adopted by the Experts for the approval
of the landmarks mentioned by the Chilean Sub-Commission.
As the Chilean Sub-Commission does not consider this last
formula to be acceptable and regret that the Argentine Sub-
Commission should abandon a formula already established
by the agreement of the demarcating Sub-Commissions, they
agreed to draw up the acts separately.
At the point agreed to, and where the landmark is erected,
bearings, photographic views and other data suggested by the
instructions for the fixing of the geographical position of the
place have been taken, the results of which will be stated in a
complementary Act which will be subscribed by the undersigned
once the necessary calculations have been made and verified
so as to give to these results the greatest accuracy possible.
Bearing in mind the great difficulties of transportation of
the iron pieces forming the permanent landmark, to this point
of the Cordillera, we have agreed to erect a provisional cairn
1 This proves that the Assistants of the Argentine Expert in 1 896 understood,
contrary to what is affirmed in the Argentine Statement (p. 445), that it is the
principal chain mentioned in the Acts, which divides the waters, and not merely
the point selected for a landmark.

No. 66. (474)
which shall remain as a sign of the delimitation pending a
further resolution of the Experts.
Act of the Argentine Sub-Commission. The Chief and
Assistants of the Argentine Boundary Sub-Commission No. i,
bearing in mind the general instructions for the demarcation
of the Cordillera de los Andes issued by the Experts under date
of January ist, 1894, as well as the stipulations of the Treaty of
1 88 1 and Protocol of 1893 therein mentioned, declare that they
have erected the landmark at the place commonly called Paso de
la Lagunita, by reason of this place being on the water-parting
line of the principal chain of the Cordillera de los Andes.
The point where the landmark has been erected serves as a
communication between the valleys of the Argentine Riyer
Cura and the Chilean River Coquimbo. From this same place
two streams ivertientes) flow, one to the east towards the Valle
del Cura, and the other to the west towards the River Coquimbo.
Act of the Chilean Sub-Commission. The Chief and Assis
tants of the First Chilean Boundary Sub-Commission, bearing
in mind the Instructions which have been issued to them by
the Experts under date of the ist of January, 1894, as well as
the stipulations of the Treaty of 1881 and Protocol of 1893
therein mentioned, declare that they have erected a landmark
at the point of the principal chain of the Andes which divides
the waters, commonly called Paso de la Lagunita, a point which
serves as a communication between the Chilean valley of
Coquimbo and the Argentine valley del Cura.
In conformity with Article 7 of our instructions, we have
recorded in this Act that, at the said Paso de la Lagunita, two
streams ivertientes) diverge, which flow, the western one to
wards the valley of the River Seco which, joining the River
de la Laguna, forms the River Turbio, an affluent of the River
¦Coquimbo, and the eastern one to the Lagunita stream, an

No. 66. { 475 )
affluent of the River Valle del Cura which, joining the River
Blanco, forms the River Jachal, a tributary of the River San Juan.
Drawn up in duplicate and signed by the Assistants. — C.
SOZA Bruna, Vicente E. Montes, Carlos A. Barrios M., Emilio
T. Spiluzzi.
Enclosure B.
Act of Suspension of the Works of the First Sub-Commission,
dated March 15, 1896.
Demarcation of the Boundaries with Chile. — Argentine
Sub-Commission No. 1. — Act. — The Chiefs and Assistants of
the First Boundary Sub-Commission on the part of Chile and
the Argentine Republic, after having ascertained the extent
of the Cordillera comprised between the Passes of Lagunita
and Sancarron, assembled at the Villa de Jachal on March 15,
1896, in order to come to an agreement as to the following
operations. The Chief of the Chilean Sub-Commission stated
that he had already made surveys in the region of the Cordillera
stretching northwards to about 280 50' of south latitude, com
prising the passes El Chivato, Chollay, Valeriano, and Flecha,
and on that account he invited his colleague to continue the
demarcation in the present season. The Chief of the Argentine
Sub-Commission stated that it was impossible for him to con
tinue the demarcation during this season, as the state of his
health absolutely prevented him from remaining in the Cor
dillera, for which reason he proposed the immediate suspension
of the said works.
The Chief of the Chilean Sub-Commission, regretting the
premature suspension of the said works, as a mark of deference
to his Argentine colleague, agreed with pleasure to the said
suspension, signing in duplicate and in testimony whereof the
present record. — C. Soza Bruna, Vicente E. Montes, Carlos
A. Barrios M., Emilio C. Spiluzzi.

No. 67.
RECORD OF THE DIVERGENCE OF THE
COMMISSIONS AS TO THE RILUL LANDMARKS.
[Translated from" Memoria de Relaciones Esteriores de Chile" 1895, pp. 289-
293-1 (Quoted on pages 531 and 1103.)
Republic of Chile. — Demarcation of the boundaries with the
Argentine Republic. — Act. — In the camp of the fourth Argen
tine Sub-Commission, on the shores of Lake Quillen, on the 7th
of March 1 896, the Joint Sub-Commission No. 4 for the demar
cation of the boundaries between the Republics of Chile and
Argentina being there assembled, the Chilean Sub-Commission
stated that they proposed to the Argentine Sub-Commission
the erection of two landmarks, belonging to the line of demar
cation of the boundaries between both nations, — one at the
place called Rilul on the pass of the same name, near the road
running from Quillen to Pucon, and the other on the nearest
gap south of the said pass.
The Argentine Commission stated that they could not give
their consent to the proposal of the Chilean Sub-Commission
regarding the erection of a landmark on the Rilul Pass, and
another on Rilul Gap as belonging to the boundary line be
tween both Republics, because they were of opinion that such
points do not correspond to the principal chain of the Cordillera Quoted
de los Andes, such as is prescribed by the Treaty of 1 88 1 , and the
Protocol of 1893 ; that, according to their opinion, this chain
¦17G

No. 67. ( 477 )
ought to be searched for in the Cordillera of snowy summits, which
extends to the west of the said places, and of which the massif
of the Quetrupillan forms part ; and that consequently the
Argentine Sub-Commission, in conformity with the stipulations
of Article 3 of the Protocol of September 6th, 1895, invited the
Chilean Sub-Commission to postpone the erection of the land
marks of demarcation and to continue the works of investiga
tion and surveys of the region, including the mentioned snow
capped summits of the Quetrupillan, and others situated to the
south and north of it.
On their part, the Chilean Sub-Commission declared that the
points proposed by them, and marked by cairns, answer to the
principle established in the Treaty of 1881 and the Protocol of
1893, since at those points diverge the streams ivertientes) which,
on the west, feed Lake Hualalafquen whence starts the Lahuen-
huenu stream which, flowing down a nameless ravine, empties
itself into the River Maichin, an affluent of the River Pucon or
Minetue belonging to the basin of the Tolten, and on the east,
there rise the streams ivertientes) which flow to the two brooks
which empty into the Champehuen, and thence to the Lakes
Huihui and Quillen, tributaries to the River Alumine, belonging
to the basin of the Rivers Limay and Negro. On the other hand,
the Argentine valley Huihui communicates with the narrow
Chilean valley through which flows the Lahuenhuenu towards
the Valley Maichin ; the landmarks are placed at points which
are the highest between those streams and opposite valleys ; they
have not been erected on the greatest depressions corresponding
to the respective pass and gap, — that is to say, at the points where
two contours, of the same level, but of opposite curve, are tan
gent, — owing to the dense forest preventing it, but there have
been selected instead accessible and sufficiently visible points
of the ground.
The Chilean Sub-Commission consider the season too advanced
to commence the works of investigation and survey proposed

No. 67- (478)
by the Argentine Sub-Commission, besides possessing sufficient
data to establish that it is not in the Quetrupillan where they
should seek the frontier line. For these reasons they regret
being unable to accept the proposal of the Argentine Sub-Com
mission, reserving to themselves the right to submit this point
to the more enlightened decision of their Expert, and to con
tinue the investigation and surveys which they may deem
necessary on the points they may consider as belonging to the
frontier line, suspending the demarcation meanwhile.
The Argentine Sub-Commission declared that, the Chilean
Sub-Commission having stated that they had already con
structed landmarks on the pass and gap of Rilul, which they
propose, they do not altogether acknowledge the right to erect
landmarks of demarcation within the region of the works
without their previous consent, for which reason they were of
opinion that the said landmarks should be demolished, acknow
ledging to the Chilean Sub-Commission a similar right respecting
the Argentine.
Like the Argentine Sub-Commission, the Chilean Sub-
Commission neither claim for themselves, nor acknowledge to
the former, the right to place boundary landmarks without the
consent of both Sub-Commissions. The division of the work
arranged previously at conferences held between both Sub-
Commissions, involved their separation by a considerable
distance, and they believed they had economized time and
work by constructing the cairns in the places they were to
propose to the Argentine Sub-Commission.
But, in proposing the planting of a landmark at some point,
whether there existed an agreement or not, they considered it
their duty to leave this point well defined on the ground ; in
the present case cairns have been constructed sufficiently strong
to withstand the weather, pending a definite result ; until such
time the two cairns set up will not possess any other character
than to fix on the ground a trigonometrical station so important

No. 67. ( 479 )
as are, in the present case, the points proposed by the Chilean
Sub-Commission as boundary landmarks.
The Argentine Sub-Commission, in spite of the declaration
from the Chilean Sub-Commission, that the cairns constructed
must be considered simply as trigonometrical landmarks for
future reference to works effected, are of opinion that they must
not assume either in their shape or dimensions a similarity to
the landmarks which have been erected or should be erected in
the future.
The Chilean Sub-Commission are of opinion that the shape,
like the dimensions, of the said carins would not affect in the
least the character which is given them by the foregoing decla
ration. As the disagreement respecting the points proposed by the
Chilean Sub-Commission, has, in fact, arisen, they wish to know
whether the Argentine Sub-Commission propose, on their part,
the planting of some landmark at some other point which they
might consider to be situated on the frontier line, so as to carry
out the necessary investigation and be able to form an opinion
upon the case.
The Argentine Sub-Commission insist on the invitation made
to continue the investigation of the snow-capped summits
which rise on the western side of the points mentioned, and of
which the massif of the Quetrupillan forms part.
In testimony whereof the Assistants of the Joint Sub-Com
mission signed the present Act in quadruplicate, sealing it with
the seals of both Sub-Commissions, the Argentine Sub-Com
mission declaring that they will continue, on their part, the
works of investigation and survey to which they refer in their
invitation to the Chilean Sub-Commission. — DONISIO Pardo,.
ERNESTO 2° Frick, Julio Lederer, A. Moreno.

No. 68.
ACT OF THE DELIMITATION BETWEEN
DUNGENESS POINT AND MOUNT AYMOND.
[Translated from "Memoria de Relaciones Esteriores de Chile" 1895, pp. 293-
1^296.] (Quoted on page 558 of the Statement.)
Enclosure A.
The Chilean Assistant to the Chilean Expert.
$th Chilean Sub-Commission.
Canadon del Condor, January 9, 1896.
Mr. Expert, —
I have the pleasure to transmit the Record drawn up in
•connection with the boundary line adopted between Dungeness
Point and Mount Aymond, together with a map of this region
which will inform you as to the location of the points which
-determine it.
From Dungeness Point to Mount Dinero, a careful survey
of the ground convinced us of the impossibility of tracing a
line which might be derived from the orography of the region ;
we were therefore compelled to select arbitrary points which
would conform to the spirit and letter of the treaty.
The starting point was necessarily the buoy existing
in the southern extremity of Dungeness Point. A little to
the north of this buoy there exists a large estuary which is

No. 68. (48i )
filled at high tide, thus rising as much as 40 feet, and permitting
the entrance of sloops of some draught ; as these are waters of
the Straits we deemed it advisable, in conformity with the
spirit of the treaty, to leave aside this estuary, for which reason
we have adopted point A as a starting point of the line which
has to divide the Point. Hence the north to south line was
adopted because it divided the ground more equitably, causing
it to end on the highest part of the cliffs existing to the north
and affording a predominant point for the erection of a land
mark. From this point, marked on the map with the letter
D, the line continues to Mount Dinero forming an angle at C,
a solution which we have adopted acquiescing in the request of
the Argentine Commission who expressed an ardent desire that
there should remain included in their territory, the buildings
of Monte Dinero Farm, the lands of which had been bought by
the Argentine Government. As we considered that such a
concession did not prejudice in the slightest the interests of
Chile, and as, on the other hand, we were not going beyond
your instructions, we considered it a duty of courtesy 'to ac
quiesce therein.
From Mount Dinero to Mount Aymond, as we have already
had occasion to mention, and as is stated in the Act an
nexed, there does not exist the chain of hillocks to which the
Treaty alludes, nor even any prominent local chain which
might naturally indicate the boundary line ; the only chain
we have observed is that which stretches from Mount Dinero
to point 6, ending at that point, which was taken as the origin
of the arbitrary line which reaches as far as Mount Aymond.
The points of this line are small isolated heights, which are at a
convenient distance from the coast, and which safeguard Argen
tine interests, such as the Condor Farm, which is similarly
circumstanced to Mount Dinero Farm, thus conforming, on
the other hand, to the spirit of the Treaty.
We hope, therefore, that our action will meet with your
E

No. 68. (482)
approval, taking into account that our only object has been
to place the least possible obstacle in the way of the con
tinuance of the work of delimitation, and to reconcile the
Chilean and Argentine interests, confining ourselves to the
Treaty which serves us as a rule.
In order not to delay the works of the season, we are going
to proceed with the erection of the landmarks, on the line
already mentioned, with the character of provisional, in accord
ance with our custom on previous occasions.
If our agreement receives your approval, the pyramids
existing at present at Punta Arenas will be insufficient, and
we therefore beg of you to be so good as to order the sending
of 15 more which we consider indispensable during the present
season. 1 am' etC' ALVARO DONOSO G.
Enclosure B. Act of Demarcation.
Republic of Chile. — Demarcation of the Boundaries with the
Argentine Republic. — Act. — At the Cafiadon del Condor under
date of, the 8th of January, 1896, the undersigned, Chiefs and
Assistants of the 5 th Joint Sub-Commission for the demarcation
of the boundary between Chile and the Argentine Republic,
having in view maps of and information as to the ground com
prised between Dungeness Point and Mount Aymond, with
the object of giving effect to the Treaty of 1881, have resolved
to submit to the approval of the Experts the following Agree
ment. The boundary line shall start from the buoy situated at
Point Dungeness towards Point A of the triangulation, situated
east of Shark Creek, and shown in the respective map, and
shall continue northwards along the meridian as far as Point
B on the high part of the cliffs which stretch west of Cape Vir-

No. 68. (483)
gins ; thence it shall follow to the west towards point C, from
which it shall run in a straight line to Mount Dinero.
Between Mount Dinero and Mount Aymond, as the chain
of hillocks to which Article 2 of the Treaty refers does not exist,
it has been agreed to select on the ground a series of conspicuous
points shown on the map by the numbers stated as follows : —
One at Mount Dinero.
Six to the north-east of Mount Dinero.
Ten to the west of the preceding one.
Fourteen to the west of point 10.
Twenty-six to the north-west of 14.
Twenty-seven to the west of 26, and to the south of the
houses of Condor Farm.
Thirty-seven to the north-west of the preceding one, and
to the north of the northernmost part of Possession Bay.
Starting from point thirty-seven i^y) the line runs straight
to Mount Aymond.
As the boundary must run in a straight line from Mount
Dinero as far as the intersection of parallel 52° south with the
70th meridian of longitude west of Greenwich, it has been agreed
to determine this meridian by means of the transport of the
time from Punta Arenas, a point of known longitude.
The undersigned subscribe the present Act in duplicate.—
Alvaro Donoso G., Juan A. Martin, Victor Caro Tagle,
Atanasio Iturbe.

No. 69.
THE ARGENTINE LEGATION AT SANTIAGO
ON THE DEMARCATION IN 1898.
[Translated Extracts from the "Diario Oficial de la Republica de Chile"'
July 7) 1898.] (Quoted on page 561 of the Statement.)
The Argentine Plenipotentiary in Santiago, to the Chilean
Minister for Foreign Affairs.
Santiago, June 20, 1898.
The Argentine Government has, for a long time past, earnestly
and unceasingly looked forward to the definitive conclusion of
the frontier question at the earliest possible date. To accom
plish this object of. primary importance, the Minister for Foreign
Affairs, Sefior Amancio Alcorta, submitted in 1896 to the
Chilean Minister in Buenos Aires, Sefior Morla Vicuna, the idea
of adopting by an agreement of the Governments, or simply of Quoted
the Experts, the necessary measures to effect in as short a time
as possible the exploration and survey of the whole Cordillera,
and draw up the maps of the same. In this manner, the indis
pensable elements for determining the frontier line along the
whole of its extent would be obtained.
The subject was dealt with by the Ministers mentioned, at
various conferences. Senor Morla Vicuna found the plan

No. 69. (485.))
suggested advantageous for both parties, and left Buenos Aire's
with the resolve of supporting it before his Government.
*****
On the other hand, the facts have corresponded to the
wishes and assurances expressed by the Government I have
the honour of representing. The operations and investigations
carried out on the ground, under the direction of the Expert,
Sefior Moreno, and by him personally, have supplied the know
ledge that it was desired to acquire.
At present the necessary office work is being carried out.
In the month of August both Experts will meet, according to
agreement, in order to decide as to the frontier line and fulfil
their important mission.
All the efforts of the Assistant Engineers being directed to
the preparation of the elements required to definitively con
clude the boundary question, the reply from the Argentine
Sub-Commissions respecting one or more landmarks proposed
by the Chilean Commissions was not urgent, nor had it any
importance whatever.
And it can be readily understood that the lack of a decision
as to one or more landmarks could not practically delay the
final solution of the question, since, once the ground is studied,
the data obtained, and the maps made of the regions recently
explored, the Experts, when they meet to propose and agree to
a line, will necessarily have to decide as to those landmarks.
If, on the contrary, the Sub-Commissions should have devoted
themselves to discuss the erection of landmarks in more or less
limited sections of the frontier, they would have left without
investigating a portion of the Cordillera, which would have
frustrated the plan of terminating the matter during this season.
To sum up, without the agreement of the Experts of May 1 ,
1897, an-d without the works carried out as a consequence
thereof, the problem of the delimitation would have been pro
longed still for many years, in the midst of uncertainties and

No. 69. (486)
alarms which are inherent thereto. I must add that the Argen
tine Government are convinced that, had that Agreement been
accepted when it was proposed, the question would have ended
in 1897. I have been compelled to refer to these circumstances in
order to refute the charge which, implicitly, if not explicitly,
the Report of that department contains.
I trust that, in view of their accuracy, Your Excellency
will accept the preceding remarks as the expression of a desire
to re-establish and determine the facts, and to leave a record
once more of the anxiety of my Government to reach a prompt
and absolute termination of the Boundary Question.
I have, etc. N. PlNERO.

No. 70.
THE CHILEAN GOVERNMENT ON THE
DEMARCATION IN 1898.
[Translated Extracts from the "Diario Oficial de la Repiiblica de Chile,"
July 7) 1898.] (Quoted on page 562 of the Statement.)
The Chilean Minister for Foreign Affairs to the Argentine
Plenipotentiary at Santiago. — A reply to the foregoing.
Santiago, July 4, 1898.
*****
The delay in the carrying out of the works of the demarcation
and the state of uncertainty in which the question has been
maintained for so many years, have caused the two nations so
much damage that your attitude in declining on behalf of Your
Excellency's Government, to accept any responsibility for such
delay is easy to understand and to explain; but on my part,
I must state that the facts contained in the Report which has
elicited Your Excellency's remarks, are unquestionably accurate.
The Experts' Commissions were constituted in 1890, in
conformity with the stipulations of the Treaty of 1881 and the
Convention of 1888.
In January of that year, the Government of Chile appointed
their Expert ; but nothing could be done, because the Argentine
Expert arrived in the month of April when it was already
rnpossible to commence the work on the ground.

No. 70. (488)
It was agreed that the Commissions should meet at Santiago
in October, but the Argentine Expert was prevented from
attending the meeting at the time named.
But for these mishaps, the works would have been com
menced in the deserts of Atacama and Tierra del Fuego,
and would not have been interrupted by our revolution in
1891. Public order was restored in September, and the Chilean
Expert hastened to communicate this fact to his Argentine
colleague, but the latter did not arrive until the January of
1892. The following season of 1 892-1893, was, for similar reasons,
equally fruitless for the demarcation.
It was in January 1894 that active work was commenced,
but its results were scarcely satisfactory, for, if it is true that
the delimitation of Tierra del Fuego, and of a great portion of
the Magellanic territories has been tranquilly and happily ended,
and that 33 landmarks have been erected on the extent of the
frontier in the Cordillera de los Andes, it is also true that there
are 1 1 1 landmarks which the Chilean Sub-Commissions have
been proposing from year to year to the Argentine Sub-Com
missions, without having been able to obtain that they be
accepted or rejected.
You will readily understand the immense importance that
the acceptance or rejection of such landmarks would have upon
the tranquillity and welfare of both countries. The former
course would have led us to an agreement, to a common inter
pretation of the treaty ; the latter would have led us before
the Arbitrator ; in either case an amicable, dignified and honour
able solution for the two nations.
There has also been another cause of loss of time. In accord
ance with what was agreed, the Argentine Commission should
have had their office at Santiago ; but as a matter of fact, as
soon as the works of demarcation and surveys on the ground

No. 70. (489)
were suspended, they (the Argentine Commission) took their
departure. It is easily inferred that the immediate and un
interrupted intercourse of the Experts and Sub-Commissions
would have contributed greatly to facilitate their personal and
official relations, to illustrate their opinions, to reconcile them,
and, in any case to pave the way for speedy and cordial solutions
which would obviate further vexatious controversy.
The above facts suffice to show you how convinced the
Chilean Government are that no responsibility rests with them
for the delay in the demarcation of the boundaries, If the Quoted
J p. 562.
Chilean Commissions had been seconded in their action, the
Boundary Demarcation would have been terminated in 1896
or 1897, for, either by agreement, or by arbitration, the mean
ing of the Treaties would have been established.
But Your Excellencies think that " all the efforts of the
assistant engineers being directed to the preparation of the
elements required to definitely conclude the Boundary Ques
tion, the reply from the Argentine Sub-Commissions respecting
one or more landmarks proposed by the Chilean Commissions
was not urgent, and had no importance whatever." You
attribute a decisive value, for the termination of the dispute,
to the Agreement of May 1, 1897, and you state in your note,
as I have already recalled, the fact that it was the Argentine
Government who, in 1896, proposed the idea of prosecuting
the investigation and survey of the Cordillera and of making
a map of all that region, in order to be able to present within a
short time the general line of the frontier.
In this respect I beg to recall to you that the Chilean Govern- Quoted
p. 562.
ment as well as their Expert accepted the idea of the Argentine
Government immediately that it was proposed. If the written
agreement was not arrived at prior to May 1, 1887, it was not,
as undoubtedly you will remember, because the idea was op
posed on the part of Chile.
And it hardly could have resisted it, since this Government

No. 70. ( 490 )
had never thought that the Agreement of May implied the Quoted
abandonment of the course to be followed according to the p' s 2
treaties. In any case, Mr. Minister, it is not my intention at the
present moment to demonstrate the keen desire which my
Government has always shown for the termination of the pro
tracted controversies.
I am pleased to think that such termination is near.
In August, as agreed, the Experts will propose the general
line of the frontier, and if unfortunately, having regard to the
nature of their functions, they should not reach a final Agree
ment during that month, I trust that the Governments will
be more fortunate, and that, in any case, they will not forget
the obligation, stipulated five times in solemn Treaties, which
prescribes Arbitration as the final, ineludible, ample and un
restricted solution. *****
I am, etc. J. J. Latorre.

No. 71.
THE EXPERTS' AGREEMENT IN 1897 AS TO THE
PRESENTATION OF PROPOSALS FOR A GENERAL
FRONTIER LINE.
[Translated from " Memoria de Relaciones Esteriores de Chile," 1896, Docs.:,
pp. 27-30.] (Quoted on page 562 of the Statement.)
Enclosure A.
Agreement of the Experts.
IN the city of Santiago de Chile, on the ist of May, 1897, the
undersigned Experts, Sefior Don Diego Barros Arana, on be
half of the Republic of Chile, and Don Francisco P. Moreno
on behalf of the Argentine Republic, having met in the Inter
national Boundary Office, after exchanging views regarding
the means of hastening and giving impetus to the work of
demarcation, with the object of being enabled to decide on the
general frontier line at the end of next season of operations,
thus satisfying the desires of the Governments they represent,
agreed, exercising the faculty conferred on them by clause 2
of the Convention between the Argentine Republic and Chile
dated August 20, 1888 : —
1. — To request from their respective Governments the ap
pointment of three first, and three second class assistants, who
shall form three new Sub-Commissions to work in the Cordil
lera de los Andes. The said Sub-Commissions shall carry out
their operations : the first from latitude 410 to 440 S. ; the

No. 71. ( 492 )
second from lat. 44° to 47° S., and the third from lat. 470 to
49° .3°' S., approximately.
2. — To request, likewise, from their respective Govern
ments the appointment of the number of auxiliaries required
for carrying on with all activity the work of the new Sub-
Commissions, as well as that of those at present existing.
3. — If, during the operations, differences should arise be
tween the respective assistants, as to the location of the boun
dary line, the work of reconnaissance and survey of the ground
shall be continued without interruption till the end of the
season. The Experts drew up and signed twa copies, of - the present
Record. F. P. Moreno, Diego Barros Arana,' Diegd Gonzalez Vic-
torica, Alejandro Bertrand.
Enclosure B.
The Chilean Expert to the Chilean Government.
Santiago, May 5, 1897.
Mr.. Minister, —
I have the honour of laying before you the Agreement
drawn up with the Argentine Expert, with the object of giving
more impetus to the work of the demarcation of the Chilean-
Argentine Boundary in the Cordillera de los Andes.
With the aforesaid object, as may be seen from the Record
of our Conference of May 1, a copy of which I beg to enclose,
we have agreed to request of our respective Governments the
appointment of six assistants and the other auxiliaries necessary
for the organization of three fresh Commissions, and an increase
in the staff of the existing ones, in order that they may be able
to extend their radius of action.
The appointment of these assistants and auxiliaries will not
be required before the end of next winter; it is urgent, however

No. 71. ( 493 )
that the supreme Government should decide immediately
whether they accept our agreement, because, if they do
so, it will be necessary to obtain from Europe, without delay,
the instruments which would be required for the use of the
new Commissions, and the majority of which are not to be
found in this country. For this object it will be necessary to
make use, for the moment, of the funds destined for the com
mencement of the works of the present Commissions during
next season, relying on a grant by Congress of additional funds
to reimburse the former, and to defray the salaries, outfit,
purchase of horses and provisions for the three fresh Commis
sions, the total amount of which would not be under $50,000.
I trust you will be good enough to inform me as to the de
cision of the Government on this matter at the earliest possible
date, in order that I may take the steps indicated.
I am, etc. Diego Barros Arana.
Enclosure C.
The Chilean Government to their Expert.
Ministry for Foreign Affairs of Chile,
Santiago, May 5, 1897.
Sir, —
I have had the honour to receive your communication,
No. 15, dated May 5, and with it the copy of the Record of the
conference you held on the ist instant with the Expert of the
Argentine Republic, wherein reference is made to the Agree
ment then arrived at for the purpose of giving impetus to the
operations of the demarcation of the Chilean-Argentine boun
dary in the Cordillera de los Andes.
The Government of Chile sanction, on their part, that
opportune agreement ; they are prepared to appoint, on your
proposal and whenever you consider it advisable, the six assist-

No. 71. (494)
ants and other auxiliaries you may deem necessary for the
organization of the three fresh commissions to which the Agree
ment refers, to increase the staff of the existing ones, and to
authorize the sending to Europe for the necessary instruments
to enable the fresh Commissions to operate, applying to this
purpose the funds destined for the expenses connected with the
commencement of the works of the present Commission during
next season.
The Government will take the first opportunity of asking
Congress for supplementary funds to replace those which may
now be spent in the acquisition of fresh instruments, in the
payment of salaries and equipment of the staff, and in the pur
chase of animals and provisions for the three fresh Commissions
which it has been agreed to create.
The expectation that an Agreement should be reached
regarding the general frontier line at the end of the next season
of operations, is in accord with the ardent desire of the Govern
ment and you may count upon their decided co-operation in
carrying it out.
I am, etc.
C. Morla Vicuna.

No. 72.
THE CHILEAN EXPERT ON THE DELAYS
OCCURRING IN THE DEMARCATION.
[ Translated from a copy at the Chilean Legation.]
(Quoted on page 566 of the Statement.)
The Chilean Expert to the Argentine Expert.
Santiago, May n, ii
Mr. Expert, —
Under date of the 9th of April of last year I had the honour
of addressing to you a communication with the object of in
viting you to put an end as soon as possible to the state of
indecision and delay in which several sections of the demarca
tion under our charge were to be found. In that communi
cation I recalled to you that such delay was due exclusively to
the conduct of the Argentine Sub-Commissions, some of which
had not proposed, accepted or rejected any landmark what
soever during four consecutive seasons of work.
In reply to that communication and to a subsequent one
which I forwarded to you under date of April 25, you addressed
me those dated respectively the 21st and 26th of the same month.
Recalling also the facts adduced by me and deploring the delay
to which they gave rise, you reiterated to me your intention
of hastening the demarcation as much as possible. In the latter
of these communications you adduced to me, as an anticipated

No. 72. (496)
proof of your efforts to comply with the technical task devol
ving upon you, " the extent of the demarcation during this
season " (1897), anQl y°u promised me that the surveys already
carried out " would permit the continuation of the demarca
tion with all rapidity during the next season" (1898).
On the ist of May, 1897, on the same day on which you
handed me the last of these communications, and with it the
formal promise I have recalled, we drew up an agreement
designed to " Give impetus to and hasten the works of the
demarcation/' by which three fresh Sub-Commissions were
entrusted with the operations between 41 ° and 490 S. Lat.
It was therein agreed that, if, during the operations, diver
gences should arise between the respective assistants as to the
location of the boundary line, the works of reconnaissance and
survey of the ground should be prosecuted without interrup
tion until the end of the season. The promises contained in
your communication quoted, and which you repeated to me
verbally at different times, and the creation of three fresh
demarcating Sub-Commissions, in addition to the six which
existed already, gave reason to hope that, in the season of 1898,
the works of the demarcation would progress considerably.
In view of these antecedents and these expectations, it was
believed at our conference of May 1, 1897 that, at the end of
the working season of 1898, we, the Experts, would find our
selves in a position to present to our respective Governments
a general frontier line. Wishing to respond to this common
aspiration, the Chilean Commission organized, independently,
exploring expeditions to investigate those points upon which
we had not sufficient knowledge, and which the demarcating
Commissions would probably be unable to reach.
In spite of these steps, their result has not corresponded in
any manner to the hope entertained. It is, therefore, painful
but indispensable for me to state that, if the " extent of the
demarcation " carried out in the Cordillera during the season

No. 72. ( 497 )
of 1897 was very insignificant, the planting of landmarks during
the recent season has been nil, owing to the same reasons which
have caused the delays on previous occasions.
To the requests of the Chilean Sub-Commissions to obtain
an answer from their Argentine colleagues to the proposals
made in the previous year to fix landmarks in certain places
and to the further similar proposals made during the present
season, they have simply replied that they are still not in a
position to give a definite answer, or that their works should
consist, not in demarcating, but in carrying out the necessary
investigations in order to present a general frontier line. More
over, in the case of one of the engineers under your orders
agreeing to accept ten landmarks proposed, he did so with the
reservation that, in case they should themselves reach a solution
in the matter, he had to consult you previously. Now, as you
left Santiago about that period and went to places hundreds
of miles apart, where it was impossible for any communication
to reach you, such restrictions of the powers of the demarcating
Commissions created real embarrassment to the promised
activity in the works of the demarcation.
I deem it my bounden duty to state here in the most con
clusive and explicit manner that the arbitrary sense the en
gineers under your orders have attempted to give to the Agree
ment of May ist is contrary to its letter and to the circumstances
which gave rise to it, and that there is not in its text any expres
sion whatsoever involving the idea of suspension of the opera
tions of the demarcation during the season of 1898. Such
suspension, expressly prohibited by Clause 7 of the Protocol of
1893, could not be sanctioned by the Experts. Moreover, the
demarcating Sub-Commission entrusted with the operations
on the ground could not in any case have suspended their tasks
without clear and precise instructions signed by the two Ex
perts ; and those Instructions had not been given them ;
therefore, the line of action taken by^those who have abstained F

No. 72. (498)
from continuing the operation of planting landmarks, is com
pletely irregular.
I cannot imagine either that you should have entertained
the idea of suspending the work of the demarcation on the
same day upon which you placed in my hands your com
munication in which you stated to me in such a categorical
manner that the planting of landmarks would continue with
all rapidity during the next season. In any case, I must state
that you never gave me to understand, either explicitly or
implicitly, that you entertained such ideas ; and that, on the
contrary, whenever we spoke of the matter in the following
month and until your return to Buenos Aires, you repeated to
me the same ideas.
In view of these circumstances, you will readily understand
my surprise when I was first informed of the replies which
the Argentine Sub-Commissions gave to the proposals of the
Chilean Assistants for the planting of the landmarks of the
demarcation. If you had been then in Santiago or at a place
where my communications could have reached you in due
course, I would have actively protested against the action of
the Sub-Commissions under your orders ; and surely the plant
ing of landmarks would have progressed in the season which
is now at an end. In this sense, your being hundreds of leagues
distant, and at places with which easy communication was
impossible, has contributed to the fact that the practical works
in the demarcation in the Cordillera have not advanced one
step during the season which is now at an end.
This lamentable result, like the delay on the part of the
Argentine Sub-Commission to give a reply, — whether accepting
or rejecting the numerous propositions for the planting of land
marks made by the Chilean Sub-Commission and which are
pending up to now, some of them from 4 or 5 years back, —
make the progress and termination of the work entrusted to us
by our respective Governments become more and more indefinite.

No. 72. ( 499 )
In one of your communications (that of April 21, 1897), you
assured me that there did not exist "fundamental divergences"
between the demarcating commissions of both countries. Had
this been really so, the demarcation would have progressed with
much more rapidity, and the landmarks proposed by the Chilean
Sub-Commission would have been either accepted or rejected,
instead of being at a standstill for years without our getting a
definite and explicit reply. This situation is still more irregular
respecting the Rilul landmark, proposed by the fourth Chilean
Sub-Commission on the 7th of March, 1896, and rejected by
the Argentine Sub-Commission. This material divergence
which we, the Experts, should study in order to try to over
come it, or in the event of not reaching an agreement, to lay
it before our Government as a case upon which an arbitrator
should decide, is still pending. In spite of your having inti
mated to me a year ago, that according to your communication
of April 5, 1897, y°u would soon be in a position to accept or
reject the proposed landmarks at Rilul, all that season passed,
as also the one which is now at an end, without my obtaining
a reply from you.
Believing, therefore, that in these antecedents there exist
fundamental differences which impede the regular continuation
of the work of demarcation, I deem it my bounden duty to
request explanations which will place us in a position to expe
dite the demarcation, thus carrying out the desires, so many
times expressed by our Governments, and the aspirations of
both countries, to see all cause of apprehension concerning
their amicable relations removed.
From the very first meeting I had with your predecessor,
Sefior Don Octavio Pico, in January 1892, in order to deal
with the carrying out of the operations of the demarcation, I
had occasion to explain clearly to him that, in my opinion, the
essential and absolute character of the boundary line stipulated
in the Treaty of 1881, was that of dividing the waters which

No. 72. (500)
irrigate both countries. On several occasions I made similar
declarations to your other predecessors, Sefiores Virasoro and
Quirno Costa. Your predecessors named, though not cate
gorically accepting this fundamental principle, did not clearly
repudiate it, nor did they propose another instead, whereby one
could know the characteristics of the line which, in their opinion,
should be adopted in the demarcation. The fixing and ap
proval of landmarks in the Cordillera, in accordance with the
fundamental idea maintained by the Chilean Expert as the
unquestionably logical application of the boundary treaties,
would lead one to suppose that this was a definitely agreed
point between both parties, and that there do not exist " funda
mental divergences " in the demarcation ; but the indefinite
postponement of the acceptance or rejection of the 56 landmarks
which are pending, some of them since 1894 and 1895, show
that the agreement to which you refer is not effective.
I have, however, vainly sought in the declarations of your
predecessor, as in the publications made against the principle
I maintain, — which until now has served as the basis for the
demarcation, — some clear definition of the precise features of
" the Andean cordon," which, as may be gathered from them,
the Argentine Sub-Commissions are at present looking for.
In vain, too, have I asked myself, over and over again, upon
which clauses of the Treaty such a definition is based. The
only thing upon which I have no doubt whatsoever is that you
and your Commissions are not disposed to accept the only line
which passes continuously between the sources which flow
respectively towards Chile and the Argentine Republic.
To continue maintaining, in the face of these facts, that
there do not exist " fundamental divergences," would be, in
my judgment, Mr. Expert, unworthy of the high posts we fill
by reason of the confidence with which our respective Govern
ments have honoured us.
So fundamental, on the contrary, is the divergence of opinion

No. 72. (501 )
in the application of the treaties, that it may be considered
beforehand as irreducible, and necessarily that implies its useless-
ness for the object of the demarcation of a great portion of the
ground in which surveys are being carried out by both parties.
Since there exists this divergence, which, moreover, is not
due to a slight indecision in the planting of one or more land- QLl0jgd
marks, but to a fundamental disagreement proceeding from a
different interpretation of the more important provisions of the
Treaty of Limits, I believe, Mr. Expert, that the moment has
arrived for you to give a substantial form to the bases of delimi
tation to which the Argentine Sub-Commissions confine them
selves at present, whether by means of a precise and unmis
takable formula, or by the geographical tracing of the general
frontier line in the extent in which this be actually possible
for you, within the period referred to in the preamble of the
Agreement of May 1, 1897.
Whatever the form may be, and whatever the extent as to
which these data may refer, I have sufficient antecedents to
know that they will provide abundant material for us, in the
fulfilment of our duty, either to arrive at an agreement or to
submit the divergences resulting therefrom without delay to
our respective Governments, so as to place them in a position
to apply, as soon as they may consider it advisable, to the decision
of the Arbitrator designated in 1896.
Wishing, now more than ever, to bring to an end the period
of indecision and delays so prejudicial to both countries, through Quoted
which the demarcation of the Andean boundary in its sections p' 5
of greater interest is now passing ; interpreting as the expres"
sion of your desire, the proposal which gave rise to the above-
mentioned Agreement of May 1, I have wished to avail myself
of your return by inviting you to join me in giving a tangible
form to the divergence, the importance of which even those
alien to the work of demarcation are not ignorant of.
In laying these remarks before you, I am, etc.
Diego Barros Arana.

No. 73.
THE ARGENTINE EXPERT ON THE
DEMARCATION WORK.
[Translated from a copy at the Chilean Legation.]
(Quoted on page 566 of the Statement.)
The Argentine Expert to the Chilean Expert.
Santiago, May 12, 1898.
Mr. Expert,—
I hasten to reply to your note dated yesterday which I
received on the same date. The little time at my disposal, — -
occupied as I am in making preparations to fulfil, within the
appointed time, my part of the obligations we contracted on
the 1st instant, — does not permit me, at least for the present,
to enter into any detail of the facts to which your communica
tions of the 9th and 26th of April last refer, quoted in your note
to which this is a reply, and my answers to same dated 9th and
26th ultimo.
I may simply mention to you that, if the latter note did
not reach your hands until the ist of May, it was delivered at
the Secretary's Office of the Chilean Commission on the day
following its date.
The Agreement of May 1st, — drawn up at my suggestion
and as a consequence of my firm resolve to avoid delay as much
as possible and to end as soon as practicable the operations of
fixing the frontier of the Argentine Republic with that of Chile
in conformity with the Treaties in force, thus satisfying the

No. 73. (503)
wishes of my Government — was subscribed to on my part with
the object of preventing discussions from arising, respecting
the manner in which the Experts or their Assistants might
interpret the Treaties we are called upon to give full effect to.
A great portion of the time which has elapsed since 1890 up to
this date has been employed in these discussions, which have
brought into the demarcation of the frontier between our re
spective countries more disadvantages than benefits.
When accepting the honourable post I hold, I did so with
the profound conviction that my functions were exclusively of
a geographical character and that the letter of the treaties was
to be applied on the ground, and animated by the desire of
removing everything that might embarrass their strict fulfil
ment. The Treaty of 1 88 1 says, in Article I., that the boundary
between the Argentine Republic and that of Chile is from north
to south, as far as the 52nd parallel of south latitude the Cor
dillera de los Andes ; that the boundary line shall run in that
extent over the highest summits of the said Cordillera which
divide the waters, and shall pass between the " vertientes "
which start on either side. The Protocol of 1893, inter
pretative and explanatory of the Treaty of 1881, establishes,
also in Article I., that the Experts shall hold as the invariable
rule in their proceedings the geographical line agreed to in
the said Treaty and that " consequently, there shall be held as
perpetually belonging to the Argentine Republic and as under
its absolute dominion all the lands and all the waters, to wit :
lakes, lagoons, rivers and parts of rivers, brooks, springs iver
tientes) lying to the east of the line of the highest summits of
the Cordillera de los Andes which divide the waters ; and, as
the property and under the absolute dominion of Chile, all the
lands and all the waters, to wit : lakes, lagoons, rivers and parts
of rivers, brooks, springs lying to the west of the highest sum
mits of the Cordillera de los Andes which divide the waters,"
and, according to Article VI. of this Convention for the effects

No. 73. : .
( 504 )
of the demarcation, " the Experts, or in their place, the Com
missions of Assistant Engineers acting on the instructions given
to them by the former, shall seek the boundary line on the
ground and carry out the demarcation by means of iron land
marks of the kind already agreed upon, placing one on each
pass or accessible part of the mountain which is situated on
the boundary line." The Agreement of April 17, 1896, in its
first basis extends the boundary line, the determination of
which must be carried out in conformity with the Treaty of
1 88 1 and the Protocol of 1893 as far as parallel 230 of South
latitude. The Convention of 1888 says, in Clause III., that
the Experts shall carry out on the ground the demarcation of
the lines indicated in Articles I., II. and III. of the Boundary
Treaty ; in Clause IV. that the Experts may, however, entrust
the execution of the work to commissions of assistants. The
instructions which, under date of January 1 , 1 894, the Experts
agreed to for the demarcation in the Cordillera de los Andes,
in its chapter entitled " Preliminary Operations," Article III. j
says : " The chiefs of each joint Sub-Commission shall form by
joint accord a plan of the work for each season and they shall
form an approximate list of the points where it is proposed to
erect landmarks. They shall search on the ground for the
boundary line, and they shall effect the demarcation by means
of iron landmarks of the kind already agreed upon, placing one
upon each pass or accessible point of the mountain which is
situated on the boundary line " ; and, in the chapter on the
" Operations on the Ground " following that on the " Prelimin
ary Operations," Article V. stipulates that the Sub-Commissions
that should operate in the Cordillera de los Andes " shall hold,
as the invariable rule of their proceedings, the principle estab
lished in the first part of Article I. of the Treaty of 1881, and
that, therefore, those Sub-Commissions shall investigate the
location,' in the said Cordillera, of the main chain of the Andes,
in order to search on the ground for the highest summits

No. 73. ( 505 )
which divide the waters, and shall determine the boundary
line in its accessible parts, making it to pass between the
' vertientes ' which start on either side." Guided therefore
by the Treaty of 1881, the Protocol of 1893, the Convention
of 1888, the Agreement of 1896 and the Instructions of the
Experts of January 1, 1894, for the operations of the demar
cation in the Cordillera de los Andes, in that part referring to
the preliminary investigations and operations upon the ground
(Article V.), I have incessantly attempted, from the moment of
my appointment until now, to carry out in the Cordillera de
los Andes, the operations I have considered necessary for the
delimitation of the frontier between the Argentine Republic
and that of Chile. In my communication of April 21 of last
year, I stated the manner in which I understand my duties of
Expert in the following terms : " An Expert cannot accept
the limitation of the investigation which he may deem necessary
in order to comply with the stipulations of the Treaties, because
he must have perfect knowledge of the ground in order to
look for the boundary line according to his own judgment,
and cannot, therefore, be hindered in the operations he may
direct, provided they have no other object than that indicated.
The Experts have given, by joint accord, some instructions for
the demarcation, but these do not prevent them, each, without
abandoning the general plan of the work, from arranging that
their Assistants should furnish them with the elements they
may need in order to form an opinion as to the conditions
of the ground of the operations, wherever they may not be
able to carry out personally the demarcation of the frontier
line upon the ground." Under this impression I signed
the obligation of May ist, subsequent to my declarations,
and understanding by demarcation work every investiga- ^u^d
tion of the ground which in this case might contribute to
the better knowledge of the geography of the Cordillera de
los Andes in which is included the immovable boundary be

No. 73. (506)
tween the Argentine Republic and that of Chile, — a knowledge
without which it is impossible to carry out the demarcation
of the Argentine Chilean frontier and the investigation which,
in all countries of the world, invariably precedes the deter
mination of the frontiers. Besides, I have always considered
that the necessity of these previous surveys is implicitly acknow
ledged in the Instructions which the Experts have subscribed,
because it would be materially impossible otherwise for the
Sub-Commissions to give effect to the preliminary operation of
forming a plan of the work for the season and an approximate
list of the points where they propose to erect landmarks.
The special instructions which I have given to the Assistants
under my orders had for their main object the fulfilment on
my part — which I insisted on when we exchanged views for
the wording of the Record of May ist of last year — of the obli
gation to hasten the work of the demarcation in the Cordillera
de los Andes, so that we, the Experts, might find ourselves " in
a position to decide as to the general frontier line at the end of
the present season." Had I acted in the contrary manner,
that is to say, in the manner understood by you, materially
demarcating in detail the Andean line, I could not have ful
filled my obligation, since such a procedure, — which must in
any case be subsequent to the sitrvey of the ground without Quoted
p. 567.
which, I repeat, frontiers are never marked out, especially in
such a complicated mountainous region as is the Cordillera de
los Andes between 23° and 530 of south latitude. The realiza
tion of the wishes of my Government and my own, which are —
as I have repeatedly expressed to you in writing and verbally —
to terminate in the shortest time possible the delimitation of
the frontier with the Republic of Chile, in accordance with the
Treaties in force, would then have been rendered impossible
from the first moment.
I consider that you are led into an error when you say that
" the arbitrary sense " which the Engineers under my orders

No. 73 ( 507 )
" have attempted to give to the Agreement of May 1 is contrary
to its letter and to the circumstances which gave rise to it, and
that there is not in its text any expression whatsoever involving
the idea of suspending the operations of the demarcation during
the season of 1898." You will allow me to remind you that
the agreement of the Governments of the Argentine Republic
and Chile, dated April 17, 1896, considers, as operations of
the demarcation, the investigation of the ground, and that you
were of the same opinion when ordering, without my previous
consent, the investigation of that part of the Cordillera de los
Andes, to which basis 1 of that agreement refers, which stretches
between parallels 23°and 260 52'' 45", "in order that you might
be in a position to give effect to basis 1 of the Agreement of
April 17, 1896" (I believe these are the words employed by
you when transmitting to me at Buenos Aires your resolution),
previous to my arrival at Santiago to act as Expert, and there
fore, before agreeing to the " clear and precise " instructions
signed by the two Experts, which are those which you say my
engineers must have received prior to acting as they have done,
in compliance with my instructions, and which I have given
with the same right as you had to give them to your demar
cating engineers in the Andean region mentioned. For my
part, I then considered your action as regular, and I did
not offer any objection to the operations of the demarcation
between 230 and 26° 52' 45" being carried out as you under
stood it. Moreover, my note of April 21 of last year, replying
to yours of the 9th of the same month, ended by stating that
in it you would find the loyal expression of my wish of complying
with the stipulations contained in the treaties which serve us
as a guide, for which "we have decided," I said, "that the investi
gations of the Sub-Commissions should extend to the whole
region which, in the judgment of the respective Experts, might
contain the line of demarcation." You have not observed to
me that I was in error when expressing such a resolution, and

No. 73. (508 )
it is with your knowledge of this that we have signed the obli
gation of May 1, 1897.
It is not possible for me at this moment to go into a detailed
refutation of the numerous points which you touch upon in
the note to which I am replying, but I shall do so as soon as
the occupations which absorb all my time, tending to demon
strate without doubt the loyalty of my proceedings, may per
mit ; and I shall simply deal with some of them which I consider
it necessary to clear up immediately. Previous to contracting
the obligation of May ist of last year, we exchanged ideas on
that same day regarding the manner of determining the general
frontier line by the end of the present season, and I proposed to
you the creation of a larger number of Sub-Commissions, which
was not accepted because it was considered that it would be
very difficult, if not impossible, to obtain in Chile as many en
gineers as would be necessary to form them, in view of which
we agreed to request of our Governments the creation of only
three Sub-Commissions that were to work between parallels
41° and 49° 30* of South latitude. I then urged the necessity
of having a fresh Sub-Commission that should work to the
south of 30°, in order that the first Sub-Commission might
occupy itself, with all its staff, in the zone the demarcation of
which had commenced north of the said parallel, and, as you
did not accept my proposition, for the reason already given,
I decided, when tracing the plan of work for the season which
is now at an end, to divide this Sub-Commission into two sec
tions, one of which, the northern one, would continue the work
commenced, and the other one would proceed with it to the
south as far as the Valle de los Patos. You are familiar with
this resolution since it was communicated to you by a telegram
of the fourth of last October, which informed you of the depar
ture of some Argentine Sub-Commissions for the ground of
operations, a telegram which was amplified by another one of
the 29th of that month. In those telegrams I stated the dis-

No. 73. ( 509 )
tribution of the staff, and also my intention of reconnoitring
all the extent of the Cordillera which comprises the demarcation,
from 2 30 as far as 520 ; and, in my opinion, the indication of
the several points where I had distributed that staff, so distant
one from another, and from the several zones assigned in the
previous instructions and which were new to the Sub-Com
missions, was sufficient to show that, unless with great loss of
time, it would be impossible for the Assistants, who were to
survey each zone, to meet, and therefore the acceptance or rejec
tion of landmarks, in case they should be proposed by the
respective Chilean Sub-Commissions, would be impossible.
Between planting landmarks, — an operation which in any case,
would have required a previous detailed investigation of the
ground, rendering impossible the fulfilment of the Agreement
desired by the two nations we represent — and surveying the
ground of the demarcation so that once acquainted with the
result of those surveys, I might fulfil the said obligation, I
decided to adopt the latter course.
The restriction on my part of the powers of the demarcating
Sub-Commissions, I do not think exists either, since, by the
Experts' Agreement, of April 17, of last year, the second-class
Assistants, or auxiliaries of the demarcating Sub-Commission,
were provisionally authorized to fulfil the functions of Chief
Assistants, only in case of the illness of the latter or of their
absence from the ground of the demarcation, a case which has
not arisen in the present season; and, respecting the Argentine
Sub-Commissions, as these are composed of two Assistants,
according to the Convention of 1888, who are therefore both
of them responsible for the operations they may carry out, it
is not possible for them to decide upon the erection of landmarks
without being previously in accord amongst themselves and
without my consent, because on my part I have not delegated
in any way the duties imposed upon me by the Treaties and
Clause III. of the Convention of 1888. I am aware of the

No. 73. (510 )
responsibility connected with the high office with which I have
been honoured by the Government of my country, and I fill
it in such a manner as, I have the profound conviction, is the
only one which can avoid the repetition of difficulties, of the
kind of which some have arisen since 1892 and which have
contributed to cause the uncertainties which happily will be
over shortly.
I regret to be of a different opinion from yours, and I now
come to the part which concerns me most of the communication
to which I am replying, respecting the claims of the Sub-Com
mission under your orders laid before those under mine, owing to
the answer which they have given to the proposals which have
been made to them during this season for the erection of boun
dary landmarks, and I do not admit the charge you make
against me of being absent from Santiago, " some hundreds of
leagues " and " at places with which easy communication was
impossible, owing to which the actual work of demarcation in
the Cordillera has not advanced one single step." I have
issued the instructions to which you refer, being assured that,
only if they are complied with by my engineers, can I reach on
my part the desired end of this long question. I firmly believe
that, during the season now ending, " the actual work of demar
cation in the Cordillera " has advanced more than it has
since the beginning of the Experts' work in 1890, and you will
admit this once you receive the information which I shall trans
mit to you as soon as the office work relating to this season has
been done. I cannot blindly accept, in my capacity of Expert,
the determination of the frontier line, without exposing myself
to contribute in rendering it difficult and in prolonging our
dissensions ; and I must await those results before authorizing,
on my part, the proposals which the engineers under my orders
will make of materially demarcating extensive zones of the
Cordillera de los Andes, — a demarcation in which the landmarks
proposed will not be counted by tens, but by hundreds, and to

No. 73. (5n )
which my journey, the object of which I intimated to you
verbally when I had the honour of announcing it, will greatly
contribute. If your reference to my absence at hundreds of leagues from
Santiago were to involve a charge against me, I repudiate it
with all the energy I am capable of. In carrying out my journey
I have fulfilled my duties as Expert, so as to enable myself to
comply with our obligations, with a complete knowledge of the
facts related thereto ; and, therefore, I strongly reject the
slightest insinuation that the investigations in the Andean
region which I have just carried out, have been made with the
object of delaying the fulfilment of our agreement of May ist,
which I shall accomplish on my part immediately after the
Sub-Commissions under my orders have provided me, within
this season, with the elements I require.
It is in view of the aforesaid that I consider it unnecessary
at present to enter into explanations upon the landmarks pro
posed by the Chilean Sub-Commissions to the Argentine Sub-
Commissions in previous seasons and in the present one, because
the reply to those propositions will be included in the agreement
to which the Record of May ist refers, without any desire exist
ing, on the part of those Sub-Commissions, to elude the stipu
lations contained in the Treaty and agreements in force, as to
their referring to the divergences which might arise from those
replies and which are foreseen by the Agreements themselves.
This is the proper moment for presenting to you a proof
of the difficulties which the act of hastening the demarcation
might create, if prior to proposing the actual demarcation, the
investigation demanded by such a serious question as the tracing
of the line of the international frontiers, clearly stipulated, has
not been carried out. During the present season the Chief of
the Chilean Sub-Commission No. 8 has proposed to the respective
Argentine Sub-Commission to demarcate, from 440 southwards
over an extent of 30 kilometres, " the water-parting line "

No. 73. (512)
comprised between " the range of hills bordering the basin of
the Nerivao stream, an affluent of the River Jeriua, and that
of the River Palena," that is to say, at the points designated
as " high, stony pampa " {Pampa alta pedregosd) in the " Carta
jeneral de la Patagonia occidental " constructed last year by the
Chilean Boundary Commission ; the said Chief is, however, still
ignorant as to whether the waters really flow to the River
Palena, or at least, the greater part of them, which irrigate the
region which he proposes to demarcate. Up to this moment
it has not been ascertained whether the River Pico is an
affluent of the Palena, nor has the Chilean Boundary Sub-
Commission made any investigations to find this out. Senor
Barrios' note has not been answered by the Argentine Chief
Assistant, because the latter has not been informed yet of its
contents, having been, up to a week ago, in the interior of the
Cordillera between 44° and 45", effecting the investigation con
nected with his mission. The said proposal will not be con
sidered by the Argentine Sub-Commissions, as the " water-
divide " proposed as the international boundary is situated
outside the Cordillera de los Andes, — a very common phenome
non in the southern part of this continent, and one which was
verified in the vicinity of the 52nd degree of latitude by the
learned engineer-in-chief of the Chilean Commission. The
work of demarcation must be carried out only in " the Cordil
lera de los Andes," and, while the Treaty of 1881 and Protocol
of 1893 are in force, neither the Sub-Commissions, nor the
Experts, nor the Argentine or Chilean Government may extend
it, or cause it to be made outside of that Cordillera.
Your communication ends by inviting me to give a specific
form to the bases of delimitation now followed by the Argentine
Sub-Commissions, "whether by means of a precise and unmis
takable formula, or by the geographical tracing of the general
frontier line, in the extent in which this be actually possible for
me, within the period referred to in the preamble of the agree-

N.o 73. (513)
mentofMay 1, 1897, — an invitation which I beg to say is not oppor
tune, as this period has been determined, and you have no reason
for supposing for a moment that I should fail to fulfil my part
of an agreement which I was the first to propose. Further
more, you point out to me the essential and absolute character
of the boundary line prescribed by the Treaty of 1881, which,
in your opinion, is that of dividing the waters which irrigate
both countries, — a fact which you tell me you stated in January
1892 to my predecessor, Don Octavio Pico, and later to the other
predecessors in the office which I now hold, Sefiores Virasoro
and Quirno Costa. You must permit me not to consider here
the statement of your views with regard to the boundary line.
We, as Experts, have no other duty than that of tracing the
frontier in strict accordance with the stipulations, which deter
mine the Cordillera de los Andes as the boundary between the
two nations which we represent in this question, and which,
as shown in the texts of the agreements of 1881 and 1893,
provide, besides, that the boundary line " shall run over the
highest summits of the said Cordillera which divide the waters,
and shall pass between the ' vertientes ' which start on either
side." I cannot, therefore, discuss interpretations of the
Treaties, and thereby reopen a fruitless debate which I think
it expedient to consider as ended.
Having answered the principal points of your communica
tion of yesterday, I have, etc. F. P". Moreno,
Enrique Lynch Arribalzaga.

No. 74.
THE ARGENTINE EXPERT ON THE
DEMARCATION WORK.
[This translation follows nearly that given in the Argentine Statement, foot.
note p. 347.] (Quoted on page 566 of the Statement.)
The Argentine Expert to the Chilean Expert.
Buenos Aires, June 26, 1898.
Mr. Expert, —
I have received your note of May 22nd last, to which I
proceed to reply. You inform me that a conference having
been held on May 14 last, at which we were present, in the
office of His Excellency, the President of the Republic of Chile,
at which I announced my approaching journey to this capital,
and my return to Santiago in the month of August, which was
fixed for the discussion of a general frontier line, in accord
ance with the information we might both have collected, — by
this agreement the main object you had in view in addressing
to me your communication of the nth of the same month was
fulfilled. I regret to have to revert to this " main object," and must
again insist that you could not have pointed out to me the
importance of carrying out my undertaking, you being aware
of the exertions made and which are still being made by the

No. 74. C 515 )
Sub-Commissions under my orders, to enable me to carry it
out,— exertions which exceed those of the Sub-Commissions
under your charge.
I remember that, at the meeting referred to, you said that,
the region of the Cordillera between lat. 470 and 490 30' S.
being completely unknown to you, the general frontier line
would be settled, in that part, in accordance with the plans
and investigations which the Argentine Commission might
submit. It was I who, on April 21, 1897, proposed to His Excellency
the President of Chile that, for the purpose of terminating,
in the shortest time possible, the demarcation of the international
boundary, you should be given the same facilities as those ac
corded to me by my Government, so that, by increasing the
number of Sub-Commissions and providing them with further
elements we should be able to hasten our operations and find
ourselves in a position to decide, by the end of the coming
season, that is to say, during the present months, the general
boundary line ; repeating at that time what I had already stated
to you several times, as to the necessity for preliminary investi
gations which always precede the demarcation of frontiers in
every country in the world.
It was in view of this proposal that the Chilean Minister for
Foreign Affairs, Sefior Morla Vicuna, suggested to you that we,
the Experts, should agree together and carry out all the work
which might enable us to decide as to the dividing line in the
time named, and you will recollect that, during the exchange of
views preceding the statement of May 1, owing to the doubts
expressed by you of our not being able to carry out, in so short a
time, such extensive labours, I intimated that, for my part, I
should be ready by the time named. I then repeated to you
that my Government would supply me with all I might require,
as they were very desirous of bringing this lengthy boundary
question to a conclusion as early as possible.

No. 74. (516)
If you entertained any doubt as to the possibility of satis
fying the desires expressed to us by our Governments, as to the
expediency of determining in the coming season a general fron
tier line, the doubts which I then entertained, were not because
I thought my efforts would be insufficient, but because you did
not believe you could accept the five new Sub-Commissions which
I proposed, but only one to work south of lat. 410. You con
sidered it impossible to find a sufficient number of surveyors
in Chile necessary for the new Sub-Commissions, while, on my
part, I had the required number of them. It being agreed
that it was impossible for a single Sub-Commission to survey
9 degrees in one season, we decided to create three new Sub-
Commissions, instead of five proposed by me, I contenting
myself with increasing the number of Assistants in each of my
Sub-Commissions. It was necessary that the rumours of possible grave difficul
ties between the two nations which we represented, should
cease, and to effect this it was indispensable that we, the Ex
perts, should have the necessary data to form our own opinion
with respect to all the territory on which the frontier line
would be traced in accordance with the Treaties in force ; I
considering that the procedure followed up to the present
— which has no precedent in the world — of fixing in detail
the boundaries of a frontier, the general features of which
were almost completely unknown, would oblige me to make
continual investigations which would have required many
years. I had communicated to His Excellency the President of Chile
what my views were regarding the operations of the demarca
tion, and the necessity of carrying out, prior to fixing the
boundaries in detail, a preliminary survey of the Cordillera de
los Andes, so as to be able to locate within that Cordillera the
general frontier line in accordance with the Treaties ; and it
was, therefore, my duty to take all the precautions possible,

No. 74. ( 517 )
so that my views, which were to be converted into an agree
ment between the two nations, should be carried out in an un
mistakable manner.
I have, therefore, seen with surprise, that you, ignoring my
priority in the intention of practically carrying out the desire
so frequently manifested by the Governments of Argentina and
Chile, have attempted to urge me to fulfil my duty, and you
continue to state in reference to this, that you were satisfied
with what was decided at the meeting of May 14.
The time will come, Mr. Expert, when I shall prove that it
is not the Argentine Expert who has wished to delay the definite
solution of the protracted boundary question. Then the work
of the Chilean and Argentine Engineers will be examined, and
it will be known whether the Argentine Sub-Commission have
acted rightly or wrongly in rejecting proposals which, if ac
cepted, would have completely destroyed the hopes which the
two nations we represent built on the carrying out of the
Agreement of May 1. The instructions of internal character
given by me to my Assistants are the same as you might have
given to yours, without violating the agreement, and all tended
to the greater success of the works which I had entrusted to
them. By some of their clauses I have sought to avoid delays
which, had I assented thereto, would have made me break an
agreement which is inviolable. To abandon the investigation
of the whole region which must comprise the general frontier
line, in order to fix the actual boundary in a gap, etc., that is
to say, in a very limited area, would not have been to " accelerate
the demarcation," and, by so doing, I should have failed to
keep my word as an Expert. The work of the demarcation is
accelerated by deciding upon a general frontier line, and that
was what was understood by their Excellencies, the Presidents
of the Argentine Republic and Chile, in their opening messages
to the respective Congresses.
I find that we are not in accord with respect to the inter-

No. 74. (518)
pretation of the word " demarcation." To you it appears that
the work of the demarcation consists solely in the " material
planting of landmarks," whereas to me, the operations of the
demarcation include all the work which should be performed
in order to fix a frontier line. The only instance in which an
Argentine Assistant accepted suggestions from a Chilean Assis
tant at a meeting, occurred in Sub-Commission No. 6. The
Assistants, according to the instructions given them by us on
February 17, 1897, in order to carry out what is laid down in
Article 1 of the Agreement of April, 1896, were to meet in order
" to agree on the plan for carrying out the work in accordance
with said instructions " ; but it was in vain that the Argentine
Chief Assistant attended the meeting arranged with the Chilean
Chief Assistant. According to the declarations of the latter
to the Argentine second Assistant, such meetings were un
necessary. In all the preliminary arrangements, the Argentine
Assistants lost several days which might have been devoted to
further surveys, had he received my orders in time. This,
nevertheless has not prevented the said Commission from pro
viding me, from works executed by it, with the data required
to come to a decision as to the general frontier line in the whole
region specified in the said Article of the Agreement of April,
while it is known to you that the Chilean Sub-Commission has
not visited at least half of that zone.
The Treaty of 1881, the Protocol of 1893 and the general
instructions for the demarcation of the Cordillera de los Andes
which you and my predecessor, Dr. Quirno Costa, gave, provide
that the work of demarcation shall be carried out in the Cor
dillera de los Andes. And I have told you that neither Experts,
nor Assistants, nor Governments can seek the dividing line
outside of that " immovable " boundary fixed by the Treaties.
Moreover, the case of the region where the first Assistant of the
Chilean Sub-Commission No. 8 proposes to demarcate, is not
quite analogous to that of the region in which are situated Las

No. 74. ( 519 )
Damas and Santa Elena landmarks. In the latter the course
of the Rio Grande is as well known as is the Maule, or any other
river of Central Chile which originates in the Cordillera de los
Andes ; whereas in latitude 440, where Engineer Barrios
proposes to demarcate, the demarcators of both countries are
unable to say that they possess the necessary data to form an
opinion so long as they have not made previous surveys of the
zone which includes there the Cordillera de los Andes and
its main chain.
In all boundary demarcations, the boundaries are discussed
with a complete knowledge of the ground which such demar
cation is to include, and this was understood by the Govern
ments of the Argentine Republic and Chile when they agreed
that the differences which might arise between the Experts
and which those Governments might not solve, should be de
cided by the Arbitrator who must strictly apply in such cases
the clauses of the Treaty of 1881 and Protocol of 1893, after a
survey of the ground has been made.
The Argentine Sub-Commissions will always take into con
sideration whatever proposal may be made to them as to places
situated within the Cordillera de los Andes, but never as to
places situated outside that Cordillera.
I hope that, at the Conferences we are to hold in August
next, and at which we, the Experts, shall have to settle the gene
ral frontier line, each of us will supply the data we shall have 0uoted
collected in order to circumscribe the mountainous region to be P- 567-
considered as the Cordillera de los Andes, which is the " im
movable boundary." In the meanwhile I shall continue in
the belief that the region, the demarcation of which is pro
posed by the Chilean Sub-Commission No. 8, does not corre
spond to that in which we ought to seek the international
dividing line.
Within the powers which I possess as Expert, in virtue of
the Treaties in force, I am disposed to consider all the pro-

No. 74. ( 520 )
posals which you may submit to me ; but I must decline
their consideration when such proposals refer to points which
I regard as being outside our functions.
I am, etc. Francisco P. Moreno.

No. 75.
THE CHILEAN EXPERT ON THE DRAWING UP
OF THE FINAL RECORDS.
[Translated from the official publication entitled " Demarcacion de Limites
entre Chile i la Republica Arjentina," etc., pp. 40, 41.]
(Quoted on pages 571 and 572 of the Statement.1)
The Chilean Expert to the Argentine Expert.
No. 117. Santiago, September 9, 1898.
Mr. Expert, —
The terms of your communication compel me to insist again
upon what I stated to you at the end of my last note. As the
exclusive object of the meeting arranged for the 7th, was to
sign the list of the points agreed to and those upon which we
differ, in our respective lines of demarcation, I consider it useless
that the said Conference should be held before we come to an
agreement in regard to the form which the Record of that Con
ference is to take.
I must also state here that, if the meeting was not held on
the day agreed, it was simply because you have insisted that
there be stated in the Act, as enunciated by both Experts, some
declarations which you have worded, and which I, on my part,
do not consider necessary or convenient in the form proposed.
On my part, I have proposed to you a form of Record in
1 By an error the date of this communication is referred to, in the State
ment, as September 10, the correct date being September 9, 1898.
581

No. 75. ( 522 )
which, while retaining the declarations inserted by each of
us in the Record wherein our respective propositions appear,
we should confine ourselves to enumerating the points agreed
to and those where a disagreement has occurred, so as to inform
our Governments of them.
As you insisted on the necessity of giving expression to
the declarations you have proposed, I observed that it could
be stated in the Record as a proposition from you, that you had
requested from me such a declaration and that I, in my turn,
would give the reasons I had for not concurring in it.
Finally, the Minister for Foreign Affairs having expressed
to me verbally that he had learned through the Minister Pleni
potentiary of the Argentine Republic that you would accept a
form of Record in which both Experts should state that the
lines presented by them answered to the stipulations of all the
Treaties and other international Agreements, which should
also be inserted in their entirety, I replied in writing to the
Minister for Foreign Affairs that, although I did not see the
object for their inclusion, I had no objection to accept it as
requested by you.
I must here remind you that, throughout this transaction,
the Expert of Chile has not requested from you any declaration
as to the foundation for your proceedings, nor has he looked
for anything else but the strictest fulfilment of our Agree- Q"°ted
75 s p. 572-
ment, the scope of which is to present in a concrete and precise
form to our respective Governments the sections of the boundary
line ready for demarcation as accepted by both, as well as those
about which we are not agreed. Consistent with this line of
conduct, I have tried to remove all the difficulties foreign to
the substance of the question itself ; and, as appears from our
Records, I have tried by all possible means to bring to an end
in the shortest time possible, the task on which we are engaged.
As regards the place where we must hold our meetings, if
you have an objection to assisting where they have been held

No. 75. ( 523 )
hitherto and from the time when the Experts' Commission
came into existence, I have much greater ones to going to the
place you suggest, especially in view of the terms of the com
munication in which you inform me of this resolution.
Summing up, I consider that the difficulties which have
arisen in this connection may be easily solved by one of the
following two courses : either by a Record, such as the one
I proposed and to which I have referred above, or by means
of a Record in which each of the Experts should state his
opinion in the manner heretofore accepted. Either of these two
courses may be adopted without the necessity of fresh confer
ences, since you are opposed to continuing to hold them in the
usual manner.
Moreover, should you not accept either of these two courses,
desiring to terminate this incident, I shall lay before my Govern
ment the antecedents which appear in the Records of August 29
and September 3 which are amply sufficient, in order that steps
may be taken on the part of the Governments respecting the
disagreements existing between our two propositions of general
frontier lines.
I have, etc.
Diego Barros Arana.

No. 76.
THE CHILEAN EXPERT ON THE DELAYS IN THE
DRAWING UP OF THE RECORDS.
[Translated from " Diario oficial de la Republica de Chile" Santiago, Sep
tember 12, 1898. No. 6,099, p. 2201.]
(Quoted on page 572 of the Statement.1)
The Chilean Expert to the Argentine Expert.
No. 119. Santiago, September 10, 1898.
Mr. Expert, —
In reply to your note dated yesterday I must state that I
have never refused to acknowledge any principle or declara
tion whatsoever which may be stipulated in the Boundary
Treaties, the strict fulfilment of which I have unceasingly and
zealously endeavoured to procure.
The difficulties which have arisen in the drawing up and
signing the Record in question, far from originating in the
insistence you attribute to me of not conforming in my declara
tions to the stipulations of those covenants, are indeed but a
clear and evident demonstration that I scrupulously abide by
them. Therefore, there is no cause for the surprise you express
in your communication referred to, wherein you attribute to
me ideas and intentions which I have never had.
1 It is said in the Argentine Statement, p. 375, that " it is necessary to re
produce in full " the present Document, of which, however, not a single line
has been reproduced in the said Statement. The few lines given in a footnote
on the page quoted are from a Note from the Argentine Expert to which the
following is a reply, which was, in turn, answered by another note from the
latter, inserted in the same Statement, footnote, pp. 377-380.
524

No. 76. ( 525 )
When dealing with the drawing up of the Record wherein
those points of the demarcation on which we are agreed and
those on which we are not, were to be enumerated, you wished
it to be preceded by considerations to be signed by both of us,
which, although reproducing some articles of the Treaties, do not
reflect entirely the spirit and scope of the said Treaties, as you
ignore others in which it is clearly stated what is, according
to those covenants, the geographical condition of the demarca
tion. Thus, for instance, you proposed the insertion of Article 1
of the Treaty of 1 8 8 1 and of Articles 1 and 2 of the Protocol of
1893, and omitted Article 3 of this same Protocol which textu-
ally reads as follows : —
" In the case, foreseen in the second part of Article 1 of the
" Treaty of 1888 of difficulties that might arise 'owing to the
" existence of certain valleys, formed by the bifurcation of the
" Cordillera, and where the water-divide should not be clear,' the
" Experts shall endeavour to settle them amicably, causing this
" geographical condition of the demarcation to be searched for on
" the ground. To this end they shall dispose by mutual agree-
" ment that a survey be made by the Assistant Engineers which
" may serve them to solve the difficulty."
Likewise it would have been advisable to recall that Article
6 of the Instructions quoted by you, when dealing with the
cases where the water-divide should not be clear, attributes to
this physical feature the character of being the geographical
condition of the demarcation.
Wishing to avoid every difficulty I have proposed to you the
adoption of either of the two following courses : —
1. The drawing up of a Record in which, referring to the
grounds stated by each Expert when presenting his proposal for
demarcation, there should be inserted clearly and simply the
enumeration of the points on which we are agreed and of those
on which we are not.

No. 76. (526)
2. A Record in which each Expert should state on his
part the reasons for such an agreement or divergence, acknow
ledging the right of both to insert, wholly or in part, the Treaties
and other Agreements or antecedents concerning the matter.
Besides, in the case of our agreeing to draw up a record
containing considerations accepted by both of us, it would be
necessary to state that the points upon which an agreement
exists are situated on the main chain of the Andes which divides
the waters, — a formula which comprises the letter and the
spirit of the Treaties, one which was used by the demarcating
engineers of both countries in the Acts of erection of landmarks
in 1894, x895 and 1896, and which the Chilean engineers,
faithful to this precedent and to what is stipulated in those
Treaties, have continued to reproduce in subsequent records.
Finally, after having reached, in the manner stated in my
note No. 117 of yesterday's date, the agreement of stating
simply " in the pending Record " that the lines presented by
the Experts answer to the fulfilment of all the Treaties and other
international covenants, and of inserting therein, the said
documents in their entirety, while on my part I have always
been disposed to sign the Record drawn up in that form, you
have subsequently proposed to introduce an addition which
modifies what was agreed.
I believe I am excused from entering into discussion upon
the advisability of this addition, which would lengthen this
debate fruitlessly and would, perhaps, prevent me still more
from arriving at an agreement with you.
Moreover, as I foreshadowed to you at the end of my note
mentioned, No. 1 17, I am laying before my Government on this
date the antecedents therein mentioned as well as a copy of the
present communication.
I am, etc.
Diego Barros Arana.

No. 77.
THE DIFFICULTIES IN THE DEMARCATION ARE
OFFICIALLY SUBMITTED TO ARBITRATION.
Enclosure A.
[Translated from " Memoria de Relaciones Esteriores de Chile" 1899, pp. 48, 49.]
(Quoted on page 576 of the Statement.)
The Chilean Minister in London to the Marquis of Salisbury.
Legation of Chile,
LONDON, November 23, 1898.
My Lord, —
In June 1896/ the Governments of Chile and the Argen
tine Republic, conforming to the stipulations contained in the
Agreement signed by them on the 17th of April of the same
year, requested Her Britannic Majesty's Government to deign
to accept the office of Arbitrator in order to determine the doubts
or questions arising in the course of the demarcation of the boun
dary between the two Republics , whenever the Governments
might not be able to settle them directly.
Her Majesty the Queen deigned to accede, with marked
benevolence, to the application in which both Governments en
trusted to Her traditional spirit of justice the final solution of
the difficulties which might eventually arise.
Although the efforts of the Governments interested have
had for result the determination of a considerable extent of
1 See next Document, No. 78.
527

No. 77. (528 )
the frontier line, the differences or disagreements contemplated
subsist in regard to another important part thereof.
In this situation, both Governments have considered that
the case, — foreseen in Article 2 of the Agreement of April 17,
1896, — of requesting Her Majesty's Government to act as
Arbitrator, has arrived ; and, to this effect, I have now the
honour of proffering this request on behalf of Chile and in
fulfilment of orders I have received, enclosing a copy of the
Minutes drawn up by the Experts and the respective Govern
ments wherein the divergences which have arisen have been
placed on record.
Allow me respectfully to call the attention of Your Excel
lency to the desire expressed by both Governments in the final
part of the Record of 22nd of last September.
Finally, I have the honour of including a map which will
render more comprehensible the scope of the disagreements
to which the said Minutes refer, and to add that, in conformity
with the rules of procedure which Your Excellency may think
fit to lay down for the arbitration, an opportunity will arise for
presenting further data and information to illustrate the matter.
I am, etc.
Domingo Gana,

Enclosure B.
[Copy from the original at the Chilean Legation.]
The Marquis of Salisbury to the Chilean Plenipotentiary.
Foreign Office, November 28, 1898.
Sir,— I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Note
of the 23rd instant in which you recall that in the year 1896
Her Majesty's Government consented to accept the office of
Arbitrator conferred upon them by the Chilean and Argentine
Governments for the settlement, in the form laid down by the

No. 77- (529 )
Protocol signed on April 17th, 1896, of the difficulties which
might arise in fixing the boundaries between the two Republics.
You state that you have now received instructions from your
Government to inform me that the contingency provided for
in the 2nd Article of the Agreement of 1896 has arisen and you
are accordingly to request that Her Majesty's Government will
proceed with the necessary steps in fulfilment of the engagement
which they accepted on the invitation of the Governments of
Argentina and Chile.
I have the honour to inform you that Her Majesty's Govern
ment take note of your communication which will be laid
before Her Majesty the Queen.
I have, etc. Salisbury.

11

No. 78.
HER B.M.'S GOVERNMENT IS REQUESTED TO
ACCEPT THE OFFICE OF ARBITRATOR.
Enclosure A.
[Translated from " Memoria de Lielaciones Esleriores de Chile," 1896, Docs.
pp. 16, 17.] (Quoted on page 576 of the Statement.)
The Chilean Minister in London to the Marquis of Salisbury.
Legation of Chile,
London, June 15, 1896.
My Lord, —
The Governments of Chile and the Argentine Republic
having agreed to designate the Government of Her Majesty the
Queen in order that, in the capacity of Arbitrator, they may
decide, in the manner established in the Agreement signed
on the 17th of April last, the doubts which might arise in the
process of the demarcation of the boundary between the two
Republics whenever the Governments may not reach a solution
thereof, I have received instructions from my Government to
transmit to its high destination the autograph letter in which
His Excellency the President of Chile requests Her Majesty the
Queen, in the name of the Chilean people and Government,
to deign to accept the office of Arbitrator conferred upon Her
by the Agreement mentioned.
I have the honour to enclose to Your Excellency the original
of the said letter, requesting Your Excellency to kindly place
it in Her Majesty's hands, and I likewise enclose the customary

No. 78. (531 )
copy thereof, and a certified copy of the five Treaties and Con
ventions enumerated at the end of this note.
The Government of Chile, when placing unlimited confidence
in Her Britannic Majesty's Government, do so in the conviction
that their high-minded action will always be inspired by the
sentiments of unfailing justice which distinguishes all their
acts, and I do not doubt that they will lend the important
service which is requested by two equally friendly nations.
I am, etc. Augusto Matte.
Enclosure B.
[Copy from the original at the Chilean Legation.]
The Marquis of Salisbury to the Chilean Plenipotentiary .
Foreign Office, July 14, ii

Sir,— I have had the honour to receive your note of the 15th
ultimo, enclosing a letter addressed to the Queen by the Presi
dent of Chili.
In that letter which I have submitted to Her Majesty, the
Queen is requested to act as Arbitrator, in accordance with the
terms of the Protocol between Chili and the Argentine Republic
of the 17th of April, 1896, in order to determine any questions
arising in the course of the demarcation of the boundaries be
tween the two Republics which it may not be found possible to
settle directly between the two Governments.
I have the pleasure to inform you that the Queen has
graciously been pleased to accept the office of Arbitrator under
the provisions of the Protocol of April 17, and by Her Majesty's
command I send to you Her reply to the President of Chili
for • transmission to its high destination.
A copy of the Queen's letter is inclosed herein.
I have, etc. Salisbury.

No. 78. ( 532)
Enclosure C.
[Copy from the original.]
Her Majesty Queen Victoria to the President of Chile,
Victoria, by the Grace of God, of the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Ireland Queen, Defender of the Faith, Em
press of India, etc., etc., etc., to the President of the Republic
of Chili, sendeth greeting !
Our good Friend, we have received the letter which you
addressed to us on the 9th of May last and in which you invite
us to act as Arbitrator in accordance with the terms of the Pro
tocol between the Republic of Chili and the Argentine Republic
of the 17th of April, 1896, in order to determine any question
that may arise in the course of the demarcation of the boundaries
between the two Republics and which cannot be amicably settled
by direct agreement.
We have received a similar request from the President of
the Argentine Republic, and we are much gratified by the con
fidence thus placed in us.
We shall be ready to accept the obligation which may fall
upon us and we will use our best endeavour to arrive at a right
conclusion in the event of any question being referred to our
decision. And so we recommend you to the protection of the Almighty.
Given at our Court at Windsor Castle the nth day of July,
1896, and in the sixtieth year of our Reign.
Your good Friend,
VICTORIA R.I.
Salisbury.

No. 79.
THE DEFINITION OF THE ANDEAN FRONTIER
LINE IN THE TREATY OF 1881.
Spanish, French, and English Versions.

(Mention
original text
from " Demarcacion de
Limites entre Chile i
la Repi'tblica Arjentina"
etc. Santiago, 1898,
pp. 1 and 2.
Articulo Pri-
MERO. — El limite
entre Chile i la
Republica Arjen
tina es de Norte
a Sur, hasta el
paralelo cincuenta
i dos le latitud, la
Cordillera de los
Andes. La linea fron-
teriza correra en
esa estension por
las cumbres mas
elevadas de dichas
Cordilleras que di-
vidan las aguas i
passara por entre
las vertientes que
se desprenden a
un lado i otro.
Las dificultades
que pudieran sus-
citarse por la
existencia de cier-
tos valles formados
por la bifurcacion
de la Cordillera i en
que no sea clara la
linea divisoria de
las aguas, seran
resueltas amisto-
samente por dos
peritos nombrados
uno de cada parte.

ed on page 580 of the Statement.)

CHILEAN OFFICIAL

ARGENTINE OFFICIAL

translation into English. translation into English.
p. 4 of this Appendix. Argentine Statement, p.
1 1 16.
Article I. — The
boundary between
the Argentine Re
public and Chili,
from north to
south as far as
the parallel of
latitude 5 2° S. is
the Cordillera of
the Andes.
The frontier line
shall run in that
extent along the
most elevated crests
of said Cordilleras
that may divide
the waters and
shall pass between
the slopes which
descend one side
and the other.
The difficulties
that might arise
from the existence
of certain valleys
formed by the
bifurcation of the
Cordillera, and in
which the water
shed may not be
apparent, shall be
amicably settled by
two Experts, one
to be named by
each party . . .

Article I. — The
boundary between
Chile and the
Argentine Repub
lic is, from north
to south, as far
as the 52nd paral
lel of latitude, the
Cordillera de los
Andes. The boundary
line shall run in
that extent over
the highest sum
mits of the said
Cordilleras which
divide the waters,
and shall pass
between the sour
ces [of streams]
flowing down to
either side.
The difficulties
that might arise
owing to the exist
ence of certain
valleys formed by
the bifurcation of
the Cordillera, and
where the water-
divide should not
be clear, shall be
amicably solved by
two Experts, ap
pointed one by
each party . . .

No. 79.
THE DEFINITION OF THE ANDEAN FRONTIER
LINE IN THE TREATY OF 1881.
Spanish, French, and English Versions.

(Mentioned on page 580 of the Statement.) FRENCH VERSION
BRITISH AND
FOREIGN STATE
PAPERS.
Vol. lxxii. (i 880-1881),
p. 1 103.

FOREIGN
RELATIONS OF THE
UNITED STATES.
1881, p. 12.

BY AN ARGENTINE
AUTHOR.
Charles Calvo. " Le Droit
International '," vol. i.,
Livre V., p. 425.
The Article Premier.

Art. I.— "The Art. I. -
limit between Chile boundary between — La limite entre
and the Argentine the Argentine Re- le Chili et la
Republic is the public and Chili Republique Argen-
Cordillera of the is, from north to tine est du Nord au
Andes from the south, up to par- Sud, jusqu'au 52°
north to latitude allel 5 2" latitude, parallele de latitude,
5 2° south. the Cordillera of the la Cordillere des
Andes. Andes.
The frontier line The frontier line La ligne desepara-
shall follow the is to run in that tion partant des
•crest of the Cor- direction over such points les plus
dillera which di- of the highest peaks eleves de la Cor-
vides the waters, of said Cordillera dillere qui divisent
and will pass be- as may divide the les eaux et passant
tween the sources waters, and is to entre les chutes
thereof on either cross the springs qui se deversent de
side. * that start from l'un et de 1' autre
both sides. cote.
Any doubts due Any difficulties Toutes les dif-
to the existence of that should arise ficultes qui surgi-
valleys formed by on account of raient pour la
the forking of the there being certain delimitation de cer-
Andes, where the valleys that are taines vallees for-
line dividing the formed by the bi- mees par la bifur-
waters is not furcation of the cation de la Cordil-
clearly determined Cordillera and lere et oil la ligne
shall be amicably wherein the divi- de division des eaux
settled by two Ex- sional line of waters ne serait pas bien
perts, one named may not be clear, nette, seront reso-
by either side . . . will be amicably lues par l'entre-
settled by two Ex- mise de deux Ex
perts, one to be perts nommes par
named by each chaque partie . . .
party . . .
535

No. 80.

"CUMBRES" TRANSLATED BY "SUMMITS" IN
ARGENTINE OFFICIAL DOCUMENTS.
(Quoted on page 580 of the Statement.)

[Extracts from Calvo's
Tratados," vol. ii.]

[Extracts from the " Argentine Evi-
Colleccion de dence " in the case of Misioncs,
submitted to the President of the
U.S. New York, 1893.]
Treaty of 1750.
(Pp. 53, 54) IV. Article.-
The boundaries of the domin
ions of both monarchies shall

Tratado de 1750.
(P. 248 et seq.) Articulo 40.
— Los confines del dominio de
las dos monarquias principia-
ran en la barra que forma en begin from the bar on the sea
la costa del mar el arroyo que coast, laid by the stream, fol-
sale al pie del monte de los lowing at the foot of Castillos
Castillos Grandes, desde cuya Grandes Mountain, from the
falda continuara la frontera, slope of which the frontier
buscando en linea recta lo mds shall continue following on a
alto 6 cumbres de los montes, right line the highest ground
cuyas vertientes bajan, por una or summits of the mountains
parte, a la costa que corre al the springs of which descend
norte de dicho arroyo, 6 a la on one side to the coast running
laguna Merin 6 del Mine, y to the north of said stream or
por la otra a la costa que corre to Lake Merin or of the Mine,

de dicho arroyo al sur 6 al rio
de la Plata : de suerto que las
cumbres de los montes sirvan
de raya al dominio de las dos

and on the other to the coast,
running to the south of the
River Plate, so that the sum
mits of the mountains may

,-,::i;

No. 80.

(537 )

coronas, y asi seguira la fron-
tera hasta encontrar el origen
principal, y cabeceras del rio
Negro, y por encima de ellas
continuara hasta el origen prin
cipal del rio Ybicuy, siguiendo
aguas abajo de este rio hasta
donde desemboca en el Uru
guay por su ribera oriental,
quedando de Portugal todas
las vertientes que bajana la
dicha laguna 6 al rio Grande
de San Pablo, y de Espafia,
las que bajan a los rios que
van a. unirse con el de la
Plata.

serve as boundary to the do
minion of both crowns, and thus
the frontier shall continue until
it finds the main source and
head springs of the River
Negro, going on along them
up to the principal source of
the River Ybicui, down the
stream of this river to its out
let in the Uruguay, by its
eastern bank, remaining for
Portugal all the springs de
scending to the above-men
tioned lake, or the Rio Grande
de San Pedro to be owned by
Portugal, and those descend
ing to the rivers flowing into
that of the River Plate, to be
owned by Spain.

" Art. Q. — Continuara la
frontera por en medio rio
Japura y por los demas rios
que ses le junten y se acerquen
mas dal rumbo del norte, hasta
encontrar lo alto de la Cordil
lera de montes que median
entre el rio Orinoco y el
Maranon 6 de las Amazonas,
y seguira, por la cumbre de
estos montes al oriente hasta
donde se estienda el dominio
de una y otra monarquia. . .

IX. Article. — The frontier
shall continue along the River
Japura and through the rest
of the rivers that may flow
into it and running nearer to
the north until it finds the
summit of the ridge lying be
tween the River Orinoco and
the Maranon or Amazons, and
it shall continue over the sum
mits of these mountains to
wards the east until the end
of the dominions of both mon
archies. . . .

No. 80.

(538)

Art. 1 8°. . , I por lo que
mira a la cumbre de la cordil-
lera que ha de servir de raya
entre el Maranon y el Orinoco
perteneceran a Espana todas
las vertientes que caigan al
Orinoco y a Portugal las que
caigan al Maranon 6 Ama-
zonas.

(P. 57) XVIII. Article.—
. . . And with respect to the
summit of the ridge of moun
tains which is to serve as
boundary between the Mara
non and Orinoco, all the
springs falling to the Orinoco
shall belong to Spain, and to
Portugal those running to the
Maranon or Amazons.

Art. 200. — Para evitar
algunos perjuicios que podran
ocasionarse fue acordado que
en los montes donde en con-
formidad de las precedentes
articulos que de puesta la raya
en sus cumbres, no sera licito
a ninguna de las dos potencias
erijir fortificacion sobre las
mismas cumbres ni permitir
que su vasallos hagan en ellas
poblacion alguna.

(P. 58) XX. Article.— In
order to avoid some prejudices
which are likely to occur, it was
agreed that on the mountain
where, according to the pre
ceding articles, the boundary
be fixed along their summits,*
it will not be licit for any of
the two powers to build forti
fications over the said summits,
nor to allow their subjects to
build anv town on them.

T rat ado de 175 1.
(P. 261 .) Art. 280 (Portuguese
text.) — Que en toda a fronteira,
onde ella nao for terminada
por rios ou por cumes dos
montes e vertentes das agoas,
que forao declarados no Tra-
tado deijen postos ou mar cos,
ou signals que les pareceren
mais proprios e perduraveis.

Treaty of 1 7 5 1 .
(P. 68) XXVIII. Article.—
That in all places of the fron
tier not marked by rivers or
by summits of mountains and
falls of water which were de
clared in the Treaty, they
shall set the landmarks or signs
which they may consider more
available and durable.

No. 80.

(539 )

T rat ado de 1777.
(P. 137 et seq.) Art. 40.—
Para evitar otro motivo
de discordias entre las dos
monarquias que ha sido la
entrada de la laguna de los
Patos 6 Rio Grande de San
Pedro siguiendo despues por
sus vertientes hasta el rio Yacui,
cuyas dos bandas y navegacion
han pretendido pertenecerles
ambas coronas, se han con-
venido ahora en que dicha
navegacion y entrada queden
privativamente para la de Por
tugal, extendiendose su do
minio por la ribera meridional
hasta el arroyo de Tahim sigui
endo por las orillas de la
laguna de la Manguera en
linea recta hasta el mar, y por
la parte del continehte ira. la
linea desde las orillas de dicha
laguna de Merin, tournando la
direction por el primer arroyo
meridional que entra en el
sangradero 6 desaguadera de
ella, y que corre por lo mas
immediato al fuerte portugues
de San Gonzalo desde el cual,
sin exceder el limite de dicho
arroyo, continuara. la perte-
nencia de Portugal por las
cabeceras de los rios que corren

Treaty of 1777.
(P. 87) IV. Article. — In
order to avoid another cause
of discord between both Mon
archies, which has been the
entrances to Laguna de los
Patos or Rio Grande of San
Pedro, following afterwards its
springs up to the River Yacuy,
both banks of which and its
navigation have been claimed
as their property by both
Crowns. Their Majesties have
now agreed that said entrance
and navigation must exclu
sively remain to Portugal ; its
dominion to extend through
the southern bank until the
brook Tahim, following the
shores of the Laguna de la
Manguera in a straight line
to the sea, and by the side of
the continent the line shall
run from the borders of the
aforesaid Lake of Merin
through the first southern
brook flowing into its drain or
channel and running nearest
to the Portuguese Fort of San
Gonzalo, from which, without
trespassing the limit of the
aforesaid brook, the dominion
of Portugal shall extend by the
sources of the rivers running

No. 80.

(540)

hacia el mencionado Rio
Grande y hacia el Yacui, hasta
que pasando por encima de las
del rio Ararico y Coyacui que
quedaran de la parte de Por
tugal, y las de los rios Piratini
y Ibimini que quedarare de la
parte de Espafia, el tirara una
linea que cubra las estable-
cimientos Portugueses hasta el
desembocadero del rio Pipiri
Guazu en el Uruguay, que han
de quedar en el actual estado
en que pertenecen a la corona
de Espafia : recomendandose
a los comisarios que lleven a
ejecucion esta linea divisoria,
que segun en toda ella las
direcciones de los montes por
las cumbres de ellos, 6 de los
rios donde los nubiere a pro-
posito ; y que las vertientes de
dichos rios y sus nacimientos
sirvan de marcas a. uno y otro
dominio, donde se pudiere eje-
cutar asi, para que los rios que
nacieren en un dominio y
corrieren hacia el, queden
desde sus nacimientos a. favor
de aquel dominio, lo cual se
puede efectuar mejor en la
linea que correra desde la
laguna Merin hasta el rio Pepiri
Guazu en cuyo paraje no hay

towards the aforesaid Rio
Grande and Yacuy until that,
passing over those of rivers
Araricu and Coyacui which
shall remain on the side of
Portugal, and that of the
Rivers Piratini and Ybimini
which shall remain on the side
of Spain, a line be drawn
which shall cover the Portu
guese settlements up to the
draining of the River Pepiri
Guazu into the Uruguay and
shall likewise save and cover
the Spanish Missions and settle
ments of said Uruguay which
must remain in the present
state in which they belong to
the Crown of Spain ; the Com
missioners which are to carry
into execution this divisory
line being recommended to fol
low all along of it the directions
of the mountains through their
summits, or those of the rivers,
where these would be used ; and
that the fall of the aforesaid
rivers and their sources may
serve as landmarks to both
dominions whenever this were
possible, so that the rivers
which may rise in one of the
dominions and run towards it
may remain from their sources

No. 80.

(541 )

rios grandes que atraviesen de
un terreno a otro. . . .

in favour of that dominion,
which can be better done in
the line which will run from
Lake Merin to the River Pepiri
Guazu. in which place there are
not large rivers to cross over
from one to the other land. . . .

Articulo 6°. — A semejanza
de lo establecido en el articulo
anterior, quedara tambien re-
vervado en lo restante de la
linea divisoria. . . un espacio
suficiente entre los limites de
ambas naciones . . . de modo
que los tales espacios sean
neutrales poniendose mojones
y senales seguras que hagan
constar a. los vasallos de cada
nation el sitio de donde no
deberan pasar ; a. cuyo fin se
buscaran los lagos y rios que
puedan servir de limite fijo e
indelible, y en su defecto las
cumbres de los montes mas
seiialados, quedando estos y
sus faldas por termino neutral
divisoria en que no se pueda
entrar poblar, edificar ni forti-
ficar por alguna de las dos
naciones.

(P. 88) VI. Article. — In
accordance with that which
has been established in the
preceding article, a sufficient
space between the boundaries
of both nations . . . shall
be reserved in the remainder
of the divisory line, . . . said
spaces to be thus neutral, and
said landmarks and signals
to be placed that they may
point out to the subjects of
either nation the place from
which they shall not pass, to
which end the lakes and rivers
that may serve as a set and
indelible boundary shall be
searched out and in their de
fault the summits of the main
mountains , these and their
brows remaining as the
divisory neutral bound where
neither nation shall be per
mitted to enter, to settle, to
build or to raise forts.

No. 81.
THE ARGENTINE EXPERT'S ASSISTANTS' USE OF
THE TERM "VERTIENTES" AS SOURCES AND
HEADWATERS.
[Translated from Senor Gunardo Lange's Report on a survey of a part of
the Province of Mendoza in " Revista del Museo de la Plata," vol. vii. p. 28 et seq.j
(Quoted on pages 617, 1036 and 1038 of the Statement.)
Orography.
(P. 28) Having the map in sight, it is easy to see that the
regions surveyed may be divided in three different zones.
1 . The western mountainous region which forms part of the
eastern slope {falda) of the Cordillera de los Andes ; 2. the inter
mediate extensive plains ; and, 3, the eastern mountainous zone of
lesser height from the Cerro Nevado to the Cerro de Guayqueria.
The western zone is subdivided by the upper course of the
large rivers which intersect the region ; Rio Diamante, Rio
Atuel, Rio Salado y Rio Malarglie ; north of River Diamante Quoted
p. 1036.
the Mount " Nevado del Arroyo Hondo," of 4920 metres
height, forms the extremity of the secondary chain of the Cordil
lera, over which passes the road called " de la Cruz de Piedra,"
which crosses south of " Laguna del Diamante " and reaches
Chile by the pass situated at the foot of " Volcan Maipu."
Between the Rio Diamante and the Rio Atuel, the zone sur- Quoted ¦
p. 1036.
veyed extends almost as far as the Chilean boundary (the Por-
tezuelo del Cerro de Rio Negro [Las Lenas]) and forms part of
the principal chain of the Cordillera de los Andes. This region

No. 81. (543)
is very rugged and is traversed by the tributaries of the afore
said rivers. In this part stands the picturesque Cerro del
Sosneado whose broken peaks attain 4930 m.
South of the River Atuel we have surveyed as far as the
Chilean boundary situated at the Pass Tinguiririca 2800 m.
[Las Damas Pass], west of Rio Tordillo, as the upper course of
Rio Grande is called. From this corner between the tributaries
of the Rio Atuel and the sources ivertientes) of the Rio Tordillo, p",^.
a new secondary chain becomes detached, runs from north to
south, to the east of the Rivers Tordillo and Grande and on
the eastern slope {falda) of this chain rise the following rivers :
the Rio Salado, which is the most important tributary of the
River Atuel, and the River Malargiie, which ends in the Laguna
de Llancanelo. The principal peaks of this chain are : the
cerro " Nacimiento del Arroyo del Burro," " Cerro del Risco Quoled
' p- 1037.
Plateado," " Cerro del Cajon Perdido," " Cerro de Las Lenas,"
" Cerro Hollada," " Cerro Serrucho," " Cerro Puchen," etc.
The intermediate zone begins in the somewhat undulated
lands north of the River Diamante, with isolated hillocks :
" Cerro de los Leones," " Cerro Caspar," y " Cerro del Arroyo
Hondo." South of the River Diamante, the Cerro Diamante
rises to 2300 m., being a picturesque volcanoof avery symmetrical
shape ; on the west the uniformity of the plain is broken by the
" Cerro de las Lenas Amarillas " with 2230 m., being another
volcano of regular shape. Further on, when dealing with the
hydrography, I will mention the possibility of an interesting
diversion of the River Atuel to the benefit of these plains.
South of Rio Atuel the plain continues its intermediate part,
being irrigated by the Rio Malargiie and forming the great
salt deposit of the Llancanelo. This extensive plain is inter
rupted on the south by hills detached from the aforementioned
chain, and the extremities of the Cerro Nevado. On either
side of the Llancanelo salt-plain a small hill rises solitary ;
these hills appear as islands on the broad plain, on account of

No. 81. (544)
their dark colour, and are a special feature of this bleak and
uniform landscape.
The eastern mountainous zone is the continuation of the
ranges of hills that, from the vicinity of Mendoza, run from
north to south as far as the Cerro Nevado. The continuity of
this chain of hills is interrupted by the Rivers Diamante and
Atuel, which break their way to the great eastern Pampa by
canyons with perpendicular and inaccessible cliffs. The highest
part of this chain of hills is the Cerro Nevado (3810 m.) south
of the River Atuel, and the Cerros de los Tolditos to the north
of the Rio Diamante (1790 m.). The part immediately south
of the Rio Diamante, the Sierra Pintada, is extremely broken
and rugged ; innumerable dry and sandy river beds intersect
the ground in every direction, between sharp and straight rocks
giving to the whole the aspect of a true labyrinth.
Hydrography.
(P. 30) The lands travelled over are relatively abundant in
water ; they are irrigated by various rivers and streams, and
in many parts springs or sources ivertientes o aguadas). The
underground water is generally near the surface, and, where
neither streams nor sources {arroyos 0 vertientes) exist, wells
might easily be sunk.
There is a feature which calls our attention on the map.
The chief rivers and streams of the region we are dealing with
run in their upper course towards the north-east, rounding in
this way the secondary chains which are detached from the
mass of the main Cordillera. This parallelism of general direc
tion is characteristic of all the main rivers of the Province of
Mendoza, including Rio Mendoza, Rio Tunuyan and Rio Grande,
and is important for the geological surveys of this part of the
Andean slope {falda).
RIVERS : Beginning in the north, the most important
rivers and streams of the zone surveyed are the following :

No. 81. ( 545 )
Arroyo Yaucha. — It descends from the Cordillera in an
eastern direction, turns almost to the north, and waters the
lands of the Yaucha property, Tierras Blancas, Chilecito and
San Carlos ; to the north of San Carlos it joins the Arroyo de
Aguanda, which runs from south to north, from the swamp
of the lagoon where this streamlet is formed by the junction
of the Arroyos de Papagayo and Cortaderitas, the first of which
brings the greater volume of water.
After their junction the Arroyo de Yaucha and the Arroyo
de la Aguanda take the name of Arroyo de San Carlos, which
runs north and joins the River Tunuyan.
Rio Diamante. — It rises in the Lake Diamante, east of the
Volcano Maipu ; it flows chiefly from north to south, turns
a little to the east and continues deviating to the left until it
takes an east-north-east direction ; it debouches on the plains
skirting the extremities of the Nevado del Arroyo Hondo and
the small Cerro Negro ; it makes a small detour to the north
compelled by the volcano of the Cerro Diamante, and opens a
course between the mountains of the Sierra Pintada in a deep
and narrow ravine, to water the extensive fields of San Rafael
or 25 de Mayo.
(P. 31) The most important tributaries of the River Dia
mante are the following : from the north the Arroyo Blanco,
the Arroyo Hondo, which joins the Arroyo de la Faja and, near
San Rafael, the Arroyo Salado ; from the south the Arroyo
Barroso, the Rio Negro, the Arroyo Tordillo, the Arroyo de
las Aucas, and the Arroyo del Tigre which rises in the Sierra
Pintada. In their upper course the River Diamante and its tribu
taries flow among mountains, through deep ravines and steep
slopes ; further east, over the plains, north of the " Cerro de
las Lenas Amarillas " and " Cerro Diamante " high cliffs par
ticularly enclose the north bend of the river, which, as before
stated, crosses the eastern range by a very narrow gorge. I

No. 81. (546)
The Rio Diamante is of about the same volume as the Rio
Mendoza ; the water, which is quite fresh issuing from the Cor
dillera, becomes brackish after receiving the Arroyo Salado,
whose water is very bitter and unfitted for irrigation ; so that
there is a project of bringing the water from the Canal of the
village of San Rafael by means of an aqueduct across the bed
of the Arroyo Salado. Qu?ted
. . . P- 6l7-
Rio Atuel. — This has its sources ivertientes) amongst the
highest mountains covered by perpetual snow of the main Cor_
dillera. In its upper course it receives its chief tributaries,
amongst them the Arroyo de las Lagrimas, and runs by a wide
bed as far as the Lagoon of Sosneao, where an ancient moraine
interrupts the uniformity of the broad valley. The Rio Atuel,
describes a curve similar to that of the Rip Diamante and re
ceives before debouching to the plain the waters of the Arroyo
Malo, the Arroyo Blanco, the Arroyo La Manga del Norte, and
the Arroyos Paraguay, Terron and Colorado del Sur.
The Rio Atuel receives a great part of its waters near and
above the Laguna del Sosneao ; in its northern, bank, at the
base of Cerro Sosneao a number of springs ivertientes) of great
volume emerge, which join their clear and fresh waters with the p^s,-,
water somewhat turbid that the rivers bring from the glaciers and
perpetual snows. Abroad, on the plains near the village las
Juntas, the River Atuel joins the Rio Salado, which rises on the
eastern slope (falda) of the secondary chain, which has been men
tioned, east of the River Tordillo and Rio Grande. The Rio
Salado carries fresh water in its upper course, but in passing
the salt deposits and bath of los Holies it receives salt water in
sufficient quantity to give a brackish taste to the very River
Atuel. The plains north of the Rio Atuel include in their lowest
part " Las Salinas," and it has been projected to divert the Rio
Atuel from a point due south of " Agua Caliente " in a north
easterly direction, making it pass by the lowest ground and
return to its old bed south of Las Salinas. In this way it

No. 81. (547 )
could be avoided that the waters of Rio Atuel be mixed with
the brackish water of the Rio Salado before coming to the
Narrows of Niguil, a very important circumstance for the
utilization of the river for the cultivation of the lands between
the Rivers Diamante and Atuel. At the same time a diversion
of the River Salado to the south is always spoken of with the
object of causing it to discharge its waters into the Salina de
Llancanelo, thus preventing them from going to spoil the
waters of the Atuel. A detailed examination as to the
possibility of these projects would be of great importance and
interest. The banks of the River Atuel, when crossing the inter
mediate plains, are not generally so high as those of the River
Diamante ; it is broader with low banks. It is only after pass
ing the Niguil bridge that the river becomes encased and crosses
the eastern chain by high waterfalls and between rocks. Be
tween Niguil and the Boca de Atuel, where the river debouches
once more on the plain, it is impossible to get at the bottom,
and the cattle can only view from the border of the cliffs the
tempting patches of green grass which skirt the narrow banks
of the rapid stream below. Outside the Boca de Atuel the
land is flat and appropriate for the cultivation, and doubtless
some day it will become an important centre of population.
Further east the River Atuel turns to the south and to the
east, and joins the Rio Chadileuvu or Salado, which is the
general drainage-channel of all the northern part of the Province
of Mendoza. At first sight the River Atuel seems to carry a larger volume
of water than the Rio Diamante.
Arroyo Chacay. — It rises on the eastern slope ifalda) of
the Cerro de la Hollada, irrigating the land of Chacay, and sinks
in the ground before reaching the Laguna de Llancanelo.
Rio Malargiie. — The headstreams ivertientes) of this river
rise, as those of the Rio Salado, on the eastern slope ifalda) of

No. 81. (548)
the secondary chain mentioned before, east of the Rivers Tor
dillo and Grande. The river runs east and receives from the
north the Arroyo de Torrecilla, the Arroyo Negro which passes
by la Estancia, and the Arroyo Moro ; when debouching on
the plain it turns to the E.N.E. to empty its water into the
Laguna de Llancanelo. The Rio Malargiie carries much water,
in proportion to the extent of the lands from which it receives
its tributaries, and irrigates the cultivated lands of the impor
tant establishments of Canada Colorada and Malargiie. The
Rio Malargiie also receives a tributary with salt water — the
Arroyo de Torrecilla, but as the volume of water of this stream
is relatively small, it hardly gives a brackish taste to the waters
of the river.
(P. 33) It is worthy of calling attention to the fact that
every one of the three chief rivers of the zone we are dealing
with receives a tributary of salt water, which to some extent
prevents the utilization of the water for irrigating purposes.
Lakes. — The region we are dealing with contains few lakes,
and these are more worthy of the names of lagoons or ponds.
The only lagoon of some extent is the " Laguna Salada de
Llancanelo," in the north-western part of the salt plain of the
same name ; this is a shallow lagoon, its extent being very
changeable according to the seasons and the volume of water
carried by the Rio Malargiie. The Laguna Amarga, north of
Ramaditas, the Laguna Sosneao and the Laguna Blanca to the
-west of Cerro de Coegiieco are insignificant lagoons of some
acres in extent ; the Laguna Blanca holds water very seldom,
and is surrounded by ground saturated with salt ; the Laguna
del Sosneao, at the base of the mountain of the same name, and
where the huts lie at the foot of the hills on its eastern shore,
is very picturesque. When we passed by this place the lagoon
was covered with thousands of ducks, while large herds of
sheep were grazing in the abundant pastures which exist
around it.

No, 81. ( 549 )
Springs and Sources {vertientes i aguadas). — Springs iver
tientes) exist at several places, especially on the hills of the eastern
chain, north and south of the River Diamante. In these hills
springs {aguadas) are found at a considerable height and very
abundant ; on the southern slope of the Cerro Carrizalito, north
of the Rio Atuel, there are springs {vertientes), some hundred
metres above the river, which indicate the presence of powerful
subterranean watercourses, and the probability of finding, by
means of wells, waters at not very great depth on the plain
of the intermediate zone.
On the plains, south of the River Malargiie and near the
salt plain of Llancanelo, there are several abundant sources
{vertientes) of fresh and sweet water, and everywhere is the
water very near the surface, it being sufficient to dig two or
three metres to reach good water. The construction of artesian
wells is very likely to give good results on these plains, and
some day this method will be introduced in order to give life
to the ,lands where irrigation by the water of the rivers is not
possible. The tracts where the water is scarcer are the slopes {faldas)
of the Cerro Nevado and the plains and hillocks around this
mountain. In this region the springs {aguadas) are scarce, of
small importance, and this part is consequently the least peopled
of the region we have surveyed.

No. 82.

SYNONYMY OF "VERTIENTES" (SPRINGS OR
SOURCES) AND " CABECERAS " (HEADWATERS)
In the Text of the Spanish-Portuguese
Treaties of 1751 and
[The Spanish or Portuguese text from Calvo's " Coleccion de Tratados etc. de
la Repiiblica Argentina," the English version from the " Argentine Evidence "
in the Misiones case.] (Quoted on page 622 pf the Statement.)

T rat ado entre S.M.M. Catdlica
y Fidelisima para deter-
minar las instrucciones
para los comisarios de las
dos Coronas en la demar-
cacibn de las limites respec-
tivos en la Amdrica Meri
dional en ejecucion del
tratado de Limites (17 de
Enero de 1751). [Calvo,
Coleccion, vol. ii. p. 261.]

Art. 12°. — A terceira tropa,
que ha de deixar este signal,
e seguir para cima as agoas
daquelle rio que se tem pelo

Treaty of 1751, by which the
Ministers Plenipotentiaries
of Their Most Faithful and
Catholic Majesties adjusted
and determined the instruc
tions which were to guide
the Commissioners of the
two Crowns in the demarca
tion of their respective boun
daries in S. America, in
execution of the Treaty of
boundaries. (Arg. Ev. p.
60.)
(P. 65) XII. Article.— The
third party which is to leave this
monument and to go against
the stream of that river which

No. 82.

( 551 )

Igurei, logo que chegar k.ori-
gem principal d'elle buscara
as fontes mais visinhas, que
correm para o Paraguai, ou
d'ellas se forme o rio que em
varios Mapas vem com o nome
de Corrientes, ou seja outro
qualquer que n'aquella para-
gem tenha o seu principio, e
por estas agoas abaixo con
tinuara a mesma Tropa a
marcar a a fronteira ate o Rio
Paraguai.

shall be had as the Ygurei, on
reaching its principal source,
shall search for the most neigh
bouring springs which may run
towards the Paraguay, or those
of which the river that in the
several charts is seen with the
name of Corrientes, is formed,
or any other which may flow
out from that place, and down
the stream, from these springs,
and the same party shall mark
out the frontier until the Para
guay. . . .

(Article XXVIII. given in Doc. 80.)

Artigo 34. ... Do dito
marco, como de ponto fixo,
passarao a reconhecer e demar-
car tambem da mesma sorte a
falda meridional do Monte de
Castilhos Grandes, discorrendo
por ella, e pondo de commum
consentimento os mais que
forem necessarios dos referidos
marcos nas paragens que lhes
paracerem mais opportunas ate
os cumes dos montes, que
tomarao para seu governo, sem
attencao a rumos, desde os
logares mais superiores, onde
tem seus principios as verten-
tes das aguas que descem dos

(P. 70) Article XXXIV.—
From the said landmark, as a
fixed point they shall proceed
to survey and mark out also
in the same manner to the
northern slope of the hill of
Castillos Grandes, surveying
it, and placing if it were neces
sary other of the mentioned
landmarks, in the places which
they may deem it fit, to the
summits of the hills by which
they shall be guided, mindless
of the direction, from the high
est places where the springs of
the waters descending from the
said hills flow out, namely :

No. 82.

(552 )

referidos cumes ; a saber : por
parte dos Dominios de Por
tugal para a banda da Lagoa
Merim ; e pela parte dos Do
minios de Hespanha para a
banda do Rio da Prata. . .

on the side of the dominions of
Portugal to the banks of Lake
Merim ; and on that of the
dominions of Spain to the
banks of the River Plate. . . .

Declaragam de 1 7 5 1 . . . . E
porque na dita Carta se acha
huma linha vermelha, que
asinala, e pasa pelos lugares
por onde se hade fazer a demar-
cacam, que por ser anterior ao
Tratado dos Limites que se fes
depois nam vae conforme com
ele em pasar do pe do Monte
de Castilhos grandes a buscar
as Cabeceiras do rio Negro, e
seguir por ele ate entrar no rio
Uruguai, devendo buscar a
origem principal do rio Ibicui
conforme o dito Tratado, se
declara que a dita" linha so
serve em quanto ela se con-
forma com o Tratado referido.

(Pp. 77 , 78) . . . and as on
the same chart a red line ap
pears, pointing out and pass
ing over the places through
which the demarcation is to
be made, which line, because of
its being previous to the Treaty
of boundaries, afterwards ad
justed, does not agree with it
inasmuch as it passes from the
foot of the hill of Castillos
Grandes to find the springs of
the River Negro and following
it along until entering the
River Uruguay, instead of
searching out the source of
the River Ybicui, according to
the said treaty, it is declared
that the said line only serves
inasmuch as it may be in con
formity with the said treaty ;

No. 82.

(553

Tratado preliminar de limites
en la America Meridional,
a just ado entre las coronas
de Espafia y Portugal : fir-
mado el i° de Octubre de
1777.

Art. 3° . . . se han conven-
ido los dos altos contrayentes
por el bien reciproco de ambas
naciones y para asegurar una
paz perpetua entre las dos,
que dicha navegacion de los
rios de la Plata y Uruguay y
los terrenos de sus dos bandas
septentrional y meridional per-
tenezcan privativamente a la
corona de Espafia y a sus
subditos hasta donde desem-
boca en el mismo Uruguay por
su ribera occidental el rio
Pequiri 6 Pepiriguazu esten-
diendose la pertenencia de Es
pafia en la referida banda
septentrional hasta la linea
divisoria que se formara prin-
cipiando por la parte del mar
en al arroyo de Chui y fuerte
de San Miguel inclusive y
siguiendo las orillas de la lag
una Merim a tomar las cabe
ceras 6 vertientes del Rio Negro
las cuales como todas las demas

Preliminary Treaty about the
boundaries of the countries
of S. America, belonging
to the Crowns of Spain and
Portugal, by which the places
through which the boundary
line of their dominions is
stipulated. (Arg. Ev. p. 85.)
(P. 87) Article III. . . .
both high contracting parties
for the mutual benefit of both
nations, and in order to assure
a perpetual peace between
both, have agreed that the
said navigation of the Rivers
Plate and Uruguay and the
lands of their two banks, nor
thern and southern, may solely
belong to the Crown of Spain
and to its subjects, until the
place where the River Pequiri
or Pepiri Guazu flows into the
aforesaid Uruguay by its west
ern bank, the dominion of
Spain to extend along the
above - mentioned northern
bank until the boundary line
which shall be drawn, begin
ning by the sea side on the
brook of Chui and San Miguel's
Fort included, and following
by the banks of Lake Merim
as far as the sources or springs
of the Rio Negro, which springs

No. 82.

(554)

de los rios que van a desem-
bocar a los referidos de la
Plata y Uruguay, hasta la en
trada en este ultimo de dicho
Pepiriguazu quedaran priva-
tivas de la misma corona de
Espafia, con todas los terri
tories que posee y que com-
prenden aquellos paises. . . .

as well as those of the rivers
which flow into the aforesaid
Plate and Uruguay, until the
entrance of the Pepiri Guazu
into the latter shall be left
exclusively to said Crown of
Spain with all the territories
which it possesses and which
those countries comprise. . . .

(Art. IV. given in Document 80.)

Art. 8° . . . se han convenido
los altos contratantes en que la
linea divisoria seguira aguas
arriba de dicho Pepiri hasta su
origen principal, y desde este
por lo mas alto del terreno,
bajo las reglas dadas en el
articulo 6°, continuara a en
contrar las corrientes del rio
San Antonio. . . .

(P. 89) Article VIII. . . .
the High Contracting Parties
have agreed that the boundary
line shall follow against the
stream of the aforesaid Pepiri
until its main source and thence
by the highest ground, accord
ing to the rules stated in the
VI. Article, shall continue to
find the waters of the River
San Antonio which drains into
the Grande of Curitiba. . . .

Art. 90. — Desde la boca 6
entrada del Igurey seguira la
raya aguas arriba de este hasta
su origen principal y desde el
se trazara. una linea recta por
lo mas alto del terreno, con
arreglo a lo pactado en el
citado art. 6° hasta hallar la
cabecera 6 vertiente principal

(P. 89) Article IX.— From
the mouth or entrance of the
Ygurei the line shall continue
against the stream until its
main source ; and from it
a straight line shall be drawn
through the highest ground,
according to what has ' been
stipulated by the said VI.

No. 82. ( 555)
del rio mas vecino a dicha linea, Article, until finding the head
que desague en el Paraguay. . . source or spring of the river
next to its eastern bank. . . .

No. 83.

MINISTER ZEBALLOS' OFFICIAL TRANSLATIONS OF
"VERTIENTES" BY "SOURCES," "HEAD
WATERS," AND "WATERSHEDS."
[From the official Spanish and English editions of the Argentine Argument
in the case of Misiones.] (Quoted on page 623 of the Statement.)
[Extractos del "Alegato de la [Extracts from the " Argu-

Repiiblica Argentina sobre
la cuestion de limites con el
Brasil en el territorio de
Misiones, presentada por
Estanislao S. Zeballos, En-
viado Extraordinario y
Ministro Plenipotenciario
de la Republica Argentina."
(Publication oficial — Wash
ington, 1894.)]
(P. 138) Los esploradores in-
ternacionales hispano-portu-
gueses de 1791 y los demarca-
dores argentino-brasileros de
1 885-1 891, al estudiar el ter
reno, en virtud de los tratados
de 1777 y de 1885, han hallado
aquel rio, es decir, el rio D E

ment for the Argentine Re
public upon the question
with Brazil in regard to
the territory of Misiones.
Presented by Estanislao S.
Zeballos, Envoy Extraor
dinary and Minister Pleni
potentiary of the Argentine
Republic." (Official publica
tion — Washington, 1894.)]
(P. 146) The International
Hispano-Portuguese explorers
of 1 79 1, and the Argentine-
Brazilian Demarcators of 1885—
1 89 1, when surveying the
ground in accordance with the
treaties of 1777 and 1885,
found such a river, that is to

556

No. 83.

(557 )

(grabado incluido antes), con-
venido, dibujado y senalado
por los Reyes a los comisarios
demarcadores del limite, en el
mapa de 1749, que sirvio de
base y de guia a los tratados de
1750 y de 1777. La cuestion
queda asi resuelta. Para cofn-
pletar el limite basta remontar
su curso y buscar las vertientes
mas cercanas de un rio que
corra al Yguazu, siguiendo el
limite por este rio.

say, the river " D E" (see pre
ceding engraving), agreed upon
traced and pointed out by
the Kings to the Commission
ers and boundary Demarca
tors in the Map of 1 749, which
was the basis and the guide of
the treaties of 1750 and 1777.
The question is thus solved.
In order to complete the boun
dary it is sufficient to follow up
the course of this river in
search of " las vertientes mas
cercanas " (the springs or sour
ces in closest proximity) of a
river that runs to the Yguazu,
the boundary then following
this river.

Es notable ademas esta cir-
cunstancia : el rio pretendido
por los brasileros, desde el
punto B al Norte, no tiene sus
vertientes cerca del rio que
desagua en A en el Yguazu,
sino de otro rio llamado Uru-
gua— y afluente del Parana.
Este hecho sera comprobado
mas adelante con una decla
ration oficial brasilera del gene
ral Cerqueira, Ministro Pleni-
potenciario del Brasil en este
Arbitraje, y que fue uno de
los esploradores del Territorio,

Besides this there is also
another important circum
stance, namely, that the river
the Brazilians claim to be the
boundary from the point " B "
towards the north does not
have its sources or springs
near or close to the river that
empties at "A" into the Ygua
zu, but nearer another river
called the " Urugua-y," a tri
butary of the Parana. This
fact will be also proved later
on by international documents
and by an official Brazilian

No. 83.

(558)

como miembro de la Comision
Internacional Argentino —
Brasilera. Luego, esta demo-
strado por dos esploraciones
hechas con un siglo de inter-
valo : 1°. Que existe en el
terreno el rio adoptado para
limite internacional por el tra
tado de 1750. 20. Que dicho
rio ha sido cartografiado en
1885-1891 por una comision
internacional y resulta con la
misma position y direction
general que tiene en el Mapa
de las Cortes, 1749, que sirvio
de base y de guia a los tratados
y que encontraron tambien los
demarcadores de 1 79 1 . 3 u. Que
tiene contravertientes immedi-
atas en un rio que desagua en
el Yguazu. 40. Que la linea
del limite defendida por los
argentinos en la forma C D E
es la misma pactada por los
reyes en 1750 y dibujada desde
E hasta D en el Mapa Portu-
gues de 1749, protocolizado
en 1 75 1 por Ambas Coronas.
50. Que la linea A B pretendida
por el Brasil no tiene antece-
dente legal en el mapa de
1749, ni en los tratados de
1750 y de 1777.

declaration made by General
Cerqueira, Minister Plenipo
tentiary of Brazil in the present
Arbitration, who was one of
the explorers of the territory
as a member of the Inter
national Argentine-Brazilian
Commission. It therefore
seems to be demonstrated by
two explorations, made with
an interval of one century
between them : — 1°. That there
exists on the ground the river
adopted as an international
boundary by the treaty of
1750. 2°. That said river was
mapped in 1891 by an inter
national commission, with the '
result that its position and
general direction on this map
is the same that it had on the
" Mapa de las Cortes " of 1749,
which served as the basis and
the guide of the treaties, these
being also the same as those
found by the Demarcators of
1 791. 3°. That it has close by
the counter-sources of a river
that empties into the Yguazu.
40. That the boundary line
supported by the Argentines
in the direction " C D E " is
the same one agreed upon by
the sovereigns in 1750 and

No. 83.

(559)

drawn from " E " to " D " on
the Portuguese map of 1749,
to which the Protocol was
added in 1 75 1 by both Crowns.
50. That the line "AB"
claimed by Brazil has no legal
antecedent, either on the map
of 1749 or in the treaties of
1750 and 1777.

(P. 155) El articulo VIII.
del tratado confirma las inter-
pretaciones precedentes en
estos terminos :
Art. 8°. Quedando ya sena-
ladas las pertenencias de ambas
Coronas, hasta la entrada del
rio Pequiry o Pepiry-Guazu en
el Uruguay, han convenido los
dos altos contrayentes, en que
la linea divisoria seguira aguas
ariba, de dicho Pepiry hasta
su orijen principal, y desde
este por lo mas alto del terreno,
bajo las reglas dadas en el
articulo 6°, continuara a en
contrar las corrientes del rio
San Antonio, que desemboca
en el Grande de Curitiva, que
por otro nombre1 llaman I gua
zu.

(P. 164) The eighth Article
confirms the preceding inter
pretation in the following
terms :
Art. 8. The possessions of
both Crowns, up to the en
trance of the river Pequiry or
Pepiry-Guazii into the Uru
guay, having been already
pointed out, the High Con
tracting Parties have agreed
that the boundary line shall
follow up the stream of the
aforesaid Pepiry to its main
source and thence by the high
est ground, according to the
rules stated in the sixth Article,
shall continue to find the
waters of the river San An
tonio which drains into the
Grande of Curitiba, otherwise
called Yguazu. . . .

No. 83.

( 560 )

Los brasileros ha pretendido
hallar en este articulo cierto
pueril fundamento a sus pre-
tensiones, porque da el nombre
de San Antonio al rio, cuyas
vertientes deben corresponder
a los del Pepiry o Pequiry
Guazii, para formar el limite.
El argumento es simplemente
artificioso. He dicho ya y lo
comprobare a su tiempo, que
los rios pretendidos por los
brasileros, el Guarumbaca y el
San Antonio de los demarca-
dores de 1759, no tienen sus
origenes cerca, ni correspon-
dientes entre si. Las fuentes
del San Antonio del error de
1759, correspondian a las del
rio Urugua-y, que desagua
como el primero en el Parana,
es decir en la misma vertiente
y es forzoso que sus origenes
sean los mas cercanos, y cor-
respondan a los de un rio tribu-
tario del Uruguay, para ser
admisible en el sistema fluvial
del limite.

The Brazilians have pre
tended to find in this Article
some puerile foundation for
their pretensions, because it
gives the name of " San An
tonio " to the river the water
sheds of which correspond to
those of the Pequiry or Pepiry
Guazu, forming the boundary.
This argument is simply in
genious. I have already stated,
and it will be proved at the
proper time, that the rivers
claimed by the Brazilians, the
" Guarumbaca " and the " San
Antonio " of the Demarcators
of 1759 do not have their
origin near nor correspond
ing among themselves. The
springs of the " San Antonio "
of the mistake of 1759 cor
respond to those of the river
Urugua— y, which empties like
the former into the Parana,
that is to say, it has the same
sources ; and it is required
that its sources should be
the nearest and correspond to
those of a river which was a
tributary of the Uruguay, to
be admitted into the fluvial
system of the boundary.

No. 83.

(561

(P. 156) Por otra parte, se
ha llamado teoricamente San
Antonio, desde 1759 al rio del
Norte, que debe corresponder
al Pepiry o Pequiry Guazu, sin
que eso importe resolver su
situation geografica, que no
esta dada por el Mapa de las
Cortes, como la del segundo, y
sin que se pretendiera subor-
dinar el limite a los nombres.
Al contrario, he demostrado que
en 1759 los Reyes accordaron
que en estos casos el nombre
siguiera al limite. De suerte
que llamandose teoricamente
San Antonio el rio contraver-
tiente del Pepiry o Pequiry-
Guazti, hay que buscar su
situation en el terreno, de
acuerdo con los antecedentes :
Mapa de las Cortes, texto y
espiritu de los tratados. El
Mapa de las Cortes, no anulado,
dio clara e irrevocablemente la
base de dos rios para trazar
los limites : el Uruguay-Pita, y
aguas arriba de este el Pepiry
o Pequiry- Guazu. Del otro rio
ni dio nombre, ni le acordo
importancia ; quedada subor-
dinado al Pequiry o Pepiry. Se
limito a ordenar en efecto, que
hallado el rio capital Pepiry o

(P. 165) On the other hand,
since 1759 the river on the
North that should correspond
to . the Pepiry or Pequiry-
Guazu has been called theo
retically " San Antonio," with
out this however solving the
question of its geographical
position, which is not given by
the " Mapa de las Cortes "
like that of the latter, and
without any intention of sub
ordinating the boundary to
the names. On the contrary,
I have demonstrated that in
1759 the Sovereigns agreed
that in these cases the names
should follow the boundaries ;
so that the river having its
sources opposite the sources of
the Pepiry or Pequiry-Guazu
being theoretically called the
" San Antonio," it is only
needful to find its location on
the ground in accordance with
the antecedent facts and the
" Mapa de las Cortes," which
is the text and the spirit of
the treaties. The "Mapa de
las Cortes," never nullified,
gave clearly and irrevocably
two rivers as the basis by
which to trace the boundaries ;
the Uruguay-Pita and above
K

No. 83.

(562)

Pequiry siguieran su curso los
demarcadores hasta su fuente
principal, y siguieran la fuente
mas cercana de otro rio, que
desaguara en el Yguazu, cual-
quiera que fuera su nombre.

this the Pepiry or Pequiry-
Guazii. It gave no name to
the other river, nor did it give
it any importance, leaving it
subordinate to the Pequiry or
Pepiry. It limits itself to di
recting, in effect, that when
the vital river Pequiry or
Pepiry is found, the Demar
cators shall follow its course
to its principal spring, and
then find the nearest neigh
bouring spring of another
river, whatever may be its
name, which empties into the
Yguazu.

(P. 163) Luego el Brasil
admite oficialmente el Mapa
de las Cortes y trazando el
limite, como este lo trae, el rio
San Antonio debe ser bus-
cado en la contravertiente, en
el San Antonio-Guazu de Oyar-
vide, sostenido por los argen-
tinos. Si se trazara el limite
por el San Antonio del error de
1749, que pretenden los Bra
sileros, el limite resultaria que-
brado.

(P. 172) Therefore Brazil
officially admits the " Mapa de
las Cortes}' and tracing the
boundary according to it, the
river San Antonio should be
sought in the counter-sources,
on the opposite watershed, in
the " San Antonio-Guazu," as
it was called by Oyarvide, sup
ported by the Argentines. If
the boundary is traced along
the San Antonio of the mistake
of 1759, as maintained by the
Brazilians, the result would be
an absurd boundary.

No. 83.

(563)

(P. 164) Lo que arriba que-
daba espresado era la linea delos
limites, la raya roja del Mapa
de las Cortes, que en la zona del
actual litijio, siguiendo el curso
del rio Pequiry o Pepiry, debia
buscar el rio contravertiente,
que desaguara en el Yguazu.
(Articulo 25 del Tratado de
1750.)

(P. 173) That which had
" already been expressed " was
the boundary line, the red
mark of the " Mapa de las
Cortes," which in the zone of
the present dispute follows the
course of the river Pequiry or
Pepiry in search of a river
" contravertiente " (i.e. one
having its sources opposite to
the former, and adjacent there
to), which empties into the
Yguazu on the counter water
shed (Article XXV. of the
Treaty of 1750).

(P. 177) La cuestion de
Misiones consiste como se ha
visto, en que el Brasil pretende
por limite el rio que entra al
Uruguay aguas abajo del Uru
guay-Pita y busca las verti
entes mas cercanas del rio
opuesto, que desagua en el
Yguazu ; mientras que la Re-
publica Argentina, heredera
legitima de la Corona de Es
pafia, mantiene lo que le dan
los tratados de esta con Portu
gal y el Mapa de las Cortes de
1749, que sirvio para redac-
tarlos, y ellos ordenan que el
limite corra por el sistema de

(P. 188) The question of
Misiones arises out of the claim
by Brazil that the boundary is
the river that enters into the
Uruguay below the Uruguay-
Pita, and a line seeking the
nearest sources of the opposite
river flowing into the Yguazu ;
while the Argentine Republic,
a lawful heir to the Crown of
Spain, holds that which was
given to the latter by the
treaties made between it and
Portugal, and by the " Mapa
de las Cortes}' which served
as the basis in drawing up
those documents ; and the

No. 83.

(564)

rios, situados aguas arriba del said treaties provide that the
Uruguay-Pita. boundary shall run by the
system of rivers situated above
the Uruguay-Pita.

(P. 216) . . , y continuara
aguas arriba del Pepiri hasta
su origen principal desde el
cual seguira por lo mas alto
del terreno hasta la cabecera
principal del rio mas vecino,
que desemboca en el grande de
Curitiba, que por otro nom
bre llaman Yguazu, por las
aguas de dicho rio mas vecino
del origen del Pepiri, etc.

(P. 228) . . . and they shall
continue up the stream of the
Pepiry to its principal source,
from which it shall continue
through the highest ground
to the main headspring of the
nearest river which flows into
the Grande of Curitiba, other
wise called Yguazu, through
the waters of the said river
nearest to the source of the
Pepiry . . .

(P. 231) . . . declaramos
que reconocemos este por el
rio Periri, determinado en el
articulo quinto del Tratado de
Limites, por frontera de los
Dominios de Sus Majestades
la Catolica y la Fidelisima y
en su consecuencia, que la
demarcation empezada en el
Pueblo San Xavier, y se-
guida aguas arriba del Uru
guay, hasta la boca de este,
debe continuar, siguiendo su
curso hacia sus cabeceras sin
embargo de no hallarse su
efectiva position, conforme a

(P. 244) . . . We hereby de
clare that we recognize this as
the river Pepiry named in
Article V, of the Treaty of
Boundaries as the boundary
between the dominions of
Their Catholic and Most Faith
ful Majesties ; consequently
the demarcation begun at the
pueblo of San Xavier and
followed up stream along the
Uruguay up to the mouth of
this river shall follow its
•course towards its headwaters,
in spite of its true position not
being in accordance with the

No. 83.

( 665 )

la que le da el Mapa de la
Demarcation dado por las dos
Cortes, no debiendo segun la
declaration signada al reverso
de el, por los dos Exmos.
Senores Plenipotenciarios, Don
Joseph de Carvajal, y Lan
caster, y Vizconde Don Thomas
Da Sylva Tellez, atenderse a
dicho mapa, sino en cuanto
este se halle conforme al Tra
tado, y para que en todo
tiempo conste este acto de
reconocimiento, y lindero de
la division de terminos, hici-
mos la presente declaration
firmada por todos los infra-
scritos.

one given it in the Map of
the Demarcators by the two
Courts as we ought not to
follow the declaration that
appears on its reverse side,
signed by their Excellencies
the two Plenipotentiaries Don.
Josef de/ Carvajal y Lancaster
and Viscount Don Thomas.
da Silva Tellez to follow the
aforesaid map, only in so far
as it agrees with the Treaty .-
And in order that this act of
recognition and boundary of
the division of limits may be
known for all time we made
this present declaration, signed
by all of the undersigned.

(P. 232) Si el arroyo Guar- (P. 246) If the small stream

umbaca no es el rio del limite,
su correlativo, su contraver
tiente, que desagua en el Ygua
zu, no lo es tampoco.

called the Guarumbaca is not
the river of the boundary,
then neither is its correlative,
its counter-source upon the op
posite watershed, which emp
ties into the Yguazu, a boun
dary.

(P. 233) La primera disputa (P. 247) The first dispute
sobrevino en 1759, respecto de occurred in 1759 regarding the
las nacientes de los rios que sources of the rivers that origi- -
siirjen en el Estado Oriental y nate in the Estado Oriental,
desaguan en el Uruguay, o sea (Uruguay) and flow into the

No. 83.

(566)

en la parte del limite en que
corre este rio, desde el Oceano.

Uruguay, or in that part of the
boundary that lies between the
Ocean and this river.

(P. 234) Ordena, en seguida
que se busque la naciente prin
cipal del rio mas cercano que
desague en el I guazu, al que
se da el nombre de San An
tonio. Los brasileros quieren
deducir de este nombre la
aprobacion de los errores de
la demarcation de 1759, y
sostienen que ese es el rio del
limite, cuyas nacientes deben
corresponder a las del arroyo
Guarumbaca ofalso Pepiry. La
interpretacion es violenta. In-
corporado espresamente, como
esta, el tratado de 1750 al
tratado de 1777 en el punto
del limite sometido al arbitraje,
lo esta igualmente el Mapa de
las Cortes, que ambas declara-
ron parte integrante del primer
tratado, en un protocolo fir-
mado sobre el mismo mapa.
Dada por este la situation del
rio del limite, el Pepiry o
Pequiry, que debe ser un rio
grande y demostrado en 1791
y en 1 891 que este rio existe
sobre el terreno, en la misma
position, en que lo dibujo

(P. 248) It directs, in con
tinuation, that there must be
sought the principal source of
the nearest river of the oppo
site watershed which empties
into the Yguazu, to which it
gives the name of " San An
tonio." The Brazilians wish to
infer from this name the ap
proval of the errors of the
Demarcation of 1759, and
they assert that this is the
boundary river the source of
which should correspond to
the " arroyo " Guarumbaca, or
the false Pepiry, on the oppo
site watershed. This interpre
tation is a violent one. The
Treaty of 1750 has been ex
pressly incorporated into the
Treaty of 1777 in the particu
lar of the boundary now sub
mitted to the Arbitrator, and
so also has the " Mapa de las
Cortes}' which both Crowns
declared to be an integral part
of the former Treaty in a
protocol signed upon the very
map itself. The situation of
the boundary river Pepiry or

No. 83.

(567)

aquel mapa, es claro que el Pequiry, which should be a
limite debe continuar por las large river (Rio Grande) being

vertientes principales del rio
mas cercano que corra al
Yguazu.

given on that map, and it
being demonstrated in 1791
and in 1891 that this river
actually exists in the field in
the same position in which
it is delineated upon the map,
it is clear that the boundary
must continue by the principal
headwaters of the nearest river
upon the opposite watershed
which empties into the Ygua
zu.

El falso Pepiry de 1759
queda rechazado espresamente
por el tratado y por sus ante-
cedentes ; luego el otro arroyo
llamado entonces San Antonio,
queda rechazado tambien. Mas
adelante probare que los demar-
cadores brasileros y argentinos
han hallado en 1891 que el
falso Pepiry o arroyo Guarum
baca, y el arroyo San Antonio
del error no tienen sus ver
tientes cerca, como lo exijen
los tratados de 1750 y de 1777.

The false Pepiry of 1759 is
therefore expressly rejected by
this Treaty and its antecedents,
and, of course, the opposite
" arroyo," which was termed
the " San Antonio," also stands
rejected. Farther on it will
be proved that the Brazilian
and Argentine Demarcators of
1 89 1 found that the watershed
of the false Pepiry or " arroyo "
of Guarumbaca and the coun
ter or opposite watershed of
the San Antonio were not near
one another and did not cor
respond, as was strictly re
quired by the Treaties of 1750
and 1777.

No. 83.

(568)

(P. 235) Acabo de decir que
dos exploraciones internacio-
nales de 1791 y de 1891, han
demostrado sin discrepancia,
que los arroyos Guarumbaca
(falso Pepiry) y San Antonio
de' 1759, pretendidos por el
Brasil, no tienen la condition
puesta por los tratados de cor
relation y cercania de sus ver
tientes ; mientras que esta cir-
cumstancia ha resultado plena-
mente comprobada entre los
rios Pepiry 6 Pepiry Guazu y
San Antonio Guazu de Oyar-
vide, que sostienen los argen-
tinos.

(P. 249) It has been clearly
shown that the two inter-'
national explorations of 1791
and 1891, without any dis
crepancy, demonstrated that
the " arroyo " Guarumbaca
(false Pepiry) and the " arroyo"
San Antonio of 1759, claimed
by Brazil as the boundary, did
not fulfil the conditions re
quired by the Treaties as to
the correlation and close proxi
mity of their respective water
sheds ; while these require
ments are fully met, as has
been proved by observations,
by the relations found to exist
between the Pepiry or Pequiry-
Guazu and the San Antonio-
Guazu of Oyarvide, which are
maintained by the Argentines.

(P. 240) El rio Uruguay-
piuta es bien conocido por los
Indios de Misiones, principal-
mente de los del pueblo de San
Angel, que le son los mas
vecinos, y se pasan sus verti
entes por el camino que va a la
Baqueria.

(P. 255) The river Uruguay-
Pita is well known by the
Indians of Misiones, especially
by those of the pueblo of San
Angel, who are nearest to it
and pass its headwaters by the
road that goes to the Vaqueria.

(P. .24,3) Recomendandose a (P. 259) Recommending to
los comisarios que lleven a the Commissioners who are to
ejecucion esta Linea divisoria, lay out this line of demarcation

No. 83.

(569)

que sigan en toda ella las direc-
ciones de los Montes por las
cumbres de ellos, o de los rios
donde los hubiere a proposito,
y que las vertientes de dichos
rios, y sus nacimientos, sirvan
de Marcos a uno y otro Do
minio, donde se pudiere eje-
cutar asi, para que los rios que
nacieren en un Dominio y cor-
rieren hacia el, queden desde
sus nacimientos a favor de
aquel Dominio, lo cual se puede
efectuar mejor en la Linea,
(...) que correra desde la
Laguna Merin hasta el rio
Pepiriguasu, en cuyo paraje
no hay rios Grandes, que atra-
viesen de un Terreno a otro,
porque donde los tuviere no
se podra verificar este metodo,
como es bien notorio, y se
seguira el que en sus respecti-
vos casos se especifica en otros
articulos de este Tratado para
salvar las pertenencias y
posesiones principales de ambas
Coronas.

to follow along its entire length
the direction of the mountains
along their tops or along the
rivers, if there are any suit
able ; and to make of the head
waters and sources of these
rivers the boundaries of one
and the other possessions in
all places where it can be done,
so that all the rivers that rise
within one possession and
run towards it shall remain in
favour of that Power ; this can
be done on the line (...) that
is to run from the lagoon
Merin to the Pepiri-Guazu
river, at which place there are
no large rivers, crossing from
one country into the other,
because wherever such occur,
this method cannot be em
ployed, as it is evident, and
such one will be followed as is
specified for each respective
case in other Articles of this
Treaty, for the purpose of
saving the properties and prin
cipal possessions of both
Crowns.

(P. 251) En la misma con- (P. 268) In the same con-
formidad se me hace dificultosa formity the demarcation of
la demarcation de este rio this river Yguazu is to me
Iguazu, en cuanto no se veri- very difficult, inasmuch as its

No. 83.

(570)

fique su union con las cabeceras
origin ales de los rios Pepiri-
Guazu y San Antonio, siendo
tan dudosa la situacion de las
del primero, como que no hay
persona alguna que las co-
nozca ; antes por el contrario
no deja de haber quien diga
que entre las citadas vertientes
pasa un rio, que tiene su origen
en los campos y establecimien-
tos de Curitiva, a donde se
conoce con la denomination de
rio Marombas y desagua en el
Parana con el nombre de Uru
guay, en la latitud 25" 53' o"
poco mas.

union with the original sources
of the rivers Pepiry-Guazu and
San Antonio is not verified,
the situation of the former
being so doubtful, as there is
no person who knows them ;
on the contrary, there were
those who said that between
the said sources passed a river
that had its origin in the fields
and settlements of Curitiva,
where it is known by the name
of the river " Marombas," and
which empties into the Parana
with the name of Uruguay, in
latitude 250 53' or a little
more.

(P. 252) Estas dudas pro-
cedian de la sospecha de que
los origenes del San Antonio de
1759, no correspondian con los
del Pepiri, tal como se lo imagi-
naron falsamente los demar-
cadores de aquel afio, y al
juicio del Jefe de los demar-
cadores Portugueses de 1788,
el San Antonio, segun el tra
tado mismo, no podia ser linea
de frontera sino a condicion
de que sus origenes correspon-
dieran con los del Pepiri o
Pequiri-Guazu, es decir que
sus nacientes principales fueran

(P. 269) These doubts arise
from the suspicion that the
headwaters of the San Antonio
of 1759 did not correspond
with those of the Pepiry, and
in the opinion of the chief of
the Portuguese demarcators of
1788 the San Antonio, accord
ing to the same Treaty, could
not be the frontier line, except
on the condition that its head
waters should correspond with
those of the Pepiry or Pequiry
Guazu ; that is to say, that its
principal sources were the im
mediate counter-sources, or op-

No. 83.

(571

contravertientes inmediatas
unas respecto de otras. Na-
die, segun dicho Jefe de de-
marcadores Portugueses, cono-
cia, ni habia descubierto aun
las cabeceras originales del falso
Pepiri, y hasta sospechaba, que
entre las vertientes de uno y
otro rio, cruzara el rio de las
Marombas, que traia su curso
desde los campos de Curitiva,
segun los Indios.
Adviertase que en presencia
de esa negation terminante,
no se explica como el Brasil
haya podido afirmar, que los
demarcadores de 1759 dejaron
atada la frontera entre las
cabeceras del falso Pepiri y
del falso San Antonio.

posite ones, in respect to the
other. No one, according to
the said chief of the Portuguese
Demarcators, knew, nor had
they yet discovered, the sources
of the false Pepiry, and it was
suspected that between the
headwaters of one river and the
other crossed the river of Mo-
rombas, which took its course
from the fields of Curitiva, ac
cording to the Indians.
It might be noted that in the
face of this final negation it is
not explained how Brazil could
have asserted that the Demar
cators of 1759 left the frontier
fixed between the sources of
the false Pepiry and the false
San Antonio.

(P. 253) La linea se ha de
seguir, con las condiciones es-
tipuladas, de la vertiente prin
cipal del rio Pequiri o Pepiri-
Guazu por las cabeceras del rio
San Antonio, a buscar el
Yguazu en la forma que met 6-
dicamente especifica el tratado
y no inversamente.

(P. 269) The line must fol
low, according to the condi
tions stipulated, from the prin
cipal source of the river Pepiry
or Pequiry Guazu, by the head
waters of the river San An
tonio, to seek the Yguazu, in
the form in which the Treaty
methodically specifies, and not
inversely.

(P. 253) Seguramente no se (P. 270) Surely the Portu-
imajino el comisario portu- guese Commissioner did not be-

No. 83.

( 572 )

gues, aunque; . lo suponia, que
la vertiente reconocida como
coyitra-vertiente del falso San
Antonio fqera nada menos que
el rio Urugua-y , tributario del
Parana^ es decir, el mismo rio
que los indigenas, pobladores-
de esos lugares le habian
dicho que era el rio de
las Marombas, nacido en los
carnpos de Curitiva. Sin em
bargo, los demarcadores de
1759 tomaron esas vertientes
por las del falso Pequiry o
Pepiry-Guazu. Queda, pues,
la constancia, de que fue el
jefe de los comisarios Portu
gueses q.uien indico y sostuvo
por primera vez que el arroyo
de San Antonio, falsamente
explorado en 1759, no era uno
de los rios caudalosbs del limite.

lieve, although he might have
conjectured, that these head
waters recognized as the coun
ter-sources of the false San
Antonio were no less than
those of the river Urugua-y,
a tributary of the Parana, that
is to say, the same river which
the aborigines living in those
regions had said was the-/' Ma
rombas," which rose in the
fields of Curitiva, and yet the
Demarcators of 1759 took
these headwaters for those of
the Pepiry or Pequiry-Guazu.
The fact then remains well
settled that it was the chief of
the Portuguese Commissioners
who indicated and asserted for
the first time that the " ar
royo " or small stream of the
San Antonio, wrongly ex
plored in 1759, was not one
of the boundary rivers " cau-
dalosos " or of large, volume.

(P. 264) Subiendo el curso
del rio Pequiry o Pepiry del
Mapa de las Cortes, hasta las
alturas,que dividen las aguas,
entre los rios Urugua-y e Ygua
zu, se encuentran vertientes
cercanas de algun rio, afluente
del ultimo nombrado y en

(P. 282) Going up the course
of the River Pepiry or Pequiry
of the " Mapa de las Cortes}'
as far as the high ground that
divides the waters between the
rivers Urugua-y and Yguazu,
can there be found the sources
near by of any river which is

No. 83.

( 573 )

correspondencia con las del
dicho Pepiry o Pequiry que
desaguen en el Yguazu. El
Mapa Internacional demuestra
que el rio en tal situation y
con tales caracteres, existe en
conformidad del mapa de 1 749
y los tratados de su referenda,
confirmando asi las investiga-
ciones de los Comisarios de
1777. En consecuencia, queda
tambien comprobado oficial y
definitivamente por el Brasil
y por la Republica Argentina :
— Que el rio por el cual debe
continuar el limite en las ver
tientes cercanas, que corre-
sponden al Pepiry 6 Pequiry-
Guazu del Mapa de las Cortes,
existe en la misma position, en
que dicho mapa y los tratados
lo indicaban.

a tributary of the latter and
corresponding upon the oppo
site watershed to those of the
Pepiry or Pequiry, and which
empties into the Yguazu ? The
International Map demon
strates that a river in this
situation and of this descrip
tion does in fact exist in con
formity with the Map of 1749
and the treaties referring to it,
thus confirming the investiga
tions of the Commissioners of
1777. Therefore it is officially
and conclusively proved for
Brazil and for the Argentine
Republic that the river which
the boundary must follow at
the nearest headwaters corre
sponding and opposite to the
Pepiry or Pequiry-Guazu of
the " Mapa de las Cortes " does
exist in the very position in
which it is indicated by that
map and the treaties.

(P 268) Los demarcadores
de 1777 advirtieron que los
rios Pepiry y San Antonio,
erroneamente esplorados por
lo: comisarios de 1759, no
tenian sus vertientes cerca,
ni en correspondencia. El
Jefe de los ingenieros por-

(P. 286) The Demarcators
of 1777 noticed that the rivers
Pepiry and San Antonio, er
roneously explored by the Com
missioners of 1759, did not
have their headwaters either
near each other or correspond
ing to one another on opposite

No. 83.

(574 )

tugueses, creia que entre
aquellas vertientes pasaba un
tercer rio, nacido en Curi
tiba ; y la comision de geo-
grafos de las dos naciones,
mandada a verificar el hecho,
encontro que en efecto entre
aquellas vertientes nacia un rio
el cual desagua en el mismo
Parana, y que tenia sus fuentes
cercanas de las del falso San An
tonio. Hallaron, ademas, que
las vertientes del falso Pepiry
quedaban muy lejos de las ver
tientes de los dos rios anteri-
ores ; y que por consiguiente
no se acomodaban, para servir
de limites, a las palabras de los
articulos 50 y 8° de los Tratados
de 1750 y de 1777.

La esploracion internacional
de 1885 a 1 891, mas detenida
y con mejores elementos cien-
tificos, que la de 1777, ha com-
probado : que entre las ver
tientes del Pepiry y San An
tonio el del error de 1759, se
interponen, no uno, sino dos
rios que separan entre si aquel
las vertientes y les quitan los
caracteres exijidos por los tra-

watersheds. The chief of the
Portuguese Engineers thought
that between their headwaters
there passed a third river
which originated in Curitiba ;
and the Commission of Geo
graphers from the two nations
sent to verify this fact found
that in fact between their
headwaters there was the
source of a river that finally
emptied into the Parana and
that it had its springs near
those of the false San Antonio.
They found out, besides, that
the sources of the false Pepiry
were very far from the two
preceding rivers and that there
fore they could by no means be
made to serve as the boundary
according to the terms of
Articles V. and VIII. of the
Treaties of 1750 and 1777.
The International Explo
ration of 1885-1891, made
more carefully and with better
scientific preparation and
means than that of 1777, has
proved that between' the sour
ces of the Pepiry and the er
roneous San Antonio of 1759
are interposed not one but two
rivers that separate still farther
these two watersheds and de-

No. 83.

(575 )

tados. Presento al Arbitro, en
esta misma pagina, el piano
internacional, firmado por los
ingenieros brasileros y argen-
tinos, que comprueba el hecho ;
y en el cual los dichos rios
llevan los nombres de Capa-
nemay Urugua-y. Adviertase
que el rio Capanema fue des-
cubierto por esta esploracion
internacional, que le dio el
nombre del Jefe de los demar-
cadores del Brasil.

Queda asi, oficial y definiti-
vamente establecido por el
Brasil y por la Republica Ar
gentina : que los rios Pepiry y
San Antonio, del error de
1759, no tiene sus vertientes
cerca, ni en las condiciones de
correspondencia dadas por los
tratados de 1750 y 1777 y que,
por ultimo, el unico sistema de
rios que a ellos se acomoda, es
el de los rios Pepiry o Pequiry-
Guazu y San Antonio-Guazii,
situados al Oriente de los an-
teriores.

prive them of the character
istics required by the treaties.
I present herewith to the Arbi
trator the International Plan,
signed by the Brazilian and
Argentine Engineers, which
proves this fact, and in which
these rivers bear the names of
" Capanema " and " Uru
gua-y." The facsimile of the
same is here enclosed. It
should be also noted that the
river Capanema was discovered
by this International Explo
ration, which gave to it the
name of the chief of the Bra
zilian Demarcators.
Brazil and the Argentine
Republic have thus officially
and definitively established the
fac': that the rivers Pepiry and
San Antonio of 1759 do not
have their headwaters either
near each other or in the con
ditions as to correspondence
upon opposite watersheds re
quired by the Treaties of 1750
and 1777 ; and that further
more the only system of rivers
that conform 3 to the require
ments, is that of the rivers
Pepiry or Pequiry-Gua u and
the San Antonio-Guazu, situ
ated to the east of the preced
ing rivers.

No. 83.

(576)

(P. 269) La Comision Mixta
de Limites, despues de los
trabajos de mis distinguidos y
apreciados amigos los Senores
Comisarios Guillobel y Vira
soro, habian declarado en docu-
mentos oficiales que el ver-
dadero San Antonio Guazu del
geografo espafiol Oyarvide, es
el Yangada, y no el Chopin.
Por los estudios de estos dis
tinguidos profesores quedo pro-
bado que el rio mas vecino del
Chapeco, denominadado por
los espanoles ayer y por los
argentinos hoy, Pequiry-Guazu
y que corre para el Iguazu, es
el Yangada. "
Posterior men te por trabajos
prolijos de delineation y agri-
mensura, hechos bajo la misma
inmediata direccion y la de
mi colega Virasoro, y ejecu-
tados por los ayudantes Jardin,
Rego Barros, Montes y Dous-
set, y en los que trazamos
curvas de nivel en toda la zona
para demostrar el divortia
aquarum quedo demonstrado
hasta la evidencia, que el Yan
gada no solo es el rio mas
proximo al Chapeco, que corre
hacia el Iguazu, s'no que

(P. 287) The Joint Boun
dary Commission after the
work of my distinguished and
esteemed friends, Commission
ers Guillobel and Virasoro was
ended, declared in official docu
ments that the true San An
tonio Guazu of the Spanish
Geographer Oyarvide is the
Yangada and not the Chopin.
By the surveys of these dis
tinguished professors it was
proven that the nearest river
to the Chapeco named by the
Spaniards formerly and by the
Argentines to-day, Pequiry-
Guazu, and which runs to
wards the Yguazu, is the Yan
gada. Subsequently, by very full
and detailed drawings and sur
veys made under the immedi
ate direction of the same and
of my colleague Virasoro,. and
executed by the Assistants, Jar-
din, Rego Barros, Montes and
Dousset, and in which we
drew curves showing the ele
vations throughout the zone
to demonstrate the divortia
aquarum, it was demonstrated
beyond question that the Yan
gada is not only the nearest
river to the Chapeco which

No. 83.

(577 )

tambien es su contravertiente.
De igual manera que esto
quedo probado, resulto tam
bien, por trabajos emprendidos
con igual es atenciones y escru-
pulos, en la zona comprendida
entre las cabeceras del Pepiry-
Guassu y San Antonio, la con
viction de no ser este el rio mas
vecino de aquel que corre para
el Iguazu, ni ser su contraver
tiente.

runs towards the Yguazu, but
that it is also its counter-source.
In like manner as this was
proven, from the work carried
out with equal carefulness and
scrupulous attention on the
zone comprised between the
sources of the Pepiry Guazu
and the San Antonio, the con
viction was also arrived at that
this river (the Chopin) was not
the nearest to that which runs
towards the Yguazu nor its
counter-source.

Es de importancia, efectiva-
mente, confirmar las afirma-
ciones de los demarcadores de
la segunda epoca, segun los
cuales en el sistema de rios de
la demarcation de 1759, anu-
lada en 1777, no se verificaban
las exigencias de las instruccio-
nes. La exploration interna
cional de 1885 a 189 1, demo-
stro que la contravertiente del
falso San Antonio de 1759, no
era el Pepiri o Pequiry, sefia-
lado por el indio, que desagua
abajo del Uruguay Pita, sino
un tercer rio, que, lejos de
correr como aquel, a derra-
marse en el Uruguay, es aflu-
ente del Parana. El Sefior

(P. 288) It is important to
confirm the affirmations of the
Demarcators of the second
epoch, according to which the
system of the rivers of the
Demarcation of 1759 annulled
in 1777 did not fulfil the re
quirements of the instructions.
The international surveys from
1885 to 1891 demonstrated
that the counter-source of the
false San Antonio of 1759 upon
the opposite watershed, was
not the Pepiry or Pequiry in
dicated by the Indian, which
emptied down stream from the
Uruguay-Pita, but a third
river, which, instead of run
ning like that to mingle its
L

No. 83.

(578)

Ministro del Brasil, General de
Castro Cerqueira, lo explico
claramente en estos terminos
y en aquella misma discusion
contestando a. escritores brasil
eros, por haber aceptado como
demarcador honrado, aquellos
hechos que no era posible
borrar del suelo :

waters with the Uruguay, is on
the contrary a tributary of the
Parana. The said Minister
from Brazil in Washington,
General de Castro Cerqueira,
explains this clearly in similar
terms, and in this same discus
sion, when answering Brazilian
writers who attacked him for
having accepted, as an honest
Demarcator, these facts which
it was impossible to efface from
the ground, he says :

(P. 270) La linea divisoria
de las aguas que vierten, de un
lado para el rio Uruguay y
del lado opuesto para el Ygua
zu, tiene su punto terminal
del lado occidental en la cabe-
cera principal del rio Pepiry
Guazu. Desde este punto para
el Oeste el divisor de las
aguas se bifurca de manera que
la rama del Noroeste divide las
aguas que corren para el Ygua
zu de las que corren para
afluentes del Parana y la rama
del Sudoeste divide las aguas
que corren para los afluentes
del Parana de los que van para
los afluentes del Uruguay.

(P. 288) The line which
divides the waters which de
scend on one side towards the
river Uruguay and on the op
posite side toward the Yguazu
has its terminal point on the
western side in the principal
spring of the river Pequiry-
Guazu. From this point to
ward the west the divider of
the waters is bifurcated in such
a way that the north-west
branch divides the waters that
run to the Yguazu from those
that flow into the tributaries
of the Parana, and the south
west branch divides the waters
that run into the tributaries
of the Parana from those that

No. 83.

(579)

Afirmo que nadie por sabio
y autorizado que sea, podra,
negar el hecho geografico. Si-
endo asi, como efectivamente
sucede, y ahi estan para pro-
barlo los trabajos de la Comi
sion de Limites, vemos al San
Antonio naciendo en la verti-
ente norte de la rama Noroeste,
y corriendo para el Yguazu, y
del lado opuesto de la misma
sierra, en una estension de
cerca de tres leguas para el
Sudeste, las cabeceras nume-
rosas del rio Uruguahy, afluente
del Parana. La vertiente opues-
ta a aquella, en que nace el
San Antonio, solamente da
aguas para el Parana y por lo
tanto la contravertiente del San
Antonio es el rio Uruguahy
y no el Pepiry-Guazu, cuyas
contravertientes son otro rio
denominado Capanema, que
tiene con el nacientes comunes
y corre en la vertiente opuesta
que es la del Yguazu, y el rio
Uruguahy, que nace en la
vertiente opuesta y da aguas
al Parana-

flow into the tributaries of the
Uruguay. I assert that no one, how
ever wise and learned he may
be, can deny the geographical
facts. This being so, as the facts
show, and the labours of the
Boundary Commission prove,
we see the San Antonio rising
on the watershed north of the
north-west branch and run
ning toward the Yguazu, and
on the opposite side of the same
range, with an extension of
nearly three leagues towards
the south-east, the numerous
sources of the river Urugua-y,
a tributary of the Parana. The
watershed opposed to that in
which the San Antonio rises
only gives its waters to the
Parana, and therefore the
counter-source of the San An
tonio is the river Urugua— y
and not the Pepiry-Guazu, the
counter-sources of which are
those of another river called
the " Capanema," which has
springs in common with it and
runs down the watershed oppo
site which is that of the Ygua
zu, and the river Urugua— y
which rises in the opposite

No. 83.

(580)

watershed and gives its waters
to the Parana.

Demonstrado por la autori-
dad conteste de los explora-
dores argentinos y brasileros
que en el sistema de los rios
pretendidos por estos, como
limite internacional o sea los
rios occidentales, no se veri-
fican los caracteres fisicos de
cercania de las vertientes o de
ser el uno contravertiente del
otro como lo pedian los tra
tados, el mapa-base de la de
marcation y las instrucciones
de las Cortes, es evidente e
indiscutible que esas no son las
corrientes de agua descritas,
como linea divisoria, y que
deben ser buscadas mas al
oriente. Al contrario, todas las de-
scripciones concuerdan con los
carateres fisicos hallados en el
sistema de los rios orientales o
sostenidos por la Republica
Argentina, en ejercicio del
derecho heredado de Espafia.
Oigase una vez mas al Senor
Ministro de Brasil, general de
Castro Cerqueira :
Tratemos ahora del Yangada
(San Antonio Guazu de Oyar-

(P. 289) It is proved by the
common authority of the Ar
gentine and Brazilian explorers
that the river of the system
claimed by the latter as the
international boundary, or the
western rivers, do not comply
with the physical characteris
tics required for the corre
spondence of their respective
watersheds, or being one the
counter-source of the other, as
stated in the treaties, the basic
map of the Demarcation and
the instructions of the two
Courts.

On the contrary, the inter
national map herewith shows
the characteristics of the east
ern system of rivers according
to the treaties, and as they
in fact are located upon the
ground. Let us refer once
more to the Minister of Brazil,
General Castro Cerqueira, who
says :
We are discussing now the
Yangada (San Antonio-Guazu

No. 83.

(581 )

vide) y del Chapeco (Pepiry-
Guazu de los espanoles) admiti-
endo asi mismo la definition
del Sefior Guillobel, La linea
de la vertiente entre el Uru
guay y el Yguazu, que comi-
enza en las cabeceras del Pepiry
Guazu (de 1759) corre el rumbo
general del Oeste al Este, divi-
diendo las aguas de las dos
vertientes despues de haber
dividido las que corren para el
Chopin, de las que van a caer al
Chapeco, pasa entre las cabe
ceras de este y del Yangada,
como viene indicado en todos
los mapas, de modo que las
diversas cabeceras de este, estan
al frente de otras del Chapeco,
habiendo algunas que nacen
hasta en los mismos bafiados.
Estas cabeceras todas del Yan
gada nacen en la vertiente del
Yguazu, y las del Chapeco
nacen en la vertiente opuesta.
Luego el Chapeco es la contra
vertiente del Yangada.

of Oyarvide) and the Chapeco
(the Pepiry-Guazu) of the
Spaniards), admitting at the
same time the definition of
Sefior Guillobel. The line of
the watershed between the
Uruguay and the Yguazu,
which begins in the sources of
the Pepiry-Guazu (of 1759)
runs with a general course
from the west to the east, divid
ing the waters of the two water
sheds, after having separated
those that run to the Chopin
from those that flow towards
and fall into the Chapeco, it
passes between the sources of
the latter and those of the
Yangada, as may be seen in all
the maps, in such a way that
the different sources of the
latter are in front of the others
of the Chapeco, there being
some that even rise in the
same basin. All these springs
of the Yangada rise on the
watershed of the Y guazi'i and
those of the Chapeco rise on
the opposite watershed. There
fore the Chapeco is the counter-
source of the Yangada.

(P. 283) Ya en el Tratado (P. 301) It was said in the
de Enero 13 de 1750, se habia Treaty of January 13, 1750,

No. 83.

(582)

dicho que la linea divisoria por
esta parte subiera desde la boca
,del Ybicuy, por las aguas del
Uruguay, hasta encontrar la
del rio Pepiri 6 Pequiri, que
desagua en el Uruguay por su
ribera occidental, y continu-
aria aguas arriba del Pepiri
hasta su origen principal,
desde el cual seguiria por lo
mas alto del terreno hasta la
cabecera principal del rio mas
vecino, que desemboca en el
Grande de Curitiba, 6 Iguazu,
por los aguas de dicho rio mas
vecino del Pepiri, y despues
por las del Iguazu, hasta donde
este desemboca en el Parana,
por su ribera Oriental.

that the dividing line in this
portion of it would proceed
from the mouth of the Ybicuy
by the waters of the Uruguay
until arriving at those of the
river Pepiry or Pequiry, which
empties into the Uruguay on
its western bank, and would
continue up the stream of the
Pepiry to its principal source,
from which it would proceed
by the highest ground to the
principal source of the nearest
river, which emptied into the
Grande de Curitiba, or Yguazu
by the waters of the said river
nearest to the Pepiry and
afterwards by those of the
Yguazu to where the latter
empties into the Parana upon
its eastern bank.

(P. 283) Por el art. 8 de
este Tratado ampliandose el
contenido del art. 3, se repite
el Contenido del art. 5. del
1750 con algunas explicacio-
nes mas. Quedando ya sefia-
ladas, dice, las pertenencias de
ambas Coronas, hasta la en
trada del rid Pequiri 6 Pepiri-
guazu en el Uruguay con-
vinieron las altas partes con-
tratantes en que la linea divi-

(P. 302) In the eighth
Article of that Treaty, ampli
fying the matter contained
in the third Article, the provi
sions of the fifth of the Treaty
of 1750 are repeated, with
some further explanations. It
says that the belongings of the
two Crowns having been indi
cated as far as the place where
the river Pepiry or Pequiry-
Guazu enters the Uruguay, the

No. 83.

(583)

soria seguira aguas arriba de
dicho Pepiri, hasta su origen
principal, y desde este por lo
mas alto del terreno, bajo las
reglas dadas en el articulo 6,
continuara a encontrar las
corrientes del rio San Antonio,
que desemboca en el grande de
Curitiba, que por otro nombre
llaman Yguazu, siguiendo este
aguas abajo hasta su entrada
en el Parana por su ribera
oriental.

high contracting parties agreed
that the dividing line should
follow up the stream of the
said Pepiry to its principal
origin or source, and from
there go by the highest land,
under the rules given in the
sixth Article, until the head
waters of the San Antonio
were met, which empty into
the Grande de Curitiba, the
other name of which is the
Yguazu, and following this
down until it falls into the
Parana on its eastern bank.

(P. 292) En fin, el territorio
sometido al Arbitraje se esti-
ende hasta dicho limite oriental
en la vertiente del Yguazfi.
Las poblaciones brasileras hal-
ladas en 1885 por los demar-
cadores internacionales entre
las vertientes de los rios del Este,
San Antonio Guazu y Pepiry
Guazu, cuya fundacion casual
en 1840 y en 1881 he narrado
no comportan un acto de do
minio sobre territorio argen
tine

(P. 311) So that the terri
tory submitted to arbitration
extends as far as the aforesaid
eastern boundary on the
watershed of the Yguazu. The
Brazilian villages found in
1885 by the international De
marcators between the water
sheds of the eastern rivers, the
San Antonio-Guazu and Pe
piry Guazu, the accidental
settlement of which in 1840
and in 1881 I have above
narrated, did not import an
act of dominion over Argen
tine territory.

No. 84.

MINISTER DOMINGUEZ' USE OF "VERTIENTES"
AND OFFICIAL TRANSLATION BY "THE FALLS
OF THE RIVERS."
[From Argentine official Documents as indicated below.]
(Quoted on p. 625 of the Statement.)

[Extract of " Memoria del Ministerio
de Relaciones Exteriores," Buenos
Aires, 1892, pp. 47, 48, and 49.]
El sefior Dominguez acon-
sej 6 sin perdida de tiempo a. su
Gobierno que entrara por estos
nuevos rumbos, creyendo que
podia dividirse el territorio dis-
putado entre los dos Pepiri por
las alturas que separan las
vertientes de ambos rios y los
dos San Antonio.
El doctor Irigoyen habia sido
llamado a. ocupar nuevamente
la cartera de Relaciones Exteri
ores en el Gobierno del general
Roca, y reaccionando contra
la inaction de sus predecessores,
vigorizo la patriotica action
del sefior Dominguez. El
escribia al Ministro Argentino

[Misiones' " Argentine Evidence " pp.
674, and 675.]
Sefior Dominguez advised
his government without delay
to enter these new fields, be
lieving that the disputed terri
tory could be divided between
the two Pepiri on the heights
which separate the falls of
both rivers and the two San
Antonio. Doctor Irigoyen had been
called to occupy again the
Department of Foreign Rela
tions, in the government of
General Roca, and reacting
against the inactivity of his
predecessors, he strengthened
Sefior Dominguez's patriotic
action. He wrote to the Ar-

No. 84.

(585)

en Rio de Janeiro con fecha
24 de Marzo de 1881, en estos
terminos :

" He recibido la nota de V.
E. num. 368, fecha 11 de
Marzo, en que comunica una
conversation que tuvo con el
Emperador respecto de la cues-
tion de limites pendiente, y la
conferencia que sobre el mismo
asunte tuvo V. E. con el sefior
Ministro de Relaciones Exteri-
ores . . .

gentine minister at Rio de
Janeiro on the twenty-fourth
day of March, one thousand
eight hundred and eighty-one,
in these terms :
" I have received your Ex
cellency's note No. 368, dated
March 11, in which Your
Excellency apprises me of a
conversation held with the
Emperor in regard to the
question of limits still pending,
and of the conference upon the
same subject, with the Minister
of Foreign Relations . .

" El sefior Presidente piensa
que V. E. debe aceptar la
indication que se le ha hecho.
Conviene poner termino a ese
asunto que puede complicarse
con avances de ocupacion y,
por tanto, es oportuno mani-
fieste V. E. al sefior Ministro
de Relaciones Exteriores que
este Gobierno acepta la idea
defijar definitivamen te la linea
divisoria de esta Repiiblica con
el Imperio. Creo conveniente
haga V. E. esta misma mani
festation al Emperador. . . ."

" The President thinks that
you ought to accept the sug
gestions that have been made
to you. It is convenient to
put an end to this matter,
which may get entangled with
advances of occupation, and
therefore it will be proper that
Your Excellency shall inform
the Minister of Foreign Rela
tions that this Government
accepts the idea of fixing,
definitively, the boundary line
of this Republic with the Em
pire. I think it convenient
that Your Excellency shall
make the same statement to
the Emperor ..."

No. 84.

(586)

El senor Dominguez escribia
entre tanto, el oficio de 16 de
Abril de 1 88 1, en el cual ofrece
al Ministro de Relaciones Ex-
teriores, doctor Irigoyen, la
formula que le pidiera para la
transaction. Dijo :
" El senor Ministro ha elu-
dido la respuesta a. la pregunta
que yo le hacia, tal vez porque
desea que la negotiation tenga
lugar en Buenos Aires. No
habiendo pues, conseguido con-
ocer el proposito que abrigaba
el sefior Pereyra de Souza y
haciendome ahora V. E. el
honor de pedirme mi opinion,
no tengo mas que confirmar
lo que dije en mi nota confi
dential, esto es, proponer una
transaction dividiendo el terri
torio disputado por las alturas
que separan las vertientes de
los rios que lo encierran . . ."

In the meantime Sefior Do
minguez wrote the note of the
sixteenth day of April, one
thousand eight hundred and
eighty-one, in which he offers
to the Minister of Foreign
Relations, Dr. Irigoyen, the
forms asked of him for the
compromise. He said :
" The Minister has evaded
a reply to my question. He
wishes, perhaps, that the nego
tiation shall take place at
Buenos Aires. Having been
unsuccessful in knowing Senor
Pereyra de Souza's purpose,
and Your Excellency having
done me the honour to ask for
my opinion, I have only to
confirm what I said in my con
fidential note, that is, to pro
pose a compromise dividing
the disputed territory on the
heights which separate the falls
of the rivers covering the
same ..."

No. 85.

THE " URUGUAY-IGUAZU " WATER-PARTING.
[From Argentine official Documents as indicated below.]
(Quoted on p. 625 of the Statement.)

["Memoria del Ministerio de Relaciones
Exteriores," Buenos Aires, 1892,
pp. 114-115.]
El 9 de Setiembre (1889),
dos dias despues de firmado el
pacto, el Ministro Argentino en
Rio de Janeiro comunicaba
las impresiones producidas en
la Corte por el suceso. Sus
palabras son estas :
"V. E. sabe, por mis tele-
gramas y por los que habra re-
cibico seguramente la prensa
de Buenos Aires, la profunda
impresion que causo en esta
capital la noticia de haberse fir
mado la Convention de Arbi
trage. " El aviso telegrafico de V.E.
lo recibimos, tanto el sefior Con-
sejero Diana como yo, en la
noche del 7. Lieve personal-

[Misiones' " Argentine Evidence," pp.
7 1 9-7 20. J
On the ninth of September
(1889) two days after the pact
had been signed, the Argen
tine minister at Rio de Janeiro
communicated the impressions
that the event had produced
at the Court. His words were
as follows :
" Your Excellency knows,
by my telegrams and by those
which the Press at Buenos Aires
has surely received, the deep
impression caused at the capital
by the news that the conven
tion of arbitration had been
signed. " Your Excellency's telegra
phic advice was received by
Counsellor Diana and by my
self on the night of the seventh.

No. 85.

(588)

mente al Emperador el tele-
grama de V. E. y me pidio lo
leyera en voz alta, en presencia
de los Ministros de Estado y
personas de la Corte que lo
rodeaban en aquel momento.
Cuando termine la lectura del
despacho, el Emperador me
estrecho la mano efusivamente
y me pidio retribuyera en el
mas breve plazo posible el
noble saludo del Excmo. sefior
Presidente de la Republica.

" Se notaba en el semblante
del Emperador la alegria que
dominaba su espiritu y esta
misma observation fue hecha
por todas las personas a quienes
me he referido anteriormente."
El sefior Moreno agregabano-
ticia de una base de transaction
6 arreglo directo, que le habia
sugerido el Consejero Diana
Ministro de Relaciones Exteri-
ores, en estos terminos :
" En una conversation que
tuve ayer con el sefior Ministro
Diana me ha apercibido que
ellos aceptarian un arreglo di
recto que fijara limites natu-
rales y estableciera la obliga-

I took, personally, to the Em
peror Your Excellency's tele
gram, and he asked me to read
it aloud in the presence of the
Minister of State and the per
sons of the Court who sur
rounded him at that moment.
When I had finished reading
the despatch, the Emperor
pressed my hand effusively and
requested me to return the
noble greeting of His Excel
lency, the President of the
Republic, with the shortest
possible delay.
" The Emperor's features
revealed the merriment of his
mind, and this same obser
vation was made by the per
sons to whom I have just
referred." Sefior Moreno added a
scheme for a direct compro
mise or settlement that had
been suggested to him by
Counsellor Diana, Minister of
Foreign Relations, in these
terms :
" In the course of a conver
sation I had yesterday with
Minister Diana I have ob
served that they would accept
a direct settlement which
would fix the natural limits.

No. 85.

(589)

cion de indemnizarse percunia-
riamente a. aquel de los con-
tratantes que, segun resolution
del arbitro, hubiera perdido
territorio al marcarse la linea
divisoria. " Por ejemplo : Se traza una
linea que, subiendo desde la
confluencia del Chapeco en el
Uruguay vaya hasta las naci-
entes de aquel y continue por
la parte mas alta de la linea
divisoria de las aguas hasta
encontrar las nacientes del San
Antonio Mini, correspondi-
endo el espacio comprendido
entre el Chapeco la linea
divisoria de las aguas y el
Pepiry Mini a. la Repiiblica
Argentina. " Se fijaria un precio al kilo-
metro cuadrado del territorio
litigioso. " Resuelta la cuestion de
derecho por el Presidente de
los Estados Unidos y averi-
guada con exactitud la exten
sion kilometrica de la totalidad
del terreno litigioso y de la
zona que de antemano se con-
viniere para cada una de las
partes contratantes, la bene-
ficiada en extension territorial

and establish the obligation
to indemnify, pecuniarily, the
contracting party who, by the
decision of the umpire, should
have lost some territory in
marking out the boundary
line. " For instance : A line is
drawn up which, going from
the confluence of the Chapeco,
in the Uruguay, shall follow
, x" , .7 Plate XV.
as far as the source of trie page 62S
same, and continue through statement,
the highest part of the boun
dary line of the waters, until
the sources of the San Antonio
Mini are found, the space
between the Chapeco, the boun
dary line of the waters, and the
Pepiri Mini, to belong to the
Argentine Republic.
" A price shall be set on the
square kilometre of the terri
tory in dispute.
" The question of right once
resolved by the President of
the United States, and the
kilometric extent of the whole
disputed ground and of the
zone which shall be agreed
upon beforehand for one of
the contracting parties hav
ing been accurately ascertained,
the most favoured one, in terri-

No. 85.

(590)

pagaria a la otra el excedente
de la tierra recibida.
" La proposition anterior es
una simple formula. El Min
istro Diana no me ha dado de-
talle alguno. Enuncio esa idea
como un punto de partida para
proyectar el arreglo que todos
anhelamos y aguardo con vivo
interes las instrucciones que
a respecto se me envien."

torial extent, shall pay to the
other for the excess of land
received. " The foregoing proposal is
a mere form. Minister Diana
has given me no detail what
ever. I only mention the idea
as a starting point to project
the settlement which we all
desire, and I await, with great
interest, the instructions which
may be sent to me in this
respect."

No. 86.
THE PUNA ARBITRATION BOUNDARY LINE.
[Translated from Extracts of the Records of the meetings of the Demarcating
Commission printed in " Documentos relativos a la Confer encia de Buenos Aires"
Santiago, 1899, pp. 33-38.]
(Quoted on p. 756 of the Statement.)
Record of Conference.
At Buenos Aires, on the 24th day of the month of March of
the year 1899, there assembled at 10 a.m., at the residence of
the Legation of the United States of America, as agreed at the
third sitting, the members of the Demarcating Commission,
Senor Don Enrique Mac-Iver, on behalf of the Chilean Republic
Doctor D. Jose E. Uriburu, on behalf of the Argentine Republic,
and William J. Buchanan, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister
Plenipotentiary of the United States of America to the Argen
tine Republic for the purpose of pursuing their labours.
* * * * *
On these proposals [the Chilean and the Argentine] being-
put to the vote, the first was rejected by the votes of Messrs.
Buchanan and Mac-Iver, and the second by the votes of Messrs.
Buchanan and Uriburu.
Mr. Buchanan proposed that the dividing line should be
fixed in the following way :
From the intersection of the 23 rd parallel with the 77 th
meridian, a straight line to the summit of the Cerro del Rincon.
The proposal was passed by the votes of Messrs. Buchanan
and Mac-Iver, Sefior Uriburu dissenting.

No. 86 (592 )
He then proposed another straight line from the summit
of the Cerro del Rincon to the summit of the Volcano
Socompa. In place of this Sefior Mac-Iver proposed another line which,
starting from the summit of the Cerro del Rincon, should reach
the Cerro Macon.
On these proposals being put to the vote, Sefior Mac-Iver's
was rejected by the votes of Messrs. Buchanan and Uriburu,
and Mr. Buchanan's was approved by the votes of the same
Messrs. Buchanan and Uriburu, Sefior Mac-Iver dissenting.
Mr. Buchanan then proposed that the dividing line should
run from the summit of the Volcano Socompa and the place
called Aguas Blancas on the Argentine maps, by the points and
spaces called the Volcano Socompa, a point marked with No. 29
in the Argentine Expert's proposal, as is seen in the Record
drawn up at Santiago de Chile on September 1, 1898, the Cerro
Socompa Caipis, the Cerro Tecar, the principal point of the
chain of hills between Tecar and the Cerro Inca, Cerro Inca,
Cerro de la Zorra Vieja, Cerro Llullaillaco, Llullaillaco Gap,
a point marked with No. 39 in the aforesaid proposal, Corrida
de Cori, the volcano Azufre or Lastarria, as far as Cerro Bayo,
a point south of Cerro Bayo, No. 48 of the proposal referred
to, Cerro del Agua de la Falda, Cerro Aguas Blancas.
This line was approved by the votes of Messrs. Buchanan
and Uriburu, Sefior Mac-Iver dissenting.
Mr. Buchanan then proposed, as a continuation of the di
viding line, a straight line which, starting from the summit
of Cerro de Aguas Blancas, should reach the summit of the
Cerros Colorados.
This proposal was put to the vote and was approved by
Messrs. Buchanan and Mac-Iver, Sefior Uriburu dissenting.
Mr. Buchanan then proposed another straight line from the
summit of the Cerros Colorados, to the summit of the Cerros
de Lagunas Bravas.

No. 86. (593)
This proposal was passed by the votes of Messrs. Buchanan
and Uriburu, Senor Mac-Iver dissenting.
As a continuation of the dividing line, Mr. Buchanan pro
posed another straight line from the summit of the Cerros
de Lagunas Bravas to the summit of the Sierra Nevada, so-
called in the Argentine map and reckoned in the same map as
being 6400 metres high.
On this proposal being put to the vote, it was approved
by Messrs. Buchanan and Uriburu, Sefior Mac-Iver dissenting.
Lastly, to bring the delimitation to a close, Mr. Buchanan
proposed a straight line which, starting from the last-named
point, should be prolonged as far as that which should be fixed
on the parallel 260 52' 45" by H.B.M.'s Governmentin conformity
with the Act of September 22, 1898, — signed at Santiago de
Chile by the Minister for Foreign Affairs of this [the Chilean]
Republic and by the Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Pleni
potentiary of the Argentine Republic — as the dividing point
between these two countries at the said parallel.
The last proposal was passed unanimously.
Consequently, the dividing line between the Argentine
Republic and the Republic of Chile between the parallels 23°
and 260 52' 45" S. latitude, to be fixed by the Demarcating
Commission, in conformity with the second Act of November 2,
1898, is established in the following shape:
From the intersection' qf the 23rd parallel with the 77th
meridian a straight line as far as the summit of the Cerro del
Rincon, and another from the summit of the Cerro del Rincon
to the summit of the Volcano Socompa. The dividing line
shall continue running from the summit of the Volcano Socompa
as far as the place called Aguas Blancas in the Argentine maps,
by the points and stretches called Volcan Socompa, a point
marked with No. 29 in the proposal of the Argentine Expert,
as is seen in the Act drawn up at Santiago de Chile on Sep
tember 1, 1898, Cerro Socompa Caipis, Cerro Tecar, the prin-
M

No. 86. (594)
cipal point of the chain of hills between Tecar and the Cerro
Inca, Cerro Inca, Cerro de la -Zorra Vieja, Cerro de Llullaillaco,
Llullaillaco Gap, a point marked No. 39 in the aforesaid pro
posal, Corrida de Cori, the Volcano Azufre or Lastarria, the
cordon of the Azufre or Lastarria as far as Cerro Bayo, point
south of Cerro Bayo, No. 48 of the proposal already referred
to, Cerro del Agua de la Falda, Cerro Aguas Blancas. As a
continuation of the dividing line, a straight line which, start
ing from the summit of the Cerro de Aguas Blancas, shall
reach the summit of the Cerros Colorados ; then another
straight line from the summit of the Cerros Colorados to the
summit of the Cerros de Lagunas Bravas, and another straight
line from the summit of the Cerros de Lagunas Bravas to
the summit of the Sierra Nevada, so-called in the Argentine
map and reckoned in the same map as being 6400 metres
high. Lastly, a straight line which, starting from ' the last
named point, shall be prolonged as far as that which shall be
fixed on parallel 260 52' 45" by H.B.M.'s Government in
conformity with the Act of September 22, 1898 — signed at
Santiago de Chile by the Minister for Foreign Affairs of this
[the Chilean] Republic and by the Envoy Extraordinary and
Minister Plenipotentiary of the Republic as the dividing point
between these two countries at the said parallel.
The members of the Demarcating Commission agreed to
sign the Argentine Map referred to in the present Act.
Wherewith they regarded their mission as accomplished,
the contents of this Act to be duly laid before both Governments.
M. A. Martinez De F. ENRIQUE Mac-Iver.
Juan S. Gomez. Jose E. Uriburu.
Franfois S. Jones. William J. Buchanan.
(Secretaries.) (Commissioners.)

No. 87.
RESTRICTED POWERS OF THE EXPERTS
DECLARED BY THE ARGENTINE EXPERT.1
[Translated from the Record of the Meeting of the Experts on April 28, 1897 <
Printed in "Memoria de Relaciones Esteriores de Chile" 1896. Docs., pp. 32
and 33.] (Quoted on p. 779 of the Statement.)
IN the City of Santiago de Chile, on April 28, 1897, having met
in the International Boundary Office, the Experts undersigned —
Don Diego Barros Arana on the part of the Republic of Chile,
and Don Francisco P. Moreno on the part of the Argentine
Republic, dealt with the Boundary Demarcation in the southern
part of the Continent, and north of Magellan Straits.
The Argentine Expert stated that he gave his approval to
the line traced by the Assistants of the 5th Joint Sub-Commission
from Dungeness Point to the intersection of the 52nd parallel
south with the 70th meridian west of Greenwich, according to
the Records of January 8, and April 15, 1896, and that he
does so with the authorization he has requested from his
Government, in the sections which include the boundary between Quoted
P- 779-
Mount Dinero and Mount Aymond, as the chain of hillocks
referred to in Art. 2 of the Treaty of 1881 does not exist,
and that he does not consider himself empowered as an Expert
to accept, without an express authorization of the Government
of the Argentine Republic, the line agreed upon by the said
' In connection with this see Doc. No. 68.

No. 87- (596)
Assistants, who, according to the said Expert, have on this occasion
gone beyond their powers.
The Chilean Expert, on his part stated that the previous
information on the region referred to, confirmed by the details
and explanations communicated by the chief of the 5 th Chilean
Sub-Commission in his note of January 9, 1 896, with which he
sent the map and Acts concerning this place, are sufficient for
him to giye his approval to the line, as marked by this Sub-
Commission, between Dungeness Point and the intersection
of the 52nd parallel with the 17th meridian of longitude west
of Greenwich, and that, in his judgement this line corresponds
to the correct interpretation of the Treaty of 1881. However,
in view of the Argentine Expert's declaration, he thinks fit to
forward the present Act to his Government, in order to
request their express approval in the same sense as it has
been obtained by the Argentine Expert, all of which will be
duly recorded in the Minute of next Meeting.
The Expert drew up and signed the present Minute in dupli
cate. — Diego Barros Arana. — Francisco P. Moreno. — Alejan
dro Bertrand.

No. 88.
STABILITY OF MAIN WATER-PARTINGS.
[Extracts from various authors.]
(Quoted on p. 790 of the Statement.)
Enclosure A.
[Extract from Sir Archibald Geikie's " Textbook of Geology]' 2nd ed. pp. 940
and 941.]
Watersheds are of course at first determined by the form of
the earliest terrestrial surface. But they are less permanent
than the watercourses that diverge from them. Where a
watershed lies symmetrically along the centre of a country or
continent, with an equal declivity and rainfall on either side,
and an identity of geological structure, it will be permanent ;
because the erosion on each slope proceeds at the same rate.
But such a combination of circumstances can happen rarely,
save on a small and local scale. As a rule, watersheds lie on
one side of a centre of a country or continent, and the declivity
is steeper on the side nearest the sea. Hence, apart from any
influence from difference of geological structure, the tendency
of erosion, by wearing the steep slope more than the gentle one,
is to carry the watershed backward nearer to the true centre
of the region, especially at the heads of valleys. Of course this
is an extremely slow process ; but it must be admitted to be
one of real efficacy in the vast periods during which denudation
has continued. Excellent illustrations of its progress, as well
as of many other features of land sculpture, may often be in-

No. 88. (59S)
structively studied on clay banks exposed to the influence of
rain.1 The crests of mountains are watersheds of the sharpest
type, where erosion has worked backward upon a steep slope
on either side. Their forms are mainly dependent upon struc
ture, and especially upon systems of points. It will often be
observed that the general trend of a crest coincides with that
of one set of points, and that the bastions, recesses, and peaks
have been determined by the intersection of another set. If
the rock is uniform in structure, and the declivity equal in
angle on either side, a crest may retain its position ; but as one
side is usually considerably steeper than the other, the crest
advances at the expense of the top of the gentler declivity.
But, under any circumstances, it is continually lowered in level,
for it may be regarded as the part of a mountain where the rate
of subaerial denudation reaches a maximum. An ordinary
cliff is attacked only in front, but a crest has two fronts, and is
further splintered along its summit. Nowhere can the guiding
influence of geological structure be more conspicuously seen
than on the array of spires, buttresses, gullies, and other striking
outlines which a mountain crest assumes.
Valleys are mainly due to erosion, guided either by original
depressions of the ground, or by geological structure, or by
both. Their contours depend partly on the structure and
composition of the rocks, and partly on the relative potency
of the different denuding agents. Where the influence of air,
rain, frost and general sub-aerial weathering has been slight,
and the streams, supplied from distant sources, have had suf
ficient declivity, deep, narrow, precipitous ravines or gorges
have been excavated. The canons of the Colorado are a mag
nificent example of this result (Fig. 439). Where, on the other
hand, ordinary atmospheric action has been more rapid, the
1 See on this subject M. Gilbert's suggestive remarks in the Essay on Land
Sculpture already cited (p. 934).

No. 88. ( 599 )
sides of the river channels have been attacked, and open sloping
glens and valleys have been hollowed out. A gorge or defile is
usually due to the action of a waterfall, which, beginning with
some abrupt declivity or precipice in the course of the river
when it first commenced to flow, or caused by some hard rock
crossing the channel, has eaten its way backward, as already
explained (p. 362).
A pass is a portion of a watershed which has been cut down
by the erosion of two valleys, the heads of which adjoin on oppo
site sides of a ridge. Each valley is cut backward until the
intervening ridge is demolished. Most passes no doubt lie in
original but subsequently deepened depressions between ad
joining mountains. The continual degradation of a crest may
obviously give rise to a pass (p. 941).
Enclosure B.
[Extract of G. K. Gilbert's " Report on the Geology of the Henry Mountains"
Washington, 1877, pp. 125 et seq.]
(P. 125) The Instability of Drainage Lines.
The stability of waterways being the rule, every case of
instability requires an explanation ; and in the study of such
exceptional cases there have been found a number of different
methods by which the courses of streams are shifted. The
more important will be noted. Ponding.
When a mountain uplift crosses the course of a stream, it
often happens that the rate of uplift is too rapid to be equalled
by the corrasion of the stream, and the uprising rock becomes
a dam over which the water still runs, but above which there
is accumulated a pond or lake. Whenever this takes place, the
pond catches all the ddbris of the upper course of the stream,
and the water which overflows at the outlet having been re
lieved of its load is almost powerless for corrasion, and cannot

No. 88. (600 )
¦continue its contest with the uplift unless the pond is raised
higher and higher, until finally it finds a new outlet at some
other point. The original outlet is at once abandoned, and
the new one becomes a permanent part of the course of the
-stream. As a rule it is only large streams which hold their
courses while mountains rise ; the smaller are turned back by
ponding, and are usually diverted so as to join the larger . . .
(P. 138) The Stability of Divides.
The rain drops which fall upon the two sides of a divide
flow in opposite directions. However near to the dividing line
,they reach the earth the work of each is apportioned to its own
slope. It disintegrates and transports the material of its own
drainage slope only. The divide is the line across which no
water flows — across which there is no transportation. It re
ceives the minimum of water, for it has only that which falls
directly upon it, and every other point receives in addition that
-which flows from higher points. It is higher than the surfaces
which adjoin it, and since less water is applied to its degradation
it tends to remain higher. It tends to maintain its position.
Opposed to this tendency there are others which lead to
The Instability of Divides,
and which will be now considered.
Ponding, Planation, and Alluviation.
Whenever, by ponding, a stream or system^of streams which
have belonged to one drainage system are diverted so as to
join another there is coincidently a change of divides. The
general line between the two systems is shifted from one side
to the other of the area which changes its allegiance. The line
which was formerly the main divide becomes instead a subor
dinate divide separating portions of the drainage system which
has increased its area, and on the other hand a line which had
been a subordinate divide is promoted to the rank of a main

No. 88. ( .601 )
divide. In like manner the shifting of streams from one system
of drainage to another by the extension of flood-plains or by
the building of alluvial cones or deltas involves a simultaneous
shifting of the divides which bound the drainage systems.
The changes which are produced by these methods are " per
saltum." When a pond or lake opens a new outlet and abandons
its old one there is a short interregnum during which the drain
age is divided between the two outlets, and the watershed sepa
rating the drainage system is double. But in no other sense
is the change gradual. The divide occupies no intermediate
positions between its original and its final. And the same may
be said of the changes by planation and alluviation. In each
case a tract of country is transferred bodily from one river
system to another, and in each case the watershed makes a
leap. But there are other methods of change, by which dividing
lines move slowly across the land, and to these we will proceed.
Resume. — There is a tendency to permanence on the part
of drainage lines and divides, and they are not displaced without
adequate cause. Hence every change which is known to occur
demands and admits of an explanation.
{a) There are four ways in which abrupt changes are made.
Streams are diverted from one drainage system to another, and
the watersheds which separate the systems are rearranged.
(1) By " ponding," due to the elevation or depression of
portions of the land.
(2) By " planation," or the extension of flood-plains by
lateral corrasion ;
(3) By " alluviation," or in the process of building alluvial
cones and deltas ; and
(4) By " abstraction."
{b) There are two , ways in which gradual changes are
effected.

No. 88. (602)
(1) When the rock texture is variable, it modifies and con
trols by " monoclinal shifting " the distribution in detail of
divides and waterways.
(2) When the rock texture is uniform, the positions of
divides are adjusted in accordance with the principle of " equal
declivities." The abrupt changes are of geographic import ; the gradual,
of topographic.
The methods which have been enumerated are not the only
ones by which drainage systems are -modified, but they are
the chief. Very rarely streams are " ponded," and diverted
to new courses through the damming of their valleys by glaciers
or by volcanic " ejecta " or by landslips. More frequently they
are obstructed by the growing alluvial cones of stronger streams,
but only the smallest streams will yield their " right of way "
for such cause, and the results are insignificant.
The rotation of the earth, just as it gives direction to the
trade-winds and to ocean currents, tends to deflect rivers. In
the southern hemisphere streams are crowded against their
left banks and in the northern against the right. But this
influence is exceedingly small. M. Ferrel's investigations show
that in latitude 450 and for a current velocity of ten miles an
• hour it is measurea by less than one twenty thousandth part
of the weight of the water {American Journal of Science,
January, 1861). If its effects are ever appreciable it must be
where lateral corrasion is rapid ; and even there it is probable
that the chief result is an inclination of the flood-plain toward
one bank or the other, amounting at most to two or three
minutes. Consequent and Inconsequent Drainage.
If a series of sediments accumulated in an ocean or lake be
subjected to a system of displacements while still under water,
and then be converted to dry land by elevation en masse or by
the retirement of the water, the rains which fall on them will

No. 88. (603)
inaugurate a drainage system perfectly conformable with the
system of displacements.
Streams will rise along the crest of each anticlinal, will
flow from it in the direction of the steepest dip, will unite in
the synclinals, and will follow them lengthwise. The axis of
each synclinal will be marked by a watercourse ; the axis of
each anticlinal by a watershed. Such a system is said to be
" consequent " on the structure.
// however a rock series is affected, a system of displacements
after the series has become continental, it will have already
acquired a system of waterways, and " provided the displace
ments are produced slowly," the waters will not be diverted from
their accustomed ways. The effect of local elevation will be to
stimulate local corrasion, and each river that crosses a line of
uplift will inch by inch as the land rises deepen its channel and
valorously maintain its original course. It will result that the
directions of the drainage lines will be independent of the dis
placements. Such a drainage system is said to be " antecedent "
to the structure.
But if in the latter case the displacements are produced
rapidly, the drainage system will be rearranged and will become
consequent to the structure. It has frequently happened that
displacements formed with moderate rapidity have given rise
to a drainage system of mixed character in which the courses
of the larger streams are antecedent and those of the smaller
are consequent.
There is a fourth case. Suppose a rock seYies that has been
folded and eroded to be again submerged, and to receive a new
accumulation of unconforming sediments. Suppose further
that it once more emerges and that the new sediments are
eroded from its surface. Then the drainage system will have
been given by the form of the upper surface of the superior
strata, but will be independent of the structure of the inferior
series, into which it will descend vertically as the degradation

No. 88. (6o4)
progresses. Such a drainage system is said to be " superim
posed by sedimentation " upon the structure of the older series
<o'f strata. Fifth. The drainage of an alluvial cone or of a delta is inde
pendent of the structure of the bed rock beneath ; and if in
the course of time erosion takes the place of deposition and
the alluvial formation is cut through, the drainage system which
is acquired by the rocks beneath is not consequent upon their
structure but " is superimposed by alluviation."
Sixth, The drainage of a district of planation is independent
of the structure of the rock from which it is carved ; and when
in the progress of degradation other beds favourable to lateral
corrasion are destroyed and the waterways become permanent,
their system may be said to be " superimposed by planation."
In brief, systems of drainage, in their relation to structure,
are :
(A) Consequent.
(a) by emergence, when the displacements are subaqueous,
and, (b) By sudden displacement ;
(B) Antecedent ; and
(C) Superimposed
(a) By sedimentation, or subaqueous deposition,
(b) By alluviation, or subaerial deposition, and
(c) By planation.
Enclosure C.
[Extracts from Philippson, " Studien iiber Wasserschieden," Leipzig, 1866.]
(P. 17) It is principally the main water-partings that, by their
position and conformation, are of importance in the relief of
the earth's surface. The question of their course frequently
coincides with the question of the factors involved in the courses
taken by the waterflow. Often as rivers are treated with regard
to their activity, rarely has an attempt been made to investigate

No. 88. (605)
the causes of their arrangement and distribution. To the same
sphere as these questions belongs the treatment of water-divides,
which in literature are usually only incidentally touched upon
in a few words.
If we compare their course and topographical aspect in
differently constructed parts of the earth, we find an uncom
monly great variety, according to the tectonic character of the
country in each case. But even in districts of similar conforma
tion the water-partings are frequently exceedingly unconform
able. This indicates at once that factors of the most various
kinds operate on water-partings. Besides the peculiar moun
tain structure showing anomalous phenomena, there are the
manifold operations of the atmosphere on the solid terrestrial
body, generally comprised under the terms "weathering and
erosion," on which water-partings are dependent. From the
mutual action of these fwo factors, in themselves multiform,
results the multiplicity that allows no repetition of what once exists.
(P. 20) As the courses of brooks and rivers are primarily
dependent on the relief of the land, so do they on the other hand
to a great extent determine this relief ; they indicate the lines
of greatest depth, while the dividing lines of their basins, the
water-partings , represent the lines of greatest height. The import
ance of both is equally great, and the history of their origin is
most closely connected. When Dutton says of the river systems,
The great rivers of a country are as a rule born with the country
itself ; their courses were determined by the conditions prevail
ing at the time of their origin ; their positions once established
are (with certain qualifications) immutable . . ." all this also
applies, in even greater degree, to the water-partings. For they
are the older, the primary ; the watercourses group themselves
around the divides.

No. 88. ( 606 )
, Dependence of W ater-partings on the Relief at the Time of
the Last Emersion from the Sea.
The river systems and their water-partings originate
when the land rises from the sea. Decisive for this primary
disposition, which may certainly afterwards be variously and
very considerably transformed by new formations on the land,
is the position of the part of the land that first emerged
or its culminating line. This gives the main divide, which
parts the waters of the masses of land arising at both sides ;
the waters run off from it, merely obeying the force of
gravitation, which brings them together in the depressions,
and there causes them to collect and flow onward in
channels, or rise to overflowing in basins. Between these
channels, the individual branches of the chief drainage systems,
subordinate watersheds are developed. The further the sea
retires, the further the river systems, with the divides that
separate them, grow out into the new land. Therefore, unless
subsequent changes take place, the nearer the sections of a river-
course lie to the water-parting, the older they are ; and again,
under the above condition, among the water-partings the main
divides are the oldest.
(P. 32) Formation in regions of folded layers. The degree
of folding may be a very varied one. There are mountains
that consist of a multitude of widely placed folds, separated
from one another by open troughs and arranged in a zone,
which follow one another : where one nears its end and be
comes narrower and flatter, another increases in height and
breadth. The length and height of the individual folds is very
variable. The main water-partings will therefore run exceedingly
irregularly even at their initiation, and jump from one crest
to another, and their position will be determined less by the
height, length, and age of the saddles than by the conditions

No. 88. (607)
offered by the troughs, especially the depth of their approaches.
It is to be supposed that all folded mountains pass through
this stage. Many remain in it, with others the compression
proceeds. (P. 33) Were a mountain system to rise from the sea in this
state, the main water-parting would naturally lie on the cul
minating zone. Transverse valleys will predominate in such
a mountain system. The closer and more uniform the cul
minating zone is, the more sharply are two main courses of
waterflow separated by one fairly straight main watershed. If,
on the other hand, several culminations run beside one another,
we get the development of longitudinal valleys between them,
and the main water-parting may jump from one to the other.
The Displaceability of W ater-partings. (A) Inclination of
W ater-partings to Constancy, (a) Causes of Constancy.
(P. 35) The primary disposition of water-partings retains
such great importance through all further ages, because it re
quires very potent forces to displace them from places once occu
pied. For the water-parting possesses a very considerable passive,
self-preserving power. The cause is very easily understood.
The water-parting receives only the rain-water from the atmo
sphere, but no afflux of collected waters from other districts.
The erosion of water flowing in channels is therefore nil on the
water-parting line itself, and increases the further we go from
it, through the growing force of the volumes of waters. If
therefore the lines of the water channels are the lines of maxi
mum erosion, and this in higher degree the more powerful the
mass of water collected in them, then the divides, on the con
trary, represent the lines of minimum erosion. Both the river-
lines and the watershed-lines possess, in consequence of these
properties, the tendency to maintain with great tenacity a
position they have once occupied.

No. 88. ( 608 )
Contradiction, Produced by Constancy , between the Course of
W ater-parting and the present Configuration of the Ground.
(P. 36) This property possessed by water-partings and river-
courses, of keeping as much as possible to the place once assigned
to them when they rose from the sea, helps to explain many
phenomena of the earth's surface. For we find so frequently
that water-parting and the directions taken by waterflow are
in contradiction to the present relief of the land. In very
many cases we have to assume that the present relief is different
from that existing at the time when the divides originated, and
that although the changes that have been going on have thor
oughly transformed the relief, they have developed so slowly
and unintensively, that the hydrographic lines were able to
obey their inclination to constancy and to maintain their posi
tions through all changes. These changes of relief may be caused
both by erosion itself and by tectonic processes.
(P. 38) Rivers overcoming dislocations. It is a much
doubted assertion that rivers can also overcome changes in
the relief produced by tectonic movements in the earth's crust.
It is a question of explaining a kind of breach valley differing
from those just discussed. Mountains are frequently found
that, although numbered among the greatest of the earth as
regards extent and height, yet HAVE NO WATER-DIVIDE OF ANY
IMPORTANCE, they being traversed by one or several rivers which
rise in lowlands, or at any rate lower highlands, behind them.
(P. 42) Effects of dislocations on river-systems. Even if it
is possible, as we attempted to explain, for rivers to overcome
dislocations, it is inconceivable that a river-system should come
out of such a contest unchanged. The river-system certainly
adapts itself in a way to the relief conditions, and that from two
causes. In the first place the river-courses of a district sub
jected to a tectonic re-formation are very unequal in erosive

No. 88. (609)
power ; they will therefore behave differently towards dislo
cation. If, for instance, a fold crosses several water-arteries, of
these probably only a few chief rivers are able to keep their
courses, while the weaker ones succumb. The latter therefore
follow the new slopes, either only until they come to the rivers
that have remained constant and unite with them, or they are
brought to quite different drainage-systems. But in the second
place the dislocations are also of different strength in different
places ; the watercourses that cross the weaker places are able
to hold their own, while perhaps in places of stronger dislocation
the rivers are overcome and thus brought to the more fortunate
ones, that were able to hold their own, as a welcome reinforce
ment. Accordingly we frequently find that the breaches made
by rivers through dislocations are at the weakest parts of the
latter. So that in such a struggle between dislocations and
rivers a kind of natural selection takes place among the latter,
in consequence of which, in districts where such a struggle
took place, is a peculiar contrast in the courses of the larger
rivers and of the smaller tributaries. The former run in the
direction of the former slope, long since effaced, while the smaller
follow the present relief. Such contrasts may be- observed in
many districts, for instance in the plateaus south of the Uintah
Mountains. The same contrast is also mostly seen in the
sections of a large river. Whereas the lower course holds its
own, we find the upper course, where of course the erosion is
weaker, dependent on the present relief. It is easily seen that
by such a selection among rivers the formation of large rivers
is favoured, as the weaker rivers that adapt themselves to the
dislocations are brought by these themselves to the large ones,
whereas previously they were probably independent.
(P. 100) Von Richthofen gives a characterization of Scan
dinavia in the following few words : " The whole mass of the
peninsula appears as a trunk which has been formed and
N

No. 88. (610)
organized by the abrasion of large mountains, and which has
undergone much further transformation partly by the deposit
of sediments, and partly by faults, erosion, and probably also,
at least in parts, later abrasion." The abraded folded moun
tains that compose the Scandinavian highlands run from south-
south-west to north-north-east in northern Norway, parallel
to the coast ; but south of the Trondj hem-Fjord they run from
south-west to north-east, until south of the Hardanger Fjord
and Lake Miosen a more northerly trend again sets in. The
surface of these great abraded trunk mountains depends only
very indirectly on its geological structure. It does not form, as
Keilhau supposed, a sloping plain inclining eastward, but
according to Helland a plateau sloping west and east from the
" crest-line," the western slope being the steeper. This crest-
line, or perhaps better culminating-line — as there can be no
question of a real crest — forms at the same time the water-
parting between the two chief drainage-courses that govern
the whole peninsula north of Lakes Malar and Wener. These
are a short westerly one to the ocean, and a longer south-easterly
one to the Baltic Sea and the Skagerrak. If for the present we
exclude Sweden south of the two lakes we have mentioned,
where quite different conditions prevail, we may say that the
main divide generally follows the culminating line, and the
drainage-systems the general declivity of the ground. Here, at
the place of their origin, where they received their motive im
pulse, the ice masses of glaciation naturally followed, on the
whole, the pre-existing slopes in their movement. Therefore,
however highly we may estimate their power, they may prob
ably have had a grinding action, but cannot have produced
any great change in the arrangement of the river-courses.
Kjerulf regards the valleys of Norway throughout as gaping
fissures torn open by tectonic processes, while Helland and
Hartung do not ascribe to fissures any influence on the formation
of valleys and the- distribution of rivers. According to the more

No. 88. (6n )
modern views on valley formation the greater probability is
probably on the side of the latter authors.
Let us look at the course of the water-parting line some
what more closely. In the north of Norway the main divide
follows a direction from north-north-east to south-south-west,
but with many minor bends. From the Trondjhem Fjord how
ever it turns sharply to south-west and follows the direction
of the gneiss mountains, that bear the great elevations of the
Dovrefjeld and Langfjeld, to the background of the Isefjord.
In consequence of these gneiss mountains being broken by the
fjords cutting into them from the west, the water-parting is
forced to pass south-eastwards to the next range of heights, the
Jotun Fjeld, the highest elevation in Norway and an old eruptive
mass (granite and gabbro). As the Sogne Fjord cuts deeply
into these mountains, it cannot follow them south-westwards,
but passes across them ; the slate range of the Hardangerfjeld
is the next ; it follows in this direction, but not long, as it soon
turns finally southward, while the strata also take this strike.
We see therefore that the water-parting is not at all affected
petrographically by zones of harder rocks ; that it runs across
the strike of the strata where this crosses with the direction of
the slopes ; that, on the other hand, it everywhere follows the
culminating line of the land, with the exception of those places
where the deep indentation of the fjords, which is probably
secondary, caused it to shift slightly eastward. We must
therefore assume that the highest elevation of the abraded
surface, which determined the divide, lies where the formerly
lofty mountains were last reached by marine abrasion. Almost
throughout the divide is flat, and therefore often irregular in
its course ; peat-bogs, accumulations of glacier-drift and so
forth, frequently decide its local course. Hence the Scandi
navian highlands represent that type of a region of abrasion in
which the water-parting does not depend on the nature of
the rock, but on the primary relief weakened by abrasion.

No. 88. (612)
(P. 149) A structure very analogous to the Swiss Jura,
apart from its north end, is possessed by the eastern Cordillera
of Columbia, especially north of Bogota. Here too there are
independent folds, striking from south to north, with tectonic
trough-valleys lying between them, which are drained by short
transverse valleys sometimes to the right, sometimes to the
left ; here too the divide jumps frequently and irregularly
from one fold to the other.
-¦'. (P. 152) Thus we find throughout the whole Tien-shan the
main water-parting, which parts the affluents of the lowlands
of Turkestan and Siberia from those of the steppes of Central
Asia, passing always from a more southern to a more northern
crest in the direction from south-west to north-east ; a change
from a more northern to a more southern crest seems to occur
scarcely at all, or only quite locally. Thus the main divide
intersects the whole fold-system from the Pamir to the sources
of the Hi with a course fairly constant in the main, although
broken in places, and at an angle of some 1 5 °-20° to the direction
of the folds. It then recedes a long way to the north-west, to
the river Alatau. From here north-eastward to Lake Baikal
the chains take a more south-easterly course. Here therefore
the contrast between the direction of the whole (west-east) and
of the individual elements (north-west-south-east) becomes still
more marked. At the same time the latter become much
further separated, so that between them the high steppes of
the interior open on to the Siberian lowlands in several broad
gates. Here too the chief water-divide between the northern
rivers and the southern rivers of the steppes goes from west-
south-west to east-north-east with several bends.
(P. 153) Mountains bordering highlands.
Himalayas and others. If we wished to construct a priori
the hydrographical conditions of a plateau-land walled round

No. 88. (613)
by folded mountains, we should presuppose in the interior of
this plateau either an undrained region with a dry climate,
or a lake discharging itself over the lowest part of the border.
Perhaps this discharge would have already drawn off the whole
lake by its incision. At any rate we should separate a central
and peripheral basin from one another by a water-parting
following the highest crests of the border mountains.
These are, however, not at all the conditions we actually
find on plateaus provided with border mountains. Here we
either see the divide between central and peripheral basins far
in the interior of the plateaus instead of on the border-moun
tains, or, as is sometimes the case, the central system is entirely
absent, and the interior is also drained by peripheral rivers,
which break through the border mountains on all sides. This
formation admits of two possibilities ; either the divide has
¦ always been in the interior of the plateau, and has kept there in
spite of the rising of the border-mountains , or it was originally
formed on the border mountains and then shifted into the
interior by one-sided erosion.
This phenomenon is developed on the largest scale in the
Asiatic highlands, from Tibet to Asia Minor. In Tibet the
northern border mountains, the Kwenlun, are pierced by several
rivers, e.g. the rivers of Yarkand and Khotan. The southern
border mountains, the Himalayas, although the highest moun
tain range of the earth, have no main water-parting. We have
here to distinguish two water-flow systems. The southern one p°t\.
consists of waters of which a large number reach the Indian
plain independently. In the eastern Himalayas they flow
chiefly in transverse valleys, while in the western part of the
range they form large longitudinal valleys, which are connected
by short transverse breaches. On the north side, on the other
hand, some large longitudinal valleys are developed, in which
the waters collect to form a few large rivers, which, after long
running parallel to the range, also break through to the south

No. 88. (6i4)
(Brahmaputra, Indus, Setledj). Thus the main water-parting
between the Indian rivers and the undrained region of Tibet falls
quite outside the Himalayas proper, on the plateau of Tibet,
where it has a very irregular course.

No. 89.
POWERS OF THE COMMISSIONERS
For the Franco-Spanish Delimitation, according
to the Treaty of the Pyrenees (1659).
[From DuMONT's " Corps Universel Diplomatique du Droit des Gens," La
Haye, 1728, vol. vi. partie ii.]
(Quoted on p. 820 of the Statement.)
Enclosure A.
[Article XLII. of the " Traite de Paix'nomme des Pyrenees entre les Couronnes
de France et d'Espagne. Fait dans l'lsle des Faisans, le 7 Novembre 1659."
Loc. cit. p. 264.]
Art. XLII. Et pour ce qui concerne le Pays et Places que
les armes de France ont occupez en cette guerre du cote d'Es
pagne : Comme Ton auroit convenu en la negotiation commencee
a Madrid en l'annee 1656, sur laquelle est fonde le present
Traite que les Monts Pyrdndes, qui avoient anciennement divisd
les Gaules des Espagnes, seront aussi dordnavant la division des
deux mimes Royaumes, il a ete convenu et accorde que le dit
Seigneur Roy Tres Chrestien demeurera en possession et jouira,
etc. . . .
Bien entendu, que s'il se trouve quelque lieu du dit Comte
et Vignerie de Conflans seulement et non du Roussillon qui
soient dans les dits Monts Pyrenees du cote d'Espagne, ils
demeureront aussi a Sa Majeste Catholique : Comme pareille-
ment s'il se trouve quelques lieux du dit Comte et Vignerie de
Cerdana seulement et non de Catalogne qui soient dans les dits

No. 89. (616)
Monts Pyrenees du cote de France, ils demeureront a Sa Majeste
Tres Chrestienne. Et pour convenir de la division seront pre-
sentement deputez des Commissaires de part et d' autre, lesquels
ensemble de bonne foi declareront quels sont les monts Pyrdndes.
Enclosure B.
[Extract from' the " Convention entre les Commissaires de France et d'Espagne
£n execution du Quarante deuxiime Article du Traite des Pyrenees, du douzieme
Novembre, 1660." Loc. cit. p. 344.]
*****
Tous lesquels villages, avec leurs jurisdictions, limites et
dependences, demeureront a Sa Majeste Tres Chrestienne. Et
parce que le territoire de Iz est de 1' autre cote de la Riviere
qu'on appelle Regur et qui vient de Ur, nous Commissaires
Deputes avons declare et declarons que quoi qu'a. l'egard de
tous les autres villages de France et d'Espagne la division s' en
doive faire par leurs limites et jurisdiction neanmoins pour ce
qui regarde le village de Iz seulement la separation de la France
d'avec l'Espagne se fera par la dite Riviere en suivant toujours
son cours naturel jusques a ce qu'on rencontre le Territoire
d'Aye qui appartiendra a l'Espagne, de sorte que la moitie de
la Riviere et la moitie du Pont appelle vulgairement de Livia
sera a l'Espagne, c'est a savoir la moitie qui regarde Puycerda ;
et 1' autre moitie appartiendra a la France. . . .

No. 90.
Customary Sense of the Terms
"PRINCIPAL CHAIN" AND "PRINCIPAL
CORDILLERA "
as derived from the Treaty of Bayonne, 1856.
[Translated from the Spanish text in " Coleccion de Tratados, Convenios i
Documentos Internacionales," etc., publicada de Real Orden i con autorizacion
de los Exmos. Senores Ministros de Estado por el MARQUES DE OLIVART, Madrid,
1893, v°l- "¦ Page 4:8 et seq.]
(Quoted on pp. 820 et seq. of the Statement.)
Art. i. — The line of separation between the sovereignty of
the Kingdom of Spain and that of the French Empire, from
the point in which the Spanish Provinces of Huesca and Navarra
are conterminous with the French Department of the Low
Pyrenees,, to the mouth of the river Vidasoa, in the harbour of Quoted
. ' ' p. 821.
Higuer, shall start from the col of Afialarra in direction by the
heights of the hills which trend by Murlan and the Peak of
Arias to the Piedra de San Martin, also called Muza de Bearne,
in accordance with the line of landmarks {amojonamiento) exist
ing at present.
Art. 2. — From the Piedra de San Martin the frontier line
runs to the col of Erayce and to the Pass {portillo) of the same
name on the principal Cordillera of the Pyrenees (Sp. Cordillera
principal del Pirineo, Fr. chaine principale des Pyrdndes) over Quoted
p. 821.
whose summit it shall run by Lacura, Urdaite, the port of
Guimbeleta and the gap of Belay, as far as Baracea-la-Alta or
Barceta-Goitia, these demarcations being in conformity with

No. 90. (618)
the part corresponding to it of the demarcation {amojonamiento)
agreed upon between the valleys of Roncal in Spain and Sola
in France. Art. 3. — From Baracea-la-Alta or Barceta-Goitia the boun
dary shall be the line of crests (Sp. serd la divisoria la linea de
crestas ; Fr. suivra les cretes) determined by the hill-tops of
Ochogorria, Mulidoya, Iparbacocha, Ory and Alupefia.
Art. 4. — At Alupeiia, the frontier departs from the prin
cipal chain of the Pyrenees (Sp., abandonard la cadena principal
del Pirineo ; Fr. quitter a les crites des Pyrdndes) in order to
seek, in conformity with the tracing which exists at present,
the Errecaidorra {stream) or Regata seca and follow this stream
until it joins the Urbelcha.
Art. 5. — The international boundary, from the junction of
the Errecaidora and the Urbelcha, shall ascend by the course
of the latter, until it meets the prolongation of the line of crests
{la linea de crestas) of Aunsbide ; shall continue by the said
crests to the origin of the stream Contracharro, and descending
down stream by the same, and by Ugasaguia, shall join the
Egurgoa. Art. 6. — From the confluence of the Ugasaguia and the
Egurgoa the landmarks between the two countries, in con
formity with the Act of Demarcation of the boundaries drawn up
in 1556 by the valleys of Alzcoa in Spain and Cisa in France,
shall ascend successively by the Arroyos Egurgoa, Bagachea or
Igoa, and passing by the seel of Eroizate, Arlepoa, Vagartea,
Iparraguirre, Zalvatea, Orgambidea, Idopil, Lecea and Urcullu
shall reach the col of Iriburieta or Jasaldea.
Art. 7. — From Iriburieta the boundary line shall run over
the col of Bentartea, to seek the origin of the stream Orellaco-
erreca and shall descend by this and enter the river Valcarlos,
down which it shall follow as far as Pertote, situated some dis
tance south of the village of Arnegui.
At Pertote the line shall turn to the west and ascend the

No. 90. ( 619 )
peak of Mendimocha ; shall run south by the summits which
separate the valley of Valcarlos from that of Alduides as far as
Lindusbalsacoa, passing afterwards by Lindusmunua, and from
thence straight to the Peak of Izterbequi and straight again to
Beorzubustan, following the heights {los altos), to reach the
col of Izpegui.
Art. 8. — Starting at Izpegui, the frontier shall follow the
international demarcation of 1787 which runs to the Mount
Iparta by the crest of separation between the valleys of Baigorry
and Baztan, running by the heights of Irusquieta and Gorospil
to Fagadi, from whence it runs south ; it passes by the Mount
of Afiatarbe and follows the stream of the same name and Otsa-
bialo as far as the origin of the latter : between this point and
that called Chapitelacoarria, on the right bank of the river
Vidasoa and a little lower than Endarlaza, the demarcation
follows almost constantly the division of the waters which flow,
on one side towards the five cities of Navarra, and on the other
towards San Juan de Luz.

No. 91.
Customary Sense of
"PRINCIPAL CREST" AND "PRINCIPAL CHAIN"
as Derived from the Treaty of Bayonne, 1862.
[Translated from the Spanish text in " Coleccion de Tratados, Convenios i
Documentos Internacionales, etc., publicada de Real Orden i con autorizacion
delos Exmos. Senores Ministros de Estado por el MARQUES DE Olivart," Madrid,
1893, vol. ii. page 373.] (Quoted on p. 821 of the Statement.)
Art. 1. — The boundary line between the sovereignties of
Spain and France from the eastern extremity of Navarra to
the Valley of Andorra, shall start from the apex of the Tabla
de los Tres Reyes, this being the last point designated in the
Act of demarcation drawn up in conformity with Art. 10 of
the Boundary Treaty of December 2, 1856, and shall follow
by the principal crest of the Pyrenees (Sp. seguird por la cresta Quoted
principal del Pirineo ; Fr. suivra la crite principale des Pyrd
ndes) as far as the Peak of Gabedallo, running from west to
east as far as the Spanish valley of Anso and the French valley
of Aspe. Art. 2. — It shall continue by the Escale de Aguatuerta as
far as the Chorrota de Aspe, following the boundary now exist
ing between the territories of Anso and Barce.
Art. 3. — Beginning in Chorrota de Aspe, the existing line
shall serve as a frontier as far as the port of Sompart, leaving
the mountain of Aspe under Spanish jurisdiction.
Art. 4. — The international line shall continue to the east
620

No. 91. (621 )
by the crests of the principal Cordillera of the Pyrenees (Sp.
las crestas de la Cordillera principal del Pirineo ; Fr. les cretes
de la chaine principale des Pyrdnks) without any interruption
as far as the hill tops of Escaleta, where the great spur becomes
detached, whose waters flow (Sp. el grande estribo que vierte
sus aguas ; Fr. le grand contrefort qui verse ses eaux), on one
side to the valley of Aran and on the other to that of Luchon.
Art. 5. — The boundary shall follow by the summit of this
mountain branch as far as the place near its northern extremity
called Turan de la Tua or Cap de Touete, so as to leave in Spanish
territory the mountain of Poilane and the Clot de Barecha.
Art. 6. — At the Turan de la Tua the frontier line shall
abandon the summits and descend by the Arroyo del Termino
to the river Garonne, and up stream by this and by the ravine
called rio Argele to the Cap de las Raspas or Mall Usclat, situ
ated on the summit, and to the western extremity of the moun
tain branch {contrafuerte) which encloses by the north the jj^g^
hydrographic basin of the valley of Aran.
Art. 7. — From the Cap de las Raspas the line of separation
between the two States shall follow the water-parting of the
branch until it meets again the principal chain of the Pyrenees,
by whose summits it shall run as far as the frontier of the
Valley of Andora.
Art. 8. — The demarcation of the international frontier
summarily indicated in the foregoing Articles shall be proceeded
to as soon as possible, by means of convenient landmarks and
monuments easy to identify, the delegates of the French and
Spanish respective Municipalities concurring in this operation.
An official Act of this Demarcation shall be drawn up, and its
provisions shall have the same force and vigour as if they
were textually inserted in the present Treaty.

No. 92.
THE HYDROGRAPHICAL BOUNDARY
ON THE "PRINCIPAL CREST" OF THE PYRENEES.
[Extracts from the " Act of Delimitation " appended to the foregoing Treaty
of 1862.] (Quoted on p. 822 of the Statement.)
No. 273. — Starting from the Tabla de los Tres Reyes the inter- Quoted
national frontier line follows the water-parting of the principal
Cordillera of the Pyrenees (Sp. la divisoria de aguas de la Cor
dillera principal del Pirineo ; Fr. la ligne de partage des eaux
de la chaine principale des Pyrdndes) and reaches the port of
Anso or Petrachema . . .
From thence the boundary follows the same water-parting
as far as the summit called in Spanish Pico de Arri, situated at
the intersection of the crests of Banasa and of Cuecq.
No. 296 . . . From the Chorrota the demarcation follows
the slope {la ladera) of the mountain of Aspe by a strip of white
rocks called El Calcinar, which abuts on an enormous vertical
rock 1900 metres east of No. 296.
No. 297. — At the foot of this rock situated on the water-
parting, a cross was cut, looking north.
The line trends north, seeking the top of the mountain of
Candauchu or Coma de la Lena, where it meets again the hydro-
graphic divide (Sp. la divisoria hidrogrdfica ; Fr. la ligne
de partage des eaux).
No. 298. — Before reaching Candauchu there is a rocky hill
where a cross was cut at 1080 m. from the last.
023

No. 92. (623)
No. 299. — At 400 m. a landmark in the line of Candauchu,
or Coma de la Lena. From this point the international line
is completely determined by the crest of the great Cordillera
ila ligne de faite de la chaine principale), until beyond the port
of Benasque, marked with No. 332 ; nevertheless it has been
deemed convenient to erect landmarks on the said divide of
watersheds (Sp. la mism.a divisoria de vertientes ; Fr. la dite
ligne de faite), at the points enumerated . . .
No. 332. — On the perpendicular wall of the cliff which has
been cut to form the pass of the port of Benasque a cross has
been cut east of the path.
The frontier continues by the crest of the Pyrenees as far
as the Peak of Peson or de la Freche, where it abandons this
crest to follow that of the great spur which divides the waters
of the valley of Aran from those of that of Luchon.
No. 339. — Here begins the mountain of Poilane, which, in
conformity with Article 5 of the Treaty to which this Act is
annexed, must remain in Spain, in virtue of which provision
the line of demarcation departs from the highest summits of
the spur, and runs over all the less elevated summits which from
the Cap de la Tua form a semicircle with its convexity to the
west until it meets again the divide of the watersheds {la
divisoria de vertientes) at the Peak of Poilane.
No. 343. — On the top of Tuc or Peak of Poilane. From this
point the division of both countries coincides again with that
of the waters which flow east to the valley of Aran and west to
that of Luchon.
No. 359. — From this point the international line abandons
the water-parting as far as the Portillon . . .
No. 366. — At the Portillon the international division and
the water-parting coincide again {vuelven aqui a confundirse
la divisoria internacional i la de las vertientes).
No. 407. — Landmark on the Turon de la Tua. The inter
national line leaves aside the divide of the watersheds.

No. 92. (624)
No. 413. — At the Cap del Roc de la Serra. From this point
the" division between both countries follows thatiof the waters
along the great spur of the Pyrenees, which encloses on the north
the hydrographic basin of the Valle de Aran.

No. 93.
Customary Sense of the Term
"LA CRETEDES MONTAGNES,"
according to the Treaty of Bucharest, 1887.
[From British State Papers, vol. 78, pp. 97, 101 et seq.]
(Quoted on pages 824 and 826 of the Statement; see Plates xix. and xx.,
same pages.)
Convention between Austria-Hungary and Roumania, defin
ing the Boundary between the two Countries. — Signed at Bucha
rest, November 25, December 7, 1887. Ratifications exchanged
at Bucharest, April 16, 1888.
Sa Majeste l'Empereur d'Autriche, Roi de Boheme, etc., et
Roi Apostolique de Hongrie, et Sa Majeste le Roi de Roumanie,
egalement animes du desir d' etablir d'une maniere definitive
et stable la ligne de frontiere entre leurs Etats, ont dans ce
but institud une Commission Mixte chargde des travaux prd-
liminaires. Cette Commission ayant accompli sa tache et le trace futur
de la ligne de frontiere ayant ete fixe d'un common accord, leurs
dites Majestes ont resolu de conclure une Convention sur la
base des propositions dlabordes par la Commission, et ont nomme
a cet effet pour leurs Plenipotentiaires, savoir :
Sa Majeste l'Empereur d'Autriche, etc. . . .
Sa Majeste le Roi de Roumanie, etc. . . .
Lesquels, apres s'etre communique leurs pleins pouvoirs,
625 q

No. 93. ( 626 )
trouves en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des Articles
suivants :
Art. 1. La frontiere entre l'Autriche-Hongrie et la Rou
manie est et demeure etablie telle qu'elle est indiquee dans les
Articles suivants et marquee sur les Cartes annexees a. la pre-
sente Convention (Annexe A) et qui en font une partie inte-
grante. Ces Cartes, ainsi que les stipulations de la presente Con
vention, formeront a l'avenir 1' unique base pour regler tous les
differends qui pourraient s'elever a l'egard de la ligne de fron
tiere. * # * * *
DELIMITATION ENTRE LA HONGRIE ET LA ROUMANIE.
V. La ligne frontiere entre la Hongrie et la Roumanie
partant du triplex confinium entre la Bucovine, la Hongrie,
et la Roumanie, point situe sur la Montagne Pietrile rosii (sur
l'ensellement Podul de Piatra), descend a. la source du ruisseau
Taeturile, qu'elle suit jusqu'a son embouchure dans le ruisseau
Scafa, ensuitecelui-ci jusqu'a son embouchure dans le ruisseau
Haita, et la Haita jusqu'a son embouchure dans le ruisseau
Neagra, traverse ce dernier et monte en suivant la crite du
pied de la montagne Cserebiikk, a son sommet, cote 1455.
De ce point la ligne suivant ton jours la crite va jusqu'au
point cote 1762, d'ou elle prend le sentier trace sur le versant
nord du Caliman-Kelemen, passe par le point cote 1808 et au
Dealul Bucinis, d'ou suivant la crite de cette montagne va jus
qu'au Dealul Dragoeasa, cote 1354.
De la elle va , directement au sommet Prislopul, passe a la
Poiana Prislopul, et sur l'ensellement entre Prislopul et Pal-
tinis, d'ou elle descend a la source du ruisseau Paltinis (apa lui
Zaban), qu'elle suit jusqu'a son embouchure dans le ruisseau
Dragoeasa, et celui-ci jusqu'a son embouchure dans le ruisseau
Neagra, et la Neagra jusqu'a 1' embouchure du ruisseau Cristi-
soara au point nomme Fantina Vinului.

No. 93. (627 )
A partir de ce point la ligne remonte ce dernier ruisseau
jusqu'a sa source, d'oix elle monte a, l'ensellement qui se trouve
entre les montagnes Tibles mic et Tibles mare, et suivant la
crite passe aux sommets de Tiblesul mic, Dealul verde (cote
1601), Albiuta, Gheteria (cote 1595), Obcina Albilor, Streaja,
Prislopul, Preluca uirsului, Piciorul lui Sfirdea, et Piatra rosie
d'ou elle descend a, la source du ruisseau Prisecarul, qu'elle
suit jusqu'a son embouchure dans la Bistriciora (Tolgyes).
De la elle suit la Bistriciora jusqu'a l'embouchure du ruis
seau Pintecul-Pentek patak, remonte celui-ci jusqu'a sa source,
d'ou elle monte a l'ensellement de la Curmatura Pintekului.
De ce point la ligne passe sur le dos du pied de la montagne
Kicerul (Kicsere), d'ou elle descend vers l'est suivant la crete
de ce pied a l'embouchure de la Bistruta dans la Bistra, suit ce
dernier ruisseau jusqu'a l'embouchure du ruisseau Frinturile,
d'ou elle monte au sommet de la montagne Fagetelul (cote
1 166) en suivant la crete du pied nord-ouest.
Du sommet de Fagetelul la ligne va a. l'ensellement entre
cette montagne et la montagne Verde, d'ou elle descend a la
source du ruisseau Kitirigul (Koszorliko patak), qu'elle suit
jusqu'a son embouchure dans le ruisseau Bicaz (Bekas patak),
suit celui-ci jusqu'a l'embouchure du ruisseau Tikos (Tikos
patak), remonte ensuite ce dernier jusqu'a sa source et va de la
a l'ensellement entre les montagnes Ivanos et Floarea, d'ou elle
descend a la source d'un petit ruisseau qui se trouve au sud de
cet ensellement, qu'elle suit jusqu'a son embouchure dans le
ruisseau Ivanos, remonte ensuite celui-ci jusqu'a sa source,
d'ou elle monte sur l'ensellement d' Obcina Cepkesului.
De ce point la' frontiere 'descend au ruisseau Ata, qu'elle
suit jusqu' au point cote 847, d'ou elle monte vers le sud sur
la montagne nominee Piciorul Kerekhavas, et descend ensuite
vers Test au ruisseau Ata mare, qu' elle traverse et monte suivant
la crite du Piciorul Icoanei, au sommet du Torogles (Toroklyas)
(cote 1266).

No. 93. ( 628 )
De la la ligne suit la crite des montagnes, passant par la
Poiana Crucea rosie jusqu'au sommet de la montagne Bitca de
piatra, d'ou elle descend au ruisseau Bratos (Baratos) (cote
840), le traverse et monte sur la crite du Meleg-havas, qu'elle suit
jusqu'a l'ensellement de Curmatura Lazaroai.
De ce point elle va en ligne droite vers le sud-est jusqu'a la
jonction du ruisseau Bolohanos (Balvanyos) avec le ruisseau
Foldtiszt patak, suit ce dernier jusqu'au pied nord de l'Arsita
Tarcutii, d'oii elle monte suivant la crite de ce pied au sommet
xle cette montagne (cote 1372). De la. suivant toujours la crite
elle descend dans la direction du sud au ruisseau Tdrcuta (cote
1007), qu'elle traverse pour remonter sur la crite et passer sur
les sommets Grindiis (Tarhavas), et du Ciudomir (Csudamer),
•d'ou elle descend a la source du ruisseau Ciudomir (Csudamer
patak), qu'elle suit jusqu'a son embouchure dans le Trotus
(Tatros) (Gymes).
A partir de ce point la ligne, traversant le Trotus, suit le
mur d'enclos des batiments de la quarantaine et de la douane
Hongroises et monte ensuite sur la crete de la montagne Aldamas
(Aldomas sorka) (kocsup), passe a son sommet et a. ceux du Popoi
(pipas) (cote 1272), Poiana arsa (Egett mezo) (cote 1271), et
passant audessous du sommet Apahavas, elle va a mi-cote sur
le troiseme mamelon d' Apahavas a Test et de la vers le sud-ouest
directement au sommet Voica (cote 1304).
Du sommet Voica la ligne descend suivant la crite du pied
de cette montagne au ruisseau Cuiges (Csuges), le traverse au
point cote 855, d'oii elle monte en ligne droite sur le sommet du
Kerekbiikk (cote 1096). De la elle descend au ruisseau Agap-
iosa (Gypecze patak) (cote 872); qu'elle suit jusqu'a son em
bouchure dans le ruisseau Sulfa (Szulcza) et ensuite celui-ci
jusqu'a l'embouchure du ruisseau Solintarul (Solvomtar)
(Pricske), et de la. elle remonte celui-ci pour aller a l'ensellement
'du Solintar (Solyomtar) et puis a son sommet.
De ce point la frontiere descend au ruisseau Ciobanul

No. 93. ( 629 )
(Csobanos), le suit jusqu'a l'embouchure du ruisseau Magyaros,
remonte ce dernier pour aller a l'ensellement qui se trouve
pres du sommet du Magyaros entre les cotes 1366 et 1342. De
la suivant la crite des montagnes elle passe par les points cotes
1342, 1219, 1216, et 1 173, et sur la crite de l'Obrejescul (Mag-
yarossorka) cotes 1098, 1063, 906, 823, d'ou elle descend au
ruisseau Uz a l'endroit nomme Gardul de Piatra (Kokert)!
De la elle suit le ruisseau Uz jusqu'a l'embouchure du ruis
seau Barzantu (Veres patak) (Bardocz), et ensuite celui-ci
jusqu'a l'embouchure du ruisseau Nemira (Fekete patak)
(Kecskes), qu'elle remonte jusqu'a sa source. De ce point la
ligne monte sur l'ensellement entre Nemira mare (Nagy Ne-
mere) et Nemira mica (Kis Nemere) (Tiganea), suit la crite des
montagnes et passe sur les sommets de Nemira mica (Kis Nemere),'
(Mikesteto), Sandru mic (Kis Sandor), et va jusqu'au sommet
du Sandru mare (Nagy Sandor).
Du sommet Sandru mare la ligne prenant la direction de
nord-est suit toujour s la crite et passe sur le sommet du Kecskes
et va jusqu'au point cote 970, d'ou elle descend suivant la crite
du pied sud-est de cette montagne au ruisseau Kecskes, qu'elle
suit jusqu'a son embouchure dans le ruisseau Slanic (Szalancz
patak), remonte celui-ci jusqu'a l'embouchure du ruisseau
Pescarul, et ensuite ce dernier jusqu'au pied de la Poiana la
Tabla, d'ou elle monte en angle droit sur cette Poiana, et de la
suivant la crite< du Dealul Brezoiul a son sommet (cote 1001).
Reprenant ensuite la crite des montagnes elle passe au sommet)
du Dealul Cernica (cote 1005), d'ou elle descend a l'ensellement
cote 975, et de la. a la source du ruisseau Cernica, qu'elle suit
jusqu'a son embouchure dans le ruisseau Oituz a Soosmezo
(poiana Sarata).
La ligne, traversant le ruisseau Oituz (Ojtos), monte sur
la crite des montagnes et passe aux sommets Runcul alb (cote
981), Halas, Coarnile (cote 1235), d'ou en suivant toujours la
crete descend - au- ruisseau Leany patak, qu'elle suit jusqu'a

No. 93. (630)
son embouchure dans le ruisseau Kasin (Kaszon patak) et
remonte ensuite celui-ci jusqu'a l'embouchure du ruisseau
Clabac (Kalabics patak), et apres celui-ci jusqu'a l'embouchure
d'un petit ruisseau descendant du Clabuc (Kalabucs alya), et
enfin. ce dernier jusqu'a sa source, d'ou passant par le point
cote 1223 elle monte au sommet du Clabuc cote 1370.
De ce point la frontiere descend suivant le ravin du milieu.
au ruisseau Lipsea, qu'elle suit jusqu'a 1' embouchure du
ruisseau Harangbercz (cote 804), et monte suivant la crite du
pied nord-est du Jahorosbercz au sommet de cette montagne
(cote 121 1), de la elle descend vers le sud suivant un ravin
jusqu'au ruisseau Paltin, qu'elle traverse et va en remontant
un autre ravin situe vis-a-vis du premier au sommet du Sobercz
(cote 1290).
Du sommet de cette montagne la ligne- frontiere suit la
crite jusqu'au sommet Mesteacanul (Mesztakteto), d'ou elle
descend vers le sud, suivant toujours la crite, en passant aux
points cotes 1 139 et 844 jusqu'au ruisseau Putna Vrancii (Putna
patak) au point ou le ruisseau Marului (Jahoros patak) se
jette dans la Putna. De la elle remonte la Putna jusqu'a sa
source, passe sur le dos de la montagne Haray oldala, cote 1671
et va a la source du ruisseau Zabala (Zabola putna), qu'elle
suit jusqu'a l'embouchure du ruisseau Gorul (Gor patak) et
remonte ensuite celui-ci jusqu'a sa source, d'ou elle va sur
1'ensellement entre Girugiu et Dealul Negru (Fekete halom)
(cote 1535).
De ce point la frontiere monte vers l'ouest sur le dos du
Dealul Negru (Fekete Halom) a une distance de 700 metres
approximativement, d'ou elle descend vers le sud suivant un
ravin au ruisseau Giurgiu (Gyergyo patak), qu'elle suit jusqu'a
l'embouchure du ruisseau Stina Giurgiului, remonte ensuite
celui-ci jusqu'a sa source, traverse l'ensellement de la Taetura
au point cote 1336 et descend a la source du ruisseau Mag-
yarosbokpr, qu'elle suit jusqu'a son embouchure dans le ruis-

No. 93. (631 )
seau Bisca mica (Kis Baczka) et ensuite celle-ci jusqu'a l'em
bouchure du ruisseau Cilianos (Csilyanos patak) (cote 1036),
d'ou elle remonte ce dernier jusqu'a sa source et de la au sommet
de la montagne Balescul (cote 1561) passe sur l'ensellement
entre Balescul et Coriul et va de la. a la source du ruisseau Coriul
(Tamas patak), qu'elle suit jusqu'a l'embouchure du ruisseau
Bisculita (Kis Baczka) (cote 1142).
De la la frontiere va vers le sud-ouest, traverse en ligne
droite la montagne Hosszuboz pour aboutir au ruisseau Pitak
(Petak patak) qu'elle suit jusqu'a l'embouchure du ruisseau
Bisca mare (Nagy Baczka), remonte celui-ci jusqu'a l'embouchure
du ruisseau Surducul (Szurduk patak), et ensuite celui-ci jusqu'a
sa source, d'oii elle monte sur l'ensellement nomme Surduk —
Poiana cu peitrile (Dongoko).
De ce point la ligne suivant la crete des montagnes passe sur
les sommets Bota mare (Nagy Bota), Bota mica (Kis Bota),
Zimbrul, Tabla Chei, jusqu'au rocher la Cheia (Szent-Laszlo-
Kiraly-Kove), d'oii elle descend a. la riviere Buzeul (Bodza),
qu'elle remonte jusqu'a l'embouchure du ruisseau Crasna, en
suite celui-ci jusqu'a sa source, d'ou elle va a la Curmatura
Crasnci. De la la ligne reprenant la crite des montagnes passe sur
les sommets Tatarul mic (cote 141 3), Kikisan, Tatarul mare
(Nagy Tatar) (cote 147 1), Tabla Buzeului (cote 1345), et aux
points cotes 1323, 1183, 1082, 121 1, 1442, Bokirna (cote 1463),
Laptele, Valea Stinei, Curul Pamintului (Pirosca), Tigaia,
Bratocea, Babesul, Bobul mic, Bobul mare, Piciorul Caprii,
Valea Negra, Zanoaga Mortului, Zanoaga lui Martin, Ciora,
Orlata, Ratoslovul, Priseaca, sur l'ensellement du Predelut, aux
sommets Musita, Paltinul, Dealul Turcului Lacul rosu, Gavana,
Tot Paleto, Auderbercz teto, Piatra mare (cote 1841), Poiana
judetului, Susaiul, Poristoc (Csaplyateto), d'oii elle descend
suivant la crite de cette derniere montagne a la grande route
empierree de Predeal a Temes,

No. 93. (632)
A partir de ce point la frontiere monte de nouveau sur la
crete des montagnes et passe sur les sommets Vladetul, Fetifoi,
puis par la crete Sibot, Piatra Arsa, sur les sommets Dealul
Forban, Capatina Porcului, par la Curmatura-armasarului, sur
le sommet Baiul, par la Curmatura morarului, sur les sommets
Dealul morarului, et la Om (sommet du Bucegiu). De la en
suivant tou jours la crete elle passe a l'ensellement de Valea
Doammei et aux sommets Batrina, Coltul Tapului, Coltul
Grohotis, Strunga mica, Strunga mare, Dudele, Pietrele albe,
Sfintul Hie, Plaiul mindrului, a. l'ensellement de Padina Ursului,
sur le sommet Paicului, a l'ensellement de Seremet, sur les deux
mamelons de Dilma lui Dragan, aux sommets Mosoiului et
Padina Lunga, a l'ensellement de Gura Padinii lungi, ou se
trouve la croix en pierre de Jon Flanta, sur le sommet Gruiul
lui Lastun, a l'ensellement Padina cu drumul, sur les sommets
Piscul Berlindoia (Bocarta), piscul Guivelei et Ruiul, d'ou elle
descend a. la grande route empierree au point nomme la Cruce
(Torzburger Pass).
De la Cruce la ligne monte de nouveau et reprenant la crite
des montagnes passe aux sommets Predealul, Rogoasa, Sirnei,
Galbina, Clabucetul, Poiana Soaca, Piatra lui Craiu (Baiul-
Kiralyko, Konigstein), Tamasul mic, Tamasul mare, Fagetul
Caprei, et Lerescul, a l'ensellement de celui-ci aux sommets
Comisul et Lutele, Berevoescul mare, Berevoescul mic, Valea
Radului (Vladului), Bratila, et a son ensellement en y cotoyant
les lacs, sur les sommets Ludisorul, Zirna et son ensellement,
sur le sommet de Leaota, et a son ensellement. Sur les quatre
sommets de Bindea, sur les deux sommets de Galesescul, sur
ceux de (Vultoarea), Coltul Vista mare, Moldovanu (Ucea mare),
Podragul, Vertopul, Virtoapele, Vinatura lui Boteanu, Budi,
Capraretul, Paltinul (Lespezilor), et Negoiu, a l'ensellement de
Scara ou Scarisoara, Fundul Boiul, Valea Caldarile, sur les
sommets Galbenul, Budislavul, Surul, Lacustelor, Cocoriciul,
a l'ensellement Cumpana, sur les sommets Tatarul, Kika Fede-

No. 93. (633)
lesului, redescend par sa crete a la Piatra Socului d'oii en
passant obliquement sur la Piatra Alba va jusqu'a la Strunga
Sarci, et de la elle descend a la source du ruisseau Valea lui
Frate qu' elle suit jusqu' a I'Oltul.
De ce point la frontiere suit I'Oltul jusqu'a l'embouchure
du Riul Vadului, remonte ensuite celui-ci jusqu'a sa source, et
de la. elle monte a l'Obirsia Ghircului, point situe entre les
cotes 201 1 et 2001, et suivant la crite passe sur les sommets
Piatra Ghircului (cote 2001), Forgaci, Curmatura Purgis, Ster-
pul (Dealul Negru), Voinasita, Curmatura Voineagului, Voine-
agul Catanesei (cote 1853), et suivant toujour s la crite des mon
tagnes elle va jusqu'a l'ensellement de Curmatura Tiganului
(cote 1 581).
De la Curmatura Tiganului elle descend a. la source du ruis
seau Tiganului, qu'elle suit jusqu'a l'embouchure du ruisseau
Jidului, remonte ensuite ce dernier jusqu'a l'embouchure du
ruisseau Izvorul lui Dobrun, et celui-ci jusqu'a source, d'ou
elle monte sur les dos du Dealul lui Dobrun ; de la. suivant la
crete de cette montagne elle descend par la Culmea Turnerelele
(cote 1433) au ruisseau Valea Dobrunului, qu'elle suit ensuite
jusqu'a son embouchure dans le ruisseau Lotrul (point nomme
Lacul lui Dobrun).
A partir de ce point la ligne remont le Lotrul jusqu'a l'em
bouchure de l'lsvorul Balului, et celui-ci jusqu'au pied sud
du Dealul Larg, d'oii, passant sur le dos de cette montagne,
monte a son sommet (cote 1928), et de la. elle descend a l'ensel
lement de Dealul Larg et Dealul Praja (cote 1882) et suivant la
crite du Cracul Praja va jusqu'au point cote 1767. De la elle
descend vers l'ouest au ruisseau Isvorul Praja, qu'elle suit
jusqu'a son embouchure dans le ruisseau Riul Frumos, suit
ensuite celui-ci jusqu'au pied est de la montagne Slimoiu, d'oii
elle. va en montant sur le dos de ce pied, passe par le point cote
1453 et va au point cote 1527, descend ensuite suivant la crite
-du pied ouest du Slimoiu au ruisseau Salanile, qu'elle traverse

No. 93. (634)
et continue d'aller en ligne droite vers le sud-ouest sur le dos
de la montagne Smida mica (cote 1508). De la elle descend au
deuxieme ruisseau Salanile, le traverse et remonte ensuite le
ruisseau Smida mare jusqu'a sa source, d'ou elle va a l'enselle
ment de Gura Potecului.
De ce point la frontiere suivant la crite des montagnes passe
aux sommets Salanile (cote 1734), Poiana Muerei, Pravatul
(cotul ursului), Bufta, au point cote 1833 et sur le mamelon
est de Dealul Caprei, sur l'ensellement cote 1801, sur le sommet
Dealul Fometescul (cote 1871), par la Curmatura Groapa-
Seaca, sur les sommets Cibanul, Coasta-lui-Rus, Jasul, Paclita,
Gruiul et Paringul (Prislop ou Mindra), cote 2520, 4.
Du sommet de Paringul la ligne-frontiere suit la crite de
la montagne Surpatele, va sur le sommet de Grivele (cote 2016, 9)
passe aux points cotes 1779, 1536, 7; Prislopul (cote 1373),
descend suivant le dos du pied de la montagne Poiana Ascunsa.
jusqu'au point situe en face de l'embouchure du ruisseau
Gropanul dans le ruisseau Polatistea, de la elle descend en angle
droit au ruisseau Polatistea, qu'elle traverse et remonte de la
le ruisseau Gropanul jusqu'a sa source, d'ou elle monte sur
l'ensellement entre Gropul et Tapa, entre les cotes 148 1 et 1564,
5, et de ce point elle va en ligne droite sur le sommet Petriceea
(cote 1438), d'oii suivant le pied nord-ouest de cette montagne
nommee Petricel elle descend au ruisseau Stolojoia, qu'elle suit
jusqu'a son embouchure dans la riviere de Jiul (Zsil) (a ce point
le ruisseau Stolojoia se nomme aussi Polatistea).
La frontiere traverse le Jiul, monte par les rochers Paretele
sur le sommet Candetul, sur la crete Murgile et passe sur les
sommets Dragoilul et Dumitru, sur l'ensellement Obirsia
Merisori, Sesul Dimitrei, Obirsia Diului, sur les sommets Dra-
ganul, Sesul Diului, Vulcan, Carteanul, et son ensellement et
les sommets Futetul, Streaja, Mutul, Dealul Piscul Rusesc (cote
1630). De ce point elle va en ligne droite vers l'ouest en tra-
versant la vallee Breea, sur le sommet Virful Negrului, d'oii

No. 93. ( 635 )
suivant la crete passe sur le Cornul Zanoaga et sur le sommet
Dealul Cornilor, de la elle descend dans la direction sud-ouest
a la source du ruisseau Zanoaga, qu'elle suit jusqu'a son em
bouchure dans le ruisseau Valea Balomir, traverse ce dernier
et remonte le ravin qui se trouve en face de ce ruisseau jusqu'a
son origine et de Id suivant la crite elle monte sur les sommets
du Sigleul mic et mare.
De ce dernier point elle descend dans la direction sud-ouest
suivant la crite et le pied de la montagne nommee Cracul Pietrei
Maurului au ruisseau Valea de Pesti, qu'elle traverse et va en
ligne droite en passant le Pribeagul sur le Dealul Galben au
point situe a 775 metres au sud de la cote 1223, qui se trouve
sur le sentier du Dealul Galben. De la elle passe par les points
cotes 1 1 74, 1296 (Piatra Negrului), 1344 (Restovanul), sur la
Smida Batrina, d'ou elle descend a l'embouchure du ruisseau
Valea Boului dans le Jiul.
De ce point elle remonte le Jiul jusqu'a l'embouchure du
ruisseau Valea Seaca, ensuite celui-ci jusqu'au pied de Piatra
Alba, d'oii elle monte sur la crite de cette montagne, passe sur
les sommets Soarbele, Paltina, Fetele Manesii, a l'ensellement
et le sommet de Sturul (Scurlele), Galbenul, les cretes Scarisoara
Galbenii et Curmatura Galbenii, les sommets Stina mare, Micusa
(Vlasia), Bulzul, et sur rensellement de Scarisoara.
A partir de ce point la ligne-frontiere suivant toujours la
crite des montagnes passe sur les sommets Morarul, Glodeanul et
Tutila, d'ou elle descend sur le pied sud-ouest de cette derniere
montagne en passant par les points cotes 1974 et 1897, au ruis
seau Rusece a l'embouchure du ruisseau Pariul Dragomir ; de la
elle remonte celui-ci jusqu'a sa source, d'oii elle monte a l'en
sellement au point cote 19 16. De ce point reprenant la crite
elle passe sur le sommet Isvorul, aux points cotes 1823, 1815,
1733, sur le sommet Curereste (cote 1772), sur la crete du Cracul
Maticului, sur les sommets Dobrovir, Dealul Mlecului (cote
1725), Cupanul (cote 1455), Gasca (cote 11 38), sur les points

No. 93. (636)
cotes 980, 896, 882, et par la Poiana Schitul descend au ruisseau
Cerna. Elle suit ensuite le cours de la Cerna jusqu'au point cote
254, d'ou suivant le sentier qui se trouve trace sur le versant
ouest de la montagne Secul va jusqu'au ruisseau Tesna (cote
492), qu'elle remonte jusqu'a la Poianagaura Fetei, ou elle
quitte ce ruisseau et va en ligne droite dans la direction sud-
ouest, a la Poiana Balta cerbului, et de la. a. la Curmatura intre
plaiuri et suivant la crite passe sur les sommets Preseaca (cote
1094), Coseiul (cote 107 1), par les Poiana Rotata et Coseiului
(cote 1050), sur les sommets Lunca Camena (Piatra Vinata)
cote 1228 et 1 1 26, Piatra lui Cosei, Poiana Cosei, Grebenicul
(cote 1 143), Poiana Sulita, Plostina-Mosorului, cotes 827, 894,
927, Virful Cocosului (cote 920), Poiana Rachelei, Predealul
mare, cotes 763, 636, 647, et sur l'ensellement du Meteres. De
ce point elle descend a. la source du ruisseau Cerovat, qu'elle suit
jusqu'a son embouchure dans le ruisseau Bachna, et ensuite
celui-ci jusqu'au pied sud-est de la montagne Cioca nommement
jusqu'au point qui se trouve dans le lit actuel de la Bachna en
ligne droite cers Test vis-a-vis du mamelon de cette montagne,
cote 164.
De ce point la frontiere suit une ligne qui se trouverait
tracee dans le lit de la Bachna a egale distance des deux an-
ciennes rives jusqu'a la grande route empierree de Verciorova
a Orsova, d'oii elle va en ligne droite jusqu'au point ou les
lignes de chemin de fer de la Roumanie et de la Hongrie se
touchent (savoir, a 132 metres nord-ouest du point sur sa
Bachna du chemin de fer Roumain), traverse le chemin de fer
pour aller directement au Danube.

No. 94.
WATER-PARTING BOUNDARIES IN THE TREATY
OF BERLIN, 1878.
[Arts. II., XIV. and XXXVI., of the Treaty of Berlin, signed July 13, 1878,
from Blue Book (C. 2108) Turkey No. 44 (1878), pp. 15-23.5]
(Quoted on page 827 of the Statement.)
Article II. — The Principality of Bulgaria will include the fol
lowing territories :
The frontier follows on the north the right bank of the Danube
from the former frontier of Servia up to a point to be deter
mined by a European Commission to the east of Silistria, and
thence runs to the Black Sea to the south of Mangalia, which
is included in Roumanian territory. The Black Sea forms the
eastern boundary of Bulgaria. On the south the frontier fol
lows upwards from its mouth the mid-channel of the brook near
which are situated the villages of Hodzakioj, Selam-Kioj,
Aivadsik, Kulibe, Sudzuluk, crosses obliquely the valley of the
Deli-Kamcik, passes south of Belibe and Kemhalik and north
of Hadzimahale, after having crossed the Deli-Kamcik at 2 -J-
kilom. above Cengei ; reaches the crest at a point situated be
tween Tekenlik and Aidos-Bredza, and follows it by Karnabad
Balkan, Prisevica Balkan, Kazan Balkan, to the north of Kotel
as far as Demir Kapu. It proceeds by the principal chain of
the Great Balkan, the whole length of which it follows up to the
summit of Kosica.
There it leaves the crest of the Balkan, descends southwards
between the villages of Pirtop and Duzanci, the one being left
637

No. 94. (638)
to Bulgaria and the other to Eastern Roumelia, as far as the
brook of Tuzlu Dere, follows that stream to its junction with
the Topolnica, then the latter river until it meets the Smovskio
Dere near the village of Petricevo, leaving to Eastern Roumelia
a zone with a radius of 2 kilom. above that junction, ascends
between the brooks of Smovskio Dere and the Kamenica, fol
lowing the line of the watershed so as to turn to the south-west
at the level of Voinjak and reach directly the point 875 of the
Austrian Staff Map.
The frontier line cuts at right angles the upper basin of
the brook of Ichtiman Dere, passes between Bogdina and
Karaula, so as to rejoin the line of the watershed separating the
basins of the Isker and the Marica, between Camurli and Had-
zilar, follows that line by the summits of Velina Mogila, the
" col " 531, Zmailica Vrh, Sumnatica, and rejoins the adminis
trative boundary of the Sandjak of Sofia between Sivri Tas and
Cadir Tepe.
From Cadir Tepe, the frontier, taking a south-westerly
direction, follows the watershed between the basins of the Mesta
Karasu on the one side and the Struma Karasu on the other,
runs along the crests of the mountains of Rhodope called Demir
Kapu, Iskoftepe, Kadimesar Balkan, and Aiji Geduk up to
Kapetnik Balkan, and thus joins the former administrative
frontier of the Sandjak of Sofia.
From Kapetnik Balkan the frontier is indicated by the water
shed between the valleys of the Rilska reka and of the Bistrica
reka, and follows the ridge called Vodenica Planina, descend
ing into the valley of the Struma at the junction of this river
with the Rilska reka, leaving the village of Barakli to Turkey.
It ascends then south of the village of Jelesnica, and reaches
by the shortest line the chain of Golema Planina at the summit
of Gitka, and rejoins there the former administrative frontier
of the Sandjak of Sofia, leaving, however, to Turkey the whole
of the basin of the Suha reka.

No. 94. (639)
From-Mount Gitka the western frontier goes towards Mount
Crni Vrh by the mountains of Karvena Jabuka, following the
former administrative limit of the Sandjak of Sofia in the upper
part of the basins of Egrisu and of the Lepnica, ascends
with it the crests of Babina Poiana, and reaches Mount
Crni Vrh.
From Mount Crni Vrh the frontier follows the watershed
between the Struma and the Morava by the summits of the Streser,
Vilogolo, and Mesid Planina, rejoins by the Gacina, Crna Trava,
Darkovska, and Drainica plan, then the Descani Kladanec, the
watershed of the High Sukowa and of the Morava, goes straight
to the Stol, and descends from it so as to cut the road from Sofia
to Pirot, 1000 metres north-west of the village of Segusa. It
ascends in a straight line the Vidlic Planina and thence Mount
Radoc'ina in the chain of the Kodza Balkan, leaving to Servia
the village of Doikinci, and to Bulgaria that of Senakos.
From the summit of Mount Radotina the frontier follows
towards the west the crest of the Balkans by Ciprovec Balkan
and Stara Planina up to the former eastern frontier of the
Principality of Servia, near to the Kula Smiljova Cuka, and
thence that former frontier as far as the Danube, which it
rejoins at Rakovitza.
This delimitation shall be fixed on the spot by the European
Commission, on which the Signatory Powers shall be repre
sented. It is understood —
1. That this Commission will take into consideration the
necessity for His Imperial Majesty the Sultan to be able to
defend the Balkan frontiers of Eastern Roumelia.
2. That no fortifications may be erected within a radius
of 10 kilometres from Samakow.
* * * * $
Article XIV. — Eastern Roumelia is bounded on the north
and north-west by Bulgaria, and comprises the territories in
cluded by the following line :

No. 94. (64o)
Starting from the Black Sea the frontier follows upwards
from its mouth the mid-channel of the brook near which are
situated the villages of Hodzakioj, etc., as in Art. II.
The frontier of Roumelia leaves that of Bulgaria at Mount
Cadir Tepe, following the line of the watershed between the
basins of the Marica and of its affluents on one side, and of
the Mesta Karasu and of its affluents on the other, and takes
the direction south-east and then south along the crest of the
Despoto Dagh Mountains, towards Mount Kruschowa (whence
starts the frontier line of the Treaty of San Stefano).
From Mount Kruschdwa the frontier is the same as the line
laid down by the Treaty of San Stefano, that is to say, the chain
of the Black Balkans {Kara Balkan), the mountains Kulaghy-
Dagh, Eschek-Tschepellu, Karakolas, and Ischiklar, from whence
it descends due south-east till it reaches the River Arda, and
follows the mid-channel of this river up to a point close to the
village of Adacali, which remains to Turkey. . . .
Article XXXVI. — Servia receives the territories included in
the following delimitation .:
The new frontier follows the existing line ascending the mid-
channel of the Drina from its confluence with the Save, leaving
Mali Zwornik and Sakhar to the Principality, and continues to
follow the former boundary of Servia as far as the Kopaonik,
leaving it at the summit of the Kanilug. From that point it
follows at first the western boundary of the Sandjak of Nisch
by the southern spur of the Kopaonik, by the crests of the Marica
and Mrdar Planina, which form the watershed between the
basins of the Ibar and Sitnica on one side, and that of the Top-
lica on the other, leaving Prepolac to Turkey.
It then turns to the south by the watershed between the
Brvenica and the Medvedja, leaving the whole of the basin of
the Medvedja to Servia : follows the crests of the Goljak Planina

No. 94. (64i)
{which forms the watershed between the Kriva-Rjeka on one
side, and the Poljanica, Veternica, and Morawa on the other),
as far as the summit of the Poljanica. It then follows the spur
of the Karpina Planina as far as the confluence of the Koinska
and the Morawa, crosses this river, and ascends by the watershed
between the Koinska brook and the stream which falls into the
Morawa near Neradovce, to reach the Sv. Ilija Planina above
Trgoviste. Thence it follows the crest of the Sv. Ilija as far
as Mount Kljuc, and passing by the points marked 15 16 and
1547 on the map, and by the Babina Gora, it reaches Mount
Crni Vrh.

No. 95.
PRINCIPLES APPLIED AND TERMS USED IN THE
DEMARCATION OF THE BALKAN FRONTIERS.
Enclosure A.
[From Blue Book (C. 2471), Turkey No. 2 (1880), pp. 266 et seq.]
(Quoted on page 829 of the Statement.)
Act of Delimitation between Bulgaria and Eastern
Roumelia.
Le Congres de Berlin a stipule dans 1' Article 1 1 du Traite conclu
le 1/13 Juillet, 1878, que les frontieres de la nouvelle Princi-
paute de Bulgarie seraient fixees sur les lieux par une Com
mission Europeenne, oii les Puissances Signataires seraient
representees. Leurs Majestes l'Empereur d'Allemagne, l'Empereur d'Au
triche Hongrie, M. le President de la Republique Francaise, leurs
Majestes la Reine du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bretagne et
de l'lrlande, Imperatrice des Indes, le Roi d'ltalie, l'Empereur
de Toutes les Russies, et le Sultan, Empereur des Ottomans,
ont a cet effet nomme pour leurs Commissaires, savoir :
Sa Majeste l'Empereur d'Allemagne : le Sieur Carl Comte
von Wedel, Major d'Etat-Major, Attache Militaire a l'Ambassade
d'Allemagne a Vienne.
Sa Majeste l'Empereur d'Autriche-Hongrie : le Sieur Charles
Chretien Henry Baron de Ripp, Colonel d'Etat-Major.
M le President de la Republique Francaise : le Sieur Jules
Victor Lemoyne, Chef d'Escadron d'Etat-Major.
(542

No. 95. (643)
Sa Majeste la Reine du Royaume Unis de la Grande Bretagne
et de l'lrlande, Imperatrice des Indes : le Sieur Edward Bruce
Hamley, General-Major.
Sa Majeste le Roi d'ltalie : le Sieur Balthasar Alexandre
Orero, Lieutenant-Colonel d'Etat-Major.
Sa Majeste l'Empereur de Toutes les Russies : le Sieur
Andre Bogolubow, Colonel d'Etat-Major, Aide-de-Camp de Sa
Majeste l'Empereur de Russie.
Sa Majeste le Sultan, Empereur des Ottomans : son Excel
lence Mehemmed Tahir Pacha, General de Brigade d'Etat-
Major. Lesquels, munis de leurs pouvoirs et instructions, se sont-
reunis en Commission a Constantinople.
Se sont mis d' accord sur les principes a apphquer dans le
tracd de la frontiere et particulierement sur la stipulation de
V Article 11 du Traitd, leur enjoignant de prendre en consi-
ddration la ndcessitd, pour Sa Majestd Impdriale le Sultan, de
pouvoir ddfendre les frontieres du Balkan de la Roumdlie Orien
tal e, Et apres la reconnaissance des localites pouvant donner lieu
a discussion, Ont fixe la frontiere entre la Principaute de Bulgarie et
la Province de Roumelie Orientale dans les conditions ci-apres :
Article ier. — Au sud, la frontiere de Bulgarie remonte de-
puis son embouchure dans la Mer Noire, le thalweg du Tchivete-
Dere, laissant a. la Bulgarie les villages de Hodjakioi, Aivadjik,
Djeferli, et Goulitza (Sudzuluk) et a la Roumelie Orientale
ceux du Gesek, Jenikioj et Karmandja.
De la tete de ce thalweg a 2500 metres ' sud-est de Belibe,
elle descend, par un petit ravin oriente de Test a l'ouest, dans
le Dermen-Dere dont elle suit le cours jusqu'au coude, oii ce
ruisseau, coulant precedemment du sud-est au nord-ouest, se
redresse vers le nord. La frontiere se prolonge ensuite par une

No. 95. ( 6440,
suite de ravins et de cols orientes dans une direction generale
du sud-sud-est au nord-nord-ouest, entre le Balaban-Dere et le
Deledji-Dere, jusqu'au pied du Pilav-Tepe ; elle monte, toujours
dans la meme direction, sur le sommet de cette montagne, elle
en suit la crete et redescend directement au Deli-Kamtchik,
qu'elle coupe en un point situe a 2850 metres en amont et a.
1' ouest de Tchengi, a. 182 5 metres en aval et au nord-est de
Hadji-Mahale. Le village de Belibe, et les ruines de Kemhalik
restent ainsi a la Bulgarie, les villages de Tchovankioj, Kairak-
Mahale, et Kosik a la Roumelie Orientale.
De la rive gauche du Deli-Kamtchik, et par l'arete rocheuse
qui aboutit au point indique precedemment, la frontiere monte
sur la crete du Kapi-Bair. Elle se prolonge alors sur la ligne
de partage entre les eaux du Deli-Kamtchik et du Bouyouk-Kam-
tchik, laissant a la Bulgarie les villages de Aidos Bredja, Kaiardi,
Lopouchna, Bektchi, et a. la Roumelie Orientale ceux de Hadji-
Mahale, Tikenlik, Dokhankioj, Karaveliler, Derekioj, et xAiva-
djik. Elle suit ensuite le Karnabad-Balkan entre Bairam-Dere
et Keremetli j usque pres du chemin qui mene de Tchali-Kavak
dans l'Ak-Dere a Kamtchi-Mahale. La terrasse s'etendant
jusqu'a 500 metres an. nord du col que traverse ce chemin, et
qui porte le nom de passe de Dobral reste a. la Roumelie Orien
tale ; puis la frontiere rejoint, au nord d'une batterie aban-
donnee, la crite du Ddbdlitch-Balkan et se prolonge sur la ligne
de partage des eaux par Tioula-Bair, Monainar-Bair et Tepekioch
jusqu'a ce qu'elle rencontre la route de Verbitza a Sungurlar
et Jousouflou. De la et sur un parcours d' environ 3 kilom.,
la frontiere s'dcarte de la ligne de partage pour suivre le bord
oriental de la dite route, partout ou. cette route se developpe
sur le versant est d'une serie de petits mamelons. Elle traverse
la route a Tembranchement d'un sen tier qui mene directement
a une karaoula ruinee, sise a 1 kilom. au nord-ouest ouest, et
court alors par la ligne de faite denommee Prisevica et Asap-
Balkan sur la Carte Autrichienne.

No. 95. (645)
A 2600 metres a l'est-nord-est de la passe de Kotel, ,1a
ligne-frontiere rencontre un petit plateau dont elle contourne
sur le versant nord la crete exterieure, puis par la ligne de
partage et par un coude a angle droit elle atteint a 500 metres
de ce coude la tete d'un ravin profond, ou la route de Kotel
aOsman-Bazar descend, en pente raide ; de la elle gagne le tour-
nant voisin de la route, la traverse, en suit le bord occidental
pendant 1 kilom., s'en detache a.la tete d'un autre ravin escarpe
pour contourner le Koule-Tepe, longe de nouveau le bord exte-
rieur de la route jusqu'a l'ensellement du col, et apres avoir
suivi la crite militaire de facon a laisser successivement a la
Roumelie les sommets des 3 hauteurs situees a. 1' ouest de la
passe reprend a. 2-^ kilom. de cette passe la ligne de faite du
Kazan-Balkan. A 9 kilom. a l'ouest de la Passe de Kotel la frontiere se
confond, dans la chaine principale des Balkans, avec la grande
ligne de partage, gdndralement orientde de Vest a l'ouest qui
sdpare les eaux des affluents du Danube au nord et celles qui, au
sud, se rendent dans la Mer Noire par les sources de Ddli-Kam-
tchik, et bienlot apres dans la Mer Egde par les valldes de la
Toundja, de la Strena (Giopsou-Dere) et de la Topolnitza. Elle
ne s'en ecarte sur le versant nord que dans les endroits designes
ci-apres :
Passe de Ddmir-Kapou. — Crete militaire depuis le point ou
la route escarpee montant de Stara Rieka (a la Bulgarie) atteint
cette crete, jusqu'a 825 metres a l'ouest du point oii elle descend
sur Slivno (a la Roumelie Orientale). Puis ligne de partage
par Zoupantzi-Mesari, Biela Krava, Tchoumourna (727).

No. 95. (646)
Enclosure B.
Act of Delimitation between Bulgaria and Turkey
(Macedonia).
[From C. 2471, pp. 319 et seq.]
Art. 7. — Du Manchou, point situe entre Sivri-Tach et
Cadir-Tepe, ou la frontiere entre la Bulgarie et la Roumelie
Orientale va, conformement a l'Acte du 14 Aout dernier, rejoin-
dre la Crite principale du Rhodope marquee sur la Carte
Autrichienne comme la limite de l'ancien Sandjak de Sofia, la
frontiere Meridionale de la Bulgarie, se dirigeant d'abord vers
le sud, suit par la chaine principale du Rhodope la ligne bien
marqude du partage des eaux entre les bassins du Mesta-Karasu
(Ropolnitza et Granitchar) d'un coti et de I'lsker de I' autre,
par Routchkaia-Tchal et Kalbant ; a. hauteur de Kourdjalik,
elle prend la direction de l'ouest par Tchabirna, et Demir-
Kapiia (Demir-Kapou) jusqu'a Kadinitza-Gora (a peu pres le
Kadimezar-Balkan de la Carte Autrichienne), oii elle s' inflech.it
vers le sud-ouest et par Kodja-Koritza-Gora elle atteint l'Ai-
Gedik (sommet de la montagne au nord de la passe du meme
nom). La elle tourne de nouveau vers V ouest et suivant la ligne de
partage des eaux entre les bassins de la Rilska-Rieka et de la
Bistritza-Rieka, affluents du Struma- Karasu, elle rencontre sur
le contrefort de la V odenica-Planina les sommets de Merdjik-
Tepe, Kadiitza, Markovascala, Tzarev-Vrh, Mousovra, Dere-
zlitza, Kirelo, et Fetir. Elle laisse a la Bulgarie le Monastere
de Rilo et les villages de Pastra, de Riloselo, et dTstop, a la
Turquie les villages de Bistritza et Dobravaet laville de Djouma.
A 2300 metres au sud-est de Barakovo {Barakli), la fron
tiere quitte la ligne de partage pour descendre vers la Rilska-
Rieka par la crete bien accentuee du second contrefort a. Test
de Barakovo, au pied duquel elle s'engage dans un torrent
desseche qui la mene a la riviere a ,850 metres en amont du pont

No. 95. (647 )
de la chaussee. Cette ligne separe a peu pres le gros des pos
sessions de Barakovo laisse a. la Turquie d'une part, et de
Paraminovo (Paromin) laisse a la Bulgarie de 1' autre.
La frontiere descend ensuite le thalweg de la Rilska-Rieka
jusqu'a son confluent avec la Struma, et tournant au nord
remonte le cours de la Struma jusqu'a 600 metres de ce con
fluent. Elle se dirige alors de nouveau a l'ouest dans le ravin
qui separe les villages de Tekia (Jelesnica) appartenant a. la
Bulgarie et de Boutchina (Bucinova), appartenant a la Turquie.
Par la tete de ce ravin elle gagne deux mamelons rocheux et par
ceux-ci le sommet de Tchordak-Kamik ; puis elle continue par
la crite de la Vlaina, qui contourne le bassin de toutes les eaux
tombant dans la Struma au sud de Boutchino ; ce bassin reste
dans sa totalite avec les villages de Lisia, Drenovo, Klissoura,
a la Turquie, le territoire de Froloch et de Tcherveritza reste
au contraire a la Bulgarie.
Enclosure C.
Act of Delimitation of the Southern Boundary of
Eastern Roumelia.
[From Blue Book C. 2471, Turkey No. 2 (1880), pp. 410, 411.]
Depuis le col d'Arpa-Guedik jusqu'a un point situe au nord-
ouest de la hauteur connu sous le nom de Bairam-Yeri, et cor-
respondant a celui qui est appele Kruchova-Dagh sur la Carte
Autrichienne, la frontiere suit constamment, dans une direction
generale ouest-sud-ouest, la ligne de partage des eaux entre la
Maritza au nord et l'Arda au sud. En partant de ce col elle
.gagne le sommet d'Akva-Tepe, passe aunord du village d'Ambar-
Dere qui reste a. la Turquie, et apres avoir suivi la crete du
Karakolas-Dagh, atteint successivement les hauteurs d'Eiri-
Tepe, Inaham-Baba, Tchil-Tepe, Bourjof-Pojar, Sveta-Douha,
Mamina-Voda, Sveti-Georgi, Karamanetz, Satchou-Mekat et
Boukovak-Tepe, le village de Dolna-Derekeui restant a. la Tur-

No. 95. (648)
quie. Elle gagne ensuite le sommet de Djibrail-Tepe, au sud
de Tchepeli-Dagh ; puis ceux de Tcheina-Gora, Karadja-Evress,
Kotlitza, Echek-Koulagh, Touzla-Tepe et Kouzou-Yataghi. De
la elle atteint le col de Mezar-Guedik, puis la hauteur de Tchuruk-
Tepe ou la chaine du Karlik-Dagh se ddtache de la ligne de par
tage ; gagne les sommets de Moussa-Yataklar et de Kartal-Kaya
et arrive a un point de la crite qui est I'origine commune des
trois bassins, savoir : celui de la Maritza au nord, celui de
1'Arda au sud-est, et celui du Mesta-Karason au sud-ouest. Le
point dont il s'agit appartient a un massif montagneux d'oii
descendent : vers le sud-est, le Kara-Dere qui se rend a l'Arda ;
vers le sud-ouest, le Bairam-Yeri- Deressi qui se rend au Mesta-
Karasou. II est situd au nord-ouest de la hauteur appelde
Bairam- Ydri, et correspond a celui qui est ddsignd sur la Carte
Autrichienne sous le nom de Kruchova-Dagh. La hauteur que
les gens du pays ddsignent sous ce dernier nom (Kruchoya ou
Kirchova-Dagh) appartient a une chaine secondaire, qui se
detache de la ligne de partage par le Vlasko-Dagh, au sud-ouest
de Torsoundja-Tepe. Du point ci-dessus defini jusqu'a sa jonction avec la fron
tiere de Bulgarie, la frontiere suit constamment la ligne de
partage des eaux entre la Maritza au nord et le Mesta-Karasou
au sud. Continuant, a partir de ce point, a se diriger vers
l'ouest-sud-ouest, elle gagne le sommet de Daliboska, le col de
Souvan-Guedik et le point culminant de Torsoundja-Tepe ; puis,
changeant de direction vers l'ouest, elle suit les cretes de Mechat-
Guedik, Sari-Yer, Dikili-Tach et Arak-Mezar, et atteint en
suite les hauteurs de Hadji-Osman-Yailassi, Debeklitzkaia-
Goria et Kaintchal-Tepe. Arrivee en ce point, elle s'inflechit
vers le nord ; gagne le sommet de Kartal-Tepe oil la chaine du
Kaintchal-Kartal-Dagh se detache de la ligne de partage ; suit
les cretes de Kouzou-Yataghi, atteint successivement les hauteurs
de Keur-Issa, Avliko, Tchairli-Yailassi, et apres avoir suivi les
cretes de Chahin-Kiran, gagne les points culminants de Gueuz

No. 95. (649)
Tepe et de Tchali-Yailassi-Sirtlari, puis le col d'El-Guedik et
les hauteurs de Veternitza et de Kara-Mahmoud, le village de
Jilandji restant a la Turquie. De la, elle atteint le col de Kou-
laous-Guedik, puis le sommet de Pernardar-Tepe et le col de
Kirdja-Dere-Bachi-Guedik ; suit les cretes d'Abdoullah-Bair et
d'Ouman Bair ; gagne les hauteurs de Kutchukli-Yailassi,
Selena- Yailassi et Kavaldji-Dagh, et arrive au point ou commence
la chaine du Djinevra-Dagh. Changeant alors de direction vers
l'ouest, elle suit la crete du Djinevra-Dagh, dont le point le plus
remarquable est la hauteur de Yanik-Tepe, puis la crete de
Soudjak-Bair, dont elle atteint l'extremite occidentale a Soudjak-
Tepe. Arrivee en ce point, elle prend une direction nord-ouest,
et suivant la crete du Dagh, gagne les hauteurs de Telli-Tepe,
de Kara-Tepe et de Belebrek ; puis, s'inflechissant vers l'ouest,
celles de Kourou-Tepe et de Tcheresna-Tepe.
De la, prenant une direction generale vers le nord, elle arrive
au point culminant de Gueul-Tepe, gagne le sommet de Lupova-
Bair, laissant a la Turquie les habitations isolees de Hussein-
Tepe, Keur-Oglou, et Ozoun-Ibarhim ; puis celui de Krasfova-
Tchal, laissant a. la Turquie le hameau de Durlu-Koulebeleri, a
la Roumelie Orientale celui de Konou ; atteint le point culmi
nant de Velitcha-Bair, le village de Tchemerna restant a la
Turquie, les hameaux ou maisons de Bouzgo, Petro, Diremko,
Islam, Debeftzi restant a la Roumelie Orientale. Elle gagne
ensuite la hauteur d' Abramova, laissant a. la Turquie les hameaux
ou maisons de Redjen-Moustapha, Moustapha-Bey, Teber, et
Khirli, a. la Roumelie Orientale ceux de Boulout et Kandi-
Moustapha ; puis elle atteint les sommets de Lazova-Tepe,
et de Paschova, le village de Paschova, restant a la Roumelie
Orientale, et gagne successivement les hauteurs de Tchista-Tepe
Kotosch kovitza, et Kara-Tepe, laissant a la Roumelie Orientale
le village Valaque d'Oulah-Kouleberi ; puis celles de Kutchuk-
Tchadir-Tepe, Ostovitza, et Sungurlu.
A partir du point culminant de Sungurlu, la frontiere se

No. 95. (650)
dirige vers l'ouest par les hauteurs de Ravni-Tchal, Sivri-
Tach, Daouditza, Orta-Tchal, Tchinguiane-Tchal, et Mantcho,
ou elle rejoint la frontiere de Bulgarie. La hauteur de Mantcho
est V origine commune de trois bassins, savoir : celui de la Maritza
au nord-est, celui de ITsker au nord-ouest, et celui du Mesta-
Kara-Sou au sud. Elle correspond a la hauteur designee sur
la Carte Autrichienne sous le nom de Tchadir-Tepe ; mais
en realite la hauteur connue sous ce nom dans le pays est situee
a 5 kilom. et au nord de celle de Mantcho, et se trouve sur la
ligne-frontiere de la Bulgarie. Ainsi qu'il a ete dit plus haut,
il existe egalement une hauteur de ce nom a 8 kilom. au sud
de celle de Surgurlu.
Art. 3. — Dans la description qui prdcede, lorsque la frontiere
suit une ligne naturelle, telle qu'une crite, un partage d'eau,
un thalweg, il est toujour s entendu qu'il s'agit de la ligne mathd-
matique. Toutefois les parties interessees auront la faculte
d'y substituer d'un commun accord, dans la pratique, un trace
forme par une ligne polygonale, ou s'appuyant sur des clotures,
sentiers, et chemins existants, pourvu que le dit trace ne
s'ecarte pas sensiblement de la ligne mathematique, et qu'il
laisse de part et d' autre de celle-ci des surfaces equivalentes. . . .
KRAHMER. — WURMBRAD. — L. NICOLAS. — R. GORDON. — D.
TORNAGHI. — PHILIPPOFF. — CHAKIR.

No. 96.
Mountains erroneously mentioned as
POINTS OF THE WATER-PARTING,
left outside of the Servian Boundary.
Enclosure A.
[From Correspondence relating to the Congress of Berlin with the Protocols
of the Congress, in Blue Book (C. 2083), p. 123.]
(Quoted on pages 832 and 833 of the Statement.)
Annex 1 to Protocol No. 8. Frontier for Servia. — (Map of
the Austrian Staff.)
The line will follow the actual frontier by the thalweg of
the Drina, leaving to the Principality Mali-Zwornik and Sakhar.
It will then continue to run along the old limit of the Prin
cipality as far as Kopaonik, from which it will separate at the
summit of Kanilug. From there it will become identic with
the western limit of the Sandjak of Nisch as far as the village
Koncul, on the Morava, passing first by the crest of the southern
counterscarp of Kopaonik, then by that of Maritza and Mrdar
Planina {forming the watershed between the basin of the Ibar and
the Sitnica on one side, and of that of the Toplica on the other),
leaving the defile of Prepolat to Turkey, as far as Mount Djak,
turning then towards the south by the crest of the watershed
between Brvenifa and the Medvedja-Rjeka, whence it will descend
in an easterly direction between the villages of Petrilja and
Dukat, to cross there the River Medvedja, and ascend the crest
of the Goljak-Planina {forming the watershed between the Kriva-
651

No. 96. (652)
Rjeka on one side, and the Poljanica, the Veternica, and the
Morava on the other), whence it will descend in a southerly
direction to Kongul, on the Morava, leaving that village to
Servia. From this point the frontier will follow the Valley of
the Morava, as far as Lusan, leaving that village to Turkey,
whence it will proceed by Borovce and Novoselo, leaving these
villages to Turkey as far as the summit of Mount Kujan. From
that point the frontier will again become identic with the
southern and eastern administrative boundary of the Sandjak
of Nisch, forming the watershed between the basins of the Vardar,
of the Strouma, of the Isker, and of the Lorn on one side, and of
that of the Morava and of the Timok on the other.
This administrative boundary is especially marked out by
the crest of the S. Ilia-Planina, the summit of Mount Kljuc,
the crest of the Babina Glava, the summits of Mounts Crni Vhi,
Streser, Vilo Golo, Mesid, Ravna Siba, and Ogorelica, the crest
of the mountains of Kosturnica-, Ljubas, Grloska-, and
Visker-Planina. It then crosses the pass of the Sophia-Nisch
road, near the village of Soline, whence it passes by the environs
of the villages of Malovo, Murgas, and Gedic, and then in a
straight line as far as the Ginci Pass, which would remain to
Bulgaria. From that point it follows the crest of the mountains
Kodza and Ciprovac-Balkan, then from the Stara-Planina, as
far as the ancient eastern frontier of the Principality, near the
Kula-Smiljova C^uka. .

No. 96. (653)
Enclosure B.
[From Blue Book, C. 2471 p. 254.]
Captain Anderson to the Marquis of Salisbury. — (Received
September 2.)
Servian Boundary Commission,
Belgrade, August 18, 1879.
My Lord, —
With reference to my despatch of the 6th instant, I beg. to
submit the following report on some points which have arisen
in the delimitation of the Turco-Servian frontier between Crni
Camen and the Kopaonik :
. 1. MOUNT DjAK. — In accordance with Article XXXVI. of
the Berlin Treaty, the new frontier between Crni Camen, on
the Poljanica Planina, and Prepolac follows the line of water- ¦
shed between the basins of the Brvenica on the Turkish side, and
the Medvidja on the Servian side. The boundary, as shown on
the Austrian Staff Map (see tracing No. 1), intersects Mount
Djak, which is not mentioned in the Treaty. On examining
the ground it was found that Mount Djak was incorrectly marked
on the map, and that its true position was as indicated in red,
about 6 miles north-east of the principal line of watershed. The
Commission were unanimously of opinion that the new frontier,
in order to avoid crossing a valley, must follow strictly the water
shed line, thus leaving Mount Djak in Servian territory. The
district of Mount Djak includes about twenty Albanian villages,
the inhabitants of which had been led to believe that the new
frontier would intersect Mount Djak, as shown in the map, and
leave these villages to Turkey. Much discontent was expressed
by the Albanians when it was found that the delimitation of the
new boundary assigned these villages to Servia.

No. 97.
QUESTIONS RAISED AS TO THE WATER-PARTING
IN THE DEMARCATION OF THE BALKAN
FRONTIERS.
[From " Further Correspondence respecting the European Commissions
appointed for the Demarcation of Frontiers under the Treaty of Berlin " in
Blue Book (C. 2471).] (Quoted on pages 832 to 836 of the Statement.)
(P. 126) Captain Anderson to the Marquis of Salisbury.
(Received June 30.)
Servian Boundary Commission, in Camp, Slavinia, 20 miles
EAST OF PlROT. June 15, 1879.
My Lord, —
With reference to my first despatch of this day's date, and
the notes of the meetings of the 6th and 13th June therein
enclosed, I beg to submit the following report on some points
which have arisen in the delimitation of the Servo-Bulgarian
frontier between the Stol and Mount Radocina, on the chain
of the Kodja Balkan.
1. The frontier has been marked along the watershed be
tween the Upper Sukowa and the Morava, as specified in Article
XXXV. of the Berlin Treaty, but it was found impossible to
reach the Stol without leaving the watershed, the Stol being in
correctly marked on the Austrian Staff Map, and situated west
of the watershed. Under these circumstances the Commission

No. 97. (655)
have traced the frontier to the point where the watershed ap
proaches nearest to the Stol.
2. The Commission agreed that the frontier from the Stol
to the intersection of the Sophia and Pirot road should follow
natural features, approaching as nearly as possible to the direct
line between the terminal points. In tracing this portion of
the frontier it was found that the village of Goindol fell to
Bulgaria. The Servian Commissioner was alone of opinion
that Goindol should be assigned to Servia, in consequence of
being so shown on the Treaty Map. On examining the ground,
it was found that the position of this village was incorrectly
marked on the map, and all the other Commissioners were of
opinion that the line of frontier could not be traced so as to give
this village to Servia without making a detour decidedly un
favourable to Bulgaria, Servia having already gained the
villages of Cherevdel and Planinitza in this district by the adop
tion of a line following the natural features in lieu of a rigidly
straight line. . . .
(P. 181) Major-General Hamley to the Marquis of Salis
bury. — (Received August 11.) Buyukdre, August 5, 1879.
My Lord, —
I have the honour to inform you that the 24th seance of
the Bulgarian Boundary Commission was held at Therapia on
the 2nd August with the following results :
The western extremity of the frontier from Cadir Tepe to
the frontier of Servia, visited lately by a delegation of the Com
mission, was discussed, and the following trace was adopted :
From Cadir Tepe to the valley of the Struma no difficulty
exists in following the terms of the Treaty of Berlin. A ravine
divides entirely the village of Jelesnitza from the one next south
of it, and the frontier ascends there. But, if " la ligne la plus
courte " were followed from thence, the heads of two or three
small valleys, constituting what the Treaty appears to have in-

No. 97. (656)
dicated by the " bassin de la Suha Reka," would have been cut
across. It was, therefore, agreed to follow the line of watershed,
which runs in a curve about 2 miles north of the shortest line
to the summit of the hill named in the Austrian map Mont
Gitka, but which has really another name, Mont Gitka being
at a considerable distance.
From the so-called Mont Gitka the line follows the water
shed which approximates to the ancient frontier of the sandjak,
and which is very erroneously represented on the Austrian
map. After crossing the road from Kostendjil to Egri-Palanka,
it still follows the line of watershed, diverging from the frontier
line, as marked on the Austrian map, by making a loop to the
westward of about two miles in depth. After including the
basin of the Lepnica (extended in the Austrian map some 10
miles too far to the westward) it reaches Mont Crni Vrh by the
crest of the Babina-Palona.
Thus the whole of the line, with the delimitation of which
the Commission has been charged in the present year, from the
Black Sea to Crni Vrh, has been unanimously fixed and de
scribed. The two gaps left in the western portion of the Russian map
are : 1. The chain of the Rhodope from Cadir Tepe to the point
where the frontier leaves the crest to descend to the valley of
the Struma ; and
2. From the middle of the crest of Karvena Jarbuka to
the valley of the Lepnica.
In the first portion, as stated in a former despatch, the
frontier line, concurrent with the watershed, lies along a moun
tain crest which for many months is covered deeply with snow,
which is crossed by no roads, and is uninhabited. Should,
therefore, the Russian map of this part be still unfinished when
the work of the Commission is otherwise brought to a close, we
may not consider it necessary to await its completion.

No. 97. (657)
The second portion was that in which it was found so diffi
cult and inexpedient to follow the old frontier of the sandjak,
and where a new trace has been adopted in a populous dis
trict, and this is the part on which the topographical party
sent by me is now engaged. I learnt by telegram from Uskup
that they quitted that place on the ist August, and no doubt
reached the frontier, at latest, next day, arriving several days
sooner than if they had gone by Philippopolis and Samakow.
For this saving of time they were in a great measure indebted
to the promptitude of Captain Pusey, who commands Her
Majesty's ship Bittern, in which they were conveyed.
I have, etc.
E. B. Hamley.
(P. 186) Captain Anderson to the Marquis of Salisbury. —
(Received August 12.)
Servian Boundary Commission,
Belgrade, August 6, 1879.
My Lord, —
In continuation of my despatch of the 2nd July, I have the
honour to transmit herewith notes of the proceedings of the
Commission at the meetings of the 14th July, the 16th July,
the 20th July, the 30th July, and the 6th August, drawn up
by Lieutenant Ross of Bladensburg.
On the 7th July the Commission commenced the delimita
tion of the Servo-Turkish frontier northward from Crni Camen,
to which point the frontier was marked last year. The delimi
tation of the new frontier following a line of watershed, as
laid down in Article XXXVI. of the Berlin Treaty, was com
pleted on the 1 2th July to a point about 2 miles south of Pre-
polac. Several proposals as to the trace of the new frontier at
Prepolac were examined on the ground and discussed on the
13th July and two following days, but without definite result,
Q

No. 97. (058)
the Commission having failed to come\o an unanimous decision.
Arrangements were accordingly made for a survey of Prepolac
on a sufficiently large scale to admit of the several proposals
being accurately recorded on the survey plan.
On the 1 6th July the Commission proceeded with the
tracing of the new frontier from a point 2 miles north of Pre
polac, and followed the watershed line to Vralo, about 10 miles
south of the Kapaonik. From Vralo the new frontier was
traced to the Kapaonik, where junction was effected on the
20th July with the old Servian frontier.
On the same day the Commission arrived at an unanimous
agreement respecting the trace of the new frontier at Prepolac,
the Turkish, Austrian, and Servian Commissioners giving
their acceptance conditionally, ad referendum, to their respective
Governments. Acting on this agreement the Commission
returned to Prepolac on the 23rd July, and marked the fron
tier there provisionally.
Since that date the Austrian and Servian Governments have
signified their acceptance of the frontier marked at Prepolac,
and the Turkish Commissioner has informed the Commission
that the answer from the Porte may be expected within the
next three days.
The Commission having completed the delimitation of the
new Servo-Turkish frontier returned to Belgrade on the 28th
July, and proceeded with the preparation of the record plans
of the new frontier. The series of maps illustrative of the new
Servo-Bulgarian boundary having been completed, a duplicate
set waf forwarded on the 3rd instant to the Bulgarian Commis
sion, in accordance with the agreement reported to your
Lordship in my despatch of the 15th June.
I have, etc. S. Anderson, Captain R.E.,
Her Majesty's Commissioner.

No. 97. ( 659 )
(P. 187) Notes of the 18th Meeting (Servian Commission).
Meeting held at Prepolac, the 16th July, 1879.
All the Commissioners were present.
The proposition submitted by the French and Austrian
Commissioners was discussed.
The Italian and Russian Commissioners were of opinion
that the watershed should be accepted as the frontier at Prepolac,
modifying it only in so far as the road to Pristina was concerned,
so that the communication there should be left free to the in
habitants. Major Velini produced the Report of the Italian Military
Attache at Berlin, who formed part of the Military Commission
which sat at that capital during the Congress of Berlin. This
document formed part of his instructions , and it affirmed that
the Austrian proposal for the frontier at Prepolac was the crest
line. Major Velini therefore believed that Count St. Vallier
in his speech (Protocol No. 19, Congress of Berlin) referred to
the watershed, when he explained that "Le Congres n'a pas
entendu pousser la concession au-dela du retour pur et simple
a ligne Autrichienne."
The British Commissioner said that he had no knowledge
of this document, nor of the view taken by his Italian col
league, that Count St. Vallier referred to the Austrian proposal
made in the Military Commission at Berlin. If the Congress
had meant to embody that proposal in the Treaty they would
have described the frontier as a watershed {as they had always
done), and they" would not have added " laissent Prepolac d la
Turquie " ; words which, according to Major Velini' s explana
tion, appear to be superfluous. In fact, the Congress of Berlin
must have been of opinion that Prepolac was either to the north
or to the south of the crest line. If to the south, why is there any
mention made of that village in the text of the Treaty, when it
would naturally remain Turkish by tracing the frontier on the
watershed ? But if to the north, then the frontier tvould have

No. 97. ( 660 )
to cross the crest in order to give the village to Turkey ; and if so.
the Austrian line, according to Major Velini's interpretation.
would no longer be an exact watershed, as it ought to be, to carry
out the words of Count St. Vallier in the sense indicated by the
Italian Commissioner. It seems to Captain Anderson, there
fore, that the interpretation given by his colleague of Count
St. Vallier' s words involves a difficulty ; and that allusion was
made instead to the Austrian Project printed as an Appendix
t6 No. 8 Protocol, and defined with greater precision in No. 1 5
Protocol of the Congress of Berlin.
Several modifications to the Franco-Austrian line were
adopted. These were minor amendments, with a view to secure
to Turkey the whole of the houses of Prepolac, and to give to
Servia a pathway situated north of the crest line, as well as
a site for a custom-house (see Sketch No. 2 annexed to the
Notes on the 17th Meeting, the 14th July, .1879).
The proposition was then submitted to a vote, and accepted
by the whole Commission except by the Ottoman Commissioner,
who referred to his Government.
In the meanwhile it was decided to proceed towards Kanilug,
and there to await the answer from the Porte.
Extract of Protocol of the Proceedings of the Commission for
Eastern Roumelia ; Meeting of June 1, 1879.
(Page 212) La Commission passe ensuite a la discussion du
trace de la frontiere entre le Mont Vosna et Kara-Evren.
M. le Commissaire de Turquie fait la proposition suivante :
Du Mont Vosna jusqu'a un point situe a l'ouest du village
de Kara-Evren, au croisement des routes Kara-Evren-Belevren,
Tekenzio-Evreneskeui, la frontiere suit la ligne geometrique de
partage des eaux entre les affluents qui vont a la Mer Noire au
nord et le bassin du Karanlik-Dere, les villages de Karanlik et
de Kara-Evren restant a. la Turquie. La ligne qu'il propose
n'est que la continuation de celle qui a ete suivie jusqu'a present ;.

No. 97. ( 661 )
c'est une ligne naturelle qui reunit toutes les conditions voulues
pour constituer une bonne frontiere geographique.
M. le Commissaire de Russie accepte cette ligne jusqu'au
point marque A sur le plan ; de ce point, il propose de tracer
la frontiere suivant une ligne qui passerait entre les villages
de Karanlik et de Kara-Evren, en laissant a la Roumelie Orien
tale ce dernier village ainsi que la tite du bassin de Karanlik-
Dere, et aboutirait du point terminus du trace propose par
M. le Commissaire de Turquie. II justifie sa proposition par
les considerations suivantes :
Le texte du Traite de Berlin dit que la frontiere passe entre
Belevrin et Alatli et rejoint le Mont Vosna en laissant le village
de Karanlik au sud ; il se borne, comme on le voit, a donner
des points de direction sans specifier le moins du monde que la
frontiere doive suivre le partage des eaux entre le Karanlik-
Dere et le Faki-Dere.
Le trace qui semble a M. le Commissaire de Russie le mieux
repondre aux conditions enoncees dans le texte qu'il vient de
rappeler est celui qui, contournant au nord et a l'ouest le village
de Karanlik, passerait entre ce dernier village et celui de Kara-
Evren et prendrait ensuite une direction dont le prolongement
irait aboutir au point de partage situe entre les villages de
Belevrin et d'Alatli. La ligne qu'il propose satisfait a ces
conditions. M. le Commissaire de France fait observer que la ligne de
partage proposee par M. le Commissaire du Turquie se continue
depuis le point de croisement de route ou s'arrete le trace actuel-
lement en discussion jusqu'au village d'Alatli, ou elle rejoint
la ligne de partage, que, d' apres le Traite, la frontiere doit
suivre jusqu'a Buyuk-Derbend. Suivant toute probabilite,
la Commission adoptera comme frontiere le prolongement dont
il s'agit entre le point de croisement et Alatli. Dans ces condi
tions, en se placant au point de vue invoque par M. le Commis
saire de Russie, il faudrait, pour que les interets des deux parties
fussent sauvegardes, que la ligne-ideale tiree du point de part-

No. 97. ( 662 )
age entre Belevrin et Alatli tangentiellement a un cercle ayant
Karanlik pour centre et un rayon de 3 ou 4 kilom., laissat de
chaque cote d'elle des surfaces equivalentes. Or, il suffit
d' examiner la Carte Autrichienne pour se convaincre que le
trace propose par M. le Commissaire de Turquie satisfait pleine-
ment a ces conditions : et c'est au point de vue de M. le Com
missaire de France une raison de plus pour l'accepter.
M. le Commissaire de la Grande Bretagne se rallie a. la pro
position de M. le Lieutenant-Colonel Chakir Bey pour les raisons
suivantes :
1. D'une maniere gdndrale, toutes les fois que la frontiere
quitte un partage d'eau, il en est fait expressdment mention
dans le text du Traiti : or, celui-ci n' en dit pas un mot pour
le cas qui nous occupe. D'ailleurs, quelle raison auraient eue
les auteurs de ce Traite pour delaisser partiellement, sur une
longeur de quelques kilometres, une ligne naturelle qui s'etend
sans interruption de Buyuk-Derbend a la Mer Noire ?
2. Le trace propose par M. le Commissaire de Russie, qui
attribue a la Roumelie Orientale la tete du bassin de Karanlik,
serait a son avis une mauvaise solution au point de vue adminis-
tratif ; car une pareille ligne de demarcation sera toujours dif
ficile a retrouver sur le terrain et pourra donner lieu a des con
testations entre les populations interessees.
M. le Commissaire de la Grande Bretagne croit done rester
a. la fois dans la lettre et dans l'esprit du Traite, en votant pour
a ligne de partage.
M. le Commissaire d'Autriche-Hongrie dit qu'a. son avis le
Traite de Berlin n' oblige nullement la Commission a suivre la
ligne de partage ; car, d' apres lui, si les auteurs du Traite avaient
eu 1' intention formelle de prendre cette ligne pour frontiere,
ils n'auraient pas manque d'en faire expressement mention. La
ligne proposee par M. le Commissaire de Russie est nettement
indiquee par des accidents topographiques, puis-qu'elle suit des
partages d'eau secondaires ou des fonds de vallees. A ce titre
elle lui parait pratiquement acceptable.

No. 97. (663)
M. le Commissaire de Russie developpe des considerations
analogues et arrive aux memes conclusions.
M. le Commissaire d'ltalie reconnait que le texte du Traite
peut a la rigeur etre interprete dans le sens indique par M. le
Commissaire d'Autriche-Hongrie ; mais il se demande quelles
sont les raisons majeures qui peuvent faire preferer a une ligne
naturelle formant une limite excellente, une ligne artificielle
qui ne saurait donner, a. son avis du moins, qu'une frontiere
pratiquement mauvaise. On ne pourrait, suivant lui, justifier
V adoption de cette derniere, que par le disir de laisser d la
Roumdlie Orientale le village de Kara-Evren. Or, comme le
texte du Traitd ne dit rien d ce sujet et laisse toute libertd a la
Commission, il vote pour la solution qui lui par ait la meilleure
au point de vue pratique et qui lui semble le mieux rdpondre d
V esprit du Traitd, c' est-d-dire pour la ligne de partage.
M. le Commissaire d'Autriche-Hongrie objecte que si l'in-
tention du Traite de Berlin avait ete de laisser Kara-Evren a
la Turquie, on aurait mis dans la texte que la frontiere passe au
nord de Kara-Evren et non pas au nord de Karanlik.
M. le Commissaire de France repond que si l'intention
formelle du Traite avait ete de faire passer la frontiere entre
Karanlik et Kara-Evren de facon a laisser ce dernier village
a la Roumelie, cette intention aurait ete enoncee explicitement,
comme dans, le cas des deux villages de Belevrin et de l'Alatli.
La discussion etant close, M. le President met aux voix la
proposition de M. le Commissaire de Turquie, qui a ete faite la
premiere. Cette proposition est acceptee a. la majorite de 4
voix contre 2.
Ont vote pour : MM. les Commissaires de France, de la
Grande Bretagne, d'ltalie, et de Turquie.
Ont vote contre : MM. les Commissaires d'Autriche-Hongrie
et de Russie.
A declare s'abstenir du vote, M. le Commissaire d'Allemagne.
KRAHMER. — WURMBRAND. — L. NICOLAS. — R. GORDON. —
D. TORNAGHI. — COUMMERAU. — CHAKIR.

No. 97. (664)
(P. 252) Captain Anderson to the Marquis of Salisbury.
(Received September 2.) Servian Boundary Commission,
(Extract.) Belgrade, August 18, 1879.
With reference to my previous despatch of this day's date,
informing your Lordship that the line of frontier marked by
the Commission at Prepolac had been accepted by all the Com
missioners, I have now the honour to submit the following
details on this subject,
I received at Prepolac, on the 14th July, your Lordship's
despatch dated 5th July, 1879, instructing me to give Servia in
the settlement of that portion of the frontier which had not been
already fixed a means of defence against the population of the
border territory. I was also in receipt of a copy of your Lord
ship's despatch to Mr. Gould dated 19th June, 1879, transmitted
to me for my information, expressing the wish of Her Majesty's
Government " that the settlement should be equitable and satis
factory to all parties concerned, so as to remove all occasion or
opportunity for future conflicts."
In order to effect that result with the greater certainty, it
was necessary to give to the Servians a defensive line at Pre
polac to enable them to oppose the inroads of the Albanians,
and at the same time to ensure that such a line should not prove
a menace to the inhabitants of the valley of the Lab.
The watershed line drops almost into the plain about 6
miles south of Prepolac. The military position of the Turks
in the upper valley of the Lab is, therefore, liable to be turned,
and the only natural position for defending this portion of the
Ottoman Empire is to be found 1 5 miles to the south where the
Lab flows through a narrow defile to the north of Pristina.
If then the Turks possessed no position at Prepolac, it would
inevitably happen that their troops would never be stationed
in the upper valley of the Lab, and the whole country bordering
on Servia, as far as the defile near Pristina, would be evacuated.

No. 97. (665)
Now the plain of the Lab is inhabited entirely by Alban
ians who have no fear of the Servians, and who will avail them
selves of every opportunity to invade the territory assigned
to Servia by the Berlin Treaty, They have some respect for the
Ottoman troops, and, therefore, while the Servians should have
ample means to prevent a wild but brave population from in
vading their territory, it was also necessary to give the Turks
the means of establishing troops at Prepolac for the main
tenance of proper order in the valley of Lab.
It is also to be observed that if an offensive military position
were given to the Servians at Prepolac, in the event of a war
with Turkey, they would be able to advance almost without
opposition to a position in dangerous proximity to Pristina
and to the Salonica-Mitrovica railway.
There was a very strong feeling among several of the Com
missioners, namely, the German, the Russian, and the Italian,
that the frontier should follow the strict watershed line, avoiding
the latter only where it cuts the road from Kurshumlie to
Pristina, for the benefit of the inhabitants at Prepolac, and this
view was fully shared by the Servian Commissioner. I have
already informed your Lordship, in the notes of the meeting
of the 1 6th July, enclosed with my despatch dated the 6th
August, that the Italian Commissioner based his opinion on the
Report of the Military Commission at Berlin, copy of which
Report was not in the possession of any of the other Commis
sioners. The German Commissioner was also of a like opinion,
believing that, if the Congress had wished to give to Turkey the
southern debouche of the defile or the position of Prepolac (" la
place " mentioned in the Protocols at Berlin), the words " la
place " would have been inserted in the text of the Treaty.
This view received some support from the line drawn on the
Treaty map, the scale of which was, however, too small to estab
lish this opinion conclusively.
Such a trace would have entirely prevented the Turks from

No. 97. ( 666 )
occupying any territory near Prepolac, while the Servians, who
have positions in rear of the crest line, would, in case of war,
be able to seize at once the crest, and commence the offensive
movements towards Pristina previously mentioned. My French
and Austrian colleagues agreed with me in the opinion that
such a frontier was inadmissible.
The Austro-French proposal given in the notes of the meet
ing of the 1 6th July embodied the idea of completely freeing
the road, and enabling thereby the Porte to establish troops at
Prepolac. It gave to the Turks a useful knoll which, while-
serving as a screen for the higher and more important posi
tion, overlooked the northern slope of the defile.
This project, after some difficulty, was accepted by the
whole Commission, excepting the Ottoman Commissioner, who
referred the question to his Government.
On the 20th July, when the Commission had completed
the delimitation of the new frontier on the Kopaonik, the
Turkish Commissioner proposed a new line, which, being ac
cepted by the Servian Commissioner, was also agreed to by the
whole Commission and marked on the ground provisionally, the
Turkish, Austrian, and Servian Commissioners giving their
vote conditionally ad referendum to their respective Govern
ments. These Governments have now definitely accepted the votes
of their Commissioners.
This new line follows the watershed for a certain distance,
and then leaves it so that the road from Prepolac to Pristina
is completely freed. It is preferable to the Austro-French line
in not being tortuous, in avoiding the descent into a deep
and wooded valley to the north-west of Prepolac, and in leaving
the Albanian village Chishniak to Turkey, which is a gain to
both sides. Both have a fairly defensive position, where they
can maintain themselves with less cost or warlike preparation.
In time of war both sides would have equally the chance of

No. 97. (667 )
seizing and establishing themselves on the crest, without which
the Servians have, by the configuration of the ground, no
facilities for massing troops in this neighbourhood.
The line as now marked on the ground is, therefore, in my
estimation, a fair determination of the frontier as stipulated
in the Berlin Treaty. It is the best for both parties concerned,
and gives all necessary facilities, at this important point of the
boundary, for the repression of those incursions which have
led to constant conflicts between the Albanians and the Servians
on the border.

No. 98.
THE TURCO-GREEK BOUNDARY AS DECIDED BY
THE DELEGATES OF THE POWERS ON JULY
15, 1880.
[From Correspondence respecting the Rectification of the Greek Frontier,
Blue Book (C. 2760), p. 42. J
(Quoted on page 839 of the Statement.)
Mr. Goschen to Earl Granville. — (Received July 16.)
(Telegraphic.) Constantinople, July 15, 1880.
The German Ambassador at Doyen presented the following
collective note to-day : " Constantinople, le 15 Juillet, 1880.
" Les Soussignes, Ambassadeurs ou Ministres, etc., pres
Sa Majeste l'Empereur des Ottomans, ont l'honneur de remettre
a son Excellence le Ministre des Affaires Etrangeres de la
Sublime Porte la note ci-apres, d'ordre de leurs Gouvernements.
Le Congres de Berlin, ayant indique dans son 1 3e Protocole les
points principaux de la ligne-frontiere qu'il jugerait neces-
saire d'etablir entre la Turquie et la Grece, les Puissances ont
fait appel d'abord a des negotiations directes sur cette base entre
les deux Etats. A deux reprises, dans les Conferences de Preveza
et de Constantinople, les Commissaires Turcs et Grecs, apres de
longs pourparlers, n'ont abouti qu'a constater leurs diver
gences ; en presence de ces tentatives inf ructueuses, les Puissances
668

No. 98. ( 669 )
designees par le Traite de Berlin ont juge necessaire d'inter-
poser leur mediation.'
" Cette mediation, pour etre efficace, devait s'exercer dans
toute sa plenitude, et les Cabinets, en presence des dispositions
reciproques des deux Etats interesses, ont prescrit a leurs Repre"
sentants reunis en Conference a Berlin, de fixer, en se conform
ant aux indications generates du Protocole No. 13, une ligne
qui constituat entre la Grece et la Turquie une bonne et solide
frontiere defensive.
" Les Plenipotentiaires, apres la discussion la plus atten
tive, eclaires d'ailleurs par les avis des Commissaires Techniques
delegues par leurs Gouvernements, ont vote a l'unanimite,
suivant les termes de leur mandat, le trace contenu dans l'Acte
suivant qui resume et clot leurs deliberations :
" Les pourparlers engages entre la Turquie et la Grece pour
la rectification de leurs frontieres, n' ayant point amene de
resultat, les Soussignes, Plenipotentiaires des Puissances appeles
par les previsions de l'Acte du 13 J unlet, 1878, a exercer la
mediation entre les deux Etats, se sont reunis en Conference
a Berlin, conformement, et apres mure deliberation, s'inspirant
de l'esprit et des termes du Protocole No. 13 du Congres de
Berlin, ont adopte a l'unanimite le trace suivant :
" La frontiere suivra le thalweg du Kalamas depuis V em
bouchure de cette riviere dans la Mer lonienne, jusqu'a sa source
dans le voisinage de Han-Kalibaki, puis les crites qui forment
la ligne de sdparation entre les bassins.
" Au nord de la Wouitza, de I ' Haliacmon, et de Mavrondri
et leurs tributaires.
" Au sud, du Kalamas, de I'Arta, de V Aspropotamos et du
Salambryas {Pdnde ancien), et leurs tributaires, pour aboutir
a I'Olympe, dont elle suivra la crite jusqu' a son extrdmitd orien
tale sur la Mer Egee.
" Cette ligne laisse au sud le Lac de Janina et tous ses
affluents, ainsi que Metzovo, qui resteront acquis a la Grece.

No. 98. ( 67o)
" Les Soussignes ont l'honneur de soumettre aux Puissances
dont ils sont les Representants et les mandataires la presente
decision, afin qu'elles veuillent bien I'approuver et la notifier
aux parties interessees.
" Fait a Berlin, le ier Juillet, 1880.
" Hohenlohe. — St. Vallier. — Launay. — SzE'cheyi. — Odo
Russell. — Sabo'urow. ' '

No. 99.
THE TURKO-GREEK BOUNDARY AS FIXED BY
CONVENTION ON MAY 24, 1881.
[From the Despatch from Mr. Goschen forwarding the Convention for the
Settlement of the Frontier between Greece and Turkey,'' va. Blue Book (C. 2912),
P- 7).] (Quoted on page 840 of the Statement.)
The new frontiers of Turkey and Greece are fixed as follows :
The new frontier line starting from a point near the defile
of Karalik-Dervend, between the mouth of the Salamvrias and
Platamona, about 4 kilom. to the south of the latter point,
follows in a westerly direction the crest of the mountains, passes
first between Krania and Avarnitza, then between Nezeros and
Analipsis, arrives at the summit of Mount Godaman, then de
scends towards the south, following the crest of Olympus, reaches
the summit of Kokkinopetra, and, taking a westerly direction
from this point without leaving the same crest, passes between
Ligara and Derveni-Melona, and arrives at the summit of Mount
Kritiri. Thence turning towards the south the line gains the
right bank of the Xeraghis, and, following the line of watershed
towards the south-west, gains the summit of the heights situated
to the north of the village of Zarko, then turns to the north
west in the direction of Diminitza and keeps to the line of water
shed, leaving to Turkey the village of Elevtherokhorion. Be
fore reaching Diminitza, at a distance of about 18 kilom. from
that place, the frontier line turns towards the west, still on
line of watershed, and passes by the villages of Flamouristi,
Gavranon and Georgitza to the summit of Mount Kratchovo.

No. 99. (672)
Then turning southwards by the crest, it passes by the summits
of Mounts Zygos, Dokini, and Peristeri, and gains the River
Arta, following the stream which carries off by the shortest
way the rainfall from the summit of Mount Peristeri to this
river, and passing near the villages of Kalarhytes and Mikalitzi.
Beyond these last points the line follows the thalweg of the
River Arta to its mouth.
This delimitation will be fixed on the spot by a Commission
composed of the Delegates of the Six Powers and of the two
parties interested.
The Delimitation Commission will pass their resolutions by
a majority of votes, each Power having but one vote.
It should meet within eight days after the ratification of
the present Convention, or sooner if possible, so as to commence
its labours.

No. 100.
IDENTITY OF "CRETE" WITH "THE MATHEMATICAL
LINE" OF THE LINE OF WATER-PARTING.
The " Scientific Water-Parting " in the Turco-Greek
Delimitation.
TFrom Blue Book C. 3137; Correspondence respecting the rectification of
the Greek Frontier, pp. 129, 130, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140.]
(Quoted on pp. 840, 844, 845 of the Statement.)
General Report by Major Ardagh on the Delimitation of the
new Turco-Greek Frontier.
(P. 129). The new Turco-Greek frontier is described in Article 1
of the Convention between the Six Great Powers and the Sub
lime Porte, signed at Constantinople on the 24th May, 1881.
That document, in so far as the description of the line is
concerned, is a transcript of the proposition of the Sublime
Porte, dated 23rd March, 1881, with the sole exception of the
paragraph relating to the line between Mount Fritiri and
Zarkos, which in the Ottoman note ran as follows :
" . . . et arrive au soumet du Kritiri. De la se dirigeant
vers le sud, la ligne-frontiere passe a. la rive droite du Xeraghis,
en la coupant perpendiculairement a la distance la plus courte,
et suivant la ligne de partage des eaux vers le sud-ouest, elle
gagne le soumet du mont situe au nord du village de Zarkos."
This text was communicated by the Representatives of the
673 R

No. 100. (674)
Powers to their respective Commissioners for the delimitation
of the frontier, with the recommendation to follow, as far as
possible, the crests of the mountains between the River Xeraghis
and the heights north of Zarkos.
The Porte subsequently sent to the Representatives of the
Powers a description drawn up by the Ottoman General Staff.
This was likewise communicated by the Ambassadors to
their respective Commissioners, with the recommendation to
conform to it in so far as it was not in contradiction with the
original text already quoted.
No map is referred to in Article 1 of the Convention, but
a map with the line of the frontier marked upon it was prepared
by the Ottoman Plenipotentiaries, and attached to the Annex
relating to the evacuation of the ceded territory.
(P. 133) The summit of Peristeri is the culminating point
of the mountain mass from which descend the higher affluents
of the Aspropotamos and the rivers of Metsovo and Kalarrytais,
the two last falling into the Arta. This western branch of
Mount Pindus, as it passes southwards, breaks up into the
Kakardista and Djumerka ranges, both of which have summits
exceeding 7000 feet in height.
The new frontier on leaving Peristeri follows the water-
parting between the Aspropotamos and the river of Metsovo
along a series of very steep and rugged crests, whose arites are
almost impassable. It then descends to the col of Hodja Man-
dria, on the road from Metsovo to Khaliki, a road only passable
for pack animals. It then ascends by a series of elevated spurs
with rounded grassy summits and steep slopes, covered in
parts with beech forests, to the summit of Mount Dokimi,
where it attains the main chain of Pindus on the water-parting
between the Egean and Ionian Seas, which separates Thessaly
from Epirus. Thence, turning northwards between the basins
of the Salamvrias (Peneus) and Arta (Aracthus), it traverses

No. 100. (675)
the col of Zygos, over which passes the main road between
Thessaly and Epirus. The name of Zygos, or Yoke, is applied
to all cols generically with a locative epithet, but the Zygos of
Metsovo is too widely known to require this qualification. It
will be seen from the map that it is the sole point where only a
single range of mountains intervenes between Thessaly and
Epirus, and the route therefore possesses such advantages that
long detours are made on either side to arrive at it. For in
stance, to reach Arta from Larissa, it is customary for travellers
and pack convoys to cross by Metsovo, instead of taking the
shorter but more mountainous track across the valley of the
Aspropotamos. The highest point of the road lies in a natural
gap between two steep declivities. On the side of Epirus the
slopes are very rapid, and the road is artificially revetted with
stone and timber near the summit. Towards Thessaly a series
of spurs project from the principal range, forming numerous
valleys, whose waters descend into the Salamvrias, whose
source may be placed at an abandoned han close to the col.
While the Epirote side is almost denuded of timber, the Thes.
salian is in parts thickly wooded with both umbrageous and
coniferous trees. This is mainly attributable, on the former
side, to the steepness and rocky character of the flank of the
mountain, and to the absence of movements of ground afford
ing shelter from sun and wind, and likewise to the large quan
tity of fuel required by the population of Metsovo ; while, on
the latter, the spurs running out to the eastward furnish shade
and protection to the intervening valleys, and the woodcutter
has a longer distance to traverse.
The road from Janina to Trikala is said to have been made
carriageable by the celebrated AH Pasha. Traces of ameliora
tions still exist, but of the numerous bridges scarcely one
remains ; and it certainly was never, even for a short period,
generally used for wheeled vehicles. It is at the present time
only adapted for pack traffic, and a very large expenditure,

No. 100. (676)
and indeed a completely new trace, would be requisite to render
it carriageable, the' difficulties being greatest on the Epirote side-
The Zygos col is not the only point of passage. At a short
distance on either side there are other tracks, of which, how
ever, only that to the north, which leads from Metsovo to the
Malakassi district, appears to be much used. All three, how
ever, pass by Metsovo, and hence arises the importance of this
post from a military point of view, as it commands them all.
The fort of Metsovo, a mere defensible enclosure formed by
indifferent masonry walls of no great height, standing in the
middle of the town, is completely commanded by the adjacent
hills, and is rather a military depot than a work of defence.
The favourable position of the locality will, however, always
preserve for it a certain amount of value.
At the col of Zygos the rounded grassy summits of Dokimi
are replaced by rugged crests, sparsely wooded and rising to
conical summits, of which Mount Zygos is the most lofty (5780
feet). At this point a range diverges to the north-west, forming
the water-parting between the basins of the Arta and the Voiussa,
and extending through the Zagori district towards the sources
of the Kalamas, by the line proposed as a frontier at the. Con
ference of Berlin. From Mount Zygos to the village of Tchouka
the Conference line is identical with that of the Convention of
Constantinople. Two miles northward, at the summit called Tabouria Atha-
nasaki, the new frontier leaves the main water-parting of the
Pindus range, which, continuing in a north-westerly direction
by the summits of Samarina and Palimayero, separates the
basins of the Voiussa and the Haliakmon, while the frontier
divides that of the latter river from the Salamvrias. On this
mountain chain most of the villages are Vlach, the principal
being Peri vol ia, Avdela, and Samarina. Their male population
is largely non-resident during the greater part of the year,
their avocations of shepherds and carriers inducing a sort of

No. 100. (677 )
nomad existence dependent on pasture and trade. These vil
lages are consequently more exposed to brigandage than the
purely agricultural ones, and have suffered more severely.
The boundary now takes a westerly direction by the wooded
summits of Mavrovouni and Pade Skunta, crossing the road
from Malakassi to Perivolia. It mounts to 5000 feet at the
southern summit of Sdriannou, which is cultivated, and thence
follows a ridge to the north of the village of Kutchevleni, to
the north of which it passes over a col (3740 feet) by which
a stream, derived from the Perliana, an affluent of the Haliak-
mon, is led in an artificial channel across the frontier to furnish
water to the village.
Pursuing a devious course over features rising but slightly
above, the adjacent valleys, it passes successively the col of
Stavro-Dromi (cross-roads), Tsigan Klisia (gypsy's church),
the Bimbashi's grave, and leaving the village of Boltinon to
the north, ascends Mount Katafiki, the most western spur of
the Kratchovo or Gribovo Mountains, which extend from hence
in a south-westerly direction between the Generaliotiko and the
river of Kapoplevri. Both flanks are covered with forest, and
the principal summits are about 5000 feet above the sea.
The Convention makes no mention of any name between
the summits of Kratchovo and Zygos, merely specifying that the
frontier follows the crest southward. The Ottoman Commis
sioner submitted an interpretation of this portion of the descrip
tion, according to which the name of Mount Zygos was to be
attributed to a summit to the east of Mount Dokimi, called Ev-
morphi Rakhi {the well-shaped ridge) near a col named the
Zygos of Kastania. From this point a line was to be drawn
by a mountain called Kizil Tepe (the red hill) across the Salam
vrias near Malakassi Han, and thence to Mount Kratchovo.
In compliance with his request, I included all the ground over
which his line might pass, in the survey. The fact of its cross
ing the Salamvrias valley was evidently a fatal objection, which

No. 100. (678)
the map, when completed, only demonstrated more decisively,
and this proposition was subsequently withdrawn. While en
gaged on this portion of the work near Kizil Tepe, Lieutenant
Leverson's escort perceived a band of brigands and fired on them,
but without effect.
Reverting now to Mount Kratchovo, it appears that the
point to which this name is attributed, on the Austrian and
other maps, is by no means the highest summit. The line of
water-parting between the Salamvrias and Haliakmon leaves
the range at a hill called Fonika, and follows a series of ridges
of but slight elevation over the adjacent country, passing by a
church called Agios Elias ; to the south of the village of Bozovo ;
to the west of the village and monastery of Saghiades ; across
a col on the Nostrovo-Georgitza road ; after which it mounts
to a summit named Djumanalta, and follows a series of wooded
ridges to the village of Velimisti, where it descends to a broad col
with gentle slopes on either side, over which passes the principal
road from Kalabaka to the Haliakmon Valley. The gradients
on either side are very gentle, and the road might very easily
be made carriageable.
(P. 135) From the col of Velemisti the frontier mounts to
a series of wooded hills between the villages of Tchapurnia and
Kerasia, leaving to the south the Valley of Mikhani, beyond
which rises the rock-bound promontory which projects south
ward to the Salamvrias at Kalabaka, and terminates in the
remarkable pinnacles on which are perched the monasteries of
Mekteora, opposite to which, on the south bank of the river,
rises the great chain of Kodjaca, which separates the upper plain
of Thessaly (Thessaliotis) from the basin of the Aspropotamos.
At Aspri-Klisia (white church) the frontier crosses another
open col, forming an easy communication with the Plain of
Philuria, watered by the Soutza, one of the affluents of the
Haliakmon. This plain, containing the villages of Snitza,

No. 100. (679)
Kommati, Katakali, Nubanitza, Ismiatch,<Greosi, and Kalapodi,
extends northward to the foot of Mount Diskata, one peak of
which is called Bounassa, from a monastery of that name.
This mountain, forming the western abutment of the ancient
Cambunian range, is situated at the point where the Haliakmon,
after flowing southward from the Lake of Kastoria for a dis
tance of 45 miles, turns sharply to the north-eastward towards
the head of the Gulf of Salonica. |
Passing the churches of Agia Paraskevi, Agios Athana-
sios, and leaving the villages of Klitzotades and Kerasia Sinon
to Greece, and that of Tchuka to Turkey, the frontier arrives
at the church of Agios Elias, on a bare rounded hill 4100
feet in height, conspicuous for many miles around. At this
point it leaves the watershed between the basins of the Haliakmon
and Salamvrias to follow that between the latter and the
Xeraghis. A gently sloping saddle between the villages of
Agios Georgios and Pertchounia forms the continuation of the.
former watershed northwards in the direction of Diskata, and
corresponds with the line of frontier proposed at the Conference
of Berlin. From Agios Elias, the new boundary passes westward, over
a series of rounded, grassy summits, with a few scattered trees
to a mountain called Mitritza, leaving to Greece the ruined
church Agios Elias, and the villages of Mavreli, Akhelnada,
and Longos. At Mitritza it enters a thickly- wooded region,
and curves to the southwards in a semicircle about 5 miles in
diameter, to arrive on a lofty forest ridge extending trans
versely across the general line of watershed, and shutting
out the view along it. Leaving this ridge al Mount Barberi,
it passes southwards over a col marked by an ancient beech tree
with innumerable stems called " Evdominda Adelphi " (the
seventy brothers), and mounts a wooded conical hill called
Mamoli, beyond which it pursues an irregular descending line
to the west of Simolia, and drops into a valley south of that

No. 100. ( 680 )
village at the water-parting between the streams Smoliotiko and
Mavrovero, the former of which falls into the Xeraghis, near
Vlakhogianni, and the latter, turning southward, into the
Salamvrias below Trikala. Ascending to the crest of another
transverse ridge called Tsevrekho, whose northern slopes are
wooded, it turns eastward along it to the village of Panissa,
overlooking the valley of the Xeraghis, with the villages of
Amouri, Demeniko, and Mologousta at the western foot of the
mass of Mount Kritiri.- The water-parting cuts off the northern
house of the village from the rest which lie on the Greek side.
The Commission considered itself justified in including the
detached house within the ceded territory; but the villagers,
nevertheless , had determined to move it across the strict line
of frontier, and, I understand, have since carried out their
intention. South of Panissa, the frontier follows a number of bare
knolls by the ruins of the churches of A. Alhanasios and A.
Elias, to descend southwards into the plain of Elevthero-
khorion, and follow some gentle undulations towards the ruins
of an ancient fortress, apparently Byzantine, standing on a
promontory overlooking the village of Gritzianon, which is
situated below in the Thessaliotic plain. At this point it again
turns eastward along rounded features of little elevation,
separating the plain of Elevtherokhorion from the steep slopes
descending southwards to the Salamvrias Valley, and having
passed the Church of Agios Elias, mounts the rugged marble
slope of Mount Koutra, which corresponds with the " heights
north of Zarkos " named in the Convention.
Mount Koutra forms the northern, and Mount Babou the
southern, extremity of an elevated ridge abutting on the Salam-'
vrias near Zarkos, which lies in the Thessaliotic plain at the
foot of its western slope. The range is continued on the south
ern bank of the river, under the names of the Dobrudji Dagh,
Kara Dagh, etc., to the chain of Othrys, on the old frontier ;

No. 100. (681 )
and it forms the division between the upper Thessalian plain
(Thessaliotis) and the lower Thessalian plain (Pelasgiotis).
The Gorge of Zarkos, between Mount Baboo and the Dobrudji
Dagh, is, for the Thessaliotic plainj what the Vale of Tempe
is for the Pelasgiotic, the sole exit for its waters, and a comJpul.-
sory point of passage towards which all the principal lines
of communication converge.
In the middle of this gorge a small knoll, projecting from
the northern side, affords an excellent position for watching
the road in either direction. Some masonry ruins show that
it is the site of an extensive ancient building, and in modern
times it has revived in importance under the name of the Kule,
or guardhouse of Zarko, mentioned in the communication
from the Sublime Porte dated 4th July, 1881.
The road connecting the Thessaliotic and Pelasgiotic plains
bifurcates here, one branch of it passing southwards to a ford
or ferry on the Salamvrias, from whence it arrives, by the south
bank, at Larissa ; the other continuing along the north bank,
and affording the only road practicable at all seasons, irre
spective of floods in the rivers. A branch of this latter road
crosses into the valley of the Xeraghis below Damasi, and forms
the communication with Turnavo.
The importance of this defile of Zarkos, both from a com
mercial as well as from a military point of view, cannot be
over-estimated. If a railway is ever constructed from the
Aegean coast to Larissa, Trikala, and the interior, it is by this
gorge that it must pass ; and in winter, when snow lies on
the mountains, and when the plains are flooded, it is the sole
communication on the north bank.
Descending the Salamvrias through the defile, the plain
of Larissa lies open to the east ; but the river, instead of taking
what would seem to be the natural direction eastward, passing
to the south of Kotzokhero, turns northwards towards the
Xeraghis, and, arriving at the middle of the connecting valley,

No. 100. ( 682 )
by another freak of nature, resumes its original direction,
and makes its final debouche through a narrow gorge bounded
by cliffs rising 1200 feet above it close to the village of
Gounitza, which corresponds with the Goumtcha of the
Turkish note. This second gorge, called the defile of Kalamaki,
lieS ' between two independent mountain masses called Sidhero-
paloukhi and Gounitza.
To the north of Sidheropaloukhi a similar gorge forms the
debouche of the Xeraghis, beyond whiclr rises another moun
tain mass enclosed on the south and west by that river, on the
north by the plain of Ellassona, and connected with the lower
Olympus by the col of Meluna. On all previously existing maps
the name of Kritiri has been assigned to this group of moun
tains, or to its highest point. The Austrian map indicated
as well another summit named Gavani, and the map of Khry-
sokhoos yet a third named Losfaki. Both the latter names are
identified without difficulty on the ground, but with reference
to Kritiri a controversy arose which has given rise to very
divergent opinions.
The Ottoman Commissioners indicate as Kritiri a small
knoll situated on a spur close to the north of Turnavo. The
name Kritiri in this case is, the Greek Commissioner avers,
but a vulgar corruption of Akroterion (promontory). In any
case it was regarded by myself and by my colleagues, with the
exception of the Ottoman Commissioner, as not being identical
with the Kritiri of the Convention. The Greek Commissioner
on the other hand maintains that Pappalivadho, the highest
summit of the mountain mass between the plains of Ellassona
and Turnavo, and the great bend of the Xeraghis, correspond
to the Kritiri of the Convention. I share his opinion ; but my
other colleagues, while abstaining from pronouncing absolutely
in favour of another locality, have not accepted as proved
beyond dispute the allegation that Pappalivadho corresponds
with Kritiri.

No. 100. (683)
(P. 138) Reverting now to the frontier between Mount
Kritiri and the heights north of Zarkos : there were three
lines before the Commission — the Turkish proposal, the Greek
proposal, and the line proposed by some of the neutral mem
bers. The Turkish line is that described in the communication
from the Sublime Porte dated the 4th July, 1881 : " De Kritiri
a. Tripmeni, et de la traversant la Riviere de Xeraghis par
Bey Dermeni, elle monte au sommet de Chidropaluiki, et suivant
la chaine de Ortadjiler et Tschatallar au mont de Goumtcha,
elle passe par le defile de Kalamaki, pour arriver directement
au Koule du corps de garde de Zarkos, et de la. elle gagne le
sommet du mont situe au nord du village de Zarkos."
This description makes no mention of the River Salamvrias,
which it crosses twice, and is in such glaring contradiction
with both the original Ottoman declaration and the text of the
Convention that it is unnecessary here to recapitulate the
objections opposed to it by the Commission, and endorsed by the
Ambassadors in their note dated November 1881.
The Greek line started from the summit of Pappalivadho
and followed a line of crest in the direction of Damasi, cross
ing the Xeraghis immediately to the south of that town, and
mounting at once to the line of crest which runs thence in a
south-westerly direction to Mount Koutra (or the summit north
of Zarkos). The line adopted by the majority of the Commission follows
the Turkish line as far as the summit of Sidheropaloukhi,
where it turns along the line of water-parting between the
Salamvrias and Xeraghis, joining the Greek line near Damasi,
and thence coinciding with it to the heights north of Zarkos.
It is therefore a compromise between the two extremes, the
Greek Commissioner approving of the southern portion of it,
and the Turkish Commissioner of the northern portion ; the
central portion, too, having the theoretical advantage of being an

No. 100. (684)
exact continuation of the water-parting betiveen the Xeraghis
and Salamvrias, a principle which regulates the rest of the
frontier between these rivers. The divergence between the
Greek line and the Commission line is essentially confined to
the part north of the Xeraghis. The Greek line is the shortest,
the most difficult to pass, and the most easy to defend, and in
these respects is superior to any other that could be chosen,
irrespective of other considerations, between Kritiri and Zarkos.
It diverges a little to the west of the southerly direction pre
scribed for the frontier between the summit and the river, but
not so much as the other line diverges to the east. It should,
however, not be forgotten that most of my colleagues do not
commit themselves to the acceptance of Pappalivadho as Kritiri.
I, who am thoroughly convinced of it, was consequently unable
to concur in their arguments against the Greek line. Finding,
however, that all my colleagues of the Mediating Powers were
of accord, and recognizing, moreover, the recommendation of
the Plenipotentiaries to conform to the indications of the com
munications of the Porte dated the 4th July, 1881, in so far
as they were not in contradiction with the original text of the
Ottoman proposition, I accepted the proposition of my colleagues,
sacrificing for the sake of unanimity my own views.
The next controversy which arose was on the subject of
Kritzovali (or Gurtchova of the Ottoman Commissioner). The
foundation of the Ottoman claim is based on the fact that this
village lies in a hollow basin with no superficial outlet, and
therefore has as crest on either side, its surface drainage finding
an exit by a subterranean channel, as is not uncommon in Greece
and Albania. As such areas of depression strictly belong to
the river basins into which their waters would flow, were the
subterranean outlet closed, there was no difficulty in determining
that the basin in question belonged to the Salamvrias river
system, and consequently fell to Greece. Irrespective of this,
the line adopted by the Commission follows the obvious con-

No. 100. (685)
tinuation of the mountain range, the low features enclosing
the basin on the eastern side being in comparison insignificant.
It may be added that the allegations of the Ottoman Com
missioner as to the water-supply of the village are at variance
with our information procured on the spot, and I was camped
close to the village for two days. ,
These arguments are set forth in detail in the notes on the
subject, and need not be repeated here.
The next point to which I shall call attention is the use
of the word " crite " in the description of the frontier from
Agios Elias (Tripmeni) to the sea. Conceiving this term to
be ambiguous, and apprehending future divergences of opinion
as to its interpretation, I was desirous of substituting the ex
pression " ligne de partage des eaux}' which has an exact and
definite meaning. After much discussion, the matter was
settled in the following way :
The word " crete " is left in the text, but Article V . of
the Final Act declares that whenever it occurs it is to be held
to mean " the mathematical line." This, I conceive, establishes
its identity with the line of water-parting.
My object in contending the question was to provide against
the contingency of either party claiming the whole of the top
of a ridge to the exclusion of the other, as I had reason to sup
pose might be the case.
These points which I have just recounted were the only
ones of any consequence upon which I differed with my col
leagues, and both, as I have explained, were arranged so that
the whole line, as described in the Final Act, was voted unani
mously by the Representatives of the Mediating Powers.
Before continuing the description of the frontier, I may
here observe that the whole survey from Arta up' to Zarkos
depended upon a triangulation extended from a base at the
former place, and that the restrictions imposed upon the tri
angulation by the absence of signals and the limitations to a

No. 100. ( 686 )
zone of 2^ kilom. on either side of the line very greatly increased
the difficulty of carrying it on without a break of continuity.
A new base was therefore measured in the plain of the
Salamvrias, near Zarkos, and was connected with the network
of triangulation. From the summit of Mount Koutra the line of frontier takes
a north-easterly direction along the watershed, in exact confor
mity with the text of the Convention. Arrived near Damasi,
instead of continuing this natural feature until it falls into
the Xeraghis near that village (as I should have preferred), it
turns eastward, and, crossing the valley connecting the vil
lages of Damasi and Koutsokhero, ascends to the summit of
Mount Sidheropaloukhi along the continuation of the water
shed. Between Sidheropaloukhi and the opposite summit of Agios
Elias, it makes a curved line, leaving the mill of Bey Deirmeni
to Turkey (though I should have preferred a direct line across
the gorge).
From Agios Elias it follows the crest of a ridge comprising
Mounts Tripmeni and Losfaki, the latter situated immediately
above the small hill near Turnavo, called Kritiri by the Turks.
It thus passes along the edge overlooking the plain of Tur
navo, and within rifle-shot of that town, conditions which are
certainly unfavourable to Greece. On the other hand, I must
admit that a line passing directly south from the summit of
Pappalivadho would have separated the plain of Damasi from
the village, and thus have given rise to great economic incon
venience, as is the case at Arta.
From Losfaki the line passes by the summits of Mavroi and
Drepani, leaving Gavani to Turkey ; whereas, according to the
indications of the Austrian and other maps, that mountain
ought to lie on the Greek side of the frontier.
The boundary line then mounts to the summit of Pappa
livadho, and crosses a ravine to that of Agios Elias, from whence

No. 100. (687)
it descends, passing immediately to the north of Kritzovali,
and thence following a ridge separating the plains of Turnavo
and Ellassona to Mount Moluna.
Passing to the south of the guardhouse on the col of Moluna,
which is actually situated on the Greek side of the water-parting
but which has, with the consent of the Greek Commissioner
been left to Turkey, it ascends the steep slope of Mount Menexe,
the western abutment of the chain of Lower Olympus (Octo-
lophos). This chain is separated from the main mass of the
Thessalian Olympus by the plains of Karya and Konispoli, and
the gorges of Davia and Kanalia, whose streams have their
origin in these plains. Its principal summits, along which the
line of the frontier passes, are : Menexe, Valetskou, Psilorekh,
Souvlismenos, Godaman, Tabouria, Strouti-Gourdsa, Agios
Elias, Analipsis, and Metamorphosis. Their usual height is
between 4000 and 5000 feet above the sea. The summits,
with the exception of the last two, are not very bold ; (p. 140)
the southern slopes, which terminate abruptly in the Pelas
giotic Plain are generally covered with brushwood, and the
northern thinly interspersed with groves of inconsiderable
growth. Analipsis and Metamorphosis are steep and rocky.
At each of the numerous cols along this range there are paths
passable for pack animals.
The sources of the Ziliana, which flows through the gorge
of Kanalia, and of the torrent of Davia, which flows into the
river of Ellassona, and thence into the Xeraghis, are situate
close together on the plain of Konispoli, about 3000 feet above
the sea. From the north of this plain, near the village of
Karya, the principal mass of Mount Olympus rises steeply to
wards its southern culminating point, Agios Elias, which can
be reached in four or five hours from that village. Flocks of
sheep are pastured by the Vlach shepherds on the summit of
Mount Olympus in summer.
The highest summit of Godaman is not on the watershed

No. 100. ( 688 )
line, but lies a kilometre to the south of it ; and another locality
mentioned in the Convention, Kokkinopetra, is not a principal
summit, but a ridge of remarkable rocks on the southern flank
of Mount Godaman.
At the Lake of Nezeros (called Livadaki on some maps)
another controversy arose between the Ottoman Commissioner
and his colleagues as to which side of the lake the frontier should
pass. This lake, like the village of Kritzovali, lies in a basin of
depression with no superficial outlet, its waters finding their
exit by a gully-hole, or " katavothron," where they are utilized
to drive a mill.
The lowest col in the encircling chain of hills lies on the
south side, and consequently the scientific water-parting follows
the mountains on the north side. The claim of the Ottoman
Commissioner was that the frontier should pass on the south
side of the lake.
According to the terms of the Convention, it should pass
between Analipsis and Nezeros, and the controversy depends
on the identification of Analipsis, which the Ottoman Commis
sioner represents to be a mountain called Analipsis Rapsanio-
tikos, close to the village of Rapsani. The other Commissioners
entertain no doubt that the greater Mount Analipsis, close to
Nezeros, and on the north side of the lake, is the locality in
tended by the Convention.
As all the arguments are set forth in the Protocols, and
in the despatch dated the 27 th November, which I addressed to
His Excellency the Earl of Dufferin, upon the subject, it is
unnecessary here to recapitulate them. The question is decided
as far as the Commission is concerned, and is now the subject
of diplomatic correspondence.
From Metamorphosis and Analipsis, the Lower Olympus
range descends towards the Aegean, its slopes being still covered
by woods representing the ancient forest of Callipeuce at the

No. 100. (689)
southern extremity of the Pierian Plain, which it separates
from the delta of the Peneus, bounded on the southern side by
Mount Ossa. . . . J. C. Ardagh.

No. 101.
Question raised as to the
CUTTING OF THE RIVER SALAMVRYAS
in the Turco-Greek Boundary.
[From " Correspondence respecting the Rectification of the Greek Frontier "'
in Blue Book (C.-3137), Greece No. 1 (1882).]
(Quoted on page 842 of the Statement.)
The Representatives of the Powers to Assim Pasha.
(P. 77) The Undersigned, Ambassadors of Austria-Hungary,
France, Great Britain, Italy, and Russia, and the Charge
d' Affaires of Germany, have received the note which His Excel
lency the Minister for Foreign Affairs of His Majesty the Sultan
did them the honour to address to them on the 19th instant
relative to the divergence of opinion that has arisen in the
Delimitation Commission as regards the Turco-Greek frontier
between the River Xeraghis and the heights situated to the
north of Mount Zarkos.
His Excellency Assim Pasha asks at the same time that
any information which the Undersigned may possess on this
subject may be communicated to him. They accordingly
hasten to call his attention to the following facts : —
The Ottoman Commissioners proposed to carry the whole
line from the Xeraghis as far as Gonitza, situated in the south
of the country. It is only necessary, however, to examine the
acts fixing the new frontier in order to convince oneself that

No. 101. ( 691 )
this line would be contrary to the spirit as well as to the terms
of the agreement arrived at. The Convention of the 24th May
contains the following description of this frontier : "It arrives Quoted
. . . P- 84J-
at the summit of Mount Kritiri. Turning thence towards the
south, the line reaches the right bank of the Xeraghis, and fol
lowing the line of the water-parting towards the south-west,
gains the summit of the heights situated to the north of the
village Zarkos}'
During the negotiations, nevertheless, the Ottoman Pleni
potentiaries observed that these terms did not exactly corre
spond with the Turkish proposal. The Representatives of the
Powers; acknowledging that their intention had indeed been to
adopt the proposal put forth by the Turkish Government, con
sented to sign a Declaration containing an engagement to
submit the text of the Turkish proposal to the Delimitation
Commission. And this Declaration was signed at the same
time as the Convention. But this part of the Turkish proposal,
which was communicated to the Representatives of the Powers
on the 23rd March, was in the following terms : " It arrives plaJ;e ^x!n*
•J > fc> p. 841 m the
at Kritiri. Turning thence towards the south, the frontier-line Statement.
reaches the right bank of the Xeraghis, cutting it perpendicularly
at the nearest point, and following the line of the water-parting
towards the south-west, reaches the summit of the mountain
situated to the north of the village of Zarkos}'
Nor is that all. At the request of the Ottoman Plenipoten
tiaries, the Representatives of the Powers also undertook, by
the Declaration of the 24th May, to recommend the Delimita
tion Commission to follow, between the River Xeraghis and
the heights situated to the north of Zarkos, as far as possible,
" the crests of the mountains."
All the acts recognized as determining the new frontier Quoted
state, therefore, that the line between the Xeraghis and the
heights to the north of Zarkos must follow the line of the water-
parting. How, therefore, under these circumstances, can it be

No. 101. (692 )
brought down as far as the Peneus, and even carried to the other
side of this river ?
Article 1 of the Convention states, moreover, that " the
Delimitation Commission shall pass its resolutions by a majority
of voices." In the present instance, all the Commissioners
of the Powers voted for the line adopted.
The Undersigned do not doubt that these explanations will
suffice to put an end to the misunderstanding in question, and
that His Excellency the Minister for Foreign Affairs will be
good enough to take the necessary steps for the definitive
adoption of a decision which is in entire conformity with the
stipulations agreed upon.
The Undersigned, etc.
# * * * *
Protest of the Greek Delegates against the decision of the
Delimitation Commission respecting the portion of the new
Turco-Greek frontier-line between the summit of Mount Kritiri
and that of the Heights to the north of the Village of Zarkos.
(P. 83) The Undersigned, deputed by His Majesty the King
of the Hellenes to assist at the International Commission for
the delimitation of the new frontier between Greece and Turkey,
have the honour to submit to the friendly judgment of the
Commission the considerations which have prevented them
from accepting the frontier proposed between Mount Kritiri
and the summit of Zarkos, which has been fixed by the five
present members of the Commission, and from signing the
Protocol relating to it, and entirely to reserve the right of the
Greek Government to decide upon this portion of the new
frontier-line. By the Convention of the i2/24th May, 1881, the portion
of the line of the frontier in question is settled in the following
manner : —
" Starting from this point, without leaving the same ridge,
it passes between Ligara and Derveni Melonna and reaches the

No. 101. ( 693 )
summit of Mount Kritiri. The line turning southwards-
from there arrives at the right bank of the Xdraghis, and fol
lowing the line of watershed towards the south-west, reaches the
summit of the heights situated to the north of the village of
Zarkos." The Ottoman Government has proposed, in a further Decla
ration, to modify this as follows :
" The frontier-line proceeding thence in a southerly direc
tion arrives at the right bank of the Xeraghis, cutting it per
pendicularly at the shortest distance, and following the line of
watershed to the south-west, reaches the summit of the moun
tain situated to the north of the village of Zarkos."
Their Excellencies the Representatives of the Mediating
Powers at Constantinople recommended this new text to the-
Delegates of the powers on the Commission of Delimitation to
replace the corresponding passage in the Convention of the
l2/24th May.
The Government which the Undersigned have the honour to
represent on the Commission has not sent to them up to the
present time any communication concerning this modification.
Nevertheless, as the Commissioners of the Mediating Powers
have had the goodness to communicate it to them, they have
not hesitated to accept it also as a guide for the determination
of this portion of the frontier-line, the more willingly as this
modification of the text did not change anything in the stipu
lations of the Convention which related to this subject, but
rendered the spirit of them in a far clearer manner than the
original text.
The ridge of Olympus, which had been settled by the Con
vention as the base of delimitation as far as the summit of
Mount Kritiri, passing by Malonna, borders undoubtedly on
the summit of Pappalivado, which is the highest summit of the
group of mountains called Kritiri on the Austrian maps, as well
as on all the others. It has been confirmed that the position

No. 101. (694)
of this group of mountains on the map was sufficiently accurate
to serve as a guide to the Commission, and that the word Kritiri
was found written on the spot which corresponds exactly with
the highest summit of this group. It is from this summit that
the Commission, according to the stipulations of the Convention
and of the new text, was to quit the ridge of Olympus, to com
mence from that point the settlement of the frontier-line be
tween the summits of Mount Kritiri and the heights of Zarkos.
Several spurs proceed from the above-mentioned summit of
Pappalivado. One of them, the most decided, and the loftiest
of all, called Samari, runs southwards, and terminates near the
village Damassi. Another, which runs at first eastwards as far
as the summit of Mount Losfaki, and then south, terminates
in the summit Trypimeni, above the River Xeraghis.
As may be seen in the Austrian map, a line of 10 kilom. is
wanted to join the summit Pappalivado and the River Xeraghis
by the spur Samari, while the line which joins the summit
Pappalivado and the River Xeraghis, passing by the summits of
Losfaki and Trypimeni, is 19 kilom. long.
On the Turkish map of the frontier assigned to the Conven
tion of the i2/24th May, the sketch of the frontier-line be
tween the summit of Mount Kritiri and that of the heights
situated to the north of the village of Zarkos follows the chain
Samari, between two ravines of considerable size, in the group
of mountains which bears the name of Kritiri on this map.
Instead of following this line, and ascending the heights
to the north of the village of Damassi, in order to ascertain
the highest point of this group of mountains, the Commission
proceeded to Turnavo, where they were shown a small hill
situated on the east of the foot of these mountains, and not more
than 50 metres high, as the Mount Kritiri of the Convention,
whereas this hill was called Acrotirion (promontory), and, by
abbreviation, Acrotiri, and Kritiri (Tribunal). The Commission
had no hesitation in declaring that this hill was by no means the

No. 101. (695)
summit mentioned by the Convention ; but they decided that
the summit of Mount Losfaki, situated a little above this hill,
must be the summit of Mount Kritiri, from which point the
stipulations of the Convention must begin to apply concerning
that part of the line in question.
This decision of the Commission to take the summit of
Losfaki for the summit of Kritiri in the Convention is justified
neither by information gained from the inhabitants of the
country, nor by the maps, nor even by the position of this peak,
and its relative position to Mount Pappalivado. The Commis
sion chose this secondary peak of the group of mountains in
question solely in order not to leave the line of watershed. But
the Convention, as well as the Turkish modification of it, which
insisted on this line up to the summit of Mount Kritiri, aban
doned it on proceeding from this mountain to the River Xera
ghis, by stipulating that from the summit of Mount Kritiri
the frontier-line should reach the River Xeraghis by a line
perpendicular to the river, and by the shortest distance.
The inhabitants of Turnavo, it was true, were entirely
ignorant of Mount Kritiri ; however, two inhabitants of Da
massi, on being asked the position of Kritiri before Major Boselli,
the Italian Delegate, on the day of our arrival at the village,
indicated the summit Pappalivado. Independently of this in
formation, the Commission ought to have done in this case as
they had always done in similar ones, namely, sought for the
peak which corresponded to that marked Kritiri on the map,
without any regard for its local name.
By taking the line of watershed as a base of delimitation
for this part, the Commission had partly followed a line proposed
much later by a declaration, accompanied by a sketch, from the
Ottoman Government, which, under the pretext of explaining
the modification of the text of the Convention proposed by
Turkey, completely changed the stipulated line, and substi
tuted for it an entirely different one, which left to Turkey not

No. 101. (696)
only a considerable part of the mountain group Kritiri, but also
a part of the River Peneus.
Their Excellencies the Representatives of the Mediating
Powers at Constantinople recommended the Delegates of the
Powers on the Commission of Delimitation to take into con
sideration this further declaration of the Ottoman Govern
ment, only in so far as it did not modify the stipulations of the
Convention relative to this point.
The Commission has followed a line from the summit of
Pappalivado to the summit of Losfaki, which proceeded in an
easterly instead of a southerly direction, as required by the
Convention ; from the summit of Losfaki, as if it had been the
summit of Kritiri mentioned in the Convention, the line de
scended as far as the summit of Trypimeni, joined this peak to
that of Sidiropalouko by the ridge of Mount Trypimeni, which
runs down into the plain of Thessaly, and from thence, taking
the line of the watershed, it terminated at the summit of Koutra,
forming part of the heights of Zarkos.
According to tift opinion of the Undersigned, the Commis
sion of Delimitatiort after following the crest of Olympus,
which passes by Melonna, ought in conformity with the Con
vention and the Turkish modification, to have left this line at
the summit of Pappalivado, followed the spur Samari from
there, which runs south, reached the River Xeraghis, cut it
perpendicularly and at the shortest distance, near the village of
Damassi, and afterwards, not far from the same village, to have
regained the line of the watershed in order to arrive at the
summit Koutra of the mountain situated to the north of the
village of Zarkos.
Persuaded that this line is the only one prescribed by the
Convention of the i2/24th May, as well as by the modified
text of the Ottoman Government, and convinced, after a pro
found study of the locality, that the Commission would inevi
tably have adopted this view, if they had accepted the identity

No. 101. ( 697 )
which had been clearly proved of the peak Pappalivado with the
summit of the mountains of Kritiri in the Convention, the
Undersigned consider it their duty to protest against the de
cision of the Commission of Delimitation concerning the part
of the frontier-line between the summits of Pappalivado and
Koutra, and to reserve entirely the right of the Government of
His Majesty to decide this question.
Colonel G. C. Metaxas. — Captain N. B. POURNARAS.
Constantinople, September 11/23, 1881.
Memorandum by the Delimitation Commissioners .
(P. 1 01) The Commissioners of the Great Powers entrusted
with the demarcation of the new Turco-Greek frontier have
received the despatch which His Excellency the Russian Ambas
sador addressed on the 29th October last to the President of
the Delimitation Commission. They have also received the
note which was inclosed in this despatch, which bears the date
of the 1 2th October, 1881, and which the Sublime Porte has
addressed to the Ambassadors of the Great Powers with the
object of obtaining the introduction of certain modifications in
the line of the new Turco-Greek frontier as adopted by the
Delimitation Commission.
In conformity with the desire expressed by His Excellency
the Russian Ambassador in his above-mentioned despatch of the
29th October last, the Commissioners of the Great Powers have
the honour to communicate to him herewith their opinion, with
the reasons in favour of it, on the subject of the modifications
claimed in the note of the Sublime Porte. The first of these
modifications refers to the portion of the frontier comprised
between the summit of Sidero-Palouki and the summit of the
heights situated to the north of the village of Zarkos, known
by the name of Hododa of Zarcos in the note of the Porte and
on the Sketch A, annexed to this note.
In the month of July last their Excellencies the Ambassa-

No. 101. (698)
dors addressed to the Commissioners of the Great Powers a copy
of a communication they had received from the Porte relative
to the frontier-line between Kritiri and Zarcos. In the opinion
of the Ambassadors, this communication, although containing
names not to be found on any map, had no other object than
to define this part of the frontier with greater exactness. Never
theless, in forwarding this communication to the Commissioners
they expressly enjoined them to conform to the indications
therein contained, in so far only as the indications were not
found on the ground to be in contradiction with the original
text of the Turkish proposal of which mention is made in the
general Protocol and the Declaration annexed to the Convention
of the 24th May, 1881, and which runs as follows : —
"... The line arrives at the summit of Kritiri ; turning
thence towards the south it reaches the right bank of the
Xeraghis, cutting it perpendicularly at the nearest point ; and
following the line of water-parting towards the south-west} it
gains the summit of the mountain situated to the north of
the village Zarcos, etc."
This text, beginning with the part in italics, which is alone
under consideration here, differs in no way from that of the
Convention of the 24th May.
The Commission having verified on the spot the line of the
Turkish Commission, found that it was in complete contradic
tion with the text of the Turkish proposal, and of the Conven
tion of the 24th May ; and in conformity with the recommen
dations of the Ambassadors, they refused to adopt it.
The new line proposed by the Sublime Porte in its note of
the 1 2th October differs, it is true, from the former. But in
stead of following the line of water-parting towards the south
west, and the crests of the mountains as required by the Conven
tion of the 2Ajh May, the original text of the Turkish proposal,
and the Declaration of the 24th May annexed to the Convention,
1 Italicized in the original.

No. 101. ( 699 )
it divides the crests and the ravines and turns towards the
south, then towards the west, and lastly towards the north.
It is therefore, like the former one, opposed to the Convention
and the text of the Turkish proposal.
The case will be the same, moreover, with any line which
differs from that of the Commission, since this latter follows
.the line of the water-parting which turns towards the south-west,
and is the only possible line.

No. 102.
THE WATER-PARTING NOT PRESCRIBED
in the Tian-Shan, according to the
Russo-Chinese Treaty of Pekin (1860).
[From British State Papers, vol. xliiL p. 970.]
(Quoted on page 847 of the Statement.)
Treaty of Commerce, Navigation and Limits, Signed at
Pekin, 2/14 November, i860; ratified at St. Petersburg, 20th
December, 1 860.
Art. I. — Pour corroborer et elucider l'Art. I. du Traite conclu
dans la ville d'Aigoun le 16 Mai, 1858, et en execution de l'Art.
IX. du Traite conclu le ier Juin de la meme annee dans la
ville de Tien-tsin, il est etabli : Desormais la frontiere Orientale
entre les deux Empires, a commencer du confluent des rivieres
Chilka et Argoun, descendra le cours de la riviere Amour
jusqu'au confluent de la riviere Ausouri avec cette derniere.
Les terres situees sur la rive gauche (au nord) de la riviere
Amour appartiennent a 1' Empire de Russie, et les terres situees
sur la rive droite (au sud), jusqu'au confluent de la riviere
Ausouri appartiennent a 1' Empire de Chine. Plus loin, depuis-
le confluent de la riviere Ausouri jusqu'au lac Hinkai, la ligne-
frontiere suit les rivieres Ausouri et Son'gateha. Les terres
situees sur la rive Orientale (droite) de ces rivieres appartiennent
a. 1' Empire de Russie, et sur la rive occidentale (gauche) a
1' Empire de Chine. Plus loin, la ligne-frontiere entre les deux
Empires, depuis le point de sortie de la riviere Son'gateha,

ISTo. 102. ( 701 )
•coupe le lac Hinkai, et se dirige sur la riviere Belen-ho (Tour) ;
depuis l'embouchure de cette riviere elle suit la crite des mon
tagnes jusqu'a l'embouchure de la riviere Houpiton (Houpton)
et de la, les montagnes situees entre la riviere Khoun-tchoun
et la mer jusqu'a la riviere Thou-menkiang. Le long de cette
ligne, egalement, les terres situees a Test appartiennent a.
TEmpire de Russie et celles a. l'ouest a l'Empire de Chine.
La ligne-frontiere s'appuie a la riviere Thou-men-kiang, a 20
verstes Chinoises (li) au-dessus de son embouchure dans la mer.
De plus, en execution du meme Art. IX. du Traite de Tien
tsin est confirmee la carte dressee a cet effet, et sur laquelle,
pour plus de clarte, la ligne-frontiere est tracee par un trait
.rouge et indiquee par les lettres de 1' Alphabet Russe A,E,B,X,
etc., etc. Cette Carte est signee par les Plenipotentaires des
¦deux Empires et sellee de leurs sceaux, etc., etc.
Art. II. — La ligne-frontiere a. l'ouest ; indeterminee jusqu'ici
doit desormais suivre la direction des montagnes, le cours des
grandes rivieres et la ligne actuellement dxistante des piquets
Chinois. A partir du dernier phare nomme Chabindabaga,
etabli en 1728, (6me annee de Young-Lehing), apres la con
clusion du Traite de Kiakhta, elle se dirigera, vers le sud-ouest
jusqu'au lac Dsai-sang, et de la jusqu'aux montagnes situees
¦au sud du lac Issyk-Koul, et nominees Tengri-chan, ou Alatau
des Kirghises, autrement dites encore Thian-chan-nana-lou
(branches mdridionales des montagnes Cdlestes), et le long de
:ces montagnes jusqu'aux possessions du Kokand.

No. 103.
CUSTOMARY FORM TO EXPRESS THE WATER-
PARTING BOUNDARY,
as derived from the Brazil-Venezuelan Treaty
of 1859.
[Articles II. and III., translated from " Relatorio da Reparticao dos Negocios
Estrangeiros do Brazil," Rio Janeiro, 1861, Docs. p. 91.]
(Quoted on page 849 of the Statement.)
Article 2. — The Venezuelan Republic and H.M. the Emperor
of Brazil declare and define the dividing line in the following
manner : —
I. — The dividing line shall begin at the headwaters of the
River Memachi, and, following along the highest ground, shall
pass by the headwaters of the Aquio and the Tomo, the Guaicia
and the Iquiare or Issana, in such wise that all the waters flow
ing to the Aquio and Tomo remain in the possession of Vene
zuela and those flowing to the Guaicia, Xie or Issana, of Brazil ;
and it shall cross the River Negro opposite the Isla de S. Jose
which is near Cucui Rock.
II. — From the Isla de S. Jose it shall continue in a straight
line, cutting the " cafio " Maturaca at the middle, or at the
point upon which the Boundary Commissioners shall agree,
and which may conveniently divide the said " cafio " ; from
thence, passing by the groups of Cerros Cupi, Imeri, Guay and Quoted
p. 849.
Urucusiro, it shall cross the road which serves as a communi
cation by land between the Rio Castafio with the River Marari,

No. 103. ( 703 )
and by the Sierra de Tapirapeco shall gain the crests of the
Parima chain, so that the waters flowing to the Padaviri, Marari,
and Cababuri, remain in the possession of Brazil, and those
running to the Turuaca or Ydapa or Xiaba in Venezuela.
Article 3. — It shall follow along the summit of the Parima
range as far as the angle formed by the latter with the Paca-
raima range, so that all the waters flowing to the Rio Branco
remain in the possession of Brazil, and those running to the
Orinoco, of Venezuela, and the line shall follow by the most
elevated points of the said Pacaraima range, so that the waters
flowing into the Rio Branco remain as before in the possession
of Brazil, and those running into the Essequibo, Cuyuni and
Caroni, of Venezuela, as far as the territories of both States
extend towards the east.

No. 104.
BRAZILIAN AND VENEZUELAN OFFICIAL DECLARA
TION AS TO THE PRINCIPLE OF DEMARCATION
BY THE WATER-PARTING.
(Quoted on page 855 of the Statement.)
Enclosure A.
[Translated from " Relatorio da Reparticao dos Negocios Estrangeiros do
Brazil," 1893, pp. 27-30.]
THE Boundary Treaty between Brazil and Venezuela was
signed in May 1859, and, despite the continuous efforts of the
Brazilian Government, it was only in July 1879 — that is 20
years later — that the Venezuelan Commission, to join ours in
the demarcation agreed upon, was organized.
Once the work was begun, it was carried out in common as
far as the Cerro Cupy, at which point it was suspended owing
to the near approach of the rainy season.
From the Act then drawn up, it is shown that, accepting Quoted
p. 854.
the demarcation as far as the aforesaid mountain as final, the
joint Commission left to the decision of the Governments the
convenience of continuing the demarcation as far as the respec
tive territories extend, for it seems that, as the frontier follows
the division of the waters towards the east, no doubt could
ever arise as to its direction.
The Brazilian Government held that the demarcation
should be continued, and hoped that, with this end in view,
the Government of Venezuela would nominate a new Commis-

No. 104. ( 705 )
sion, or would agree to accept the results obtained by the Bra
zilian Commission, once their accuracy was established.
As Venezuela did not decide to accept either alternative,
the Brazilian Government resolved that its Commission should
proceed on its own account, without entering the Venezuelan
territory. On September 30, 1884, the Brazilian Legation at Caracas
forwarded to the Minister for Foreign Affairs a general map of
the frontier and the report of the Commission ; and it was only
on January 1 1, 1 890, that the decision of the Venezuelan Govern
ment was communicated to it. The note referred to said : —
The map referring to the territorial boundaries of Venezuela
and Brazil, forwarded by this Legation to the Minister for
Foreign Affairs on September 30, 1885 [this is a mistake — it
occurred in 1884], having been submitted to the College of
Engineers, and the view of the Expert and that of two advisers
of the Ministry having been heard, the conclusion has been
arrived at that, in general terms, owing to the existence of the
doubts and inaccuracies mentioned in Article 4 of the Treaty
of i860, the Government [Venezuelan] could not consider as Quoted
definitive the delineation which appears in the map, or lay p' ss"
aside what had been agreed to in the Act of the eighth meeting
of the joint Commission, who established in principle, as fron
tier line between both Republics, the divortium aquarum, in con
formity with the said Treaty [of 1859].
The agreement come to by the Commissioners at the above
mentioned conference was this : —
Sefior Araujo (the Brazilian Commissioner) said : " that
" he agreed that the demarcation was concluded from the River
" Memachi as far as the Cerro de Cupy, that permanent land-
" marks might be substituted for the provisional landmarks
" on a suitable occasion, agreeing, as he did, with his learned Quoted
" colleague in thinking that the boundary line which follows
" towards the east along the divortium aquarum could never
T

No. 104. (706)
"' give rise to any doubts ; and that, as the joint Commission
'" was compelled to suspend its labour owing to the rainy season,
" he accepted the proposal of his distinguished colleague to
" leave it to both Governments to decide whether they thought
" it indispensable to finish marking out the rest of the frontier,
"" by placing landmarks wherever they considered it suitable,
" this task being executed by the joint Commission or by the
" Commission of either country, as the said Governments should
" determine." The joint Commission, as appears from this part of the Act,
thought any demarcation from the Cerro Cupy eastwards to be
unnecessary, and submitted this view to the judgment of both
Governments. The Commission did not themselves establish as a principle Quoted
that the frontier line should run along the water-parting ; they
assumed that this course was previously established.
We are, therefore, unable to grasp the view of the Minister
for Foreign Affairs, when H.E. states that his Government
¦could not disregard the resolution arrived at in the aforesaid
conference. The Brazilian Government was entitled to a clear, categorical
reply, and the Government of Venezuela returned nothing of
the sort.
From an examination which ensued after a delay of over
four years, it concluded in general terms that, owing to the
existence of doubts and uncertainties foreseen in Article 4 of
the Treaty, it was prevented from accepting as definitive the
¦direction given to the frontier in the map.
It seems that the Venezuelan Government referred to two
incidents which had taken place in demarcating the boundaries
between the Memachi and the Cerro Cupy. It was mistaken,
nor is there any need to prove this, since that section of the
demarcation is now decided, as will appear from what I am
about to record.

No. 104. ( 707 )
The Treaty with Venezuela contains the following declara
tion : —
Article 6. — H.M. the Emperor of Brazil declares that, in
negotiating with the Republic of Venezuela regarding the terri
tory situated west of the Rio Negro and washed by the waters
of the Tomo and the Aquio, which the Republic of Venezuela
asserts to belong to her, but which has already been reclaimed
by New Granada, it is not his intention to prejudge any right
which the latter Republic may establish to the said territory.
The question pending between Colombia and Venezuela was
submitted to the Arbitration of H.M. the King of Spain and
was decided on March 16, 1892.
The award signed by H.M. the Queen Regent in the name
of her august son, thus concludes the description of the fron
tier : —
Part 2. From the rapid of Maipures by the river-bed of the
Orinoco as far as its confluence with the Guaviare ; upstream
by the Atabapo as far as 36 kilometres north of the village of
Yavita, tracing therefrom a straight line ending at the River
Guainia, 36 kilometres west of the village of Pimichin, and by
the channel of the Guainia, which further on, takes the name
of the River Negro, as far as the Piedra del Cucuy.
By this award Venezuela ceases to be conterminous with
Brazil from the Memachi to the Piedra del Cucuy. The Vene
zuelan Government has not sent us the communication due to
us on this point. It will probably forward it after coming to
an understanding with the Government of Colombia.
As the Brazilian Commission alone carried out the work
from the Piedra del Cucuy eastwards, and as the Venezuelan
Government declared itself unable to accept as definitive the
direction given to the frontier on the general map, it follows
that everything remains to be done by this Republic.
In the map, appended to the Report of the Minister for
Foreign Affairs of 1884, may be seen the direction of the fron-

No. 104. (708)
tier, the description of which can be read]in the report of the
Commission likewise appended.
Enclosure B.
[From " Relatorio da Reparticao dos Negocios Estrangeiros do Brazil"
Rio Janeiro, 1896, p. 21.]
{Quoted on page 855 of the Statement.)
It was only in July 1879, that the Brazilian Government
secured the organization of the Venezuelan Commission, which,
in conjunction with the Brazilian Commission, was to carry
out the demarcation arranged in the Treaty of May 1879.
The work was carried out in common from the Memachi to
the Cerro Cupy. Thenceforward, in the direction of the east,
the demarcation was carried out by the Brazilian Commission
alone, in consequence of the following facts :
In the Act that was drawn up, recording the demarcation
as far as the Cerro Cupy, the joint Commission left the advisa
bility of continuing it to the decision of both Governments.
This seemed unnecessary, as, from that mountain onwards, the
frontier runs by the division of the waters, no doubt as to its
direction being consequently possible.
The Brazilian Government did not accept this view, and
as the Venezuelan Government came to no decision, ordered
the work to be carried out without the assistance of the latter :
this done, it forwarded the general map to the latter in Sep
tember 1884.
The Venezuelan Government replied in January 1890,
stating that it could not regard as definitive the direction given
to the frontier.
Subsequent to this, on March 16, 1892, the Queen of Spain
delivered judgment on the boundary question between Venezuela
and Colombia. The part concerning Brazil was drawn up in
these terms *.

No. 104. ( 709 )
[The award referring to the western part is given in Enclo
sure A.]
In consequence of this award, complied with as it naturally
should be, Brazil ceases to be conterminous with Venezuela
from the Memachi, whence the demarcation began, to the Picha
de Cucuy. Thence onward, that is, from this point to the
Cerro Cupy, — where the demarcation was carried out in common,
—and from the Cerro Cupy to the termination, there is lacking
the definitive approval which the Venezuelan Government has
not yet given to the general map.

No. 105.
The Venezuelan Government Official Opinion as to
THE PRECISE SIGNIFICATION
OF THE TERM "DIVISION OF WATERS"
in Boundary Treaties.
[From " The Counter-case of the U.S. of Venezuela before the Tribunal of
Arbitration to convene at Paris" etc., vol. 3, Appendix, pp. 304-309.]
(Quoted on pages 856 and 857 of the Statement.)
Enclosure A.
The V enezuelan Minister for Foreign Affairs to the V enezuelan
Minister in Washington.
Caracas, May 23, 1898.
Mr. Minister, —
In the Brief recently presented by Venezuela, in the ques
tion of her boundaries with British Guiana, this frontier has
been claimed : " The boundary line between the United States
of Venezuela and the Colony of British Guiana, begins at the
mouth of the Essequibo river ; thence runs southward along
the waterway of said river to its union with the Cuyuni and
Mazaruni rivers ; thence around the island of Kykoveral,
leaving it on the east ; thence along the waterway of said
Essequibo river to the line separating the territory of the United
States of Venezuela from the territory of the United States of
Brazil." The boundary with Brazil, agreed upon in the treaty of
May 5, 1859, should be along the summit of the Parima ridge
710

No. 105. (711)
of mountains to the angle formed by the latter with the Paca-
raima ridge, continuing along its highest points, so that the
waters that run into the river Branco belong to Brazil, and to
Venezuela those falling into the Essequibo, Cuyuni and Caroni
rivers, as far as where the territories of both States extend on
their eastern side.
Up to the present, only the boundary line from the principal
head of the Menachi to the Cupi hill has been fixed upon the
ground by the Commissioners of both parties who met in 1880.
The rest of the line has not been set by mutual agreement, but
only by the Brazilian Commissioners. His work having been
presented to Venezuela for her acceptance, she has withheld it,
because she holds that the concurrence of her representatives
is indispensable, natural and rightful.
The question now is to find out how the boundary proposed
in the brief of Venezuela can be connected with the frontier of
the latter and Brazil. The wording made use of in the Agree
ment wherein it is fixed, is too vague, namely : "As far as
where the territories of both States extend on their eastern
side." The Commissioner of Brazil who traced by himself the
final portion of the line, carries it up to a point which he calls
S. Anai, without naming the Essequibo.
In the map of Brazil of 1880 by C. Brockes and C. Held,
the limit with Venezuela is placed at a distance, leaving out
part of this, including its sources, in British Guiana.
In the book entitled " Nociones sobre Corografia del Brasil,
for Joaquin Manuel de Madeco," which is accompanied by said
map, we read : " The lines of the frontier of Brazil with British
Guiana are two : the first on the north, and the second on the
east ; in the first, as also in Dutch Guiana, France disputes the
right of Brazil ; in the first it is England that disputes it, the
origin of her unexpected claims and diplomatic controversies
being the action of the President of the Province of Para, in
compelling an English missionary who was teaching the Indians

No. 105. ( 712 )
there, to leave the territory that had always been considered
and recognized as Brazilian, up to the Pacaraima mountains,
the acknowledged boundary line. The outcome of the negotia
tions between the respective governments was the neutrali
zation of the territory situated between the Tacutu and Regu-
muri rivers, until the necessary explorations should finally
determine the true boundaries."
The following maps should be consulted :
ist. — Atlas of Codazzi, whereof in No. 10, a territory is
marked on the south, extending to the Acarai Mountains, and
embracing the upper part of the Essequibo, from the mouth of
the Rupununi, with the note : " Territory considered as usurped
by the English."
2nd. — The map attached to the statistical year-books of
Venezuela wherein the same extension is given it on the
south-east. 3rd. — Schomburgk's map of 1840, which gives the claims
of Venezuela as he understood them, of Brazil and of Great
Britain. 4th. — The aforesaid map of Brockes and Held.
5th. — The maps of Surville, Cruz Cano y Olmedilla, and
Requena which extended the boundaries of Spanish Guiana
to the Tumucuraque mountains, making it confine with the
present Dutch Guiana and with the French.
Besides the above-mentioned maps, the sketches are for
warded of the Venezuelan-Brazilian frontier, set in 1 879-1 880
by the joint Commission of both countries, and of the continua
tion of same to its termination by only one Commissioner of
Brazil. It is desired that from this study should result, not only
the connection of the frontier of Venezuela and Brazil with that
of Venezuela and British Guiana, but also a standard which
may serve to appreciate the merit of the demarcation made
unilaterally from the Cupi hill to the S. Anay.

No. 105. (713)
Although Codazzi in his geography makes the boundaries
of Venezuela and Brazil to coincide at the mouth of the Ru-
pununi, this is done without taking into account the usurpation
which he himself points out in his map. See Montenegro,
Geography of Venezuela, and Marmol's pamphlet on the boun
daries of Guiana.
The study herein recommended, is very urgent; it is re
quired for the 27 th instant, with the return of the accompany
ing maps.
I am, etc. J. Calcano Mathieu.
Enclosure B.
The V enezuelan Minister of Public Works to the V enezuelan
Minister for Foreign Affairs.
Caracas, June 7, 1898.
As the result of the study of the subject which you are
pleased to submit to the consideration of this Ministry, in your
note of May 23, 1898, No. 761, F.P.L., I have the honour of
reporting to you as follows :
The tracing of the boundaries between V enezuela and
Brazil presents no difficulty from its western extremity to
Monte Anay, a mountain belonging to the Pacaraima range ;
but from this point towards the east the following doubt occurs :
Whether the line of demarcation proceeds directly until it cuts
the Essequibo river at the mouth of the Rupununi, as set down
in Codazzi's Atlas (Map of the Canton of Upata), or turns
toward the south in the direction of the headwaters of the
Essequibo river, separating the waters of the latter from those
of the Branco river, as shown on the maps published in the
statistical year-books of Venezuela and on Bianconi's Map of
1889. The question therefore, is reduced to ascertaining whether
the headwaters of the Essequibo belong to Venezuela, or not.

No. 105. ( 714O
The treaty agreed upon between Brazil and Venezuela, on
May 5, 1859, says that the boundary between both nations
should follow " along the summit of the Parima range of moun
tains to the angle formed by the latter with the Pacaraima
range, so that all the waters running into the river Branco
should belong to Brazil, and those running into the Orinoco,
to Venezuela, the line to continue along the highest peaks of
said Pacaraima range, so that the waters running into the
river Branco should, as has been said, belong to Brazil, and those
running into the Essequibo, Cuyuni and Caroni, to Venezuela,
as far as where the territories of both States extend on their
eastern side}'
By virtue of this clause, it is clear that the boundary line, pg»|
to the east of Monte Anay, should not deviate from the division
of waters mentioned in the Treaty, but follow them up until
the eastern extremity of the Republic is reached, which is, ac
cording to the Brief presented by Venezuela, the waterway of
the Essequibo. Now, as the above-mentioned division of
waters turns towards the south, and as it cannot cut the Esse
quibo, except at its headwaters, it follows that the latter point ,
becomes precisely the conjunction of the southern and eastern
frontier of Venezuela. It is so set down in the explanatory
map (Venez. C. case, vol. iv. atlas, map 1), which I have the
honour of subjoining to the present note.
To Venezuela, therefore, belongs the territory comprised
within Monte Anay, the mouth of the Rupununi and the head
waters of the Essequibo river ; an ownership which is further
more verified by the following documents :
ist. — In the geographical map of Don Francisco Requena,
1796, which contains the boundary line between the dominions
of Spain and Portugal, it is shown that the old Captain General
ship of Caracas extended to the east until it conjoined with
French Guiana, comprising in its territory all the headwaters
of the Essequibo.

No. 105. (715)
2nd. — In the map of Cruz Cano y Olmedilla, 1775, and in
the chorographic map of Nueva Andalucia, made by Surville
in 1778, it is seen that all the basin of the Essequibo lying
south of the mouth of the Rupununi river, belonged at the
time to Spanish Guiana.
3rd. — From the Direction issued February 4, 1779, by the
Intendent-General of Venezuela, wherein rules are given for
settling the province of Guiana, it is inferred that the lands
belonging to Spain extended eastward until they reached the
confines of French Guiana, leaving on one side the territories
of Dutch Guiana, while those of the Crown of Portugal remained
on the south.
4th. — In the map of Mannert, 1803, it also appears that the
headwaters of the Essequibo belonged to Nueva Andalucia.
5 th. — In the Geography of Montenegro, vol. iv. page 3, we
read the following : " The easternmost part of Venezuela is
the one which touches French Guiana, toward 2° 10' latitude
north, and 5 6° 4.' longitude west" (Greenwich). And further
on it adds that the line marking the eastern frontier of the
Republic cuts the river Essequibo toward 4° 1 2' north latitude,
and continues along the summits of the Tumucuraque range,
until it confines with French Guiana at the intersection of said
range with the Acaray mountains. The boundary line then
swerves back along the latter range up to a point where the
Acaray mountains meet the Pacaraima range, thus leaving all
the headwaters of the Essequibo in V enezuelan territory.
6th. — Codazzi's Atlas (Map No. 10) notes that the territory
in question was then considered as usurped by the English,
which is an indication that it did not belong to them legiti
mately. From the foregoing exposition it appears that the Republic
has a right to all the headwaters of the river Essequibo. But
as in the Brief presented by Venezuela, and for reasons that
have no doubt been duly considered, only the waterway of

No. 105. ( 716 )
said river has been claimed as a frontier, it follows in the opinion
of the undersigned, that the demarcation that should be main
tained is the one traced on the accompanying map, namely,
the waterway of the Essequibo , from the point where it empties
into the sea to its headwaters, continuing thence to Monte Anay
along the range of mountains which divide the waters of the
Essequibo from those which run into river Branco.
The paragraph transcribed by the Sefior Minister of Foreign
Relations, from the work of Don Joaquin M. de Macedo, regard
ing the neutralization agreed upon between England and Brazil
of the territory lying between the Tacutu and Regumuri rivers,
can be no argument against this conclusion, for it is known that
England illegally occupies all the headwaters of the Essequibo,
as can be seen in the aforesaid Atlas of Codazzi (Map No. 10).
The Sefior Minister also desires that the study recommended
by him to this Ministry should result in a standard which may
serve to appreciate the merit of the demarcation made unilater
ally by the Brazilian Commission, from the Cupi hill to the
Anay range.
Upon this point I beg to state, that having compared the
geographical co-ordinates of some angles of the line in question,
with those corresponding to the same points of the line traced
in the map accompanying the statistical year-books of Vene
zuela, there appear some slight discrepancies as to the latitude ;
but, regarding the longitude, the discrepancies amount to iu 28'
against Venezuela. The proper thing to do, in this case, would
be to send a Venezuelan Commission who upon the ground
would ascertain which of the parties was in fault. If this is
not practicable for the present, and if the settlement of the
question is urgent, I am of opinion that it would be advisable
to accept the frontier traced in the Brazilian map, since it was
made by an honourable and competent Commission of that
country, but with the following proviso :
" Inasmuch as there are differences between the line of

No. 105. ( 717 )
demarcation fixed unilaterally by the Brazilian Commission, QUOted
and the one set down in the official map of Venezuela, the latter p' 57'
Republic accepts the former line, with the condition that should
there be any inaccuracy in the geographical co-ordinates of
some of its points, these shall be corrected ; so that in definitive
the frontier line should always mark the division of waters
mentioned in the Treaty of 1859."
It should also be borne in mind that the map presented by
the Brazilian Commission offers more differences as compared
with that of the statistical year-book of Venezuela than is the
case with the atlas of Codazzi, the only scientific work we have
upon the subject.
The foregoing is in reply to your note of May 23, of the
current year.
God and Federation. A. Smith.

No. 106.
CUSTOMARY USE OF THE TERM "GREAT MOUN
TAIN CHAIN" TO DESIGNATE IN TREATIES A
MAIN WATER-PARTING WITH NO OROGRAPHIC
RIDGE.
[From " Premier Memoire du Bre'sil," etc., vol. i. p. 239.]
(Quoted on page 863 of the Statement.)
Traitd de Paix entre le Portugal et la France, signd d Madrid
& 29 September, 1801.
Art. IV. — Les limites entre les deux Guyanes Portugaise et
Francaise seront determinees a l'avenir par la Riviere Carapa-
natuba, qui se jette dans l'Amazone a environ un tiers de degre
de l'Equateur, latitude septentrionale, audessus du Fort Macapa.
Ces limites suivront le cours de la riviere jusqu'a sa source,
d'ou elles se porteront vers la grande chaine de montagnes qui Quoted
p. 863.
fait le partage des eaux : elles suivront les inflexions de cette
chaine jusqu'au point oii elle se rapproche le plus du Rio Branco
vers le deuxieme degre et un tiers Nord de l'Equateur.
Les Indiens des deux Guyanes, qui dans le cours de la guerre
auraient ete enleves de leurs habitations, seront respective-
ment rendus.
Les citoyens ou sujets des deux Puissances, qui se trouveront
compris dans la nouvelle determination de limites, pourront
reciproquement se retirer dans les possessions de leurs Etats
respectifs; ils auront aussi la faculte de disposer de leurs biens
meubles et immeubles, et ce pendant l'espace de deux annees a
compter de l'echange des ratifications du present Traite.

No. 107.
NO WATER-PARTING PRESCRIBED IN THE
ALASKA BOUNDARY.
[Articles III., IV. and V. of the Treaty of 1825, between Great Britain and
Russia.] (Quoted on page 869 of the Statement.)
" III. — The line of demarcation between the possessions of
the high contracting parties upon the coast of the continent
and the islands of America to the north-west shall be drawn in
the manner following :
" Commencing from the southernmost point of the island
called Prince of Wales Island, which point lies in the parallel
of 54 degrees 40 minutes north latitude, and between the 131st
and 133rd degree of west longitude (meridian of Greenwich),
the said line shall ascend to the north along the channel called
Portland Channel, as far as the point of the continent where
it strikes the 56th degree of north latitude ; from this last men
tioned point the line of demarcation shall follow the summit Quoted
of the mountains situated parallel to the coast as far as the
point of intersection of the 41st degree of west longitude (of the
same meridian) ; and finally from the said point of intersection
the said meridian line of the 41st degree, in its prolongation
as far as the frozen ocean, shall form the limit between the
Russian and British possessions on the continent of America
to the north-west."
" IV. — With reference to the line of demarcation laid down
in the preceding article, it is understood :

No. 107. (720)
" ist. That the island called Prince of Wales Island shall
belong wholly to Russia.
2nd. That wherever the summit of the mountains which
extend in a direction parallel to the coast, from the 56th degree
of north latitude to the point of intersection of the 41st degree
of west longitude, shall prove to be at a distance of more than ^Ugggd
ten marine leagues from the ocean, the limit between the British
possessions and the line of coast which is to belong to Russia,
as above-mentioned, shall be formed by a line parallel to the
windings of the coast, and which shall never exceed the distance
of ten marine leagues therefrom}'
" V. — It is moreover agreed that no establishment shall
be formed by either of the two parties within the limits assigned
by the two preceding articles to the possessions of the other ;
consequently, British subjects shall not form any establishment
either upon the coast or upon the border of the continent com
prised within the limits of the Russian possessions, as desig
nated in the two preceding articles ; and, in like manner, no
establishment shall be formed by Russian subjects beyond the
said limits."

No. 108.
THE WATER-PARTING IN THE SIERRA LEONE
BOUNDARY.
[From " Agreement between Great Britain and. France, fixing the boundary
between the British and French possessions to the north and east of Sierra Leone"-
in Blue Book, Treaty series (C.-7600) No. 5, 1895.]
(Quoted on pages 872 and 873 of the Statement.)
ARTICLE I. — The boundary starts from a point on the Atlantic
coast north-west of the village of Kiragba, where a circle of 500
metres radius, described from the centre of the village, cuts the
high-water mark.
From this point it proceeds in a north-easterly direction
parallel to the road leading from Kiragba to Robenia (Roubani),
which passes by or near the English villages of Fungala, Robant,
Mengeti, Mandimo, Momotimenia, and Kongobutia, at an even
distance of 500 metres from the centre of the track, as far as a
point half-way between the village of Kongobutia (English)
and the village of Digipali (French). From this point it turns
to the south-east, and, cutting the road at right angles, reaches
a point 500 metres on the south-eastern side, and proceeds
parallel to the road at an even distance of 500 metres, measured
as before from the centre of the track, till it reaches a point
to the south of the village of Digipali, whence it is drawn di
rectly to the watershed formed by a ridge which, commencing
south of the destroyed village of Passinodia, distinctly marks the
line of separation between the basin of the Mellakori (Mella-
coree) River and that of the Great Skarcies or Kolente River.
721 n

ISTo. 108. ( 722 )
The frontier follows this watershed line, leaving to Great
Britain the villages of Bogolo (N'Bogoli), Musaliya, Lukoiya
(Malaguia), Mufuri (Mafore), Tarnenai (Tanene), Modina (Ma-
dina), Oblenia, Oboto, Ballimir, Massini, and Gambiadi, and to
France, the villages of Robenia (Roubani), N'Tunga (N'Tugon),
Daragli, (Daragoue), Kunia, Tombaiya, Heremakuno (Erima-
kono), Fransiga (Fonsiga), Talansa, Tanganne (Tagani), and
Maodea, as far as the point nearest to the source of the Little
Mola River ; from this point it follows a straight line to the
above-mentioned source, follows the course of the Little Mola to
its junction with the Mola, and then the thalweg of the Mola
to its junction with the Great Skarcies or Kolente.
From this point the frontier follows the right bank of the
Great Skarcies (Kolente) as far as a point situated 500 metres
south of the spot where the road leading from Wulia (Ouelia)
to Wossu (Ouossou), via Lucenia, touches the right bank. From
this point it crosses the river and follows a line drawn to the
south of the above-mentioned road at an even distance of 500
metres, measured from the centre of the track, until it meets
in a straight line connecting the two points mentioned below,
namely :
1. A point on the Kora, 500 metres above the bend of the
river which is situated about 2500 metres north of the village
of Lusenia, or about 5 kilom. up the Kora River measured along
the bank, from its point of junction with the Great Skarcies
(Kolente). 2. A gap in the north-western face of the chain of hills
lying in the eastern part of Talla, situated about two English
miles (3200 metres) south of the village of Duvunia (Donia).
From this point of intersection it follows the above-men
tioned line eastwards to the centre of the above-mentioned gap,
from whence it is drawn straight to a point on the River Kita,
situated above and at a distance of 1500 metres, as the crow
flies, from the centre of the village of Lakhata. It then fol-

No. 108. (723 )
lows the thalweg of the Kita River as far as the confluence of
that stream with the Lolo.
From this point of junction it coincides with a line drawn Quoted
p. 872.
straight to a point on the Little Skarcies or Kaba River, four
English miles (6400 metres) south of the 10th parallel of north
latitude ; and it then follows the thalweg of the Little Skarcies
as far as the said parallel, which then forms the boundary as
far as its intersection with the watershed {" ligne de partage
des eaux "), separating the basin of the Niger on the one hand
from the basins of the Little Skarcies and other rivers, falling
westward to the Atlantic Ocean on the other hand.
Finally the frontier follows the aforesaid watershed south
eastward, leaving Kalieri to Great Britain, and Herimakuna
(Erimakono) to France, until its intersection with the parallel
of latitude passing through Tembikunda (Tembikounda), that
is to say, the source of the Tembiko or Niger.
Article II. — The boundary defined in this Agreement is
marked on the map which is annexed hereto.
Article III. — This Agreement is regarded by the two Govern
ments as completing and interpreting Article II. of the Agree
ment of 10th August, 1889, Annex 1 of the said Agreement,
Annex 2 of the said Agreement (heading Sierra Leone), and
the Agreement of the 26th June, 1891.
Done at Paris, the 21st January, 1895.
Signed. — E. C. H. Phipps. — J. A. Crowe, Georges Benoit. —
J. Haussmann. ANNEX.
Although the delineation of the line of demarcation on the Quoted
map annexed to the present Agreement is believed to be generally
accurate, it shall not be considered as an absolutely correct re
presentation of that line until it has been confirmed by future
surveys. It is therefore agreed that, in the event of Commissioners

No. 108. ( 724 )
or local Delegates of the two countries being hereafter appointed
to delimit the whole or any portion of the frontier on the ground,
they shall be guided by the description of the frontier as set
forth in the Agreement. They shall at the same time be per
mitted to modify the said line of demarcation for the purpose
of delineating its direction with greater accuracy, and also
to rectify the position of the watersheds, roads, or rivers, as well
as that of any of the towns or villages indicated on the map
above referred to.
It is, however, understood that any alterations or correc
tions proposed by common consent of the aforesaid Commis
sioners or Delegates shall be submitted for the approval of their
respective Governments.

No. 109.
POWERS AND ATTRIBUTIONS OF THE DELEGATES
in the Puna Arbitration.
[Translated from " Documentos relativos a la Confereucia de Buenos Aires,"
Santiago, 1899, pp. 4-7.]
(Quoted on page 894 of the Statement.)
First Record.
IN the city of Santiago de Chile on November 2, 1898, there
being present in the bureau of the Minister for Foreign Affairs
the Minister of the Department, D. Juan Jose Latorre and
Sefior Don Alberto Blancas, Charge d' Affaires and Plenipo
tentiary ad hoc of the Argentine Republic, according to tele
graphic credentials to be confirmed later in due form, they
declared that, it being the desire of the Governments of the
Chilean Republic and of the Argentine Republic to come to
an agreement on all matters which affect, or might affect, the
two countries directly or indirectly, thus establishing in a com
plete, frank and friendly manner the relations involved by
glories common to both from the very outset of their political
emancipation, it was agreed :
First. To hold a conference in the City of Buenos Aires
with the following objects.
A. To trace the dividing line between parallels 23° and
260 52' 45" S. lat., in fulfilment of what was laid down in the
first basis of the Agreement of April 17 1896, regard being Quoted
p. 894.
had to all the documents and antecedents of the question.
725

No. 109. (726)
B. To study and draw up the solutions relating to matters-
which may, directly or indirectly, interest the two countries
and which may be directly submitted to their consideration.
Second. The Conference shall consist of ten delegates, five
being nominated by the Chilean Republic and five by the Argen
tine Republic. The nomination of its delegates by each Govern
ment and the settling of the initial date of the Conference will
be the subject of a subsequent Act.
Third. The Conference will begin by considering the first
point to which the first basis refers. If the delegates come to>
an agreement on the said point, either unanimously or by a
majority, the dividing line thus accepted shall be definitively
traced and communicated at once to both Governments so
that, the matter being laid before the Government' of Bolivia,
to the effect of placing landmarks at such points of this line
as may be thought necessary. If the delegates should not
come to an agreement, they shall inform their respective
Governments so that the procedure established in another
Act of the same date be carried into effect.
Fourth. After executing the provisions of the previous-
basis, the Conference shall proceed to consider the remaining
points to which the first basis refers. The resolutions adopted
by the delegates shall have no binding force on their respective
Governments ; but, once communicated to them, the said
Governments shall make a decision concerning them in a defini
tive manner.
Fifth. The Commission shall accomplish its mission within
ten days of its first sitting, unless the Governments shall, by
common accord, agree to prolong the said term.
Sixth. If after three sittings the Conference should not have
effected the tracing of the line between parallels 23° and
260 52' 45" S. latitude, the Demarcating Commission referred
to in the Act of this same date shall begin the execution of its
mission.

No. 109. (727)
In record of which the undersigned, in the name of their
respective Governments, sign the present agreement in dupli
cate, one for each party, and attach thereunto their seals.
J. J. Latorre.
Alberto Blancas.

Second Record.
In the city of Santiago de Chile on November 2, 1
there being present in the bureau of the Minister for Foreign
Affairs, the Minister of the Department, D. Juan Jose Latorre
and Sefior D. Alberto Blancas, Charge d' Affaires and Pleni
potentiary ad hoc of the Argentine Republic, according to
telegraphic credentials to be confirmed later in due form, with
a view to continuing the Conference referred to in the Act of
September 1 7 last, after an interchange of views, they agreed : —
First. To appoint a Chilean and an Argentine delegate, and
the present Minister of the United States of America accredited
to the Argentine Republic, in order that they, acting as demar
cators, and in view of the documents and antecedents of the
question, may proceed by a majority, to trace in a definitive
manner the dividing line referred to in the first basis of the
Agreement of April 17, 1896.
Second. The dividing line having been traced, the Demar
cating Commission shall lay it before the respective Governments
so that it may be communicated to the Bolivian Government
to the effect of erecting on the ground dividing landmarks at
such points of this line as may be considered necessary.
Third. The Demarcating Commission shall meet in the City
of Buenos Aires and shall begin the task entrusted to it within
48 hours after the respective Governments have informed its
members of the occurrence of the case foreseen in the Agree
ment of this same date. Within three days of the first sitting,,
the demarcation of the dividing line should be concluded.

No. 109. (728)
Fourth. Should there be any difference as to the solution
adopted, the dissenting member may place this on record by
signing as such, but he shall not state the grounds of his view.
To record which, the undersigned, in the name of their
respective Governments, sign the present Act in duplicate, one
for each party, and thereunto attach their seals.
J. J. Latorre.
Alberto Blancas.

No. 110.
ANTECEDENTS OF THE ARGENTINE-BOLIVIAN
TREATY OF 1893.
[Translated from an extract of Senor Bertrand's Report as to the Puna Boun
dary in 1893, printed in " Documentos oficiales relatives a los Limites entre Chile,
Bolivia 1 la Republica Arjentina en la rejion de Atacama," Santiago, 1898,
pp. 109-113.J (Quoted on page 897 of the Statement.)
WHEN the numerous maps of the Argentine Republic, from
those of Moussy, Seelstrang, etc., to the new map by Bracke-
busch (1891), are examined, it is seen that the Bolivian fron
tier in the provinces of Salta and Jujui, though not determined
by treaties, is nevertheless drawn with small differences
by the geographers ; these boundaries de facto are shown
with perfect precision in the excellent map of Sefior San
Roman, in view of the traditions personally collected in the
entire extent of the said frontier.
As it would be tedious to quote all the maps on which this
demarcation appears, I will confine myself to pointing out the
small differences between such authors as deserve credit on
account of the thoroughness of their work.
Dalence (18 51) in his "Statistical Sketch of Bolivia,"
describes thus the divisional line from the Portezuelo (San
Francisco) which serves as boundary to the Province of Cata-
marca and the^canton of Antofagasta.
" From herelit turns to the NW. by the deserts of Chaco
Alto, skirting the opening of Carachapampa, Cerro Galan and

No. 110. ( 730 )
Puerta de Burras, the Argentine parishes of Belen, Santa
Maria, Cachi, Rinconada and Santa Catalina, dividing those
from the Bolivian cantons of Antofagasta, San Antonio de
Lipes, Esmoraca and Talina as far as la Quiaca."
Moussy (1866) in Plate XVI. of his atlas begins the Bolivian
frontier from parallel 260 20', to the north, by the summit of
the mountains which divide the central plateau from the
eastern plateau, and makes it pass to the east of Antofagasta,
Antofallita, Cauchari and Sierra de Sapateji and Rosario, by
Chorrillo, Tolar, Toconar and Esmoraca as far as Quebrada
Quiaca. Brackebusch (1882) in his paper on the petroleum forma
tion of Jujui says, referring to this province :
" Its boundaries with Bolivia, still unsettled, are accord
ing to the actual conditions of possession and jurisdiction the
following: to the N.E. the mountain of Intacancha (650 18'
W. long, and 22° 10' in S. lat.). The boundary line issuing
from here passes by Yavi Chico, La Quiaca, Penas Blancas,
Piscuno as far as Rochaguasi on the River San Juan, the most
advanced point to the NW. On the west the Cerro de Gra-
nadas, and following to the north the river which rises in the
said hill, called further down the Rio de Gaciayo, which joins
in Chusmimayo with the River San Pedro; all these rivers join
to form the River San Juan, along which the boundary runs
as far as Rochaguasi. To the south of Cerro Granadas the
boundary is an ideal straight line drawn from Cerro Galan
to Cerro Incahuasi, and from here as far as the Rio Susques
which further down is called the Rio de las Burras, and forms
as far as its mouth near the Cerro Negre the divisional line
with Salta. . . ."
The same author in his map of the interior of the Argen
tine Republic which was published in 1885 prolongs the boun
dary line southwards by the gaps of Chorrillo, Cortaderas,
Pasto de Ventura and Cerro de Peinado, leaving within the

No. 110. ( 731 )
Argentine territory San Antonio de los Cobres, and without
it Rosario de Susques, Pastos Grandes, and Antofagasta,
Finally, in his new map (1891) Dr. Brackebusch has
marked with more precision the boundary line in view of
his new topographical operations and of those of the under
signed, fixing it by numerous summits and gaps allowing its
easy identification.
Sefior Manual Sola, in a report to the Government of Salta
(1884) on the western boundaries of the province, says:
" On the west the province of Salta is divided from Bolivia
by the prolongation of the boundary line which, passing by
La Quiaca, crosses the road from Tarija to Lipes as far as the
Rio Grande or San Juan, and its headwaters, the River
Granadas and Coyaguaima : it passes by Rosario de Susques,
Toconao, Pastos Grandes, to the east of the Bolivian village
of Antofagasta at 50 kilbmetres from Laguna Blanca, which
remains in the territory of Salta, and, deviating to the west,
runs along the summits of the Cordillera de los Andes and the
frontier of Tucuman and Catamarca."
The Argentine Geographical Institute, in the map of the
Provinces Salta and Jujui (1886) marks the boundary with
Chile to the north of parallel 26, by the beginning of the
Quebrada de Tacuil, Cerro Luracatao, Cerro Tobar, whence,
instead of passing by the opening of Tolar and the snowy
mountains of Cachi, it turns to the snowy ranges of Pastos
Grandes, leaving the swamp and village of that name in Argen
tine territory, but it recedes afterwards as far as the opening
of Chorrillo, passing to the east of Rosario de Susques, skirting
the headwaters of the Rio Coyaguayma, Cerro Granadas and
the Rio Estarca.
Sefior Latzina in his "Geography of the Argentine Republic"
indicates the same limits as follows :
" Province of Catamarca with Chile and the desert of
Atacama and Antofagasta (formerly belonging to Bolivia),

No. 110. ( 732 )
bounds the Province by the line dividing the waters which
descend to the Pacific Ocean, and to the great central plateau.
This line passes by the mountains of San Buenaventura, the
summits of la Hoyada, Mount Azul, the gap of Pasto de Ven
tura, the summit of Sierra de la Laguna Blanca, the lagoons
of Durazno and Diamante as far as the sources of the Rio de
los Patos.
"Province of Salta. This province is separated from the
desert of Atacama by the division of the waters which descend
to the Calchaqui Valley, from the sources of the Rio de los
Patos to the Cerro Gordo, Tagarumi and the gaps of Tolar and
las Pizcas ; the line continues along San Jeronimo (to the
west of los Chorrillos), the gap of Pasto Chico and the summit
to the west of Salinas Grandes, until it meets the Rio de las
Burras to the east of Susques."
Sefior Justo Leigue Moreno in his " Map of Bolivia, com
piled from the documents existing in the Foreign Office}'
shows the department called Littoral from the 24th parallel
to the mouth of the River Loa, as Bolivian territory occupied
by Chile, giving to it on the west the same boundaries as
Dr. Brackebusch and the undersigned.
Senor San Roman in his Report from 1889 and 1890,
referring to his geographical work in the Cordillera de Ata
cama, says :
" The international boundaries have been left defined with
such a degree of precision and minuteness that it is quite
unnecessary to make new surveys in the extent of more than
a hundred geographical leagues of the bordering Cordillera
between Cerro del Potro, where the single-ridged chain of our
southern Andes ends, and the peak of Granadas, in the midst
of the Bolivian plateau, being the meeting point where the
boundary lines of the three Republics intersect, and the eastern
termination of our territory and of the sea-coast, between the
extremities of Huasco and those of the total area covered by

No. 110. ( 733 )
the surveys and the network of more than 500 principal
triangles, which represent an extent equivalent to one-third
of the area of the rest of Chile as far as the canal of Chacao."
In fact, from the San Francisco Gap to the 23rd parallel,
the map of San Roman contains not less than eighteen trigo
nometrical points. This boundary is almost coincident with
Brackebusch's, save as to a detail in the Valley de los Patos
[25° 30' S.J which the latter leaves entirely in Chilean ter
ritory, while San Roman leaves the upper part of the said
valley in Argentine territory.

No. 111.
REASONS ALLEGED BY THE CHILEAN DELEGATES,
IN THE PUNA ARBITRATION, IN SUPPORT OF
THE CHILEAN EXPERT'S LINE.
[Translated from " Documentos relativos a la Conferencia de Buenos Aires"
Santiago, 1899, pp. 23-26.]
(Quoted on page 898 of the Statement.)
The^[Chilean Delegates to the Chilean Minister for Foreign
Affairs.
Buenos Aires, March n, 1899.
*****
The Chilean Delegation maintained that the dividing line
should be traced in the eastern chain of the Cordillera de los
Andes beginning from Incahuasi southwards.
It stated as its reasons :
ist. That the Cordillera de los Andes, within which the
dividing line must necessarily be traced, is not only the western
chain of Licancaur , but also the eastern chain which detaches
from Incahuasi southwards, the central chain which starts
from the neighbourhood of Zapaleri to the south, and all the
mountains and valleys existing between the chains of Incahuasi
and of Licancaur ; that this aggregate of mountains and chains,
which join, bifurcate or separate, forms the great Cordillera
that traverses all America from north to south ; and that, though
it be legitimate and usual to give special names to its different

No. 111. ( 735 )
sections, it would not be so to separate any part of them, for
they are really an aggregate of mountains designated by the
name of Cordillera de los Andes by all geographers.
2nd. If it was only established in the Records that the line Quoted
p. 898.
should be traced along the Cordillera de los Andes, the delimi
tation of the boundary by the eastern Incahuasi Cordon would
be correct, this range being part of this Cordillera, and com
bining the conditions of height, continuity of high summits and
division of waters contemplated in the treaties.
3rd. That, as the Act of November 2nd establishes both
that the line be traced in the Cordillera and that this tracing
be made in view of all the documents and antecedents referring
to it, the tracing must be executed in the Incahuasi chain
which would leave the Puna, as at present, in Chile's possession,
and that the Licancaur chain, which would yield the reverse
result, should be rejected.
4th. That the Puna of Atacama, which the Argentine
[Republic] declares to belong to it through cession on the part
of Bolivia, ceased to be Bolivian territory from 1879, and con
sequently Bolivia could not in 1889 and 1893 cede what it had
lost and ceased to possess in 1879.
That, apart from ancient rights, the Puna has been Chilean
territory since 1879, for Chile, being at war with Bolivia, de
clared, in February and April of that year that the boundary
Treaties violated by Bolivia were annulled, and that she
reclaimed, as Chilean territory, all that extending south of
parallel 23 wherein is included the Puna.
That this solemn declaration, officially communicated to
neutral nations, is decisive since, either as recovered or con
quered, it was sanctioned by the triumph of the Chilean arms,
and has been upheld by an unbroken series of facts and official
declarations and records from 1879 to the present day.
That the Treaty of Truce of 1884 between Chile and Bolivia
only considered as Bolivian territory that lying north of parallel

No. 111. (736)
23, thus placing it beyond discussion that the territory situated
south of this parallel was recognized to be Chilean, as had been
already declared in 1879. This fact is emphatically stated in
a note from the Chilean to the Bolivian Foreign Office dated
December 15, 1888. It is stated with equal emphasis in the
Treaty of Peace between Chile and Bolivia, signed May 18,,
1895, which is absolutely silent regarding the territory situated
south of parallel 23, and is affirmative solely with respect to
territory situated north of this parallel.
That, moreover, the Chilean nationality of the Puna has
been maintained with the assent of Bolivia. This statement is
proved by the fact that the villages of the Puna have, from
1879 to the present date, been governed by Chilean authorities-
without any protest from Bolivia ; by the presence of Chilean
troops in this territory ; by the exercise of jurisdiction there
by Chilean tribunals ; by Chile's rejection of the Bolivian law
of jurisdiction which sought to attach some villages of the Puna
to the province of Sud-Lipez ; by the express inclusion of the
Puna in the province of Antofagasta, created by Chilean law
in 1888 ; and by many other facts and declarations. It is
further shown by many English, German, Argentine and
Bolivian maps.
5 th. That if the declarations, agreements and facts adduced
to establish the dominion of Chile over the Puna be insufficient
to warrant this dominion being definitively secured, they un
questionably suffice to warrant our affirming in the clearest
manner the Chilean possession of this territory : a possession
which has existed uninterruptedly since 1879, and which
Bolivia has explicitly recognized in the Treaty of Truce of
1884, the effects of which were defined in the Carrillo-Zafiartu
protocol of August 1887, called forth by the Bolivian law
respecting Sud-Lipez, and in the declarations of the Chilean
Ministry occasioned in 1888, by the Chilean law which estab
lished the province of Antofagasta, declarations which were

No. 111. ( 737 )
not impugned by the representative of Bolivia at San
tiago. We have shown lastly, that this Chilean possession radically
vitiated the cession to Argentine by Bolivia of a territory which
she did not possess and of which International Law prevented
her disposing. . . .
*****
On this day [March 4] we summed up the whole debate and,
recognizing that, so far as concerned the legal domain, all dis
cussion was at an end, we frankly and openly proposed that
we should endeavour to seek a conciliatory and friendly solu
tion in view of the vast political and international interests to
which our accord might lead.
Emphasizing our proposal, we declared that we were ex
pressly authorized by the Chilean Government to seek a settle
ment outside the province of strict right, and that personally we
strongly desired this result, this being one of the reasons which
had led us to accept our commission.
We further stated that the high position and political influ- Quoted
¦ence of the Argentine Delegates and the absence of Geographers
and Experts from the Delegation, as well as the unusually short
delays allowed for discussion, indicated the Government's pur
pose of leaving technical solutions aside, if necessary, and of
favouring a solution by compromise instead.
In further support of our proposal we drew attention to
the fact that, as the Puna was of no extraordinary importance
and was, in the greatest part of its extent, unknown, it would
be laudable and satisfactory to hit on a solution which, setting
aside all idea of antagonism and strife between the two Repub
lics, would afford genuine roots to their friendship and would
abundantly stimulate their industrial, commercial and social
interests conjoined by nature over a territorial proximity of
thousands of kilometres.
Eulojio Altamirano. — Enrique Mac-Iver. — Eduardo
Matte. — Luis Pereira. — Julio Zegers.

No. 112.
SENOR BERTRAND ON THE CORDILLERAS
North of the 27th Parallel.
[Translated from an extract of " Memoria sobre las Cordilleras del Desierto
de Atacama," etc., Santiago, 1885, pp. 195-200.]
(Quoted on pages 909 and 910 of the Statement.)
General Description of the Puna de Atacama and
ADJACENT REGIONS SHOWN IN THE Map. — Scope of our descrip
tion.
We propose to collect in this chapter the knowledge we have
acquired on the region represented in the map which is an
nexed to this Report. The information will be mostly of a
superficial and practical character, as our object is to supply
the traveller and the explorer with the needful data for the
formation of an accurate idea of the region he is about to tra
verse, its resources, its tracks and its paths, warning him at the
same time as to the deficiencies and blanks he will find in the
same. Doubtless the original information in geological and minera-
logical matters will seem somewhat deficient ; this is due to
two causes : the first is that, during the journey we have been
principally concerned with astronomical and geodetical obser
vations, and consequently it has not been possible to form a
collection of specimens which would have required frequent
deviations from the route ; thus, it has only been possible
to acquire a general notion as to the various formations,
738

No. 112. ( 739 )
judging by the aspect of the rocks ; the second reason is our
conviction of the danger of generalizing from certain isolated
facts ; hence the little use of those premature geological or
stratigraphical maps, in which hypothesis played the greater
part, based on few, and sometimes unconnected, observations.
The descriptions contained in the present chapter are based
either on our own observations or on trustworthy and original
ones in the works which we have just revised.
OROGRAPHY. — Particular configuration of the Andes accord
ing to the latitude.
M. de Moussy, describing the Cordilleras de los Andes,
says : —
" This gigantic range, which appears awful on account of Quotedp. 906.
its piled up masses, begins as a single chain of inconsiderable
' breadth in the south, and increases in amplitude as it trends
' northwards. The width of its plateaus, increasing with the
' number of its ranges {chainons), and of its longitudinal
' valleys, forms, under the equinoctial zone, in Bolivia, those
' elevated plains which, at an altitude of 4000 metres, call to
' mind the uniformity of the Pampas. It is from the 30th
' parallel, a little to the north of the village of Jachal, that the
' Cordillera duplicates and then triplicates, quadruplicates and
' even sextuplicates its parallel ranges, so as to form, in the
' first place, the grand Andean massif, and further east, the
' Famatina chain, those of Rioja, Ambato, Aconquija and of
' Alumbre, which is the easternmost spur at whose foot begin
' the horizontal plains of the Chaco. It thus embraces in the
' tropics an extent of seven degrees of longitude."
This dismemberment of the Andes into parallel cordons is
also observed in Chile, but, in general, the latter fall remark
ably in height as they are further removed from the anticlinal
cordon. Amongst all these Cordilleran branches, geographers used to

No. 112. ( 740 )
apply the denomination of Andes to the western range, because Quoted
it is the one which deviates least from the general direction ;
Sefior Hugo Reck does so when dealing with the orography of
the Bolivian high tableland, and calls the eastern one Cordillera
Real ; this last, however, does not join the first, as Senor Reck
believes, between 230 and 240 S., but continues further south
without deviating much from its original direction. South of
the 23 rd parallel, however, the Cordillera Real does not preserve
the continuity which it presents north of that parallel, nor is
there, between it and the Andean Cordon, any other continuous
snowy chain which substitutes it. In general, it is difficult to Quoted
consider the orographical features of the region about to be
described as similar, either to the marked separation of Andes
and Cordillera Real of Sefior Reck, or to the parallel ranges of
Senor Moussy.
However, as it is necessary to introduce a certain order in
our description, we shall divide into five orographic zones,
parallel to the meridian, the portion of the Cordillera comprised
between the 21st and 27th parallels. These various ZONES
DO NOT FORM RANGES {cordones) PROPERLY SO-CALLED, but rather
groups of summits, and the following classification is based, not
so much on the height of the latter as on the altitude above the
sea of the more or less even ground on which they stand.
Orographic Zones.
We shall not enter here on the consideration of the coast-
zone, as it has not been included in our surveys, nor is it drawn
in our map.
The first orographic zone which leaves to the west what has
properly been called the " desploblado," deviates little from the
69th meridian (west of Greenwich). It starts to the east of
this meridian, at the heads of the ravines of Guatacondo near
210 S., and includes the group of mountains rich in minerals
which surround on three sides the River Loa, the Cerros de

No. 112. ( 741 )
Limon Verde, those of Caracoles and, further south, the Cordon
de Varas, the Sierras of Sandon, Chaco, Bolson, Dona Ines,
Cerro Vicuna and Indio Muerto. The western base of this
zone has a general altitude of 1500 to 2000 ms. above the sea
in its northernmost part, increasing in height towards the
south. The passes across these mountains and their summits
follow the same law ; thus, while the Cerros de Paqui scarcely
rise to 4000 m., those of Caracoles, Las Aguadas and el Quimal
attain 3500 to 4000 m., and the Cerros del Juncal and Dona
Ines exceed 5000 metres.
The second orographic zone comprises the groups of lofty
summits which form what more appropriately can be con
sidered as similar, in this region, to the Andean cordon so well
characterized in the south of the Republic. Beginning with
the Volcan Olca, the Nevados de Aucanquilcha, Palpana,
Polapi, San Pedro and San Pablo, Paniri, Puma Urco and
Linzor, the mountain groups stretch more directly to the south
by the summits of Tatio, Vizcachillas, Jorjencal, Puripica,
Licancaur, Potor, Hecar, Lascar, Tumisa and Miniques ; thence
the four summits of Miniques, Pular, Socompa, and Llullaillaco
lie in a straight line to the south-west. South of the latter,
beyond the Nevado de Azufre, this zone is lost in a vast unex
plored space, and seems to join the first at the summits of Dona
Ines and Cerro Bravo. The western base of this zone is, in
its northern part, the upper course of the River Loa, and then,
the succession of valleys, tributaries either to the Loa, or to the
salt-plains of Atacama and Punta Negra. The northern and
southern extremities of this base rise to more than 3000 m.
above the sea, while its intermediate portion lies at about 2400
metres. Although this Cordillera cannot be crossed, as some
affirm, at any point whatever, it has nevertheless numerous
passes, as will be seen from the itineraries which we shall insert
further on.
East of the Andean cordon a vast undulating region ex-

No. 112. ( 742 )
tends, the mean altitude of which varies from 3500 to 4000
metres ; this is properly called La Puna, from a Quichua word
which means elevated region. Many mountain groups which
form our third orographic zone lie scattered in this region ;
among these are the volcano Oyagua, the Cerros de Tapaquilcha,
the Nevados de Laguna Colorada, Torque, Quetena, Zapaleri,
Lina, del Rincon, Pocitas, Antofalla, Mojones, and lastly those
of Laguna Brava, San Francisco and el Peinado, — summits not
inferior to those of the second zone, the difference being that
these groups are all isolated, leaving between them passes not
exceeding 5000 metres in height.
The fourth orographic zone may be considered as a pro
longation of the Cordillera Real de Bolivia, on which broad
ridge rise the notable Cerros de Chorolque, Santa Isabel and
Lipez ; in fact the Cerros de Granadas, Incahuasi, Acay and
the range of Cachi, follow from thence the direction of the
meridian. The same zone is again met with, further south,
in the summits los Quilmes and the Sierra de Gualumpaja.
This zone forms, in general, the eastern boundary of the Puna,
excepting the Puna de Jujui, which extends still further east.
The eastern base of this zone is not lower than 3000 m., and
in parts reaches 3500 m.
Our fifth orographic zone is formed, in the south, by the
Sierra di Aconquija, that of Calchaqui, and, further north, by
the Nevados del Castillo ; it forms the eastern boundary of
the Puna de Jujui with the Sierras de Chafii and Aguilar, but
extends much further east in the Sierra de Zenta, outside our
map. The eastern base of this zone is very low, as few points
rise above 1000 metres, and it descends to 450 m. in Tucuman.
After this rapid enumeration, it is easy to define the Puna
as an expansion of the summit of the Cordillera whose level
portions have an altitude of 3500 to 4000 metres, bounded on
both sides by successions of mountains which, on the west, form
the Andean cordon, and on the east, the fourth and fifth oro-

No. 112. ( 743 )
graphic zone. The proper configuration of the region of the
Puna is, besides, accentuated by numerous groups of moun
tains distributed with the utmost irregularity, though it may
be observed, as will be pointed out when dealing with the
hydrography, that a general direction from north to south
prevails. Although these groups do not properly form chains, the
space intervening between one summit and the next lies at a
higher level than the lateral bases, thus constituting true open
ings and gaps, the altitude of which above the sea varies from
4200 to 4900 metres. This is applicable, as well to those which
give access to the lower regions extending east and west of the
Puna, as to those over which it is necessary to cross in order to
pass from one part of the Puna to another.
Hydrography. — General idea.
We already know that the Cordillera de los Andes in its
southern portion forms a well-defined cordon, and constitutes
the divortia aquarum between the waters which fall into the
Atlantic and those which flow more rapidly to the Pacific.
Although this water-parting ridge be not formed by the most
elevated summits of the Cordillera, its course is nevertheless
clear and undivided ; thus, the imagination could rigorously
follow, step by step, the progress of two twin drops formed
side by side on the edge of the Araucanian Cordillera, and
which might glide down by the opposite slopes, one to the west,
and the other to the east, from the ravine to the torrent, from
this to the rivulet, to the stream, to the river, until the first
should mingle with the waters of the Pacific amidst the sands
of the Bio-bio, and the second should reach the Atlantic shores,
lost in the waters of the Rio Negro at a distance of 1300 kilo
metres from the first.
As far north as 320, the separation is always very clear, al
though the course of the waters is not continuous on the Argen-

No. 112. ( 744 )
tine side, as the Rivers Mendoza and San Juan have no direct
or permanent drainage to the ocean. From 32° to 2 8° the
dismemberment of the Andean summit mentioned by Senor
Moussy becomes accentuated, forming great extents of very
high ground, although these are not plateaus as some maps
seem to depict them, the fact being that they appear blank,
because they are unexplored and their mountains are unknown.
Despite the multiplicity of their ridges, the hydrographic system is
continuous, that is to say, the beds of all the ravines, streams
and rivers, join successively to form the River Desaguadero.
To the north of the 28th degree a new hydrographic confor
mation presents itself, consisting of independent basins, or
hollows, whose waters do not visibly feed any river, being besides
separated from the conterminous basins by elevations of the
ground. This conformation predominates in the Punas de
Atacama, de Salta and Jujui, de Lipez, Chichas, and Oruro ;
in consequence of which there is a bifurcation of the divortia
aquarum of the Andes into two branches ; the western one
corresponding to the boundary of the water-drainage towards
the Pacific coast, and the eastern one to that of those which
directly or indirectly are tributary to the Atlantic. These two
branches of the divortia aquarum are very sinuous ; they form
very acute angles pointing inwards, such as those at the origin
of the Rio San Francisco or Fiambala, and the River de San
Juan Mayo, and do not join again until 140 30' S., where the
divortia aquarum line begins its unity which it preserves to
the northern extremity of the Andes.
Between the two principal branches into which the water-
parting line divides, many others exist, forming the separation
between the various basins or hollows we have mentioned.
Some of these are very extensive, such as those of Lakes Titicaca
and Poop 6, and others are very small, like the greater part of
those forming the southern portion of the Puna, with a descrip
tion of which we are dealing.

No. 113.
DR. L. DARAPSKY ON THE CORDILLERAS OF THE
PUNA DE ATACAMA.
[Translated from extracts of an article entitled " On the Geography of the
Puna de Atacama," published in " Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde "
zu Berlin, Band xxxiv., 1899, No. 4.]
(Quoted on page 915 of the Statement. Darapsky's Map reproduced
in Plate XXXIII. facing same.)
(P. 282) BUT, as geology and climate involve numerous
exclusive formations on the other side of the River Colorado
and the Wahsatch Mountains, as the Rocky Mountains suddenly
cease at Santa Fe, and yet similar conditions recur further on
in the Llano Estacado as well as in the Bolson de Mapimi, so
also in the south of the continent, the region of the ' salares '
cannot be sharply divided by a sharp line from the basins of
the sources of oceanic rivers. Apart from that, many of the
latter deserve their name only periodically.
(P. 287) Whereas older descriptions show the high moun
tains with multitudes of chains, their number and length are
generally reduced on closer inspection. Philippi especially
sought to do away with them in Atacama by replacing them by
plains with individual elevations. These plains then again
exhibit inequalities, which unexpectedly seem to increase to
ridges in an atmosphere the clearness of which annuls all differ
ences of distance. The configuration of this world of high
mountains is therefore just as imperfectly represented by trans
verse and longitudinal chains (according to Moussy and Pissis)

No. 113. (746)
as by individual mountains scattered over open plains (according
to Burmeister and Philippi). The base itself expands until it
assumes gigantic proportions, the number of distinguishable
summits decreasing with their slope ; from the crest of the pass
the eye seeks in vain the ridges and peaks that have been fol
lowed for days, and which now turn into shapeless ledges.
Steep declivities form the dwindling exception, and belong
exclusively to recent lava-cliffs. But these ridges measure
4500-5000 metres, the depressions 3500-4000. Usually water
plays the leveller of differences of height ; here its absence has
a deceptive effect regarding the real circumstances. But local
usage unhesitatingly chooses Cerro and Punta in speaking of
one, and Quebrada in speaking of the other of the contrasts
familiar to it. It shall have its way. Only a single instance
of a real plain is known to me : the Meseta de los Colorados ;
and even that is only the broad edge of the depression between
Potrero Grande and Tamberia, and distinctly swells to the
south and east.
To go at once into details, San Roman's " orographical
systems " of the desert may serve as a starting point. The
five meridian zones into which Bertrand divides the Puna
should only facilitate the grouping. The author expressly
protests against F. Moreno understanding by this the same
number of chains {cordones). The word " Cordillera," which
is by no means specially coined for America, but, true to its
derivation, means any chain or range of mountains, leads us
only too easily to find such everywhere. Coming from the
south San Roman now first separates from the main watershed
in the Cerro del Potro in 690 40' 40" W. Long., 280 18' 30"
S. Lat., a Cordillera Darwin, which is said to observe its course
in the meridian more faithfully than the former. Opposite the
Cerro Tronquitos, where he makes the Cordillera Darwin end,
its place is taken by the Cordillera Domeyko, which stretches
from the Volcan Copiapo in 69° 8' 40" W. Long., 27° 19'

No. 113. ( 747 )
S. Lat., to the Cerro Quimal in 68° 43' 20" W. Long., 23° g'
S. Lat., over the Cerros Maricunga, Codocedo, Bravo, Dona
Ines, Bolson, Chaco, Sapos, Varas and Imilac, a length of 550
km. According to C. M. Sayago the Cordillera Domeyko starts
from the Cerro de la Gallina in 69° 3' W. Long., 27° 49' S. Lat.,
in the main water-parting chain, and, passing the Cerro Quimal,
rejoins the series of high volcanoes in the Tatio {67° 58' W.
Long., 22c 27' S. Lat.). The last part San Roman specially
gives as Sierra Barros Arana.
Whatever may be the guiding ideas in establishing these
ranges, one thing is certain : that the stately cone of the Dona
Ines (5500 m. S. Rom.) has no continuation southward. It ends
abruptly, without spurs, and, before it, extends for over 30,000
hectares the Salar de Pedernales (3333 m.) so-called from the
wealth of flint stones in a valley entering it in the S.W., but
also called La Ola. From its edge, which in the N.W. is scarcely
30 m. above the surface, and overtops a ravine 150 m. deep,
flows, a few kilometres southwards from the Agua Helada,
at a third of the height, the Rio Salado, a natural discharge of
the great basin. So low is the embankment, which is a pile
of loose heaps of volcanic matter, that one can see from every
part of the shore of the Salar the heights beyond the Rio Salado,
and even the range of the Doha Ines Chica in the N.N.E. Only
in the S.W. corner of the Salar do the mountains close up
again nearer and higher.
Towards the north a mountain lies against Doha Ines,
stretching uninterruptedly to 24° 49' S. Lat. It is true that
mountain masses also extend further with a similar trend ; but
it remains doubtful how they are connected with one another,
the more so as they lose in height what they gain in connection.
So far therefore a chain undeniably exists here ; it is usually
regarded as the first or west Cordillera, and rises in the Cerro
de Sapos to nearly 4800 m. Here begins the Puna in the physio-
graphical sense : westwards there are only river-valleys, al-

No. 113. (748)
though but little water ; eastwards there are separate basins.
The Laguna Blanca, in 69° 27' W. Long., 24° 35' S. Lat., is
the first such salt-plain to cross over towards the coast also,
where they now rapidly increase. The Salar del Carmen
behind Antofagasta approaches the sea within 12 km. We can
not therefore ascribe this phenomenon exclusively to the Puna,
as it evidently depends only on the quantity of rainfall. Its
absence proves the prevalence of erosion throughout the district
on this side of the western Cordillera and south of the 25th
degree of latitude.
(P. 290) There can be no cross-ridge, like the Cordillera
Claudio Gay as understood by Sayago, coming from the Cerro
Tres Cruces, in 68° 43' W. Long, and 27° 7' S. Lat., over
Leoncito, Panteon de Aliste, and Cerro Colorado de Pedernales,
and turning to the Bolson.
(P. 293) We have thus come right into the high Cordillera, Quotedp. 915.
that of the giant volcanoes, the " main chain," Bertrand's
Cordon Andino, or San Roman's Cordillera Real de los Andes,
and yet nowhere are mountain-ranges visible. Whereas, in the
case of the western range, Dona Ines — Alto de Varas, all the
highest elevations were without difficulty brought into a line,
and a simple ascent and descent over a simple pass sufficed to
cross the mountains, we have here a mass of about 70 km. in
length and up to 25 km. in breadth, between 24° 45' and 25° 26'
S. Lat. Bertrand has rightly referred to the necessity, instead
of devising " systems " and tracing " chains " {encadenamientos),
of first arranging the Andes hypsometrically, and has himself
ventured an attempt at such a description, so far as the material
at hand allows. The Volcan Lastarria does not even take up
the edge of the plateau, which has lakes and depressions up to
4600 m., besides a confusion of plat or sloping summits which
seem to flee from one another. What seemed from the front
to be a peak or ridge, when seen from the side grows into a
regular fortress, which a horizontal bed of lava crowns with

No. 113. ( 749 )
an insurmountable breastwork. Only on the east branches off
a solid wall, at least from the pinnacle of the Cerro Cabezon,
which becomes visible from the Sandon Pass, by the motley
bastion-like sulphur peaks, to the dark brown Cerro de la
Estrella. The south-east part is unknown to me.
(P. 294) It was formerly thought that the various Chacos
had to be connected with one another and with the Llullaiyaco :
the Sierra Gorbea is a relic of such an idea. But even any
connection, from Dona Ines over Cerro Pajonales is inadmis
sible. Not only does a deep pass separate the ridge of Pajonales,
which is nearly 5000 m. high, from the south-west; the
feathered crest-line that points from this mountain in a convex
curve over the Morro de la Desolacion to the Gemelos de Azufre
(4680 m.) also terminates again here. This is proved by the
Laguna Amarilla (3873 m.) and the furrow that winds by the
pool Espejuelo to the north point of the Laguna del Plato.
The connection of the " Real Cordillera de los Andes," ^u°^d
which certainly does not form a chain from Llullaiyaco to 25° 26',
causes San Roman some embarrassment in the south. But
from Los Morros no other way can be claimed as a summit-line
than that which, circling round the Laguna de las Parinas on
one of its two sides, and leaving the depression of the Laguna
de los Colorados (3950 m.) to the left, runs towards the rugged
wall of the Colorados and the two-lipped cone of the same name
in 68° 20' W. Long, and 26° 14' S. Lat. It is true that on this
trend we find no conspicuous crests, only a few flows of trachyte
rolling threateningly like black surf over the crest of Leon
Muerto eastwards ; but this tract marks " la linea " for the
lungs of beasts of burden, known to every driver here on the
old trade-route from Copiapo to Salta. This ideal line is also
a climatic boundary : in the interior summer rain and storm ;
towards the coast, principally in the winter, snow, hail and storm
with an unclouded sky. The Cerro de la Laguna Brava stands Quoted
defiantly apart, likewise el Diente and the two peaks of nearly

No. 113. ( 750 )
the same size north-east of it, whose triple majesty shuts out
the panorama from Las Parinas. From the depression of
the Laguna Brava (4075 m.), which runs S.W.-N.E. and
retains scanty remains of water only at its most southern end,
a deep cutting leads to the isolated and towering Diente.
But the Volcan de la Piedra Parada and the nameless one
to the south-east of the Laguna de la Piedra Parada (4018 m.)
are, as real volcanic mountains, quite as isolated as the Volcan
del Agua Negra and the Panteon de Aliste. If the latter is
connected by a wide open pass with the Sierra del Agua Helada,
and in the north likewise with the Cerro Colorado (de Pedernales
to distinguish it from innumerable namesakes), this mere juxta
position does not involve any connection. It must at least
strike one, that here, as at the Laguna del Cerro Negro (3950 m.),
the loftiest elevations come out of the place assignable to them.
As elevation and depression in the descriptive sense only illus
trate contrasts, it must be easy to construct around each basin Quote^
a ring of mountains which may be connected in many possible p' 9I '
ways. Accordingly it scarcely needs to be proved that the Llullaiyaco
is neither a central point nor a directing point, but an absolutely
independent mountain, which genetically influences its surround
ings far less than it is presumably influenced by them. Even
its imposing height leads us to expect this. The Ojo del Llullai
yaco (4074 m. above the sea) approaches within 10 km. of its
chief summit, and the Zorritas Pass (4604 m.) within 8 km.,
and yet, according to Bertrand's trigonometrical measurement,
the only one which is available and which is by no means too
high, it towers nearly 2600 and 2000 m. above them respec
tively. It is a single, compact mountain with a chief summit
and two minor summits, one S.S.W. of the former and for the
most part separated from it by a snow-furrow, and the other
and smaller one to the west. Spurs are absent ; only the Sillon
de Azufre protrudes northward with three elevations.

No. 113. (751 )
(P. 297) A special unit is the volcanic massif of Antofalla,
which falls little short of the Llullaiyaco in height, and far
surpasses it in bulk. Its broad crest with inward bent jags is
oriented in about 310°, and has no continuation on the north
and south. Only on the north-east does it seem, through various
holes, to approach the three-tipped Sierra de Antofallita, from
which it is separated by the Quebrada de Antofalla. In front
of the Volcan de Antofalla, but independently developed, on
the west side, are the Cerros de Chibarca, de los Patos, de Cajeros,
and Botijuelas with its two peaks.
Mount Antofalla stands in the angle formed by two large
fissures, of which one forms the Salar de Antofalla, also called
Rio Salado (3307 m., and over 120 km. long), and the other,
stretching over the Lagunas de los Patos (4085 m.), Cajeros
(3802 m.), Potrero Grande (3570 m.), and Breas (3519 m.),
meets the former in the 68th degree of longitude under 550.
Beyond the salares of Antofalla and Arizaro the mountains
again arrange themselves with perfect regularity into long ridges
running from north to south, with steeply raised strata which
also traverse the Salar de Acarzoque (3970 m.) in groups of
islands. Isolated among them are eruptive elevations like los
Mojones. Easy as it seems to string these ranges into long
chains, this task would be difficult in detail unless based on
geological study, as Brackebusch very rightly observes.

No. 114.
ENGINEER FLINT ON THE CORDILLERA AT
SAN FRANCISCO PASS.
[Extracts from " Proposed Railway Route across the Andes, from Caldera in
Chile to Rosario on the Parana, via Cordova, with Report of Mr. E. A. Flint's
¦survey." By W. Wheelwright, in the "Journal of the Royal Geogr. Soc," 1861.]
(Quoted on page 924 of the Statement.)
(P. 156) THE entire distance from the Pacific to the Atlantic
by the proposed route is about 1000 miles which may be divided
into the following sections : — Miles.
ist. Rosario to Cordova .. .. .. ..250
2nd. Cordova to the eastern base of the Andes or
Fiambala .. .. .. .. .. .. 350
3rd. The eastern base of the Andes to the junction
with the Tres Puntas Railway . . . . 320
4th. The junction with the Tres Puntas Railway to
Caldera . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
»T* ^ ^P T|& TP
(Pp. 157, 158) According to the tabular section of our
survey from Copiapo across the Cordillera ... it will be seen
that the first point at which the gradient begins to assume a
serious character is at the junction of the San Andres and
Paipote Valleys. . . . Just beyond Maricunga commence the
most serious gradients, and a tunnel of more than half a mile
in length will be needed to pass from Moreno's valley to the
main valley, but the rest of the work to the " Cuesta de los

No. 114. (753)
Chilenos " will be trifling. To pass the Cuesta another tunnel
will be needed on a grade of ioo feet to the mile, and its length,
for the purpose of estimating, might be stated at 2 miles. . . .
We are now on the central plateau of the Andes. From Laguna
Salada to the Rio Lama we rise for 1 8 miles at the rate of 2 feet
per mile, and then ... we have a gradient of 619 feet per
mile for 3 miles. . . . This heavy gradient has been necessary
to reach the plains of Tres Cruces, about 30 miles long and 10
miles broad. We pass through the centre of them over a
greatly rolling surface for 10 miles, when we bear more to
the eastward for the " Barrancas de las Llamas." These
Barrancas are a spur from the Las Llamas mountains, and
extend quite across' the plain to the volcanic range on the other
side and serve as a barrier between the Tres Cruces and Las
Llamas plains. . . . From this point we fall gradually to the
Barrancas Blancas and then rise again to Laguna Verde, the
level of which I have assumed at 14,921 feet above the sea.
Although the road just described is perfectly practicable,,
yet a preferable location for gradients, though a more expensive
one, could be obtained by keeping more to the north and skirt
ing the volcanic range with a gradually ascending gradient
and thus overcome part of the rise of the pass of " San Fran
cisco." But, assuming that it is necessary to pass the level of
Laguna Verde, we then have an average rise to the summit of
the Pass of but 66 feet per mile for i6-§- miles. The descending
gradient from here to the " Punto del San Francisco" is 180
feet to the mile, but as the location of the railway would be to
the north, keeping up along the base of the mountains, an
average gradient of 140 feet per mile would be sufficient, while
the extreme gradient for overcoming this pass on a straight
line, or in other words, the natural rise of the ground, is in no
place over 300 feet per mile. From the great width of the pass
it is but reasonable to suppose that the gradient could be so>
much reduced by location. Y

No. 114. ( 754 )
From " El Punto de S. Francisco " to Fiambala we find
no impediment, with the exception of the passage of the Angos
tura of the " Las Losas " river, where the stream descends
rather abruptly for 5 miles. . . . I would call attention to the
fact that from the Pass of San Francisco to Copiapd the force
of gravity could be used as the motive power, and as the freight
would principally be in that direction, the gradients would be
less objectionable ; cattle, sheep, and metals always passing
down, while the lighter goods and passenger traffic would
depend upon locomotive power.
tJc vfc 61c1 vfc j/fc
(Pp. 160, 161) The Chile Cordilleras are divided into two
distinct ranges. In the province of Atacama the first range
is distant about 40 miles from the coast, and the second about
140 miles. The intervals between these two ranges are occupied
by elevated plains, like that between Chanarcillo and Huasco.
The two ranges of mountains form three distinct geological
groups : ist. Extending from the sea to the eastern base of the
coast range is of the same formation as the Upper Cordilleras.
2nd. From 20 to 40 miles in width lies in the basin formed
between the coast range and the Upper Cordilleras and overlies
the granitic and igneous rocks which probably extend from the
coast to the main range. . . . 3rd. Consists of the tertiary and
alluvium deposits which were formed subsequently to the up
heaval of the mountain ranges. . . . The Middle Cordilleras
are of the igneous formation and generally unstratified. Sul
phur abounds and is said to be quite pure. . . . Salt with
which Copiapo is supplied, is taken from the Laguna Salada
on the east side of the " Portezuelo of los Chilenos," and after
five days' journey with mules and one day's cartage, is sold
in Copiapo at 250 dollars per 100 lbs. . . .
The Argentine slope of the Cordilleras, as far as our journey
extended, was very similar in its frontier to that of Chile — of
the same igneous character, and generally granitic. . . . The

No. 114. ( 755 )
mountains on this slope have been very imperfectly examined
for minerals. I was fortunate enough to meet with a " Ca-
teador " at " Punto de San Francisco," who was in search of a
silver " derrotero," notes of which had been left by the same
Spaniard who was acquainted with the existence of " Tres
Puntas " and the " Ola." . . .
The soil from the Copiapo river to the summit of the
Chile Cordilleras is generally sand and gravel, while sufficient
earthy matter exists from " La Puerta del Paipote " to " Los
Chilenos " to support a scanty vegetation. . . . The plateau
of the Middle Cordilleras is covered with sand and gravel, mixed
with volcanic stones, more or less silicious. . . . The soil on
the Argentine slope is also sand and gravel, the former pre
dominating in the valley of the " Fiambala," and is of whitish-
grey colour, similar to the sea-beach sand, which gravel is the
characteristic of the Valley of ." Las Losas." Owing to the
greater abundance of water on the eastern slope, vegetation is
quite abundant even at the height of 14,000 feet above the
sea. At the Punto de San Francisco we found extensive salt-
marshes abounding in grass, while even at the summit of the
pass the " cuerno de cabra " furnishes an abundance of
firewood of the best quality.

No. 115.
DR. BRACKEBUSCH'S GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF
THE NORTHERN CORDILLERAS.
[Extracts translated from an Article entitled " The Passes of the Cordilleras
between the Argentine Republic and Chile, from 22° to 360 S. Lat.," in " Zeit-
schrift d. Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde," zu Berlin, Band xxvii., 1892.]
(Quoted on pages 953 and 957 of the Statement.)
Structure of the Cordilleras.
(P. 259) To decipher the apparently simple, but really
somewhat complicated, orographic al features of the northern
part of the Argentine Republic is only possible by studying them
geologically ; and, although my previous works in this direc
tion only bear the character of extensive exploring expeditions,
they have yet provided me with a picture of the Cordilleras
which can lay claim to perfect novelty, and will correspond
to reality in its main features. For the better understanding
of the following I would refer the reader to my new map of the
Argentine Republic, which represents the orographical features
as I believe I proved them in the main to be on my travels in
the years 1875-1888, when I made numerous journeys in all
directions. Moreover, in order that the reader may be able to
connect the districts extending beyond my map, north of 21°
S. Lat., I would ask him to take either the fine map of South
America compiled by Kiepert, or Stieler's excellent latest map ;
in the latter only the sharp hachuring of the mountains east
of Cochabamba disturbs me, as, according to my own convic-

No. 115. (757)
tion, there is here an undulation with its longitudinal axis fall
ing fairly on the meridian-line, so that the whole mountain-
system across Suere and Tarija towards Jujuy and Oran (in
the Argentine Republic) represents a series of parallel chains
pierced in various places by large rivers like the Rio Grande,
Pilcomayo, and Rio Pilaya. If we therefore leave out the whole
eastern complex of mountains, and imagine, from Oruro, a
sharply defined range of heights running along the mountains
of Asanaque (5133 m.), Michaga (5300 m.), Chorolque (5624 m.),
and C. Granadas (at least 6000 m.) to Nevado Chaco, we have
thus the continuation of the eastern Cordillera 1 that runs
N.W.-S.E., parallel to the Pacific coast, further north. This
(see my map) extends along the Nevado de Cachi, the Cordillera
de los Patos, the Nevados del Diamante, the Nevados de la
Laguna Blanca, and the Sierra del Tolar (Morado, Colome,
Fraile) to Tinogasta, rising again in the south to 4000 m. as
the Sierra de Velasco, subsequently, as the Sierra de los Llanos
and the Sierra de San Luis, to disappear gradually below the
plain. From Bolivia to the Nevados of the Laguna Blanca this
great chain is typically Andean, and I shall therefore call it in
future the eastern main Cordillera of the north. The western
main Cordillera is easily recognized on Stieler's map, running
along the entire length of the Pacific coast ; 3 not until north
1 In Bolivia these snow-covered mountains are called Cordillera Real, i.e. the
Cordillera proper. See, inter alia, Reck in Peterm. Mitt., 1865, p. 282. Only
Reck makes the mistake of translating Cordillera Real by KSnigskordillere
(King's Cordillera), to which Tschudi [Reisen durch Sudamerika, v. p. 190) has
already called attention. The word real, however, has a double meaning in
Spanish, it being derived either from realis or res, when it answers to our word
real, or from regalis = royal. Only the first meaning has sense here, with the
second the expression has nothing to do. Similarly a good, broad, frequented
road is also called camino real, which expression Giissfeldt (see Reise in den Andes,
p. 334) also wrongly translates by " royal road " (fig. " great road ").
2 Reck {Peterm. Mitt., 1865, p. 282) calls it Andes-system, and describes its
course north of Atacama o Peru, with the passes leading over it. How far the
expression Andes familiar to us in Germany is really used in South America, I
have not yet been able to ascertain; it is not used in the Argentine Republic,

No. 115. (758)
of Atacama (at Mt. Mifio, 5520- m.) does it recede somewhat
further from the coast, and then runs by Licancaur (6000 m.)
Miniques (6000 m.), Llullailaco (6600 m.), Chaco, Bolson, Cerro
Bravo, and the Volcan de Copiapo to El Potro ; (the western
parallel chain running northward from El Potro to Tronquitos
has been recently named by San Roman Cordillera Darwin,
and the Cordillera running northward from the Volcan de
Copiapo along Maricunga, Codocedo, Cerro Bravo, Dona Ines,
Bolson, Chaco, Los Sapos, Varas, and Imilac, the Cordillera de
Domeyko ; we regard the section from the Volcan de Copiapo
to Mt. Chaco as belonging to the western main Cordillera) ;
from El Potro along the Cordillera del Inga, Taguas, Chivato,
Bahitos, Deidad, Agua Negra, and Tortolas to the Cordillera
del Agua Negra, then to the Cordillera de Dona Rosa ; from
here its height appreciably diminishes, so that in summer it is
partially almost free from snow ; only when it enters the more
southern latitudes, is it again covered with snow in consequence
of the rawer climate. At the same time higher isolated cones
also occur in it further southward ; it runs along the Cumbre,
Tupungato, and Maipii to the Planchon, and is finally broken
up in the islands of the southern part of Chile.1 Between this
western main Cordillera and the eastern main Cordillera of the
north, extends to the Nevados de la Laguna Blanca the so-called
great Bolivian Plateau, of which the part south of 23° is now
taken possession of by Chile.
The expression plateau may, however, give rise to error ; it
is by no means a high plain extending between the two main
Cordilleras, but we have again here a markedly undulating
country with its individual folds striking from S. to N. On
the 27th degree S. Lat. this plateau suddenly ends, and breaks
where they speak only of the Cordillera. Cf. Stelzner, Beitr. z. Geol. u. Pal. der
A. R. I., p. 4, note.
1 From the geological standpoint it is perhaps more correct to take, as the
continuation of this Cordillera, the mountain-range running from C. Overo via.
the Cerros Bayos, Nuco, Chacay, Minas, Vutamallin and Palauco.

No. 115.
( 759 )
up into distinctive single chains. The first is the Sierra del
Tolar (on the maps incorrectly called Galampaja, for only a
small district bears this name), which we have already men
tioned as the southern continuation of the eastern main Cor
dillera of the north in its southern course and interruptions ;.
secondly comes a chain, generally free of snow in summer,
which is composed of argillaceous schists and, beginning at
Diablito, extends along San Buenaventura, Palca and Plan-
chadas to Cerro Negro, reaches a considerable height (6200 m.}
in the snow-covered Famatina, but, as quickly, sinks again,
and entirely disappears somewhat south of 30° at Paganzo-
(old crystalline schist). By the Argentines the whole chain
south of San Buenaventura is not reckoned among the Cordil
leras. The next longitudinal range to the west, which is chiefly
composed of crystalline schists, begins in the Nevado de San
Francisco, runs by the Sierra de Cazadero and the Potrero
Grande (west of the Valle Hermoso de Vinchina) to the Sierra
de Umango (Humango), and from there via Maz, east of Guan-
dacol, to Cerro Raj ado ; it then exhibits more recent strata,.
partly Rhaetian, and assumes more the character of a plateau
lying against the Famatina range, and running west of Ischi-
gualasto to the Sierra del Penon (here again old crystalline-
schists), Chaves, and de la Huerta. This chain then almost
ceases in the plain, but rises again further south in the Sierras
de Guayaguas, Cantantal, Quijadas, and Gigante, and comes to
an end in the Alto Pencoso in the plains of the province of San
Luis. The whole of this range is also not in the least Andean
in character. The next chain to the west begins south-west of the Nevada
de San Francisco, runs as a distinctive schist-range through
the Nacimientos del Cazadero, Alto Machaco, Cumichango,
Leoncito, and Descubrimiento, and breaks up into a whole
series of parallel chains, the most eastern of which extends to

No. 115. (760)
San Juan as the Sierra de Villicum,1 while the main elevation
lies in the Sierra del Tigre (it is not quite clear to me whether
the isolated range called the Pie de Palo belongs to it, it being
probably only a branch of the Sierra de la Huerta), the Sierra
del Tontal, and El Paramillo.
This complex (called " Anticordillera " by Stelzner, " Pro- "
and " Contracordillera " by Burmeister, and " Praecordillera "
by Strobel, names which only have a local value, wherefore dis
pute as to the preference of one or the other seems to me pur
poseless), abuts near Cacheuta, south of Mendoza ; probably,
however, it has its continuation in the mountains east of San
Carlos, and further on, to the south of San Rafael, in the ranges
of the Nevado and Chacha-huen, Anca Mahuida, Sierra Val-
cheta, and Sierra General Roca. The whole of this range is
also not yet numbered among the Cordilleras.
Further west of the Nevado de San Francisco a Cordillera
comes from the north (called Cordillera Claudio Gay by San
Roman), which, exhibiting at first volcanic rocks, runs along
Tres Cruces and Patos, Nevado del Bonete, Estanzuelo, Pefion
(from here granite with shreds of clay-slate), and Pastos Amar-
illos to the Alto del Cachipaya. West of this chain lies a plateau,
which may be traced from the Laguna Brava (which is already
reckoned as a part of the Cordillera) for over 500 kilometres
southward. The Llanos of the Lagunita Verde, de Santa Rosa,
San Guillermo, Chinguillas, Tudum, Tocota, Calingasta, Yal-
guaraz, and Uspallata are all only continuations of a large
plateau, which is seldom intersected by large rivers — the Rio
Blanco, San Guillermo, Palca (lower course of the combined
Rios de la Sal and del Valle del Cura), Castafio and Calingasta —
which have torn deep beds (canyon) in it. It is covered for
great distances with rubble, a few isolated hills rise here and
1 This is what the range is called in San Juan, and not Yillaggun (this name
as found west of San Juan), as Wappaeus asserts (Gott. gel. Ang. 1877, p. 534).
Cf. Stelzner, Beitr. z. Geol. u. Pal. d. Arg. Rep., i. p. 5, note.

No. 115. (761 )
there, and, only where the above-mentioned rivers or their
tributaries wind through it, in what are generally very narrow
gorges, do we perceive also the real underlying rocks (granite,
quartz-porphyry, and palaeozoic and mesozoic sediments).
This plateau forms one of the most interesting phenomena of
South America, and is also of great archaeological interest, as,
over it, still easily recognizable, and in places even paved, runs
the famous Inca road which was used by the powerful Peruvian
rulers on their journeys to the south. It probably owes its
origin to some great tectonic process, the exact explanation of
which gives room for further detailed investigations. The
studies I have hitherto made in this respect are of course still
quite in the early stage, as it had to be my first consideration
to determine in its main features the geological character of
the mountains lying east and west of it, and to fix also the
^course of this depression, which I shall hereafter call (on account
of the Inca road) the Inca Plateau. The northern part corre
sponds to the course of the Rio Blanco, which, east of Rodeo,
flows through a deep transverse valley to Jachal, and the
southern part to the Rio de Calingasta (or Castaho), which
likewise breaks through the eastern chain in a steep transverse
ravine towards San Juan ; between the two river-systems the
height of the plateau amounts to about 2500 m. I have been
in both valleys, but have not yet arrived at a final solution of
their origin. The Quebrada de Jachal is 20 km. long, and, as
the river at its entrance (near the Trancas) lies about 1630 m.
high, and at its exit (near Pachimoco) about 1380 m., it has a
fall of about 250 m. (average therefore 1 : 80), while the height
of the crest of the range it pierces rises to approximately 3000 m.
The Quebrada de San Juan, on the other hand, is 30 km. long,
and lies 1 300 m. high where the river enters it (Isla), and noom.
bigh where it really leaves it near Yoca (the river runs about
30 km. further southward before turning eastward a second
lime to break through a fresh range), and has therefore a fall

No. 115. (762)
of 200 m. or, on an average, 1 in 150 ; the height of the crest
of the chain it pierces (the immediate continuation of the above)
amounts here to about 3300 m. In neither valley does any
eruptive rock crop out (the mountains consist of palaeozoic
clay- and graywacke-slate and lime) that could be explained as.
the attendant phenomenon of a tectonic breach, as may other
wise occur. But the side-valleys descending north and south
in both valleys are presumably filled with the same mesozoic
strata as constitute, partly at least, the sub-strata of the Inca
Plateau. I consider that the latter was formerly glaciated ;
the rubble formations still lying upon it are, in that case, re
mains of former ground moraines, a view which is favoured
by the angular form of the single lumps. The immense glacier
overhung where the entrances to the two valleys are, and caused
their erosion ; then, as the glacier gradually retired into the
high mountains — we shall see that remains of it still exist —
a large part of the moraines was carried away by the flowing
water through the ravines, and deposited in the form of the
large drift-terraces that lie in front of the whole range north
and south of San Juan (similarly near Mendoza and further
southward. Cf. Stelzner, Beitr. etc. i. p. 285 et seq.).
West of the Inca Plateau rises the Cordillera proper, which
divides again into an eastern and a western Cordillera. From
the range of the Tres Cruces (continuation of San Roman's
Cordillera Claudio Gay) the eastern Cordillera of this southern
part of the South American highlands, composed principally of Qu°te
argillites (partly horn-stone) and granites or porphyries, runs
via the Nevado del Veladero (called Vidal Gormaz by San
Roman), the Cumbre de las Barrancas Blancas, and Fandango,
to the heights of the Brea, Carachas, San Guillermito, Fierro,
Salado, Colangiiil, Conconta, Olivares, Ollita, Mainrique,
Totora, Ansilta, Aldeco, Espinacito, Tigre and Aconcagua,
Picheuta, J aula, Plata, Portillo (East), Cruz de Piedra, and the
Iglesia. If we regard the above-mentioned range from Cerro Over a

No. 115. (763)
to Cerro Palanco as really the continuation of the western Cordil
lera, the eastern Cordillera would end at the Rio Atuel.
The summit-line of the eastern Cordillera is partially
HIGHER THAN THAT OF THE WESTERN OR BOUNDARY CORDILLERA, Quoted
v P. 956-
WHICH FORMS THE WATER-PARTING. (The king of American
mountains, Aconcagua (almost 7000 m.), lies on a connect
ing plateau between the two Cordilleras, and belongs to neither
of them.)
The western or boundary Cordillera we have already dis
cussed ; a word more may therefore be allowed regarding" the
hydro graphical division of the two Cordilleras.
The whole region between the two main northern Cordil
leras is undrained ; a great desert, with numerous salt-steppes,
lagoons, and sandy plains, extending between the two chains.
The character of the depression between the two main
southern Cordilleras, which are much closer to one another
than the northern ones, is quite different. Here there are
only more or less narrow longitudinal valleys separating the
two chains, and in these the sources of the larger rivers of the
country first unite, to plow either northward or southward, and
then in a bend TO BREAK THROUGH THE GREAT EASTERN COR
DILLERA IN WHAT ARE GENERALLY INACCESSIBLE GORGES ABOUND
ING WITH CATARACTS.1 These valleys are then connected again
by cross-ridges, which are probably all passable (my investiga
tions in this respect are not yet concluded) and allow an uninter
rupted passage, in a longitudinal sense, between the two Cor
dilleras. Thus in the north the Rio Blanco flows southward, and
unites above Pucha-pucha with the Rio Macho Muerto, which
rises at El Potro and, running first southward and then north
ward again, passes round the Mogotes in a large curve. Skirt-
1 Unfortunately my way has never taken me through one of these great
transverse valleys, they being inaccessible to mules, so that I am not able to make an
exact statement regarding their origin.

*To. 115. (764)
ing the valleys running southward a road leads into the valley
of the Rio de la Sal, which, running south, receives the Rio
de las Taguas from the south at the Banitos de las Taguas, and
the Rio del Valle del Cura, likewise from the south, at Mt.
Jarillal, and then breaks through the eastern Cordillera. By
riding to the end of the Valle del Cura one can get, certainly
with some difficulty, direct into the basin of the upper Rio
Castafio. The most southern of the affluents of this river is
the Rio Atutia, which at first flows southward, and, after its
union with the other headwaters (Rio Blanco, San Lorenzo,
San Francisco, and Melchior) breaks through the Cordillera
de la Ollita. From the Rio Atutia we can pass again into the
large valley of Santa Cruz, not yet explored by me, whose river,
flowing south, forms a chief tributary of the Rio de San Juan,
after having forced its way through between the snow-covered
mountains of Ansilta and Aldeco, as the Rio Colorado. From
a lateral branch of this river coming from the south we get
into the upper basin of the Rio de los Patos, which again first
flows southward, and winds through between Espinacito and
Aconcagua. From the southern affluents of the Rio de los
Patos we can get, via the plateau of the Mesa del Volcan (east
of the independent Aconcagua) to the Rio de Mendoza ; and
thence, through the valley of the Tupungato, which comes from
the south, into the valley of the Tunuyan, which flows to the
south and breaks through the Portillo chain. From southern
affluents of this last, perhaps the Duraznito, we shall be able to
get to the Laguna del Diamante, from which the Rio Diamante
flows southward. Thus it is possible to travel in almost a
straight line between two Cordilleras,1 mostly snow-crowned,
lying close to one another, from 28° to 35° S. Lat., that is
7 degrees or about 800 km. without finding a human dwelling
1 The peculiar structure of the Cordilleras generally makes it necessary to
cross two Cordilleras in order to get from Argentina to Chile, unless it happens,
as is the case with the Agua Negra and the Rio Mendoza, that the river-valley
through the eastern chain is passable.

No. 115. (765)
(with the exception of the Punta de Vacas), but always fresh
water, wood, and abundant fodder for cattle, and also good
shooting (vicunas and guanacos, duck and wild geese). So
that we have here a counterpart of the grand Inca Plateau ;
both depressions are phenomenal formations of the first rank.
In order to find an explanation for the peculiarity of the
last-mentioned valleys, I must add a few geological observations.
But, as in the following lines, it is not my intention to write a
geology of the Cordilleras (a concise survey of these features
will accompany my geological map), I shall have to confine
myself merely to very general statements ; and, in the same
way, I shall also only be able to consider a few geological features
here and there in speaking of the passes of the Cordilleras, with
out entering into any details.
The real western or boundary Cordillera 1 is principally com
posed of Mesozoic rocks (sandstone, limestone, and marl), ranging
from Rhaetian up to chalk. These strata, which are partially
rich in fossils, are interstratified with numerous seams and
masses of eruptive rocks ; porphyries, diorites, dioritic por
phyries, melaphyres, olivine diabases, and amygdaloids form
the older group of them, and these have been followed in later
times by augitic and hornblendic andesites, basalts, and in
some places also natural glasses (obsidian, pearlite, and pumice).
The tufas of these volcanic masses especially form large sections
of the western Cordillera. A peculiar place is also occupied
among the eruptive rocks by younger granites or diorites, called
Andean rocks by Stelzner, who would attribute them to the
Tertiary period. But I have come to the opinion that part of
1 The Chilean coast-range consists of old crystalline schists intermingled with
older eruptive rocks, immediately above which (according to Steinmann), that
is, without palaeozoic strata forming a connecting link, the mesozoic strata to be
mentioned hereafter have been deposited. Within the latter large pieces of
granite or diorite occur in many places, which, however, have not yet been much
examined ; if these do not belong to Stelzner's Andes-rocks, they can scarcely
be regarded otherwise than as denuded primitive rocks.

No. 115. (766)
them still belong to the Mesozoic period ; to go into these
matters in the present work would, however, lead me too far.
The Chilean geologists, especially Pissis, have advanced the
most incredible theories, — theories that, I regret to have to say,
fly in the face of all geological facts, as to the age and origin of
the great Mesozoic rock-masses. According to them most of
the rocks were originally sediments, and are represented by
•every geological system from the Cambrian to the Cretaceous.
By a great metamorphosis these enormous masses were then
converted into new formations. Thus the notorious stratified
porphyries have been introduced into literature, and have con
tinued to haunt it. Even older authors, especially A. Philippi,
have repeatedly shown how far-fetched and monstrous this
theory was, and have sharply criticized the so-called geological
map by A. Pissis, who, with a boldness that is quite astounding,
draws geological lines between Palaeozoic, Dyassic, Triassic,
Jurassic, and Cretaceous strata within sedimentary and erup
tive rocks of exactly the same kind and age. But Stelzner was
the first to throw the right light on the subject ; unfortunately
it was not granted him to continue the investigations he had
begun so brilliantly, he accepting a summons to Freiburg to
escape difficulties that had arisen in the country. The most
important work on these matters we have still to await from
Steinmann, who, after taking part in the German Transit of
Venus Expedition in South Chile, devoted himself for some time
to geological studies in the Cordilleras of Chile and Bolivia.
On the other side (east) of the great longitudinal valleys
between the two Cordilleras of the south, the place of the Meso
zoic series of strata is taken suddenly, and without a trace of
them having hitherto been found westward, by Palaeozoic
rocks, which, interstratified with granite and quartz-porphy
ries, and not infrequently metamorphosed into horn-stone,
extend from the Bolivian plateau, and have the principal share
in the composition of the eastern Cordillera of the south, the

No. 115. (767 )
branch-chain following it eastward, and the sub-stratum of the
great plateau between them.
Then follow, lower down, old crystalline rocks (principally
gneiss and older granites, but, between them, also isolated
Palaeozoic formations), which, likewise extending from Bolivia,
form a part of the mountains called by me the eastern Cordil
lera of the north in Argentine territory, and have the chief
share in the composition of the lower mountains further south,
which rise abruptly from the plains of Central Argentina. In
numerous places these old crystalline and Palaeozoic formations
are overlaid by Mesozoic strata, whose age has not yet been
determined, owing partly to the absence of fossils. East of the
Archaic groups of strata there lie, in the northern part of the
country, further great Palaeozoic formations, which again give
way, in their turn, to later Mesozoic (probably for the most
part Cretaceous) deposits.
If we now return once more to the eastern main Cordillera
•of the south, we have first the striking phenomenon that, from
the beginning of the great valleys (south of 28° S. Lat.) not a
Mesozoic deposit has yet been observed within the region of
the Palaeozoic strata with their interstratified granite and
quartz-porphyry (the west slope of Espinacito, where Stelzner
found Jurassic fossils high up the pass-summit (4400 m.), lies
already west of the granite limit) ; only at the foot of the Cor
dillera, at the western edge and in the sub-strata of the great
Inca Plain, do they appear, and they may then be traced eastward
as far as mountains exist. But here a second striking phenome
non comes to light; whereas the Mesozoic formations occurring
west of the eastern Cordillera teem with marine conchylia, in
the eastern Mesozoic deposits not a trace of them has yet appeared !
I think that these facts give us the key to the formation of the
southern part of the continent. At the end of the Archaic
period, Chile and the western Cordillera formed dry land, while
its west coast began to be washed by the Palaeozoic sea. From

No. 115. (768)
the end of the Palaeozoic period, the present eastern Cordillera
of the south formed the west coast of South America, west of
which lay a long chain of islands (similar to the islands of South
Chile). The present western or border Cordillera was, in Meso
zoic times, submerged under the ocean (a few granite islands.
may have stood out of it). By some tectonic process the western
or border Cordillera gradually rose (to a height of over 5000 m.),,
but the old coast left its traces behind in the high mountain-
valleys above-mentioned. The greater part of the rest of the
Argentine Republic remained dry land. In the Tertiary period,
part of the land (the southern Parana basin and East Pata
gonia) begins to disappear beneath the ocean ; this is proved
by the occurrence here of marine Tertiary formations, which
have only been observed here, and nowhere in the interior as
yet. When these districts rose from the ocean again they
offered the present features of the coast of the Argentine Re
public.

No. 116.
VARIOUS DOCUMENTS RELATING TO
THE DOUBTFUL DOMINION OVER
THE "VALLE DE LOS PATOS."
[Translated from " Memoria de Relaciones Exteriores de la Republica Argen
tina" 1875.] (Quoted on pages 1010-1012 of the Statement.)
Enclosure A.
From Senor Tejedor, the Argentine Minister for Foreign
Affairs, to the Governor of the Province of Mendoza.
Buenos Aires, April 13, 1874.
Mr. Governor,—
(P. 193) I have received your communication of the ist
inst., with the documents adjoined.
It appears from them that the toll collector in the Cordilleras,
D. Pablo Lopez Montoro, was seized in the valley of los Patos by
an order which the Sefiora Dona Paula Sotomayor, widow of
Sefior Rosas, gave to her peones ; and on the following day,
after the first stage, he met a body of the police of San Felipe
de Aconcagua sent by the Governor of Chile by whose order
he and his peones were taken to San Felipe jail on Friday,
February 27, and placed under the jurisdiction of the judge
of the Department.
Montoro himself adds that, on consulting a lawyer, the latter
advised him to ask for a copy of the written allotment by
auction, " as the title is not sufficient, on account of the ' Valle
769 z

No. 116. ( 770 )
de los Patos del Sud ' not being demarcated therein — that being pf*°on
the place where he was apprehended — as it is said to belong to
the Republic of Chile, and as these declivities run {estas caidas
corre) towards San Juan I believed to have the right of situating
myself there."
It is incomprehensible, Mr. Governor, why the said pur
chaser, having been imprisoned so long at San Felipe de Acon
cagua, and having been advised by counsel, has not during all
this time addressed the statement of facts to the Argentine
Minister at Santiago nor sought his protection. It is also in
comprehensible why the title should not include the point of
the " Valle de los Patos al Sud " — where the purchaser thought
it advisable to station himself for the collection of taxes — if this
point was really Argentine territory. Nor are we informed,
lastly, who the Senora Dona Paula Sotomayor, widow of Sefior
Rosas, may be — whether Argentine or Chilean — nor whether
the settlement, the peones of which were employed for the first
attempt, is situated on Argentine or Chilean ground.
This Office needs all these data to draw up the suitable
claim, if there be occasion for such, adopting all means that
may be to the point ; but I may now beforehand warn you
that once the territorial rights of the Republic are unquestion
ably proved, or the exercise of its jurisdiction, unresisted for
some time back, it is its right and duty to respect all such, even
though exercised by force, reporting thereon immediately.
(P, 194 ) I should also say that on this same date a copy of
the whole is being sent to the Argentine Minister in Chile in
order that he may, on his side, obtain a thorough knowledge
of the facts reported, and may act in conformity with what he
may discover, in any case protecting the purchaser against any
undue abuse or severity.
I have, etc. C. Tejedor.

No. 116. (771 )
Enclosure B.
From the Governor of Mendoza to the Argentine Minister for
Foreign Affairs.
(P. 195) Mr. Minister, — ¦
I have had the honour to receive Your Excellency's note
•dated the 13th inst., respecting the documents which I thought
it my duty to forward to you regarding the imprisonment of
Don Pablo Montoro.
At the same time I also received another note on the same
matter from the Minister of the Argentine Legation in Chile,
asking for the data in my possession which might establish the
fact of a violation of our territory.
To the latter I have replied in a note, forwarding a copy of
the proceedings on account of the auction of the taxes levied
by Montoro, wherein are set forth in detail all the points of the
ground included in the purchaser's right ; as to the acts which
have taken place, I referred to the documents which I sent on
to Your Excellency and which you inform me you have for
warded to the Minister of the Legation.
Montoro had invoked the latter's protection, but this passed
unheeded owing to the fact of his being a Chilean citizen, and
owing to the Minister's being unaware of the truth as regards
the occurrences alleged.
The Senora Sotomayor is a Chilean, but the establishment
of her residence {estancia) is comprised, in great part, within
Argentine jurisdiction, and consequently subject to all charges
of a municipal character which are levied on the rest of the
Province. The boundaries of this Province with the Republic of Chile Quoted
p. ioir.
have always been acknowledged along the line which separates
the courses of the waters, the contrary never having been ad
vanced : indeed the Chilean Tribunals, having cognizance of a
.sentence pronounced in a case of smuggling, saw reason to lay

No. 116. ( 772 )
down that it had not been committed, as the accused had not
trodden on Chilean territory, being in the Valley de los Patos,
just where Montoro was seized, according to the information
of this Government.
With the antecedents now in the possession of the Minister
of the Argentine Legation in Chile and the others which he
may obtain from our Consul at Los Andes, I believe he will be
enabled to draw up a protest in this case.
I have, etc. Manuel J. Gomez.
Faustino Espinola.
Enclosure C.
Decision of the Chilean Tribunal.
(P. 198) Summary of the inquiry to investigate concerning
the trespass of several Argentine subjects at the place called
" Los Patos del Sud," in Chilean territory.
San Felipe, April 16, 1874.
It results from the inquiry that Don Pablo Lopez Montoro
and eight other persons were seized at a spot in the Cordillera
known by the name of " Los Patos," by several farmers who
thought themselves in danger of losing their animals which
grazed upon the said ground, on account of their refusal to pay
the undue tax which Lopez claimed from them, entitling him
self purchaser by auction of a tax authorized in the province
of San Juan, threatening them with the transference to Argen
tine cities or towns of the animals affected by the tax. All
these persons were handed over by those who seized them to
the Commandant of Police of this department, who by order of
his superior came in aid to the Chilean farmers who had their
animals in this neighbourhood, the administration referring
the case and the prisoned delinquents to the ordinary tribunal.

No. 116. ( 773)
(P, 200) Considering that, even if it were certain that this
land {to the west of the Cordon del Espinacito, the most elevated
of the Andes as stated by those who effected the seizure) be
longs to Chilean territory, and that Lopez crossed the fixed
boundary to recover the toll for which he had authority, his
only fault consisted in his having exacted the payment of a tax
unauthorized by Chilean law, the single and only one which
can warrant it within our territory : a fault which has been
alleged as the legal ground for the arrest of the tax-gatherer
and his companions on the presumption of fraud therein in
volved, there is no occasion for the imposition of a punishment,
seeing that there is no proof that any of those who were re
quested to pay actually did so.
Enclosure D.
Decision of the Supreme Court of Chile.
Santiago, March 1, 1874.
(P. 201) From the case it appears that Lopez Montoro
purchased by auction in the province of San Juan of the Argen
tine Republic, a right to collect a tax called " de piso," which
included the department of Calingasta, in which he contends
that the place where the cattle graze is situated. It is further
set forth in the same case that this point is part of the Chilean
territory, and belongs as landed estate to Chilean individuals
who have constantly kept their animals there without any tax
ever being collected from them.
(P. 201) Considering that the territory where the cattle ^u°^
were grazing was reputed as Argentine by the defendants, and
as Chilean by the witnesses who have given evidence in this
cause, and that there is no need for the court to pronounce on
this matter in view of what is set forth in the foregoing, it is
declared that there should be a suspension of proceedings in
this case, the accused being set at liberty and the bail offered

No. 116. ( 774 )
by them being remitted. Let the Supreme Government be
made acquainted with the documents concerned in these ante
cedents respecting the tax called " de piso," and which it was
sought to carry into effect on Chilean property. The sentence
delivered on April 16th last is confirmed in so far as it conforms
to the present.
Montt.— Barriga. — Valenzuela. — Reyes. — Prats.

Enclosure E.
Information of the Provincial authorities of San Juan
{Argentine Republic).
(P. 202) Your Excellency, —
It is a fact reported more than once to the Government,
and repeated yearly, that there are introduced from the Republic
of Chile to the great farms and pasture grounds which this
Province owns, from the very centre of the Andes as far as its
lowest valleys, including Los Patos and others, thousands of
animals — cattle, horses and mules — which are wintered 'there,
and they prepare them to pass over for sale at a suitable season
in the Chilean markets : though their owners, rich farmers of
that Republic, neither contribute nor have ever contributed
any of the taxes and dues of a municipal character which, by
the existing laws of the State, are demanded from them, and
which the rest of the merchants, farmers, and winterers pay.
And there is no reason nor ground, Your Excellency, to warrant
the abandonment of this portion of tribute of which the State
is greatly in need, all the more that this abandonment has
injured and is injuring the Argentine winterers and farmers
who religiously pay the tax for this same privilege.

No. 116. ( 775 )
Enclosure F.
Appointment of a Commission of Inquiry.
" Hacienda and Formento " Department.
San Juan, October 7, 1873.
. . . Senores Don Fernando Cano and Don Martin R.
Sanchez are hereby commissioned, under the presidency of the
" Subdelegado " of the Department of Calingasta, for gathering
all the necessary information as to the points indicated by the
Fiscal Procurator, etc. Gomez.
Abel Quiroga.
Enclosure G.
Report of the Commission.
San Juan, December 5, 1873.
(P. 204) To the Minister of the Home Department.
The undersigned, in compliance with Your Excellency's
note dated October 8 last, and in view of what is set forth by
the Procurador Fiscal in his judgment addressed to the Govern
ment, proceeded to draw up the statistical report with the
gentlemen nominated by the Government, D. Vicente Lima
Sambrano and D. Manuel Poblete, as follows : —
By the gap of " Los Patos del Sud " and other gaps leading
to the same valley, these wintering places being the property
of the heirs of D. Juan Rosas, they introduce about four or five
hundred head of cattle, as well as horses, mules and oxen. We
regard this as a minimum. Further north are the gaps of
Iyapel, Cagoti, and other entrances which give access to the
streams {vertientes) of Santa Cruz and the wintering grounds of
Donoso, fields belonging to the Senores Villarruel and Cortes
by which gaps these gentlemen introduce their droves which
amount, more or less, to the number of 800, including horses,
cattle and mules, but more horses than cattle, and the sheep

No. 116. (776)
may reach a thousand head, including those introduced by the
tenants of these same fields. To the north are the gaps of the
Rio Grande, Zapallar (otherwise Mostasal), Rapel and Hurtado,
and they give access to the Valle Hermoso and Patillos {other
wise Patos del Norte) belonging to the Senores Cortes. By
these gaps are introduced about a thousand head of cattle,
mules and horses : the sheep which likewise pass may amount
to a thousand head. The importation annually made by the
Chileans to the wintering grounds of this side, the number
which is introduced equals that exported. There is not the
same amount introduced every year, Your Excellency, for
when in Chile there is rain or snow on the Cordilleras, the
Chileans do not bring their droves to this Argentine district,
because then the fields on the Chilean side are provided with
pasture. This is all the information we can give the Minister,
believing that we have estimated fairly closely the fixed number
of droves that pasture on the fields of the Cordillera in this
Argentine zone.
We hope the Minister will kindly bring this before His
Excellency the Governor for his information, and with a view
to such measures as may be advisable. Meanwhile we have
the honour, etc.
J. Abelardo Lopez. — Vicente Lima Sambrano. — For my
father, D. MANUEL POBLETE.
Enclosure H.
From the Argentine Plenipotentiary at Santiago to the Chilean
Minister for Foreign Affairs.
Santiago, June 2, 1874.
(P. 207) Your Excellency, —
The Government of the Province of San Juan has lately
complained to the National Executive of an act of violence
committed by the Chilean authorities on its territory.

No. 116. ( 777 )
More ; than once the Government of San Juan had received
reports of the fact that year by year there were introduced into
the pasture-grounds which the Province possesses in the valleys
of the eastern slope {fold a) of the Andes down to the lowest,
including that of Los Patos, thousands of animals — cattle,
horses and mules, which winter therein — with the object of
bringing them to, and selling them in the markets of this
country at a suitable time, without their owners, rich Chilean
farmers, having ever paid any of the taxes which are paid there
in conformity with the existing laws. As that Government
wished to put an end to this abuse, after consulting the Procu-
rador Fiscal, on October 7 of last year it nominated a commis
sion of the inhabitants of the department of Calingasta in order
that, under the presidency of the Sub-delegate, it should collect
information as to gaps of entrance, and accesses of the farms,
the number of persons concerned in the said introductions, the
approximate amount of animals, and all the other data
necessary as regards the receipt of the tax laid by law on this
branch of industry.
In view of the Report presented by this Commission re
specting the cattle which are introduced and exported by the
gap of Los Patos al Sud, and others situated further north, and
after calculating the amount of the tax applied to the farms
in question, the Government of San Juan decreed that from
January ist of the present year the tax " de piso " should be
put in force without any exception, and that the amount to
be recovered in the Department of Calingasta should be put
up to auction, at which D. Pablo Lopez Montoro was the
highest bidder.
When this gentleman, in the exercise of the right which he
had acquired, went to collect the said tax in the places men
tioned, he was seized by armed bodies coming from Chile, and
taken to the jail of San Felipe, where the proceedings took
place of which Your Excellency is doubtless aware, and which

No. 116. (778)
ended in the release of the said Montoro and of the peones accom
panying him.
On my Government becoming acquainted with these facts,
it could not but regard them as a violation of Argentine terri
tory, inasmuch as the Valley de Los Patos is situated to the Quoted
east of the water-parting line in the Cordillera de los Andes ,
and it has instructed this Legation to address Your Excellency
requesting you to be good enough to give instructions which
will guard against the repetition of similar abuses in future.
Being confident that Your Excellency will think fit to accede
to this just desire, I avail myself, etc. Felix Frias.
Enclosure J.
The Argentine Minister in Santiago to the Argentine Minister
for Foreign Affairs.
Santiago, June 15, 1874.
(P. 209) Your Excellency, —
I have the honour to inform Your Excellency that the
Chilean Minister for Foreign Affairs under date the 8th inst.,
has acknowledged the receipt of the note which I addressed
to him on the 2nd inst. protesting against the proceedings
taken by the Chilean authorities against D. Pablo Lopez
Montoro (the highest bidder for the taxes) in the Province of
San Juan, and he has replied that, in the absence of complete
information as to the previous circumstances necessary for the
formation of a sound judgment on the matter, he is unavoid
ably compelled to delay the reply which he will give to the
above-mentioned note.
God protect Your Excellency. Felix Frias.

No. 117.
ORIGINAL PROPOSAL OF THE CHILEAN COMMIS
SIONER FOR THE DELIMITATION BETWEEN
31° 40' AND 32° 32'.
[Extract translated from the Annual Report of the second Chilean Sub-
Commission for 1898.] (Quoted on page 1017 of the Statement.)
Enclosure A.
Excerpt from the Report.
On May 9 I received from Santiago a communication from the
Argentine Assistants in which they accepted the carrying out
of the Demarcation in the Passes and Gaps of Colina, Nieves
Negras, Piuquenes, Tupungato, Pircas, Navarro, Bermejo, and
Iglesia, withholding their reply as to the landmarks of the
western Gap of Rio Bayo and the Maipo Pass till they were
joined by the Assistant, Senor Martinez, entrusted with the
examination of these points.
They further proposed four points as boundaries : the Porte
zuelo del Morado, that of Potrero Escondido, that of Contraban-
distas, and Contrabandistas Pass. According to the data men
tioned by them, these points would be found in the line of
summits which divide the waters of the Argentine River Men
doza from those of the Chilean rivers, the Maipo and the Acon
cagua, and consequently the Sub-Commission under my charge
at once accepted this proposal, though probably the four points
are not connected by triangulation. In this same note the
779

No. 117. (780)
following twenty-eight new points were submitted for considera
tion to the Argentine Commission :
Paso de Leiva.
Paso del Rubio.
Portezuelo de la Quebraba Honda.
Paso de Valle Hermoso.
Portezuelo de Longomiche.
Paso de la Honda.
Paso de Ortiz.
Paso del Golpe del Agua.
Paso de las Llaretas.
Portezuelo de Quebrada Fria.
Paso de Quebrada Fria.
Portezuelo de Quebrada Grande.
Portezuelo de las Lagunas.
Paso de los Teatinos.
Paso de la Laguna del Pelade
Paso de las Gredas.
Paso del Mercedario.
Paso de las Ojotas.
Portezuelo del Yunque.
Portezuelo de la Rinconada del Yunque.
Paso de Alitre.
Portezuelo de Alitre.
Paso del Bonito.
Paso de Mondaquita.
Paso de Cerro Blanco.
Portezuelo del Pachon.
Paso de las Pelambres.
Paso de las Puentecillas.
On May the 14th, the chief of the Argentine Sub-Commis
sion, Mr. Stegmann, answered, saying that, as Senor Gramondo
was at Mendoza, it was impossible for him to give an official

No. 117. (781 )
reply as to the placing of landmarks. From the data com
municated verbally to the undersigned a few days afterwards,
it seems to follow that the Gap of the Potrero Escondido, pro
posed by them, is no other than that which we have called
Gap of the Laguna del Inca, and that the point fixed by our
triangulation in the Gap of Lomas Coloradas does not coincide
with any of the points proposed by them, and consequently it
falls to us to propose it. In conclusion there are 30 points on
which the Argentine Assistants owe us a reply. The material
demarcation of the points accepted will be carried out shortly,
after which the respective Acts will be drawn up.
Enclosure B.
Communication of the Argentine Commission.
Santiago, May 14, 1898.
Senor Luis Riso Patron.
Dear Sir, —
I have had the pleasure of receiving your note dated the
12th inst., addressed to me and to the Assistant of this Commis
sion, D. Ernesto Gramondo.
The latter being absent at Mendoza, / cannot at present
give an official reply as to the placing of the landmarks which
you propose to us. Moreover, until the Assistant, Senor Mar
tinez, supplies us with the requisite data concerning the land
mark of the western Gap of Rio Bayo and others, which are
necessary for the drawing up of the Supplementary Acts
referred to by you — and on which this gentleman has been
engaged — we are unable to deal with these matters.
I have, etc.
Adolfo E. Stegmann.

No. 118.
E. A. FITZGERALD ON THE ANDEAN BOUNDARY.
[Reproduced from " The Highest Andes," London, 1899, pp. 377-383.]
(Quoted on page 1020 of the Statement.)
When in South America we frequently found, on both sides
of the Andes, indications of the dispute that has continued so
long between Chile and the Argentine Republic on the boun
dary question.
The controversy has at length entered on what every one
trusts will be its final stage. It has been laid for decision before
Her Majesty the Queen as arbitress, and at the moment when
I write, commissioners from both Republics are in London, for
the purpose of presenting their case.
The dispute has been going on for many years, and has more
than once brought the two States to the very brink of war. It
depends upon two main issues — the true configuration of the
mountainous part of South America between the acknow
ledged territory of the Republics, much of which has still been
most imperfectly explored, and the precise interpretation to be
put upon the terms of existing treaties. The difficulty has
really been pending ever since the independence of those coun
tries was recognized by Spain. In the old days when both alike
were governed from Madrid, it was understood that all terri
tories to the east of the Andes were under the control of the
Viceroy of Buenos Aires, all territories to the west under that
•of the Captain-general of Chile. In the settled parts of the

No. 118. (783)
country the great mountain chain was supposed to be a suf
ficient boundary, and as the immense district of Patagonia was
still unsettled and even untraversed, the necessity for a strict
settlement of limits there was unfelt.
When the southern part of the continent had been divided
between two independent powers, rivalry between the authori
ties of Buenos Aires and Chile naturally became much keener,
and the extent of their jurisdiction required to be more definitely
fixed. The gradual opening up of Patagonia made the question
more acute. Both parties could claim with some plausibility
to be the successors of Spain in that region. And as it came to
be recognized that Patagonia was by no means an inhospitable
waste, but a territory of value and ready for settlement, each
country was naturally anxious to secure for itself as large a
portion of this debatable land as possible.
For many years the controversy lingered on ; one draft
treaty after another being proposed and rejected by either
side. A general agreement, however, was worked out, under
which the superior claim of the Argentine to much the greater
part of Patagonia was recognized ; while, on the other hand,
the possession of the Strait of Magellan was secured for Chile.
Considering the immense importance of the Strait in the com
munication between Valparaiso and Europe, this was a claim
which the Chileans could hardly have given up without war.
In 1 88 1 a treaty between the two Republics was signed at last,
after negotiations carried on on their behalf by the American
Ministers in Santiago and Buenos Aires respectively.
This Treaty of 1881 is the classical document in the case.
Under its provisions the boundary between Chile and the Argen
tine down to the 52 nd parallel — a point a little north of the
Strait of Magellan— is stated to be the Cordillera, i.e. the chain
of the Andes. On meeting the 52nd parallel, the boundary is
to turn almost at right angles and run about due east and west
to Point Dungeness, where the Strait enters the Atlantic.

No. 118. (784)
Tierra del Fuego fell to Chile, except the Atlantic coast of the
island, which was reserved, with a small strip of territory
behind it, for the Argentine. Chile was not to fortify the Strait,
but it was to remain open to the flags of all nations for ever.
Finally, it was provided that each country should appoint a
commissioner by whom the boundary should be marked out
on the spot, all disputed points being referred to the arbitration
of a friendly Power.
After the lapse of eighteen years, however, the boundary
still remains unmarked. The treaty, which was supposed to
have settled everything, became one of the most disputed docu
ments in recent history. So much ingenuity and perverted
acuteness have been applied to its interpretation that the
problem with which, it deals remains as perplexing as ever.
When two countries are separated by one of the highest
mountain chains in the world, and both have agreed that the
mountains shall be their boundary, it would appear at the first
glance that no further difficulty could arise. It is accepted
on both sides that the dividing line is the Cordillera of the
Andes, or rather in the Cordillera of the Andes. But in fixing
a frontier in a range of mountains, two principles can be fol
lowed which may give very different results. In the first place
the boundary may be fixed at the water-parting, all rivers on
one side, with their tributaries, being assigned to one country,
all those on the other side to the other. Every stream that rises
on the Andes, every drop of water that falls on their slopes, finds
its way ultimately to the Atlantic or the Pacific ; and even at
the highest well-springs there can be no doubt in an explored
country as to the direction it takes. On the other hand, the
boundary may be fixed by the highest ridge, or, where there
is a succession of isolated peaks, by an imaginary line joining
their summits. Naturally it may easily happen that in a
mountain range these two lines coincide, the ridge where the
waters divide and the highest ridge of all being in fact one and

No. 118. (785)
the same. In the Andes, however, this is not the case. The
highest summits are not upon the water-parting : the water
divides on its way to the Pacific or the Atlantic at a lower range
some distance to the west of that which attains to the greatest
elevation. Aconcagua is not on the water-parting, but stands
wholly and entirely to the east of it. The streams that are fed
from its western side do not continue in that direction to the
Pacific, but, curving round the base of the mountain, they fall
into the Rio Mendoza or the Rio de los Patos, which both flow
downward through the pampas of the Argentine. Thus the
melted snows of Aconcagua have their destination in the Atlan
tic, and not a drop of them ever enters the Pacific. The water
shed is actually at the much lower elevations of the Cumbre and
the Boquete del Valle Hermoso, while the highest peaks stand
to the east of the ridge that divides the waters in the district
between Santiago and Mendoza. As we go farther south the
relationship changes. The highest ridge of the Cordillera
trends towards the Pacific, and the water-parting changes to
the other side. In the far south the parting of the waters is
somewhere in the lower and central lands, as yet imperfectly
explored, of Patagonia, whilst the summits that attain the
greatest elevation are close to the western shore of the conti
nent, and some are even said to be upon the islands off the coast.
According to Sefior Moreno, the Argentine Expert, " it is shown
in an irrefutable manner that in latitude 52° S. the Cordillera
of the Andes sheds all the water from its slopes into the Pacific."
It is needless to say that in these regions the Andes have been
broken into a number of isolated mountains, sometimes divided
by arms of the sea, between which the rivers coming down
from the interior have no difficulty in flowing.
The difference of opinion that divides the representatives
of the two countries may now be briefly stated. The Chileans
stand out for the water-parting, the Argentines for the line of
highest summits. The frontier proposed by the former, " leaves
AA

No. 118. (786)
within the territory of each of the two nations, the peaks, ridges
or ranges, however elevated they may be, which do not divide
the waters of the river systems belonging to each country."
Aconcagua thus belongs entirely to the Argentine, as although
it is the highest mountain on the continent, it stands wholly
within the Argentine river system ; whilst the lofty mountains
on the Pacific coast to the south would fall completely inside
the Chilean territory. The boundary claimed by the Chilians
"is no other than the natural and effective dividing line of
the waters of the South American continent." This principle
would give to Chile a very much larger share of Patagonia
than a division according to the line of highest summits would
do. The latter would leave to Chile little more than the coast
line of the Pacific. But by adopting the water-parting as the
frontier, Chile would be entitled to the complete river basin
of every stream emptying into the Pacific, right up to the re
motest source of its tributaries in the heart of the continent.
By adopting the highest mountain line, on the other hand, the
Argentine Republic would become possessed of the greater
part of these river basins, and in places would push Chile right
back to the Pacific itself.
It is stated by the Argentine explorers that in some parts
of Patagonia the water-parting is excessively indistinct. Streams
change their courses, says Sefior Moreno, and flow now to the
Atlantic and now to the Pacific. In the flat land in the heart
of Patagonia, rivers frequently form new channels. A heavy
storm, or a flood which washes away an old gravel bank or
piles up a new one, will divert the drainage of many square
miles of territory from one ocean to the other. In one instance,
Senor Moreno found that a river which formerly flowed east
ward, had now taken a westward direction, but by employing
the labour of his party for about a week, he diverted it into its
old channel, and sent its waters down once more through
Argentine territory to the Atlantic.

No. 118. (787)
A boundary fixed by the highest summits would, however,
present many difficulties. It would upset what in the central
districts has long been the acknowledged frontier. The ridge
of the Cumbre is accepted as the boundary by every one who
crosses the pass ; so is the Boquete del Valle Hermoso, farther
to the north, where another pass road crosses the mountains.
Between the province of Mendoza and Chile the frontier is
perfectly well-known and established, and that frontier is the
water-parting. Accept the principle of highest summits, and everything is
thrown into confusion. The boundary shifts from the Cumbre
to the top of Aconcagua. But it is by no means obvious how
it is to run from there. Clearly it must also pass over the top
of Tupungato. Yet it is less certain how the line shall be drawn.
As Aconcagua and Tupungato are the highest points in the
neighbourhood, it might be argued that the boundary should
be a mathematically straight line drawn between their summits.
But then Juncal, though not so high as either, is undoubtedly
one of the " highest crests " in the Andes. Should not the line
be deflected at an angle, on its way from Aconcagua to Tupun
gato, so as to touch Juncal as well ? And if Juncal, why not
also Torlosa ? Everything depends upon the definition of high
est summits. It seems hardly possible to fix a height in feet
or metres above which a summit shall count for the purposes
of delimitation, and below which it may safely be ignored. And
according to the list of highest crests which any one may choose
to draw up, the boundary might be shifted indefinitely, and
made to go through a curious variety of bends and loops, zig
zags and tacks.
The highest peaks of the Andes have not been arranged by
Nature in a neat line running north and south. They occur
irregularly, some on one side of the main ridge, some on the
other. Their heights have been determined only in a few

No. 118. (788)
cases. When two mountains of an approximately equal height
stand near together, it is difficult to say which shall be selected
for delimiting purposes. A great number of trigonometrical
measurements must first be undertaken before such questions
can be settled. It may also be remarked that a frontier so
arranged would present quite an artificial character when
applied in the valleys, where, and not among the mountain-
tops, a definite boundary is needed. It is easy for every traveller
and arriero to understand that up to the ridge of the Cumbre
the Cuevas Valley is Argentine territory, and that the slopes
on the farther side of the Cumbre are Chilian ; that the Valle
Hermoso, through which flows an Argentine river, the Rio de
los Patos, is Argentine, and that the crest of the Boquete del
Valle Hermoso, where one begins to descend towards the Pacific,
is the point beyond which Chilian soil also begins. According
to the theory of highest crests, many valleys would be divided
between both countries, and in order to determine the point of
demarcation, it would be necessary to find tbe highest moun
tains on each side and observe where the valley is intersected
by an imaginary straight line drawn from one summit to the
other. The natural geographical difficulties presented along the
borders of the two Republics are considerable, and demand very
discriminating and impartial treatment. They are as nothing,
however, when compared with the complications which diplo
matic subtlety has contrived to pile up. The Treaty of 1881 is
the most authoritative document in the case. When Chile in
sists on the water-parting as the boundary and the Argentine
Republic claims the line of highest crests, each side professes to
do no more than interpret the Treaty according to its obvious
meaning, and the intention of those by whom it was signed.
It might be supposed that an instrument so variously construed
was one of some ambiguity. Yet to any one approaching it for
the first time without prepossessions, its purport seems unmis-

No. 118. (789)
takable. The important and vital words of the first clause may
therefore be quoted literally from a translation of the docu
ment which lies before me.
" Clause 1 . — The boundary between Chile and the Argen
tine Republic is from north to south, up to the fifty-
second parallel of latitude, the Cordillera of the Andes.
The boundary line within these limits shall pass along
the highest crests of said Cordillera which divide the
waters, and shall pass between the slopes down which the
waters flow on the one side and the other. The difficulties
which may arise owing to the existence of certain valleys
formed by the bifurcation of the Cordillera, and in which
the line dividing the waters may not be clear, shall be
amicably settled by two Experts, one to be named by
each party."
It will be observed that the Treaty does not merely speak
of the highest crests. The words expressly are — "the highest
crests of said Cordillera which divide the waters}' Aconcagua
is the highest crest in the Cordillera, but it does not divide the
waters. Therefore it does not come within the class of summits
contemplated by the Treaty. As if to make matters absolutely
definite and final, the Treaty adds that the frontier " shall
pass between the slopes down which the waters flow on the
one side and the other." This seems quite explicitly to exclude
the Argentine interpretation. In the telegrams exchanged at
the time when the Treaty was concluded, by the American
Ministers whom both parties had authorized to conduct the
negotiations, it was also stated that " the boundary between
Chile and the Argentine Republic shall be the divortia aquarum
of the Cordillera of the Andes up to the fifty-second parallel."
It should be noticed, however, that in such expression the
term divortia aquarum does not stand alone. It is always
spoken of as the divortia aquarum of the Cordillera of the
Andes. It would appear that in the extreme south of the

No. 118. ( 790 )
continent, the water-parting and the Cordillera of the Andes
are two distinct and separate things. The parting of the waters
lies in the lower ground inland, while the Cordillera runs
nearer to the western coast, and does not really part the waters
at all. The Chileans therefore, abandoning the strict reference
to the mountain chain, take their stand upon the water-divide
in opposite directions for the Pacific and Atlantic, that was con
templated as the boundary in the Treaty of 1881. They stand
upon " the natural and effective dividing-line of the waters of
the South American continent." The Argentine incline to
ignore the water-parting altogether, and hold fast to " the Cor
dillera of the Andes." In the discussion between the Experts
of both countries which took place at Santiago in September'
1898, the Argentine representative laid down these princi
ples : —
(1) That the general line which he proposes to his col
league is wholly comprised within the Cordillera of the
Andes.
(2) That in its entire extent it passes between the slopes
which descend on one side or the other of the main
range.
(3) That he considers the said main range is constituted by
the predominating edge of the principal and central
chain of the Andes, considered such by the first geo
graphers of the world.
(4) That the principal chain is the most elevated, the most
continual, with most general uniform direction, and its
flanks shed the largest volume of water, thus presenting
the conditions established, both by the Treaty of 23 rd
July, 1 88 1, and the Protocol of ist May, 1893, to
constitute, with the crest line of its slope, the general
frontier line between the Argentine Republic and the
Republic of Chile.
In this declaration it will be observed how carefully the

No. 118. (79O
question of the water-divide is hidden out of sight behind " the
predominating edge of the principal and central chain of the
Andes." On the same occasion the Argentine representative
used words even less easy to reconcile with the Treaty of 1881.
" At that time," he said, " the general watershed of the Cor
dillera was considered inseparable from the latter' s central or
prevailing chain ; and the crest thereof — that is to say, the
snow-capped chain of the historians and geographers of all
times — was for the signatories of the Treaty of 1881, and for
those who accepted it, the only international boundary ; al
though they knew that the chain was crossed, not only in one
but in several cases, by rivers having their sources to the east
of the same."
This statement, an ardent Chilian might almost say, is not
the interpretation of the Treaty : it is a repudiation of it.
Edw. A. Fitzgerald.

No. 119.
COLONEL OLASCOAGA (ARGENTINE) ON THE
EASTERN CORDILLERAS.
[Translated from Extracts of " Memoria del Departmento de Ingenieros Mili-
tares'-'- etc., Buenos Aires, 1883.]
(Quoted on page 1038 of the Statement.)
Description of the Territory Traversed.
(P. 8) First of all I will give you, according to the route
followed, the topographical description of the territory explored
by the Commission.
Starting from the town of Mendoza southwards, the general
or dominant configuration of the Andean territory is soon com
prehended.
A system of mountain chains to the right or west, which are
interlaced and prolonged southwards, constantly filling an
extent averaging eighty kilometres from its extreme eastern slope
as far as the anticlinal line of the great dividing Cordillera
with Chile. As far as the said line that large system of moun
tains or lower Cordilleras which generally run parallel in the
direction mentioned, leave between them innumerable valleys,
the bottom of which is higher as they approach the central Cor
dillera, altering their climate likewise, as is but natural, in a
gradual manner, from the mildest, in the first, where Mendoza
is situated, to the heavy snows of the last ones in which the
main Andean ridge is situated ; therefore, in that strip of
land, formed merely of mountains and valleys alternately —
792

No. 119. (793 )
measuring from Mendoza to the Straits of Magellan, some
22 degrees which, multiplied by the average width already
stated, would give a total of 20 millions hectares, — all the peoples
in the world could find their appropriate climate, to say no
thing of the territory of the elevated plains which extend to
the Atlantic coast.
Independently of this strip of ground, properly called Andean
by reason of its being connected with the Cordillera, between
its ramifications, there is that occupied by the city of Mendoza,
just where the ground becomes decidedly level, which happens
some eight kilometres east of the last declivities. It is also a
valley, or better still, the southern extremity of the great
Andean valley which comes from the north, and which in
cludes San Juan. Opposite Mendoza it is interrupted at the
Sierra del Gigante which gives to it a width of 200 kilometres.
(P. 15) The line where the first section of our journey
ends is marked by the famous cone of Mount Diamante which
rises 2300 metres above the sea on the southern bank of the
river which gives it its name.
It rises at 340 41'' 25" of latitude and at 10° 38'' 10" longitude
west of Buenos Aires. It is a volcano with an extinct crater,
and its base is surrounded by eruptive rock.
I ascended to its summit and from it I took sights with the
compass, the bearing of a number of well-known points in
the chain of the Andes, as in the rest of the large circumference
seen from that great height.
From this southern point there extends a continuous plain,
which is only interrupted by some hillocks of little importance
and by the wide transverse depressions formed by the basins
of the Rivers Atuel and Malalhue, Lake Yancanelo, and the
Rivers Colorado and Neuquen. A telegraphic line, for instance,
which might run straight from the Diamante southwards,
would not require any deviation until reaching the River

No. 119. ( 794)
Neuquen, after 380 kilometres, exactly at the point close to
the last telegraph station of the line from Patagones.
I will describe this section of the ground. For 47 kilo
metres the ground is hard, with some vegetation and thick
grass. It descends to the basin of the Atuel, going over soft
hillocks and becoming stony all along the bed of the river.
From this point the ground becomes softer and permeable, and
with more abundant and luxuriant vegetation for a distance of
39 kilometres, at which point it becomes arid, saltpetrous and
hard, scoriae and cretaceous ground being alternately found,
and along the traject of 35 kilometres on the eastern side of
Lake Yancanelo there are not any traces of drinking water.
The waters of Lake Yancanelo are not drunk even by the most
thirsty animals. Beyond the southern shores of the lake rise
the first hillocks which are traversed in their prolongation of
Mount Nevado. Once these are crossed, the valley again
stretches in front and towards the left or east. On the right,
the ground rises in gentle slopes, which sometimes become
rough when crossing opposite the Cordillera " Barba de Chi-
vato " and the massif of the " Payen." At 130 kilometres
from the hillocks of Yancanelo, the mountains rise to the left
[east] and form a variety of sharp cones with Gothic towers.
It is the " Sierra de Chachahuen," which leaves the road always
to the right. Near that point the ground rises and descends
again to the basin of the River Colorado, to which there is a
distance of 32 kilometres, the road described coinciding pre
cisely with the most practicable and wide passage offered by
this river which is divided into six branches. Once the Colorado
is crossed, a beautiful plain, until now unknown in the maps,
is traversed, which is situated between the river mentioned and
the " Sierra de Auca-Mahuida," 47-J- kilometres south of the
Colorado, and not near its right bank as it has been previously
drawn. The Auca-Mahuida, a round and high block of some
14 kilometres in circumference, and not a prolonged ridge as

No. 119. ( 795 )
was believed, sheds its streams ivertientes) and the melting of
its eternal snows northwards, to which circumstance the fer
tility of the plain mentioned is due.
From Auca-Mahuida the plain stretches without interrup
tion to the south, for 85 kilometres, where the River Neuquen
crosses it, flowing at the bottom between the two rough and true
Cordilleras which form its banks.
This last stretch, between Auca-Mahuida and the river
Neuquen is the most arid and barren land we have come across.
*****
(P. 21) With the element of this long base [a computed
base-line of 50 odd kilom.] we could add to our previous obser
vations with perfect accuracy the position of many uncertain
or omitted points in the previous maps, among which the great
lake Yancanelo may be mentioned and especially MOUNT NE
VADO, the precise location of which it is of great importance to Quo'e<i
know in connection with OTHER POINTS OF THE CORDILLERA DE
LOS ANDES determined by respected scientific authorities, be
cause the said mountain rises in the neighbourhood of meridian
100 of Buenos Aires, which divides the National Territories
from Mendoza. The said dividing line cuts, longitudinally, a
strip of first-class land, which is that situated on the eastern
slope of the Cordillera del Nevado, which only sheds to this side
the waters from its eternal snows, as happens to the north of
Auca-Mahuida ; and, as the Government of Mendoza are at
present selling, conditionally, lands which delimit with this
meridian, it is of urgent necessity to determine it with accu
racy. The situation of Loncoche, — where I halted with the com
mission with the object of carrying out several geodetical works
indispensable to ensure the accuracy of those to be made further
on, — is worthy of notice owing to its topographical situation.
To the south and west there is a system of Cordilleras where

No. 119. (796)
the best-defined, rugged and fertile part of the Andes begins,
where the River Grande runs almost longitudinally , receiving
its innumerable affluents. To the north and east lies the plain
connecting Mendoza with the pampa, along the meridian of
the Diamante, which has been described before.
*****
(P. 23) Continuing the description of the Andean region
to the west of the valley which I have followed from the Rio
Diamante, I will commence with the headwaters of the Rio
Grande, which rise on the highest Cordillera de los Andes in
parallel 350 45', at a few kilometres from those of the Atuel.
From this same latitude begins the Cordillera that stretches
at the back of Loncoche.
As this Cordillera branches off from the central one it takes
the name of " La Choyca," and, at some 12 kilometres from the
dividing line with Chile, upon one of the porphyric slopes,
there is the richest copper mine which I believe exists in the
country, and which, up to the present, has been almost un
known. It has been worked for some time without the know
ledge of our authorities by a Chilean company of minor import
ance under the management of a Sefior Bovadilla, who trans
ported the ore to Chile on mules. In Chile a tax of two silver
dollars per load was exacted from him until five years ago when
the Government of Mendoza, being informed of the exploita
tion and tax, ordered the payment of 12 " reales " of the same
money to the province, which undoubtedly had more right to
exact such a collection. The manager of the company refused
to pay the new tax, suspending the work from the moment
that the notification was made.
The mine, the yield of which was uncertain and irregular,
presents, on its wall and even on its bottom, almost a solid
mass of raw copper capable of being cut with a chisel, and al
though its exploitation seems to have been stopped from that
date, I believe it may be worked clandestinely, as, on the Argen-

No. 119. ( 797 )
tine side, for a distance of ioo kilometres, there does not exist
any authority to inspect it, owing not only to the long distance
but also to the roughness and hidden character of the place.
It is to be regretted that these and other riches of the Andean
region should be lost to the country through lack of population
and of easy means of communication.
Behind the " Sierra de la Choyca," which further south
take the name of " Lenas Amarillas," rises and flows, as I have
said, the River Grande, fed by a large number of brooks and
rivers which I shall enumerate, because it has not been possible
to draw them all on the smaller map annexed herein. They
will all be seen with many other details in the map of a larger
scale which I am finishing.
The greater part of these affluents form as many more
grassy valleys, rich for the raising of cattle and agricultural
purposes, with the exception of those very near the Cordillera
which are only useful in the summer.
Commencing from the sources of the river, those flowing
from the north are : Rio Tordillo, Arroyos Piedra de Hernandez,
El Toro, Los Quesos, Cari-Lauquen, Los Yesos, La Totora, el
Huenul, Yerba-Buena, Infiernillo, Bella-vista, Chacayco, Chen-
queco, Loncoche, Carrizal, Palauco, Ranquilco, and three
smaller ones without names which flow in near the junction
with the Rio Barrancas.
Those flowing from the south are : del Cobre, Santa Elena,
Las Vacas, las Cargas, las Pehas, Valenzuela, Montanez, Mon-
tafiecito, Arroyos del Seguro, Mallines colgados, Rios del Yeso,
los Anjeles, Trolon, Arroyos del Gancho, Rio Chico, Arroyos
la Quinta, del Leon, de las Bardas, Rio Poti Malal, Arroyos
Hondo, La Guanaca, Ranquilco, Coigue Melehue, Chacayco,
Chollahuen, Manzano, Rio Michenquil, Arroyos Mallines de la
Puntilla, Chaquiraco, Calmuco and Rio de Barrancas.
This river which is as large as the Rio Grande (it carries a
volume of water no less than 30 cubic metres), rises from an

No. 119. (798)
elevated lake called " Curi-Lauquen," situated between the first
and nearest spurs of the central range of the Andes. From this
point its general course is from north-west to south-east, flow
ing into the River Grande at 330 51' of latitude and nu 30'
of longitude, both these rivers forming the large River Colorado,
the river called upon to irrigate the nine millions of hectares
of good land situated between it and the River Negro.
The Rio Barrancas, before leaving the high region where
it is formed, comes across a deep depression which arrests its
course for a stretch of 19 kilometres. This is the beautiful
lake of Cari-Lauquen (Green Sea), which derives its name
from the apparent colour of its water by reason of its depth.
The permanent volume of the two rivers, affluents of the
Colorado, will hardly ever diminish, because their sources are
not confined to the central Cordillera where both rise, but are
also fed from the high chains of continuous snow which stretch
along the whole of their course on both sides.
1 As the Cordillera de la Choyca continually skirts the nor
thern part of the River Grande, the Cordillera de Litran, still
higher, protects the southern part and itself contributes nine
rivers and brooks which run into the River Barrancas.
Another Cordillera feeds, on the south, the whole course of
the Barrancas : that of Domuyo, which sheds into it twelve
brooks and rivers.
Since I have spoken of the Cordillera de Litran, before I
leave it, if I am to proceed with this description, I wish to call
your attention to the expediency of protecting a settlement at
the point where the said Cordillera terminates on the right
bank of the River Grande.
It is the ground which is divided at its centre, from east to
west, by the Cordillera mentioned at the eastern extremity of
which, on reaching the river, there rises a very prominent crest
which breaks off abruptly for some 8 metres to allow the said
river to pass, its last spur ending on the opposite bank. The

No. 119. ( 799 )
river, being compressed into that narrow channel of granite,
crosses it in a torrent. The high crest which every traveller sees
and recognizes from many leagues in all directions, is what is Quoted
p. 1060.
called Puntilla de Huincan.
Two extensive slopes stretch to the north and south of the
Cordillera mentioned, both of them being watered by four
brooks of abundant and rich waters : the Michenquil to the
north, the Mallines de la Puntilla, Chaquiraco and Calmuco to
the south.
This land occupies approximately an area of 1 00,000 hectares
of soil excellent for all kinds of cultivation. It is grassy, with
plenty of timber and rich waters. Permanent irrigation
would be ensured with the four brooks mentioned, and it
reckons besides with the River Grande and with all the small
streams {vertientes) which flow from both slopes {faldas) of the
Litran. This point, besides being suitable by reason of its location
and the condition of the soil, has a position which it will always
be indispensable to maintain settled as long as the vast extent
of the pampa, which stretches thence as far as the frontier of
Buenos Aires and from San Luis and Cordoba as far as the Rio
Colorado, remains deserted. A settlement at the Puntilla de
Huincan, although it may be small, would live secure against
any advance from the marauders of the desert, and it would
be at the same time a guarantee for the whole of the south of
Mendoza, the attacks by the " Puerta de Malalhue " becoming
difficult in the future. Huincan is a great scouting and
starting point by which the Indians have always profited, and
they are very much afraid of it when in the hands of the Chris
tians. *****
(P. 32) The River Neuquen must be assigned, in my opinion,
the fourth place of those of our country, that is to say, after
the Parana, Negro and Uruguay. It would also figure among

No. 119. (800 )
the notable rivers of the world, because it ranks before the
Thames, owing to the length of its course which is 480 kilo
metres, whilst the latter is only 344. Its waters are relatively Quoted
smooth in the greater part of its course ; it justifies its Indian
name (strong current) only in the portion where it traverses the
Cordilleras as far as the fort 4th Division. From this point
it has made for itself a very deep bed with a bottom of sand or
pebbles. No point of the Neuquen is known to be swampy or
clayish. Its course in its steeper part, after the junction of the
Curi-leuvu, may be calculated as 1000 cubic metres per second,
its current being 2 metres in a similar time. In its periodical
time of flood, this volume of water is at least twenty times as
large. *****
(P. 34) On November 25, we left the fort 4th Division to
penetrate into the central region of the Cordillera, making a
survey of all the orographic section between the sources of the
River Barrancas and the Cordilleras of Trocoman opposite
Antuco. I fixed the first central point for the work at " Epulauquen," Quoted
a splendid valley for summer grazing, situated at an altitude of
1400 metres and 4 kilometres wide at half a day's journey from
the Andean anticlinal line, surrounded by Cordilleras completely
clothed with forests of pine and oak, and enclosed at both ex
tremities by two lakes, each of an area of some six kilometres,
the centre of the valley being thickly covered with grass.
*****
On March 6, 1882, we abandoned the eastern valleys of the Quoted
p. 1058.
Domuyo and sought our way back to Neuquen, penetrating
into the narrow gorge where the Rio Curi-leuvu [Coli-leuvu in
Chilean map] is found. After 25 kilometres, in which distance
the narrows of the gaps make it necessary to cross the river
seventeen times, the gorge opens and transforms itself into a
beautiful valley. This is confined on the east and west by the

No. 119. (801 )
Cordilleras of Palau-Mahuida and del Viento, which descend
to the south and south-east, until they approach the Upper
Neuquen, near which exists the fort " Cuarta Division " [Chos-
Malal], and abut on the northern bank of the same River Neu
quen. Along the centre of the valley mentioned flows the
River Curi-leuvu, which starts at the Domuyo ; it receives the
waters of 17 streams which flow from both Cordilleras, and dis
charges into the Neuquen opposite the fort mentioned.
The area of this plain is some 150,000 hectares, two-
thirds of which may be considered as rough Cordillera land,
and the other third as plains and valleys adaptable to all kinds
of agricultural purposes, most especially the central valley
which is irrigated by the River Curi-leuvu. This valley is
some 22 kilometres long by an average of 20 in width. Its
bottom is invariably soft and grassy, and not only is it easy of
being irrigated in all its parts by the Curi-leuvu, but it also has
nine streams irrigating it laterally, which empty into the river
on the right, and eight more which flow in like manner from
the left. The banks of all these streams are abundant in forests
and timber, and all their waters are clear and fit for drinking
purposes. South of Neuquen.
(P. 44) The river Neuquen which from its sources has a
general course of almost due south as far as the latitude of the
fort of the 4th Division, meets at this point the block of the
Pinin Mahuida, and deviates to the east, flowing along a not
very deep basin enclosed on the north and south by Cordil
leras. After passing by the fort 4th Division, where it forms a
broad valley, it keeps its southern course, and is again enclosed
between its Cordilleras as far as the junction of the River Agrio
in latitude 38° 30'. From this point it again deviates to the
east, with a slight inclination to the north, as far as Fort " Tra-
B B

No. 119. ( 802 )
trayen " in lat. 380 20', and in longitude 10° West of Buenos
Aires, and reverts to its original course as far as its junction
with the Limay.
The lands separated from each other by the River Neuquen
are of a different nature below the fort 4th Division. Those
on its right or Andes side are of an alluvial and calcareous
nature, of hard soil and generally grassy. That to its left or
Pampa side is chalky, soft, and in many parts saltpetrous ;
it has very little water, and that brackish or putrid. This land
improves a great deal as it recedes from the river.
The wide curve formed by the river south of the fort 4th
Division, is where the characteristic nature of the ground pre
sents itself, and this, once the Neuquen is passed, improves in
every sense and in all directions, the grassy lands stretching
well within the Cordilleras with the special circumstance that
the latter become soft, undulating and low.
The first of these lands, which is skirted on the north and
east by the Neuquen, is beautiful. It stretches with a gentle
declivity from the S.W. to the N.E., in which direction flow
the streams Rahueco, Tihuquico and Tacu Milan, starting from
the Cordillera of Cay cay en.
This latter point, which was the favourite residence of the
Cacique Purran, was the place where large plantations were
made by this Cacique and by some Chileans.
The name generally given to this place is " Los Manzanos
de Tacu Milan." It must have an area of 80,000 hectares.
In the northern boundary on the Neuquen it has the valu
able salt-deposit of Lilco ; to the west, the brook Maytenco and
the Cordillera de Caycayen, where silver mines have been dis
covered. To the south there stretch two large " campos de inver-
nadas," which surround the Rivers Neuquen and Pichi-Neu-
quen and are divided from north to south by the Cordillera del
Codio.

No. 119. (803)
This Cordillera, when touching with its southern extremity
the bank of the Pichi-Neuquen, shows a wide seam of coal,
which I consider of the best quality as yet known in the country,
and I have not the slightest doubt that, if exploited, it will
furnish still better quality until yielding the best mineral coal
which exists. There isp such an abundance of coal and so
much on the surface, that the Indians know it to be fuel and
burn a great deal of it, as may be seen by the traces of cinders
and remnants of burnt mineral to be found there.
At several points of this Cordillera the enormous mass of
mineral fuel which it contains is apparent. One of these
examples which are found in many parts of it, is what has earned
for it the name which the Indians give to it : " Codio " is a
sort of pitch in which there are very ferrugineous crystalliza
tions of plumbago which the Indians pick up and make a
preparation of for dyeing indelible black. With this they also
paint around their eyes when crossing snow-fields on days of
strong sunlight, and they also use it to dye their hair.
The richness of the Cordillera del Codio, which rises not
more than 28 kilometres from the River Neuquen, will easily
open its way some day through this river and the River Negro
to the Atlantic, and it will give no little increment to the settle
ment which may be established at the Manzanos de Tacu-
" Milan. *****
(P. 48) The Agrio is one of the fairly large rivers of the
south. It rises in the central range of the Andes, almost at
the same latitude which it has when passing opposite Norquin
{37° 48"). Two notable mountains, the Trapa-trapa and the
Copahue supply to it the first two streams, the Trolope and the
Agrio. It is the latter, the waters of which are very acid to the
taste, which gives the name to the river. They are thermal
waters, and very much sought for in the south of Chile for
scrofulous diseases. I have seen it sold in bottles in some drug

No. 119. (8o4 )
stores of Chilian. For many years past families have come
from that town to bathe in the thermal sources of the Agrio
and to take its waters, for which permission was requested from
the Cacique Cheuquel.
The River Agrio will offer great facilities for the irrigation
of almost all the country it traverses, for, besides commanding
all this plain, its waters may be tapped at many points without
much labour.
(P. 49) Passing to the east of Norquin, it deviates to the
south, and receives on its western side the brooks " Nunuco,"
" Chihuayhue," " Hualcupen," " Pichinco," " Loncopue,"
" Atreuco," " Yumuyumu," " Ranquilco," " Vurinchenque,"
" Codoi," " Liu Cuyum," " Malal-leo," and the Rio " Carreri."
On the eastern side the brooks " Ranquilon," " Lonco Michi,"
and " Mulunchenco," five more small brooks which start in
the Cordilleras de " Campana Mahuida," and " Vutham Cura,"
reach the river only in times of flood.
On the right bank of the Agrio, after passing Norquin,
from the stream Pichinco as far as Vurilchenque, there is a
beautiful plain called Loncopue full of resources for a settle
ment. It must have an area of 40,000 hectares. It is an open
plain, without stones and, although very near the Cordillera
boundary with Chile, has an excellent climate in winter and
summer, for the snows of the hardest season do not reach the
banks of the Agrio, save in very exceptional winters. There
is grass of all kinds : alfalfa, clover, mallin, gramillas, etc.
The road from this point to Chile is one of two or three days'
journey at a mule' s pace, through the Gaps Yinquiyinqui,
Pucon-M ahuida and Trapa-trapa, the Cordillera de los Andes
being so low at these passes, that in many cases the cart-roads
may be considered as already laid.

No. 120.
The Museo de la Plata's Assistants on
THE CONTINENTAL DIVIDE AT THE VERGARA PASS,
and surrounding region.
[From " ANALES DEL MuSEO DE LA Plata, Seccion Geoldgica y Mineralojica. —
II. , Profits Geologiques Transversaux de la Cordillire Argentino-Chilienne" La
Plata, 1900, pp. 12-14.]
(Quoted on pages 1038-1043 of the Statement. See also in connection with
this Plates LXXI., LXXII. and LXXIII., pages 1042, 1043 and 1046 of the
Statement.)
Le 25 Fevrier, nous franchimes de nouveau la ligne inter -
ocdanique du partage des eaux. Apres une descente rapide,
nous dressames notre campement du cote du Pacifique, a. 2095
metres, au bord de l'Arroyo de las Zorras. Le Col de Santa
Elena nous offrit des conditions geologiques si interessantes
que le lendemain nous installames un campement partiel dans
la partie superieure du Valle Santa Elena.
Le 26 y le 27 fevrier, nous etudiames les environs du col.
Nous y trouvames des couches fossiliferes et au-dessus le con-
glomerat violet avec diverses roches eruptives en interpositions
et un horizon puissant de gypse formant de hautes et curieuses
montagnes. Le tout arque en une voiite magnifique.
Pendant ces etudes, un courrier officiel nous appela vers le
sud au campement de la commission de limites Argentine,
eloigne de plus d'une journee de marche. Le 4 mars, nous
atteignimes de nouveau notre campement a l'Arroyo Zorras
pour y continuer nos explorations.

No. 120. ( 806 )
Au lieu de lever un profil longitudinal, exigd dans I'intdrit
des diffdrentes questions de limite, nous proposames a M. le
Directeur d'etudier un profil transversal de toute la chaine
de montagnes. Les zones centrales pourraient tout de meme
etre visitees en passant. M. le docteur F. P. Moreno, qui etait
venu nous visiter dans la montagne, approuva de la maniere
la plus aimable notre procede.
Peu a peu, nous avancames vers le sud et le sud-ouest. Le
5 mars, nous nous trouvames au Col de Tiburcio, a 2791 metres
au-dessus de la mer.
Directement au sud du col, s'eleve une cime nue, couverte
de blocs trachytiques. Nous la gravimes (3019 metres) pour
avoir un coup d'oeil general. Une vue tres uniforme vers le
sud recompensa cette ascencion.
Notre tente fut envoyee dans la vallee de la Laguna del
Fierro, petit lac refoule par une serie de collines d'eboulement.
Le 7 mars, nous franchimes 1' arete entre la vallee de la
laguna de Fierro et la vallee superieure de Santa Elena. C'est
ici que nous trouvames les conditions tectoniques compliquees
qui seront designees, dans la partie tectonique de notre travail,
comme region de la " bouteille renversee."
Le lendemain, le campement fut transfere dans le valle
Villagra, a 2150 metres. C'est une vallee laterale a gauche
de la vallee de Las Zorras. Le 9 mars, nous en examinames les
pentes orientales, formees par une serie variee de sediments
jurassiques. Un groupe d' anciens centres volvaniques forme
la zone des cimes, qui atteignent 2500 a 2900 metres de hauteur
(voir planche iv. fig. 1 et 2). On y observe de magnifiques
phenomenes de refroidissement volcanique. Par une petite
vallee a Test, parallele au Valle Villagra, nous descendimes vers
l'arroyo Zorras et nous y atteignimes le campement de Vil
lagra. Le lendemain, la meme excursion fut repetee pour fixer par
la photographie ce que nous avions vu. En attendant, la

No. 120. (807)
troupe avait l'ordre de transferer le campement d'une lieue en
amont, a. environ 2400 metres au-dessus de la mer.
Le 1 1 mars, nous passames le point culminant du Col de
Villagra (2750 metres), en jouissant d'une vue splendide sur
le groupe du Peteroa-Planc.hon avec ses glaciers et neves.
Un ruisseau considerable parcourt, en innombrables se pen- P1- lxxii.
r ' p. 1043 in
tines, le fond large, plat et marecageux du Valle de los Ciegos. statement.
Les pentes nues et steriles, sont couvertes de pierre-ponce.
Chaque faible coup de vent souleve la poussiere volcanique et
la souffle dans les yeux du voyageur. II se pourrait bien que
cette vallee ait recu pour cela le nom de Valle de los Ciegos :
" vallee des aveugles."
A 2285 metres, nous dress ames nos tentes sur la pente
orientales (gauche) de la vallee, a. l'embouchure du Col de
Rabones. La place du campement off rait une jolie vue sur le
groupe du Peteroa-Planchon et la Vallee del Pehon. Cette
petite vallee laterale (droite), qui s'etend en amont du Peteroa,
semble etre barree vers la vallee principale par une grande
moraine. Le 12 mars, nous visit ames le Col de Rabones situe a Test
du campement.
Nous y trouvames, non loin du Valle de los Ciegos, un
massif remarquable de roches granitiques presees, puis les sedi
ments reconnus deja. au nord et enfin, au point culminant du
Col des Rabones, des roches porphyritiques et des tufs volcani-
ques d'une dimension imposante.
Le Col de Rabones nous donne aussi des preuves de l'anci-
enne et plus grande extension du glacier du Peteroa.
Nous passames le Portezuelo Vergara qui conduit du Valle Quoted
p. 1043.
de los Ciegos au Rio Teno. C'est un de ces plateaux inter-
ocdaniques curieux oii le mime petit maricage four nit de I'eau
aux deux Ocdans : vers le sud, au ruisseau de la Vallee de los
Ciegos du systeme du Rio Grande ou de l'Atlantique ; vers le
nord-est, au ruisseau de Vergara du systeme du Rio Teno ou

No. 120. (808)
du Pacifique. Le 13 mars 1897, nous dressames nos tentes
sur le plateaux a 2374 metres au-dessus de la mer. Ce meme
jour encore, nous fimes l'ascension du Portezuelo del Planchon,
col praticable qui conduit de la vallee de los Ciegos au Chili,
longeant le flanc nord-est du Planchon. L'excursion nous
donna des renseignements importants sur le rapport genetique
suppose entre les anciens conglomerats porphiritiques et les
laves basaltiques modernes de la contree. Du point culminant
du col (2588 m.) on a une vue grandiose sur les deux lacs origi
nates du Rio Teno : lacs de montagne situes dans un encadre-
ment tres pittoresque. Des parois escarpees descendent du
Planchon, et audela, des glaciers imposants s'abaissent jusqu'au
niveau du lac. Un fort orage de grele — le premier depuis notre
depart de Mendoza — redoublait cette impression majestueuse.
Le 14 mars' fut consacre a la Vallee de Vergara jusqu'a
sa bifurcation avec l'Arroyo Zorras. Quant a la geologie,
cette vallee correspond en general avec la vallee parallele de
Villagra que nous connaissons deja.

No. 121.
VICUNA MACKENNA ON THE VERGARA PASS.
[From the work by the aforesaid author entitled " A Traves de los Andes,"
Santiago, 1885, pp. 181-200.]
(Quoted on pages 1038 and 1039 of the Statement.)
The Pass of Teno or Del Planchon.
" The great Cordilleras de los Andes, far from being an
insurmountable barrier, to keep apart the two nations which
inhabit its valleys, are, on the contrary, the means which
nature seems to have placed within reach of men to facilitate
their union, stimulating their industry in exploiting the
mineral wealth which it encloses, and utilizing the torrents
of water which flow from their snowy peaks to fertilize their
lands." — (" Clark's application before the Argentine Congress
in 1873.") I.
The Teno Gap, bordering the town of Curico, but best
known by the historical name of El Planchon, offers two rare
geological peculiarities, to wit : that its greatest height does
not reach 2300 metres (6600 feet), and that, at the foot of the
depressed massif, which is visible from the plain by which runs
the path and to which it owes its name, there stretches, skirting
it like a wide belt, a swampy valley several leagues in extent,
which sheds by its two extremities, its surplus of water towards
Chile and the Argentine Republic, or, more correctly speaking,
towards the Teno and towards the Rio Grande, the latter
K09

No. 121. (810)
being a powerful affluent of the River Negro in its course from
Nahuelhuapi to the Ocean.1
This almost semi-circular valley, long known as Valle de
los Ciegos, was famous among travellers even before science
directed its attention towards its verdant oasis.
At the beginning of the century, as we shall further on
state, a common prospector, a native of Quillota, believed he
had found the least rough as well as the shortest road towards
the Argentine pampas which, in those days, owing to the fear
of English guns at sea, were the almost exclusive route for the
commerce of Chile with Europe. This commerce had ceased
to be transoceanic and had become transpampean.
The pioneer of the Central Valley was succeeded by scien
tific men who followed his route in the mountain and con
firmed his hopes and ambitions for discovery. These two
happy explorers, whose discovery we shall describe further on
with greater detail, were called Zamudio and Sourriere de
Souillac. II.
This took place during the first ten years of the century ;
and, as a matter of fact, if the revolution of independence,
which gave rise to the long war, had not taken place soon after,
it would have been to a great extent possible that the Gap of
Planchon, which gave an easy passage to our arms in 18 17,
would have commenced to be the favourite route for colonial
commerce, with marked damage and detriment to the very
rough and high Uspallata. III.
Sixty years passed without any examination of, or definite
solution as to, that route since it was traversed by a humble
1 This is an error of the author ; the Rio Grande is tributary to the Rio
Colorado, which discharges into the Atlantic north of Rio Negro.

No. 121. (811)
miner, until a man of his profession again hungered after the
existence of the new route the recollection of which time and
disdain had commenced to efface.
One summer's night of 1 863-1 864, a tall and slender old
man with a white beard and sunburnt face called at the house
of the writer, requesting to be introduced to the contractor of
the Santiago to Valparaiso railway, who had just brought to
a successful end his great enterprise of connecting the shores of
the Pacific with the outskirts of Santiago. The name of that
persevering adventurer was Bartolome Navarrete, a miner by
profession. The patriotic desire of the explorer, who, like Zamudio in
1803, considered himself the owner of an important geographical
secret, was not long unfulfilled, and a few hours afterwards
the former held a conference . . . with Don Enrique Meiggs at
his residence. IV
Don Enrique Meiggs . . . immediately gave his unknown
interviewer some money, his support, and a surveyor to carry
out on paper his disconnected but truthful verbal reports.
The engineer selected was the clever young American, Don
Eujenio Dubois. . . . V.
All this happened in the months of January and February
1864, now twenty years ago, and after the gap, or better still
the plateau of the Planchon, had been explored by Naverette
and Dubois, just as it had been in 1803 by Zamudio and Souillac,
science declared solved the question of the Pass of the Andes
for the locomotive. . . .
The Press gave a sympathetic echo to the fortunate dis
coverer, and since then, in view of the scientific report of the
surveyor Dubois, which bears the date of March 1864 [see

No. 121. (812)
Doc. No. 122], the new passage of the Andes has been traced
in a manner which we ourselves printed at that epoch, and
which reads thus : . . . VI.
In the first place we said in those days the railway by the
Planchon Pass would extend for 87 miles, that is to say, 4 miles
more than from Santiago to San Fernando, and 17 less than
to Valparaiso. But that distance should properly be counted
only from the point at which, abandoning the central valley
of Chile, the first declivity of the Cordillera commences to be
climbed, until one reaches the high tablelands of the Pampas
in the opposite extremity. In other words the Andean railway
would start at the spot called " Puerta de Teno," where this
river discharges into the plains of Chile flowing in a straight
line from the Cordilleras, and the bank of the river Grande,
one of the chief tributaries of the famous Rio Negro which
divides the Argentine Republic from Patagonia. . . .

VII.
The route of the new road, taken in a general sense, runs
in the Chilean territory, along the bottom of the ravine which
serves as a bed to the River Teno, all along its extent, and, on
the other side of the Cordillera, along the course of the Rio
Grande. It is well-known that this is the general topography
of our Andes. The rivers on either slope rise from the same
glaciers, from the same peaks, from the same springs, opposite
each river which flows towards the Pampa, another one runs
as towards the Pacific. The latter are, however, larger and
more numerous owing to the frequency and abundance of rain.
For this reason the paths of Copiapo, Coquimbo, Illapel, los
Patos, Uspallata, Maipo, etc., stretch along the bed of the rivers
of Chile, until meeting the summit of the real Cordillera, and

No. 121. (813)
once this is passed, the route runs along the bed of the rivers on
the opposite side. VIII.
But the present road ascends to the Cordillera over rough
mountains, whilst an extensive valley (the already mentioned
Valle de los Ciegos, which some people, through error or analogy
of the ground, have also called de las Cidnegas), which stretches
at the foot of the great block of mountains called El Planchon
{the great patch), perhaps owing to its glaciers of perpetual ice,
avoiding that ascent, gives access to a passage across the Andes
at a height of only 6600 feet, that is to say, something like
twice the height of the " cuesta de Prado," and nearly one-
half that of the passes of Uspallata and El Portillo.
The total distance from Puerta de Teno to the summit of
the Valley de los Ciegos is 57 miles.
IX.
The first 13 miles, between the Puerta and the junction of
a rivulet called Claro in the interior of the Cordilleras, are
extremely easy. The road runs along a soft and thickly wooded
valley, in the centre of which the River Teno flows enclosed
by high cliffs, the gradient of ascent being only 30 feet per
mile. Then there follow six miles of a similar construction. The
only difference which it offers with the preceding section is
that the gradient increases, with a constant ascent of as much
as 50 feet in each mile.
Then come 10 miles of a slightly more difficult character,
because the valley narrows as it penetrates into the deep cavi
ties of the Cordillera, but its construction is almost obvious.
The curves which it would be necessary to construct would be
of a greater radius than those of the Tabon ; that is to say

No. 121. (8i4)
they would never be less than 1000 feet, and it is known that
we have, in the roads already constructed, curves of as little
as 600 feet radius. X.
We have thus traversed, over this comparatively level road,
no less than 29 miles, exactly one-half of the Chilean section of
the route, without meeting with a single obstacle. In this
traject it would simply be necessary to build three or four
bridges of small dimensions across the Teno ; but, after 30
miles of the route, comes the first of the only two difficulties
which exist in the whole tracing of the line.
At this point the valley, or better still, the river-bed of the
Teno, narrows so abruptly as not to leave more than 30 feet of
space between the two flanks of the mountains, at the bottom of
which the river flows with tremendous rapidity.
This gorge, very appropriately called " los Infiernillos," has
an extent of 7 miles. " This line, says the report of Surveyor
Dubois, would necessitate a series of deep cuttings and tunnels
through sheer rock, crossings of the river by bridges of from
100 to 200 feet span, and massive retaining walls."
XL
After passing los Infiernillos there follow 5 miles with an
ascent of 1 1 6 feet per mile, and then, the road having traversed
a distance of 40 miles from " La Puerta " in a straight west to
east direction, it sharply turns to the south, penetrating into
a ravine 6 miles in length, called De Vergara.
This gorge is the second difficulty and the most arduous
one of the railway, the rise amounts to 430 feet per mile, which
makes the straight line and even the sharpest curve impossible ;
but by the zig-zag system, which has been employed in the road
of the Semeringue Alps between Trieste and Vienna, at Mount
Cenis, at the Righi, and even on Vesuvius, and which has been

No. 121. (815)
carried out on a smaller scale between Chanarcillo and Pabellon,
the work is practicable. XII.
Leaving the Quebrada de Vergara, the Valley de los Ciegos
is reached, the culminating point and true key of this gigantic
work. On reaching this point the locomotive coming from the
Pacific would commence to descend, almost imperceptibly, to
wards the Atlantic. XIII.
Such is the part of the route which lies through Chile, — in
all 57 miles, of which only 13 (the 7 of " los Infiernillos " and
the 6 of the Quebrada de Vergara) offer a comparative diffi
culty, which would disappear entirely in the face of the magni
tude of the enterprise and of the obstacles themselves of nature.
The part of the road in the Argentine Republic is much
shorter and cheaper of construction.
The valley de los Ciegos descends for 12 miles towards the
east, with a gradient of only 30 feet per mile, the same as the
valley commencing at Puerta de Teno has on the Chilean side.
Then the line enters the valley Del Azufre and, traversing it
for a distance of 8 miles, penetrates into the Quebrada de Valen-
zuela, the gradient of which, similar to that of Tabon, would
be only 116 feet per mile.
After running at the bottom of the latter gorge for a stretch
of 10 miles, the railway penetrates into the Rio Grande Valley,
and there it is already within easy reach of the magnificent
prairies of the pampas wherein lies its appropriate end. The
whole of the descent of the opposite side of the Andes is, there
fore, only 30 miles.
The total length of the route of the line is 87 miles, of which
57 belong to Chile and 30 to Argentina.

No. 121. (816) XIV.
We have now, in connection wkh this pass of the central
Chilean Andes, — by far the lowest of all those which exist and
which have been explored to- the north of the Antuco volcano, — ¦
we have now, we say, to ascertain the identity of the old surveys
of this historical gap, just as they were made 20 years ago in
those same localities by the railway prospectors of the great
contractor, Don Enrique Meiggs. . . .

XV.
At the end of the year 1802, there lived in the city of Talca
an unknown man, but not so much so as not to obtain the
title of Captain of the Militia of Quillota, his native town, or
at least his residence, . . . His name was Santiago Cerro Zamu
dio, and his business was to walk about the hills in search of
minerals and other things connected with his wandering pro
fession. . . .
Be that as it may, Captain Zamudio was, at the time we are
referring to, living in the Province of Maule and, being no
doubt drawn by his taste for mines, made a trip to the Cordil
leras, penetrating by the valley of Lontue, a few leagues distant
from the present pass which we have called the Pass of Teno.
The discoverer started from Talca on the 25 th of November,
1 802, and, climbing to the summit of the Cordillera on the 29th, ^u°^
he says he passed along a valley called De los Ciegos which, as
he himself says, is of great extent : " In it I found a large quan
tity of horses and several stone enclosures."
And then he adds : " Here (in the Valle de los Ciegos) I
noticed that another road runs to the north, which, I learnt
afterwards from the Indians, descends to the town of Curico."
" Already from this valley, that is to say, towards the pampas,
the waters flow to this continent of Planchon." Now, the prob-

No. 121. (817)
lem as to the discovery of the pass is completely demonstrated
in these three passages.
The extensive Valle de los Ciegos is the same one which
Dubois found later on, and which he called by its proper name.
The road more to the north, which goes towards Curico,
can it be other than that of Teno traversed by the latter sur
veyor ?
Nor can this valley, from which the waters flow down both
slopes of the Cordillera, be any other than that in which Navar-
rete and Dubois saw the sources of the River Teno towards
Chile, and of the Rio Grande to the opposite side, that is to say,
to the Valle de los Ciegos. XVI.
But, let us continue our research, that the point may be
still clearer as we follow the rottte of the first discoverer.
After passing the Valle de las Cuevas (thus called owing
to some natural stone caves to be found there, which were also
seen by Dubois), Zamudio descended to the Valle Hermoso
where the Pehuenche Cacique Antipan had his huts. " There,"
he says, " I found out from the Indians the existence of another
road different from the one I had followed, and, having been
assured that it went in a very straight line towards the town
of Curico, I paid two of the Indians to point it out to me."
Consequently, the discoverer again ascended the Valle de
los Ciegos by the same road he had made use of in his way down,
and once having reached that plateau, " he deviated," he says,
" towards the north to take the road of the Indians."
XVII.
Therefore, this straight road to the north is strictly that
of the valley of the Teno which the explorers of 1864 followed
in their route, — an ancient Indian road, which to-day is still
the one used for cattle. C C

No. 121. (818)
But here the truth of the whole discovery is contained in
one single phrase.
" There rises, says Zamudio, near this road, a portion of
Cordillera called El Planchon, which I ascended."
Here we have, therefore, the Pass of Planchon discovered
and mentioned for the first time in our geography.
Captain Zamudio is consequently the real discoverer of the
Pass of Planchon, in the sense of utilizing it as a means of com
munication on a great scale for the commerce between the two
Republics which were then one single Kingdom.
XVIII.
Having made this discovery, Zamudio returned to Talca
over the same road which, 60 years afterwards, was followed
by Dubois and Navarrete, that is to say, over the valley of the
Teno, " following dense forests " where the traveller says he
found many Indians picking the ripe fruit of the " Maqui,"
and " parties of Pehuenche Indians who had been to the pampas
with loads of wheat and beans from the valleys of Chile."
From that moment it seems that Zamudio decided to go to
Buenos Aires to inform the Viceroy Sobremonte of his dis
covery, because, as he himself narrates, " during the many
days he stayed at the huts " {tolderias), he asked several ques
tions relative to the road to the capital of Buenos Aires, and
they, like other Indians of the neighbourhood, informed me
that it could be reached without any trouble going in a straight
line." Consequently he went to Mendoza, which he reached on
Feb. 1, 1803, and from there he started for Buenos Aires.
So satisfied was Zamudio with his discovery, and so con
vinced was he of the facility of crossing the Andes in that direc
tion by a cart-road, that he offered himself to Viceroy Sobre
monte to go over to Chile " sobre los montes mas altos del

No. 121. (819)
mundo " (over the highest mountains of the world) in a car
riage drawn by two horses.

XVIII.
We are not acquainted with Zamudio' s efforts and works in
order to obtain from the Government of Buenos Aires the veri
fication of his itinerary, because in this he had forcibly to par
ticipate of the fortunes of all discoverers. It was only on
January 5, 1805, that we nna the instructions given by the
Viceroy Sobremonte to don Jose Sourriere de Souillac to verify
scientifically Zamudio's explorations. This expert was a
Frenchman, an eminent professor of mathematics, who had
fled from his country by reason of a duel in which he had
killed his adversary.
Souillac, in the company of Zamudio and an escort of
cavalry militia {Blandengues), started on his march from Fort
San Rafael in the eastern Cordillera and almost opposite the
Pass of Planchon ; and, after having traversed the pampas for
a distance of 337-J leagues, he reached the Planchon Gap, which
he called Sobremonte, on the side of the pampa, and, having
ascended those slopes in a cart, arrived without any obstacle
near the entrance of the central valley of Chile. Only one bad
passage, called Maturana, detained his advance.
Of the rest of the road, speaking of the eastern declivity,
Souillac says that " he only found in it the drawback of a some
what rough slope, which can be made easy with great facility,
for it is composed of soft earth and small stones which can be
used to pave the road, because there are no rivers, dangerous
descents, precipices, nor ascents to prevent the passage of a
carriage." From this point to the bad Pass of Maturana, the explorer
adds that the ascents and descents are free from danger and
precipices, because all that distance (from Sobremonte) Gap as

No. 121. (820 )
far as the Plateau of Planchon is simply an orchard formed
by nature.

XIX.
But it is at the sight of the plateau of Planchon and of its
skirting road, or Valle de los Ciegos, that the French traveller
allows himself to be carried away by his enthusiasm for dis
covery, experiencing no doubt the same kind of emotions,
which agitated, after 60 years of oblivion, the breast of the
young American to whom we owe the latest information as to
this route. " The Cordillera mentioned," says Souillac, " was
divided by nature in such a manner that, at the spot called Del
Planchon, which should be the most dangerous part, God has
placed a plain like the pampas of Buenos Aires, with a beau- Quoted
tiful stream of considerable size, and abounding in all kinds
of wild game and quadrupeds adapted to the conditions of the
ground, as well as luxuriant grass and sufficient wood to provide
any troops who may have to cross thereby}'
As to the descent towards Chile, Souillac says that " it is Quotedp. 1039.
effected with inexplicable gentleness."
Moreover, in both diaries, in Zamudio' s as in that of Souillac,
frequent mention is made of the names of the Valley de las
Cuevas, de Vergara, Rio Colorado and others, which are the
same as those mentioned by Dubois with the circumstance
that the latter can only be the " Rio Grande " which the young
American surveyor says he saw in the " Valle Hermoso," —
the same which, under the name of Colorado de Villarino,
Cobuleuvu (Cobu, red, Leuvu, river) of Don Luis de la Cruz
and de las Barrancas, of Falkner, empties into the River Negro,
the large navigable river of Patagonia.
Zamudio' s discovery was, therefore, completely verified by
Souillac, just as the subsequent exploration of Navarrete was,
exactly 60 years afterwards, by the scientific survey of Dubois.

No. 121. (821 )
It is astonishing therefore, that such an extraordinary fact
should have passed unnoticed for over half a century.
The antiquarian, Don Pedro Angelis, states however that,
had it not been owing to the disturbances caused by the English
in la Plata in 1807, and the subsequent revolution in 18 10, the
cart-road of Planchon would undoubtedly have been constructed,
and he even adds that the Maturana Pass was made good by
order of the City Council of Talca at a cost scarcely exceeding
200 odd dollars.

No. 122.
ENGINEER E. DUBOIS ON THE VERGARA PASS.
[Translated from Vicuna Mackenna's " A trave's de los Andes," pp. 317-326.]
(Quoted on page 1039 of the Statement.)
Report of the Engineer, Don E. Dubois, upon the Passes of the
Andes by the Planchon, and its adaptability for the con
struction of an .inter-oceanic railway.
Santiago, March 7, 1864.
Senor Don Enrique Meiggs.
Sir —Having examined the Cordillera to the east of Curico with
the object of finding out if it was possible to cross it by means
of a railway, I beg to submit to you the following as a result
of the exploration.
In the central Cordillera and in the latitude of Curico there
is a group of high mountains called El Planchon. One of its
points is volcanic, and over it there passes a well-known road
called " paso del Planchon}' Much below the summit of this
path, on its north-eastern side and at the foot of these hillocks,
the " valle cenegoso," swampy valley, or Valle de las Cidnagas
[Ciegos] is situated. This valley stretches around the base of
the Planchon in the shape of the arc of a circle. It is 13 miles
in length, and one or two in width. All along its extent flows
a stream, and there is a wide belt of grassy land. At almost Quoted
' } p. 1039.
half a league from its northern extremity THERE IS A SWAMP
OF SOME " CUADRAS " IN EXTENT, WHENCE THE WATERS FLOW
822

No. 122. (823)
ON ONE SIDE TO THE CENTRAL VALLEY OF CHILE, AND ON THE
OTHER TO THE PAMPAS OF THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. On both
sides of the swamp the ground has a declivity of 33 feet per
mile. But it extends on the Chilean side, as I have already
stated, for only half a league, whilst, towards the Atlantic, it
extends some 12 miles. This plain on the summit of the Cor
dilleras and 6000 feet above the valley of Curico, is neither
a sterile plain nor a rocky slope, but a beautiful valley with
abundant pure water and excellent grass. In no other of the
sources of the Teno is there a depression like this to be found.
To the south the perpendicular walls of the Planchon rise. To
the north, although less rough, mountain rises above mountain,
until they are lost among the peaks of Santa Elena.
After this general description of the position and character
of the summit, I am now going to follow the waters in their
course, on one side along the ravine or valley of the Teno, and
on the other, along the valley of the River Grande to the plains
of the pampas.
From the summit of the swampy springs to the " puerta"
of the Teno, where the river flows into the plains of Chile, there
are some 57 miles. As the difference of the level is 6000 feet,
the ascent could be overcome by means of gradients of 1 1 6 feet
per mile, or 2'2 per cent., should the nature of the ground
permit a uniform gradient. But, as in every mountain
declivity, the Quebrada of Teno has, in its lower part, a less
incline than in its upper part.
Going up the Teno from the valley of the Curico, there
flows from the south, almost at right angles, the River Claro,
in the 13 th mile. Here those who travel by this path leave
the Teno and, following the Claro to its sources, climb and pass
the heights of the Planchon, not knowing perhaps that in a
ravine, near by, more difficult to traverse owing to its rough
and sharp surface, but at a much lower level, run the waters
of the Teno.

ISTo. 122. (824)
From the " puerta," as far as the junction of the Claro,
the bed of the river is some 2000 feet wide and is enclosed by
cliffs of from 30 to 60 feet high. The river runs at the foot of
the northern cliff and is enclosed — as may be said of the Teno
along its course — in a deep and well-defined channel. The
gradient is 30 feet per mile, or o-6 per cent.
Between the foot of the mountain and the cliffs of the river
there is a level strip of ground of a width of from two furlongs
to a mile, covered with forests of " lingue," " quillai," and
'" peumo." The hills are low and densely covered with robles
and cypress.
From the j unction of the Claro for an extent of over 6 miles,
there is a constant and regular ascent of 50 feet per mile, or
1 per cent., and in no part has the valley a width of less than
a thousand feet. At many points the river, in its period of
greatest flood, is only 50 feet in width. The curves like the
gradients are gentle. The ground as far as this point is coarse
gravel and sometimes compact gravel.
The plains are at this point much lower, and the forests
less abundant. For the next 10 miles both these disappear
and the ravine, dwindling often as much as 1 cuadra in width,
is enclosed by high mountains. The curves would be more
frequent and sharper, but never of 1,000 feet in radius.
The cutting and embankments would be lateral, and the
material to be used half stone and half compact gravel. In
this extent of 10 miles the Teno receives six streams of con
siderable size, three from each side. In the 29 miles I have
traversed, the river would have to be crossed three times.
Along the following 7 miles of the ascent the river crosses
an enclosed valley very properly called " los Infiernillos."
Although it follows the general direction of the valley from
west to east, the path is very tortuous, and often it is not more
than 100 feet in width.
The mountains rise abruptly from the river-bed, often like

No. 122. (825)
perpendicular walls, to a height of some hundreds of feet. The
river is very uneven, sometimes filling the valley with a sheet
of smooth water, and sometimes falling over rocks with a tre
mendous roar. Seldom will there be found, even in the Cor
dilleras themselves, such a rustic and wild sight as that pre
sented by this valley, and the construction of a railway would
be a gigantic enterprise. The average incline of the gorges is
130 feet per mile or 2*5 per cent., and this incline is sufficiently
uniform to allow a good location without the introduction of
gradients of more than 1 30 feet, or 3 per cent. Over these as a
maximum, and over curves of a radius of 500 feet, a solid and
permanent road may be constructed. This line would be a
.series of deep cuttings and tunnels through sheer rock, bridges
of from 100 to 200 feet span across the river, and massive
retaining walls.
Leaving " los Infiernillos," the river flows sinuously along
an open valley for 14 miles, which is, in all its aspects, but in
its ascent, — which is more abrupt and less uniform, — as adapt
able for a railway as the first 10 miles beyond the pass. The
average of the ascent is 1 16 feet per mile, or 27 per cent., but
the gradient is uneven and the maximum is 150 feet or 3 per
cent. Here the mountains have the barren and desolate aspect
which characterizes the central chain. There are also evident
indications of the existence of silver and copper. Five miles
above the valley or gorge of Los Infiernillos, the river for the
first time alters its westerly direction and forms an angle of
55" to the right. This direction S. 35" E. is preserved for the
xest of the 14 miles, until it meets the ravine of the stream of
the " Valle Cenagoso," known as Quebrada Vergara. Be
tween Los Infiernillos and the Quebrada Vergara, the River
Teno, besides some six small streams, receives in its upper
course the rivers Pellejo and Malo. These, together with the
Claro, are its principal sources {vertientes) within the Cordil,

No. 122. (826 )
lera. From the first two it receives the greater quantity of
its waters during the summer. Further down stream the Teno-
is a river of considerable size, very turbid and of a yellowish
colour. Above the junction with these rivers it is a mountain
brook, quite clear, and only a few feet wide. Where the River
Teno flows into the Quebrada Vergara it again turns to the
east and, ceasing to form the principal valley of the mountains,.
its bed is a mere torrent like the Malo and Pellejo and, like the
latter, it soon disappears with its sources among the inexhaust
ible snows of the Cordillera.
From the foot of the Quebrada Vergara, some 50 miles
from the plain of Curico, to the summit, to the swampy spring,
there are 7 miles, to wit, 6 miles along the Quebrada and 1 mile
along the valley of the summit. In this Quebrada, 6 miles
long, the declivity is 2600 feet, or 430 feet per mile, or 8'2
per cent. This gradient cannot be admitted even if the ground
were to allow it, which does not occur, because the lower part
of the Quebrada has an incline of 250 feet, almost 5 per cent.,
whilst the upper part has 800 feet, or 15 per cent.
This is the most difficult part of the road ; however, it is
not insuperable. The lower part of the valley is open, and the
hills are neither high nor abrupt. By means of a zig-zag a
line may be traced along the two sides of the Quebrada, increas
ing the distance from 6 to 1 o miles, and with a uniform gradient
of 260 feet per mile, or 5 per cent, with curves of 500 feet radius.
The construction of the bed of the road would not be more
difficult nor more expensive than the work in general along the
Teno. We have an instance in Chile of the gradient and curve
proposed here in the road from Pabellon to Chanarcillo, which
now is traversed by rail. No gradient exceeding the latter can
be successfully negotiated by locomotive engines. In more
abrupt gradients stationary engines will have to be used.
The gradients and curves from La Puerta to the summit
may be grouped in the following manner : the gradient irt

No. 122.

(827)

feet per mile and also in the percentage ; also the minimum
radius of the curves.

Section.

Length.

Gradient.

Curve.

ia.

13

miles

SO

feet

or 6 per cent

2000 feet

2a.

6

> 1

50

>}

ro

jj

2000 „

3a.

10

jy

75

5'5

n

1000 „

4a.

7

>>

130

2-5
>>
500 „
5 a.
14
n
116
2"2
»
1000 „
6a.
10
)>
260
5"0
j 1
500 „
7a.
1
r}
30
o-6
jj
2000 ,,
In sections 4 and 5 there would be gradients of 150 feet, or
3 per cent.
In a period of four years, and for a sum not exceeding eight
million pesos, a railway may be built as described, from Curico
to the summit of the Cordilleras, and, as to its safety and dura
bility, it will not be exceeded by any other mountain railway.
I believe, too, that the snows in winter will not obstruct it, just
as they are not obstacles to the railways north of New York
and those of Lower Canada.
To the east of the summit there are no serious difficulties.
The Valle Cenagoso with a declivity of 30 feet per mile, or o'6
per cent., skirts for 12 miles the base of the Planchon in a direc
tion S. 6o° E. on its right. There it is intersected at right
angles by the valley Del Azufre, and continues under this name
for 8 miles more. This valley, lower than, but in every other
respect perfectly similar to, the Valle Cenagoso, has a declivity
of 50 feet per mile, or 1 per cent. It ends at the Quebrada de
Valehzuela, an enclosed valley {cajon) of 10 miles long, through
which the waters of the summit find an outlet to the valley of
the Rio Grande. The Quebrada has an average declivity of
116 feet, or 2'2 per cent. The cost per mile, the gradient and
No. 122. (828 )
laying out of these 10 miles are very similar to the Tabon line
[between Santiago and Valparaiso].
At the foot of the Quebrada de Valenzuela, 30 miles from
the summit, the rivulet of the Cenagoso valley has developed
into a river. Then it is joined by two other brooks of almost
the same size, one of them coming from the Valle de las Cuevas
and the other from the Valle Hermoso. The Rio Grande that
here becomes a formidable river, wider than the Maipo or the
Cachapoal, flows diagonally across the mountains of the eastern
side for 50 miles, and, entering the pampa a little to the north
of the latitude of Chilian, washes the foot of the famous Mount
Payen, discharging into the Atlantic (with the name of Rio
Negro [Colorado]) 130 leagues to the south of the city of Buenos
Aires. The valley of the Rio Grande has an average declivity of
25 feet or o'5 per cent., and never more than 50 feet or 1 per
cent. It has a width of from half a league to a league, and the
gentle slopes of the numerous ramifications of its ravines watered
by springs and brooks of the purest water double its breadth.
The construction of a railway along it would not be more diffi
cult than that of a line in the south [of Chile] and its beauty
and fertility is not exceeded by any of the most lovely plains
of Chile. Everywhere it is covered by a great abundance of
wild grass, supplying forage to millions of Guanaces, and it
has, besides, numerous quarries of building stone, limestone,
and other materials.
Such is, Sir, the general aspect of the railway line which I
have traced across the Andes at your request, and I am pleased
to say that the results of this first scientific investigation clearly
prove that science can remove the immense barriers which
nature has placed between two sister countries. Once this
grand work is accomplished, the magnificent and vast Argen
tine Republic would meet Chile with her civilization and con
fraternity on the very summits which had been the obstacle

No. 122. (829)
to a more intimate relation, and the whole world will be bene
fited by the opening of a railway between the Atlantic and the
Pacific which will considerably shorten the distance between
the Old and the New World.
I am, etc. E. Dubois.

No. 123.
THE ARGENTINE ENGINEER, AVE LALLEMANT,
ON THE EASTERN CORDILLERAS.
[Translated from " Itinerario de la Expedicion Minera a la Cordillera de
los Andes, bajo la direccion del jefe, Ingeniero don J. J. de Elia," Buenos Aires,
1885.] (Quoted on pages 1053, 1059 and 1060 of the Statement.)
(P. 5) This group of the Sierra Velluda is situated between
the Rivers Laja, Bio-Bio, Trapa-Trapa, Pinos and the great
Lake Laja.
The highest summit is that of Sierra Velluda (lat. 370 26' 19",
long. 710 29' 45", altitude 3492 m.), a peaked mountain rising
like a bold belfry above the other summits and the great glacier
at its base, and which has served as my principal landmark for
taking bearings during my survey of the territory of the Neu
quen and Agrio Rivers as far as Cerros Salina and Carrere in
the south.
Near this mountain and in the same group rises the volcano
Antuco (latitude 370 23' 30", longitude 71° 27' 10", altitude
2762 m.) which, with the first-named, forms the great block of
this group, from which branch off the ranges of Pitronquines,
Duqueco, of Trapa, of San Lorenzo and of Pilque. We passed
at the base of the last-mentioned, at its western extremity, to
enter the valley of the River Laja.
In the map that I have just drawn, wherein I have en
deavoured to make clear the orography and hydrography of

No. 123. (83O
the Cordillera between 340 40' and 380 50' S. lat. (from the
River Diamante to the River Lonquimai) the reader will find
further details. All that part of the Cordillera which lies in
Chilean territory, that is to say the western slope {falda) of
the watershed {vertientes) line, I have taken from Pissis' Map of
Chile, and the whole portion to the east of the same line in
Argentine territory, I have drawn according to the results of
my own triangulations which are calculated on three measured
bases, astronomical azimuths observed by the altitude of fixed
stars near the prime vertical, and measured angles, availing
myself, as connecting points with the surveys of Pissis, of the
summits of Velluda, Callaqui, Lonquimai, Polcura and Cam-
panario. (P. 10) Having crossed the stream Malalcura and ascended
to the ridge of a spur of the mountain, the traveller is sur
prised by the splendid view over the upper part of the River
Laja valley, and of the Volcano Antuco and la Velluda. On
examining the Sierra de Trupan to the north of the River
Laja, attention is called to the fact that, in the midst of the dark
red trachytic rocks, there are seen layers and veins of a very
light coloured rock, which is assuredly no other than the same
andesitic rock that extends northwards. Just as in Punta de
Quillay on the River Aconcagua the andesitic forms horizontal
layers between tofus sandstones, throwing out large apophyses
irregularly towards both sides, thus showing its eruptive nature
... of a more recent formation than the trachytic rocks which
form the group of the Sierra, and in a great extent from north
to south with very little breadth from east to west. Here
on the River Malalcura this rock is found near the highest sum
mits of the Cordillera just as on the River Aconcagua, a fact
which is not without interest and deserves the more attention
as it is knowm that the same rock forms the highest summits of
the great mountains of the Plateau of Quito and Titicaca.

No. 123. (832)
(P. 11) The Cohihue stream rises in el Hoyo, a depression:
of the ground to the east of Sierra Velluda, further down than
Laguna Verde, separated from the latter by the great lava bed
which extends from the Antuco to the S.W., deviating against
the high precipices of the Velluda towards the north, and
descending by the slopes {folded) of the Laja Valley downwards ;
it is evidently the drainage channel of Laguna Verde, whose
waters percolate through the scories forming a subterranean
source which discharges in the depression and forms the Cohi-
hues Stream.
After crossing the stream and at the commencement of the
ascent the volcanic formation of Antuco is reached.
The altitude of the foot of this slope is 992 m., of el Hoyo
1366 m., of the Escorial 1448 m. ; the road ascends to Cuesta
Color ada at 2216 m., and thence descends again to Lake Laja
(1343 m.).
(P. 15) Arriving at the gap formed by the Antuco on the
east, and the " cordon de Tobas " on the west, we are surprised
by the grand view which we have before us. At the foot of
the steep slope of the Antuco and at some 900 metres beneath
us, lie the blue-green waters of the great Lake of Laja ;.
further east the great Cordillera of Pichachen, Copulue and
Pilunchai where the waters are divided. On the south we
have the mountains of Pitronquines, and the great glacier of
Sierra Velluda, the Escorial, the Cordillera de Chilian, the
mountains Calabozo, Negro and Trupan, and immediately to
the left there rises the dark cone of the Antuco. A grand view
of the Cordillera indeed !
(P. 16) Passing through a small gap, we descend to the
valley of the Pinos stream following this up to the Copulue
gap. From the glacier of Velluda there descends another stream
called Pitronquines, full of trachytic pebbles.

No. 123. (833)
(P. 17) The valley broadens here and forms the Pinos
stream ; from the north comes the Collagiie stream, by the
side of which runs the road to the Boquete de Pichachen, by
which carts loaded with timber have been easily drawn from
Angeles to Norquin, and which with little labour could be trans
formed into a very good highway, though with some zig-zags of
course, descending to the east by Moncol, Rengui-Leuvu, ascend
ing to Vutamallin, old Norquin, Culul- Malal and Norquin.
It is the main road by which the Indians have driven thousands
and thousands of farm cattle to Chile.
By the Collagiie Valley it is also possible to pass over by
the Picunleo Gap, though it is not a good path. From the south
the Pinos stream receives the tributary streams of the Campa-
mento and of the Cajon de Trapa-trapa, by which runs a track
sloping up the volcano of Trolope by the Trapa-trapa Gap
which leads to the River Copahues, by the Lagoon of Capijahue
to the valley of the River Agrio and the deep cajon of Trolope
and Norquin, but it is a little-used track ; we followed the
Pino brook up-stream in order to cross the same day by the
Copulue Gap ; but a violent wind arose, stirring up enormous
dust clouds which did not allow us to see ten yards ahead.
(P. 18) On the southern slope of the Sierra de Copulue
the road ascended in zig-zag to the Gap {37° 32' 58" lat., and
71" 13' 14" long., 2233 m. altitude), which lies between Cerro
del Corralito to the south and Mount del Copulue on the north.
(P. 19) The view over the Chilean Cordillera, almost entirely
covered with snow, is splendid, but on the Argentine side very
little is to be seen ; only towards the valleys of Copulue and
las Damas down to the great Malonegiie mountain, which
blocks the view further on. What surprised me most was the
very little snow to be seen on the Argentine side, the Malonegiie
alone showing a considerable quantity.
D D

No. 123. (834)
The division of the headstreams {vertientes) lies here 25 Quoted
p. 379.
kilometres to the east of the highest Cordillera.
The descent on the eastern side of the Gap is very steep,
and the road follows down stream the Copulue brook. At the
foot of the slope, where the Padilla brook joins the Copulue, the
altitude is 1560 metres.
(P. 20) The height of the junction here is 1 164 m., and the
traveller follows the broad and picturesque valley of Las Damas
down stream. From the south comes the brook Atravezado
and thence the path lies at the foot of an interesting plateau
mountain, formed by the same conglomerate which has been
observed from the western slope of the Copulue Road, in the
midst of which, and forming the so-called plateau of the sum
mit, three dykes of trachyte, already mentioned, are distin
guishable. The valley narrows at the northern foot of the
great Malonegiie mountains and forms a deep gorge eroded
by the waters in the hard conglomerates which, owing to their
numerous grottoes and dark colour, are a favourite place for
the eagles and condors to nest in, and lend a mournful aspect
to the landscape.
The way now ascends to Mount Malonegiie, formed here
of conglomerate and a somewhat schistous trachyte found on
the summit, descends to the Chigiiereco stream — which rises
on the eastern slope of Malonegiie, and, dividing the latter from
Mount Rucanalhue, falls into the River Trocoman, — and con
tinues by the deep and broad valley between both mountains,
turning to the east at the foot of Mount Rucanalhue and de
scending to the great valley of Ufiorquin or Norquin as it is
now called in official publications.
When crossing the Chinguereco stream I lost my way ; the
" tropa " had gone forward, while I, following an old Indian
path, turned the northern point of Rucanalhue and lost myself
among the mountains of Pichimaitenco on the Trocoman,

No. 123. (835)
where my mule became tired, as the slopes of all these moun
tains are but a conglomeration of loose volcanic matter, in
which the beast sinks knee-deep and sometimes up to its belly,
so that I passed a night in the fine rain suffering from cold and
hunger, with little comfort in the high Cordillera ; I got out
next day after noon and arrived at Norquin, the head-quarters
and in fact the capital of the Gobernacion del Neuquen.
(P. 21) The following day I ascended Mount Malonegiie,
carrying with me the necessary instruments in order to make
astronomical and geographical observations from which I
obtained the following result : the highest summit of Malonegiie
Volcano 37° 42' 34" S. Lat., 700 46' 11" W. Long., 2533 m.
altitude. The situation of Norquin : 37° 41' 54" S. Lat., 700 46' 31"
W. Long., 1 217 m. altitude.
(P. 28) After receiving the Arroyo del Cholar, the Butan-
el-Vun forms a deep and rugged gorge and soon falls into the
Neuquen. The track follows the heights passing to the west
of Pefion Mahuida and descends to the River Trocoman a little
below the very deep cajon de Butalechicura and a little above
the point of Trocoman, Rengui-Leuvu and Neuquen. Pefion
Mahuida is a conical peak, perpendicular, without vegetation
worth mentioning, and stands near the very junction of the
rivers. (P. 20) This plateau stretches from Rio Trocoman on the Quoted
v ^ P. 1059.
south, northwards to Rio Dahuehue (Nahueve on the Chilean
map), another chief tributary of the Neuquen, and between
this river on the east and the high Cordillera on the west.
The height of the plateau is 1400 metres on the north and 1200
on the south, and it presents an undulating surface, a barren
desert impossible of cultivation, with but a few tufts of Coiron

No. 123. (836)
grass here and there among the stones. To the west rises the
high snowy Cordillera of Pillain-Mahuida with the groups of
massifs of Coyahue, Moncol, the headwaters of Arin-Leuvu,
the block of Palau-Mahuida and the high Dahuehue ; far to
the north the peaks of the Cordillera de Barbarco [2800 m.],
and to the east there stretches from north to south the great
Cordillera de Choloi-Mahuida [whose northern part is the Cor
dillera de los Nevados or " del Viento "], and whose highest
central mass is formed by one of the highest Nevados of the
Cordillera, the Lumullo [Domuyo] of 4257 m., an immense
white mass.
The waters which, from the high Cordillera, have opened
their thalwegs [sic] towards Rio Neuquen have formed narrow
and very deep canyons in their detour, the gorges being 300 m.
large as a maximum, and having almost perpendicular cliffs
of 200 m. Such canyons are Renileufu (Renileo), Nereco and
Arin-Leufu (Guanacos ?). It is at the bottom of these gorges
where Chilean immigrants, poor people of untiring energy
and constancy, with a minimum of material demands, and
with whom the poorest Indian cannot compete, much less the
European settler, have cultivated some fields which they have
cleared of stones, irrigating them with the waters of the abun
dant streams arising between the horizontal strata of the bottom
and the walls of the canyon.
(P. 30) The walls of these canyons are extremely interesting
as a geological study, for they present a section of the super
posed layers which constitute the formation. We crossed by
the canyon de Nereco, the Rengui-Leuvu, the Arin-Leuvu, the
Ling-Leuvu, and ascended by the latter to the summit of Palau-
Mahuida. . . .
(P. 36) I made a very interesting expedition to the northern
summit of Palau-Mahuida, 2536 m, high (the highest point in

No. 123. (837)
the group of mountains forming the massive is the great Mount
Dahuehue, 2916 m. high) ; this point was difficult to ascend
on account of the ruggedness of the ground and of the snow
lying on the slope. It was necessary to climb the last stretch
on one's hands and feet, encumbered by the instruments, over
huge loose boulders which form this peak ; its situation is
370 4' 36" S. lat. and 71° 3' 13" W. long. The peak is formed
of a porous sanidinic trachyte similar to that of Mounts Malon
egiie, Rucanalhue, etc., having all the aspect of a volcanic for
mation. A large agglomeration of sand, Lapilli, etc., is found
on the slopes and crests of the mountains, especially on Mount
Palau-Mahuida.
(P. 37) From the heights of Palau-Mahuida I have been
able to fix many important bearings for geodetical work. From
this summit an admirable view is obtained of a large portion
of the Cordillera : la Velluda, Polcura, the Cordillera de los
Nevados, the Lumullu and the Cordillera de Choloi-Mahuida,
the Huaili, Tromen, Llencura, Malonegiie, etc., the whole Cor
dillera de Moncol and Pillain Mahuida, and, in the pure and
clear atmosphere of the high Cordillera, it is well worth ascend
ing to these heights.
(P. 38) We crossed the River Trocoman at a place called
Villa-Mallin or Milla-Mallin, where the valley broadens on both
sides and forms a pretty landscape. Some Chilean settlers had
here sown wheat and beans ; the hunting of the guanaco,
which is abundant in summer time, provides them with meat.
(P. 39) Continuing our journey southward we crossed the
Hualcupen stream, a little above the blockhouse at 983 m. Quoted
p. 379.
altitude. This stream, like the others further south, comes from
the Cordillera which divides the waters, over which the volcanoes
of Callaqui and Lonquimay rise, and breaks by deep and long

No. 123. (838)
canyons through the Cordillera de Butauhau, which extends
from the Agrio plateau or the Pampa del Culuno on the west,
forming an extensive cordon stretching from N. to S.
(P. 44) The cost of extraction (of minerals) is very moderate
taking into account a good road to Lonquimay in Chile, which
with very little work could be much improved, etc. . . .
(P. 46) The geographical situation from the point of view
of transport is also very favourable. At this place the canyon
de Llumu-llumu abuts on the Agrio. Along this canyon lies
the road to Chile by the Lonquimay Gap, to the Province of
Angol, covered with immense forests and with all desirable
resources. The cost of transport by mules to the village of
Lonquimay is at present 48 pesos (Chilean paper currency) a
ton. (P. 66) Following the bank of the Neuquen up-stream,
there is found sandstone alternating with clay schists and slate
clays interrupted by dykes, and notably a huge vein of andesitic
rock whose course is S. 450 east, and forms colossal ridges.
There is much limestone in the valley between the eruptive
rock. This valley, on account of the pronounced curves formed
by the river between the Caycayen and Mayan-Mahuida, is
truly splendid.
Mayan-Mahuida is completely separated from the northern Quoted
group of mountains, the Cerro de Butalong, by a depression
of the ground ; the latter is the last extremity of the great Cor
dillera de Choloi-M ahuida which proceeds from Lumullo and
Cordillera del Viento and de los Nevados, which are an exten
sion of the lofty Cordillera that surrounds the high plateau of
the Laguna de Maule on the eastern side. The Cerro de Buta
long is geologically identical with the Mayan-Mahuida, etc. . . .
The whole great Cordillera de Choloi-Mahuida and its depen-

No. 123. (839)
dencies would require a detailed study ; however, for many
reasons I had to desist from penetrating into it.
(P. 72) From Lake Tromen northwards the road still as
cends for a time, but we soon reach the summit of the great
Gap {Portezuelo) between Tromen and Huaili, situated in
370 i' 27" S. Lat., 700 9' 12" W. Long., at 2240 m. altitude.
From this point the view towards the east is splendid ; from
the Sierra de los Volcanes to the Payen, the Sierra Pelada to
the east and north of the Rio Grande, etc. . .
The cajon of the Butaco stream is a narrow ravine of some
30 m. depth in the plain which inclines here towards the
Rio Grande, that from the crossing point of the Butaco lies
some 8 kilometres to the east where it forms a great curve
changing its course from N.S. to W.E., skirting on the west
and south the foot of the barren Cordillera or Sierra Pelada,
which forms a kind of Pre-Cordillera together with the moun
tains Coihueco, Payen, Payen Matro, los Volcanes and Palauco.
The Butaco stream descends from the Vuta-Mallin mountains
which has two peaks of 2989 m. high, and forms at the base
the largest and best known swamp {Mallin) of these parts
called Vuta Mallin ; but a snowstorm and the poor condition
of our horses prevented us from making an excursion to that
point. The altitude of the passage of Butaco is 1725 m., and
the Mallin lies 2 or 3 kilometres upstream. . . .
The ground becomes more and more rugged as we get
nearer to the River Barranca. I ascended to the Cerro Ranquil
Sud whose height is only 18 12 m., but as a geodetical station
it is interesting, since it offers a splendid view.
(P. 77) I made an expedition by the southern border of
the cajon to Cerro Bayo, from the summit of which a beautiful
view is obtained on the cajon of the upper River Barranca to
the Cordillera of the plateau of Lake Maule, to the Payen and

No. 123. (84o)
the curious Sierra Pelada to the other side of the Rio Grande,
its summit being 1 560 m. in altitude. From this station and by
the aid of bearings taken from Portezuelo del Tromen, Mount
Ranquil Sud and Puntilla Huincanes, / have been able to deter
mine a large number of important points for the orography of
the Cordillera from the Campanario to the Lumullo, Coyoicho,
Palan, Mahuida, Huaili, Tromen as far as the great moun
tains to the north of the river, whose details are all marked out
in my map of the Cordillera and in the record of the geographical
positions that have been determined.
(P. 80) After crossing the small range by the Portezuelo
Colorado, and the long and beautiful Canada de Ranquilco
Norte which descends at the northern foot of Cerro Colorado
to the Rio Grande, which breaks between Cerro Colorado and
Sierra Pelada by a deep and narrow cajon, we encamped on
the Mallin at 1382 m. altitude, from which camp I made an
ascent of the mountain of Agua Mayorga, whose highest point
is 2584 m. forming three peaks which are evidently the remains
of an extinct volcano crater. . . .
(P. 81) The ascent of the mountain is tiresome on account
of the immense accumulation of broken boulders of the rugged
rock which entirely covers the slopes, and the last piece that
we had to climb on hands and feet laden with the instruments
gave us much trouble. However, the view from the top is
grand, as it can only be obtained in the. Cordillera, extending
as far as the snowy mountain^ of the Maule, Guillamalal,
Campanario, etc. . . .
The two following days it was necessary to give rest to the
mules in good pasturage, and also to one of the men who was
seriously ill. There was a heavy snowfall and the following
night arose one of those storms peculiar to the high Cordillera,
whose fury is terrible, accompanied by cold which pierces to

No. 123. (84i )
the marrow. Fortunately the camp was at the bottom of a
depression, and there were many Cortadera plants between
which we could find shelter against the raging, bewildering
fury of the storm.
After coming out of Ranquil Norte, the road ascends to the
greatest altitude (1861 m.) that it reaches in this part of the
Cordillera. The ground is all sandstone, with some little loose
matter on the surface, until one reaches the ridge of the moun
tain formed by the black porous sanidinic trachyte.
(P. 82) Issuing from the valley of the los Calmucos which
flows near by the Rio Grande, we crossed another stream, the
Chiquiracol, which proceeds from a small lagoon of the vicinity
called Vacalauquen and flows into the Rio Grande. This river
flows by a deep cajon at the eastern foot of la Sierra, the declivity
of which towards the river is very steep and difficult. After
passing the Huincanes stream I ascended to the summit of the
Puntilla de los Huincanes, a huge trachytic block of 2472 m.
high, which on its eastern side falls almost vertically for 1074 m.,
to a ledge between the mountain and the Rio Grande which
flows 283 m. lower down. .
The view from this summit over the Payen mountain in
its vicinity is very interesting. The ground that rises gradu
ally towards Payen and Payen-Matro from the River Grande
is an enormous deposit of three lava-beds one upon the other.
It will be seen further on that a little lower down than the
Puntilla de los Huincanes this lava has even extended to the
western shore of the river, though only at two points of small
importance ; thus one clearly sees how the waters of the river
have opened their way over the lavas, between the same and the
trachytic mountains of the Great Cordillera.
It does not appear that any lava-flow has come down from
Mount Payen itself, but, from the Sierra de los Volcanes further
west and north, three protuberances of stratum are clearly

No. 123. (842 )
seen whence the black layers of lava proceed. These three
craters, the middle one of which is 2228 m. high, are situated
thus : the southern one is 1 1907 m. to the north and 15 506 m.
west of the highest peak of the Payen ; the middle one is 4162 m.
north and 191 2 m. west of the first ; and the last is 4722 m.
north and 3016 m. east. Thus the whole mountain group,
where these volcanoes together with the Payen and Payen-
Matro and their intermediary ranges, seem to be walls of an
ancient and enormous crater, on whose western border the
three more recent volcanoes have been opened afterwards, and
then the thirteen low stratum-volcanoes which surround the
semi-circle formed by the three large volcanoes with their inter
mediary ranges on the scoria ground. The whole ground from
the river to the foot of the Sierra de Palauco towards the north
and the Payen-Matro, Payen and Coihueco towards the south,
forms a coria deposit, the largest surface of lava that we have
seen in the whole Cordillera. . . .
(P. 83) From the summit of the Puntilla de los Huincanes
there are to be seen in the distance towards the east the Auca-
Mahuida mountains, the peaked crests of Chachahuen and the
whole Rio Grande valley further up than Palamahuida, a
grand view of an immense stony desert, as the scoria deposits
are even more barren than the Sierra Pelada, some few — Coyer on
(Stipa) tufts having taken root here and there.
(P. 89) Continuing the ascent of the slope of the Lucuyun
stream towards the summit of Choi-Mahuida, we find a dyke
of injection of the same light-coloured andesite which forms
the enormous mass of the top of Choi-Mahuida ; this dyke
forming ridges protruding like a huge wall, and from which
have fallen the huge fragments and rocks that are found in
the slope. However, further up we find once more the lime
stone slate until we reach the great mass of bare rock, which

No. 123. (843)
forms the top of Choi-Mahuida, whose altitude is 2437 m. and
whence is obtained a grand view over the blue Cordillera, that
is, the Cordillera de Maule, with the Campanario (3996 m. after
Pissis), and its surroundings, This immense block of rock of
Choi-Mahuida is an andesite, very light-coloured and very
similar to that of the valley of Aconcagua in Guardia Nueva.
(P. 92) . . . The great Mount Nevado, a majestic mass,
evidently an extinct volcano and whose situation I determined
in 35° 32' 31" S. lat., and 68° 33' 50" W. long., with a
height of 4775 m., the altitude of the Cerro de Chacaico higher
up the Agua Plateada being 2263 m. The greatest altitude of
the Sierra Polanco, a sharp peaked snow-covered hill in latitude
360 6' 57" and longitude 6o° 39' 23" is 3204 m. It is thus very p™^
interesting to have shown that to the east of the high Cordillera an IC>S3'
of the divortium aquarum there exists another enormous Cor
dillera, which in the Nevado, Palauco, Payen-Matro and Coi-
hueco rises as high as the other, and which finds itself intimately
connected with recent basaltic eruptions of great extent from
north to south.
Descending from the Portezuelo de Loncoche a splendid
panorama presents itself of the great snowy Cordillera on the
west with the gigantic mountains of Piedra Esnandez{^4oS m.),
Torrecillas, 3405, Minas 3817, el Chacal 3628, los Banos 4210,
and the bold peak of Cerro Diamante, and on the east the enor
mous Nevado with its dependencies, a great number of peaked
mountains which communicate by a series of summits with the
Payen-Matro, etc. This is a truly sublime panorama, and amaz
ing to the traveller who arrives from the south side of the
Portezuelo de Loncoche.
(P. 97) Our encampment near the puesto del Tigre, the
last in the Cordillera, was beautifully situated, a most poetical
farewell to the Cordillera and to the mountains ; from here the

No. 123. (844)
valleys broaden and the mountains become gentle hillocks, even
smaller at the north of the Rio Diamante ; then, further north,
all is a plain, but with a splendid view of the great and majestic
snow Cordillera towards the west.

No. 124.
VARIOUS ANTECEDENTS
of the Chilean Government Decree dated October 8,
1888, whereby the Department of "La Laja" is
divided into 25 "Subdelegaciones."
[The extracts of Decrees are translated from Echeverrfa i Reyes' " Jeografia
, Politica de Chile."] (Quoted on page 1082 of the Statement.)
I. — By a law enacted August 30th, 1826, the territory of
the Republic was divided into eight provinces.
The 6th Province, Concepcion, extended from the " River
Nuble at its source in the Cordillera " as far as the boundaries
" which are recognized at the present date with the Government
of Valdivia." * It was composed, according to the Election
Rules of December 16th, 1818, of several " partidos," which
were called " Departments " in the Election Law of December
2nd, 1 833 ; one of the latter being the department of "Los
Anjeles," afterwards called "La Laja,"2 whose eastern boun
dary was not stated therein.
2. — A law enacted on July 2nd, 1852, created the " Province
of Arauco, which shall comprise the territories occupied by
natives south of the Bio-Bio and north of the Province of Val
divia, as well as the Departments or subdelegaciones of the
bordering provinces which, in the opinion of the President of
the Republic, it may be convenient to include at present." 3
1 Echeverrfa i Reyes, " Jeografia Politica de Chile," vol. ii. p. 255.
2 Loc. cit. vol. i. p. 185. 3 Loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 3, 4.
845

No. 124. (846)
In fulfilment of this it was decreed on December 7th of the same
year (1852), that: "Art. 1. — The Province of Arauco shall
include henceforward, the Department of La Laja and the
whole territory situated north of Token, and east and south of
a line which, beginning at the junction of the River Taboleo
with the Bio-Bio, follows the course of the former as far as the
Cordillera de Nahuelhuapi, and, from this Cordillera, follows
the course of the River Carampangue as far as its mouth on
the sea. Art. 3. — The territory lying between the Bio-Bio and
Token, and between the Andes and the Cordillera de la Costa,
will be administrated as a border territory." 1
3. — A decree issued September 30th, 1869, divided the De
partment of La Laja into 22 subdelegaciones, the demarcation
of which was established in terms identical with those used
afterwards in 1888. Thus it is said:
" The 19th subdelegacion shall be called Antuco, and its
boundaries shall be ... in the south, the River Rucui in its
entire extent ; to the east, the cordon of Cordillera which serves
as boundary with the Argentine Republic. . . ."2
" District 8th, Campamento (in the same subdelegacion),
shall be bounded, on the north and south, by two straight
parallel lines drawn from west to east, from the points where
the rivers Laja and Rucue rise, as far as the summit of the Cor
dillera de Pichachen o de los Andes ; to the east, by the upper
edge of the said Cordillera}' 3
" The 20th subdelegacion shall be called Quilleco, its boun
daries being ... to the south, the River Duqueco, from its source
to the western corner formed on this side by the Curichu estate ;
and on the east, the Cordillera de los Andes, which is also the-
boundary with the Argentine Republic." 4
"District No. 3, Tinajon (in the same subdelegacion 20),
1 Loc. cit. vol. i. p. 105. 2 Loc. cit. vol. i. p. 155.
3 Loc. cit. vol. i. p. 156. 4 Loc. cit. vol. i. p. 156.

No. 124. (847)
shall be bounded . . . on the east, by the upper edge of the Cordil
lera de los Andes, etc. . . .
" District No. 4, Canicura, shall be bounded ... on the south
and west, by the River Duqueco from its source as far as its
junction with the River Canicura. . . ." l
"The 2 ist subdelegacion shall be called Vilucura and its
boundaries shall be : on the north, the River Duqueco, from
its source as far as its junction with the River Arilahuen . . .
and to the east, the Cordillera de los Andes."2,
" The 22nd subdelegacion shall be called Santa Barbara,
and its boundaries shall be ... on the south, the Bio-Bio from
los Boldos ford as far as its source ; to the east, the cordon of
the Cordillera de los Andes which serves as boundary with the
Argentine Republic," etc. . . .2
" District No. 7, Botallano (in the subdelegacion 22) shall be
bounded to the south by the River Mininco ; to the east, by
the Cordillera de los Andes, etc. . . .
" District No. 9, Cullinco (in the same) shall be bounded . . .
to the south, by the River Bio-Bio ; to the east, by the Cordil
lera de los Andes." 3
4. — A decree issued on September 29th, 1874, created the
subdelegacion of los Natros, bounded . . "on the north, by the
brooks Maitenes and Mininco ; on the south, by the Bio-Bio, and
on the east, by the Cordillera de los Andes . . ." i The new
subdelegacion was divided, by the same decree, into three dis
tricts, to be called : " No. 1, los Natros, its boundaries being :
on the north, the Huequecura ; on the west, the Huequecura
and the Bio-Bio ; on the south, the Bio-Bio ; and on the east, the
Cordillera de los Andes. No. 2, Mininco, its boundaries being :
on the north, the Mininco ; on the west, the Mininco and the
Bio-Bio ; on the south, the Bio-Bio ; and on the east, the Hueque-
1 Loc. cit. vol. i. p. 157. 2 Loc. cit. vol. i. p. 159.
i Loc. cit. vol. i. p. 160. 4 Loc. cit. vol. i. p. 162.

No. 124. (848)
cura and thi Cordillera de los Andes. No. 3, Maitenes, its
boundaries being : on the north, the Maitenes ; on the west,,
the Mininco ; on the south, the same river ; and on the east,
the River Huequecura and the Cordillera de los Andes."
5. — A decree issued October 26th, 1876, divided into two
the subdelegacion of Villucura, as follows :
" The 22nd subdelegacion Villucura shall preserve the same
boundaries as at present, save the eastern boundary, which
instead of being the Cordillera de los Andes, shall be the cuesta
de AM . , ." x
" The subdelegacion Queuco, which shall bear No. 23, shall
be bounded on the north, by the River Duqueco ; on the south,
by- the River Callaqui (or Queuco) as far as its junction with the
Bio-Bio, following from this point the road to the volcano
Callaqui ; on the east, by the Cordillera de los Andes."
" District No. 2, Trapa-trapa (of the new subdelegacion)
shall be bounded ... to the south, by the Cordillera de Trolope ;
to the east, by the Cordillera de los Andes. . . ."
" District No. 3, Alul, shall be bounded ... on the east, by
the Cordillera de los Andes." 2
Besides these decrees concerning the Laja Department,
there were issued two others, the first dated December 23rd,
1873, increasing the original number of 22 subdelegaciones to
23, the new one being situated near the city of Los Anjeles ;
the second dated October 18th, 1875, merely altering the order
of the numbers assigned to the various subdelegaciones, which
then numbered 24, since the decree of September 29th, 1874.
As has been seen, these were further increased to 25 by the
decree of October 26, 1876, and they underwent no alteration
after the Treaty, so that the boundaries established for the
subdelegaciones bordering on the Argentine Republic remained
1 Loc. cit. vol. i. p. 163. 2 Loc. cit. vol. i. p. 163.

No. 124. (849)
defined in the same terms as before, as is proved by the final
document. 6. — Decree issued on October 8th, 1888. (Extracts) : —
" Subdelegacion 20th, Antuco} — Its boundaries shall be,
on the north, the River Laja, from its source to its junction
with the River Rucue ; on the south, the latter river ; on
the east, the Cordillera de los Andes!' 2
"District No. 8, Campamento. — Its boundaries shall be : on
the north, two straight parallel lines from west to east, starting
from the points where the Rivers Laja and Rucue rise, and
extending as far as the summit of the Cordillera de Pichachen ;
to the east, the upper edge of this Cordillera," etc. . . .
" Subdelegacion 21, Quilleco? Its boundaries shall be . . .
on the south, the River Duqueco, from its source to the western
corner formed on this side by the Curiche estate ; and to the
east, the Cordillera de los Andes which separates it from the
Argentine Republic."
" District No. 3, Tinajon, shall be bounded . . . on the
east, by the upper edge of the Cordillera de los Andes."
" District No. 4, Canicura, shall be bounded ... on the
south and west, by the River Duqueco from its source as far as
its junction with the River Canicura ..."
" Subdelegacion 22, Villucura} Its boundaries shall be,
on the north, the River Duqueco, from its source as far as its
junction with the River Arilahuen ; ... on the east, the cuesta
{road) Alul, following the straight line to Cerro de Queuco as
far as the River Callaqui or Queuco."
"Subdelegacion 23, Queuco} Its boundaries shall be, on
the north, the River Duqueco ; on the south, the River Callaqui
1 It bore No. 19 in the original subdivision, and No. 20 by the decree of October
1 8th- 1875. ''¦Loc. cit. Appendix, p. xxiii.
3 Originally numbered 20, and 21 since 1875.
4 Originally numbered 21, 22 since 1875, divided into two, 22 and 23, in 1876.
5 Bears this number since its creation in 1 876.
EE

No. 124. (850)
(or Queuco) as far as its junction with the Bio-Bio, following
from this point the road to Volcan Callaqui ; on the east, the
Cordillera de los Andes." l (Districts 2 and 3 of this subdele
gacion, literally as by the decree of October 26th, 1876.)
"Subdelegacion 24, Santa Barbara.2 Its boundaries are
- . . on the south, the River Bio-Bio ; on the east, the
Mininco and Bio-Bio . . ." etc.
" Subdelegacion 25, Los Notros.3 Its boundaries, on the
north, the brooks Maitenes and Pichu-Mininco ; on the south,
the River Bio-Bio ; on the east, the Cordillera de los Andes ;
on the west, the rivers Pichu-Mininco and Bio-Bio.
" It shall be divided into three districts : No. 1, Notros.
Boundaries : on the north, the Rivers Canicura and Hueque
cura ; on the south, the Bio-Bio ; on the east, the Cordillera de
los Andes ; and on the west, the junction of the Huequecura
and Bio-Bio."
" No. 2, Mininco. Boundaries : on the north, the stream
Mininco and a straight line which, starting from Cerro de la
Mina, touches this stream and the stream Huequecura ; on the
east, the Cordillera de los Andes ; and on the west, the boundary
of the Subdelegacion No. 3, Maitenes. Boundaries : on the
north, the Pichu-Mininco ; on the south, the Mininco stream ;
on the east, the Cordillera de los Andes ; and on the west, the
boundary of the subdelegacion."
Comparison of the texts of the different decrees from 1869,
in the parts referring to the eastern boundaries of the actual
"subdelegaciones" Nos. 21, 23 and 25, proves that they are
defined in the very same words as were employed to define the
eastern boundary of the original "subdelegaciones" 20, 21
and 22 (whereof the actual subdelegaciones were only a part),
in 1869, when no Chilean authority exercised jurisdiction in
the Bio-Bio valley further up than Callaqui.
1 Loc. cit. Ap. p. xxvii. 2 Loc. cit. Ap. p. x'xvii.
'Numbered 22 in 1869, 23 in 1875, and 24 since 1876.

No. 125.
ARGENTINE FORCES TRESPASSING INTO THE
BIO-BIO VALLEY IN 1883. Customary use of
the 'term "the Cordillera" for "the divortium
aquarum line."
[Translation of the Report of Commandant Drouilly to the War Secretary,
printed in Serrano Montaner's " El Litijio sobre Limites," etc., pp. 106-113.]
(Quoted on page 1087 of the Statement.)
Headquarters of the Expedition to the Cordilleras of
Araucania. Lonquimay, March 6, 1883.
The occupation of the Cordillera having been terminated, I was
going to report to you on the operations which have been en
trusted to us when, having met you, on my journey to the
south, we were surprised by the news of a skirmish between
the Argentine troops and a detachment of the company of
militia at Santa Barbara.
On receiving this unexpected and unwelcome news you
decided that I should return immediately to the Cordillera to
make a complete investigation and inform you at the earliest
date as to the occurrence.
The long distance and the difficulty in collecting all the
data for an enquiry in those regions has been the cause of the
delay in presenting the report I have now the honour to lay
before you.
For the better understanding of the present report as well
as of the sketch map I enclose, I deem it advisable to give a
851

No. 125. (852)
general idea of the topography of the valley of the Upper Bio-Bio
where the occurrences narrated took place.
The central Andean chain which separates Chile from the Quoted
p. 1087.
Argentine Republic, that is to say, the DIVORTIA AQUARUM,
which runs approximately from north to south with an average
height of 2000 metres above the sea, has several gaps which I
measured to be from 1600 to 1800 metres high.
On the western or Chilean side, and almost parallel to the
Cordillera, runs the Bio-Bio, which starts from Lake Guayaltue,
which has an area of 8 kilometres in length by 3 in width. To
the east of the Bio-Bio, and at the foot of the central cordon,
flows its first affluent, the Rucanuco, which starts from the
lake of the same name situated east of the Guayaltue.
The Bio-Bio receives the Rucanuco at some 15 kilometres
from the lake, and continues running in a N.N.W. direction
until it receives another affluent from the east called Liucura,
where the river turns to the W.N.W., keeping this direction
down stream.
The lakes of Guayaltue and Rucanuco lie 1 200 metres above
the sea, the altitude lowering to 1050 metres at Liucura.
On the eastern side of the Cordillera, or in other words, in
Argentine territory, the River Alumind is formed at that lati
tude, starting from the lake of the same name situated at the
foot of the Cordillera opposite to'^iat of Rucanuco, and more or
less at the same height.
T,he general direction of the v&lley of the River Alumind is
S.S.E., that is to say, diametrically opposite to that of the River
Bio-Bio. Therefore, in order to pass from Lake Alumind to that of Qaoi^A
Rucanuco or to its emissary, it is necessary to climb the central
Cordillera de los Andes, the passes of which are not less than
500 metres above the level of the valleys to both sides} and from
1 Senor Drouilly obviously refers to the lower valleys, since Lakes Rucanuco
(Icalma) and Alumine are hardly 150 m. below the Icalma Pass.

No. 125. (853)
¦many of those gaps the other ranges, Argentine as well as
Chilean, are so completely dominated that it is materially im
possible, even if one should not be familiar with the places, to
avoid knowing the precise point of the boundary line between
both countries.
I particularly insist upon this circumstance, because, as it
is the one which will serve to establish the responsibility for
what has occurred, I feel sure that the impossibility of any
¦mistakes occurring on this score, — a circumstance which might
be alleged in order to avoid responsibilities, — will be amply
acknowledged. To the topographical data which will help to explain better
what follows, must be added the condition in which this part
¦of the frontier had remained after the occupation.
At some 12 kilometres from the junction of the River
Rucanuco with the Bio-Bio, and at the point where this latter
river is joined by the River Liucura, a fort called Liucura was
¦established, in order to safeguard the passes and gaps and main
tain peace among the Indians.
On the 26th of January I- informed the Argentine head
quarters of the construction of this fort and of the others, as
well as of their location. General Villegas replied as follows
under date of March 3 : —
" Duly thanking you for the news you give me as to the
"' stationing of detachments of troops from the army of this
" Republic at the gaps to the west of the Cordillera, I shall
'" consider it my duty to communicate to you the positions of
" detachments from the division under my orders, as soon as
" they may be placed, in which operation I am now engaged."
The construction and garrisoning of the fort of Liucura
was entrusted to Lieutenant Rodriguez with his company of
militia from Santa Barbara, a company which was improvised
at the beginning of last December. As the squadron at that
point only existed in name, when the order for mobilization

No. 125. '* ( 854 )
arrived, I absolutely lacked officers, armament, and even men
inscribed on the rolls. In a period of ten days I had to get my
men ready, dress them, arm them, and appoint officers, incon
veniences which I considered unimportant, for I only needed
to have the adequate elements to subdue the Indians and to-
construct the forts and roads to the interior. The labourers
thus transformed into soldiers, were, in my opinion, preferable
fer that purpose to troops of the line or regular militia. The
shortness of time did not permit us to instruct them, which,,
however, would have been of no use as they had to be relieved
at the end of February in order that they might have time to.
reap their harvests.
The fort was being constructed, and the relations with the
nearest Argentine forts were cordial.
Detachments from that nation had reached Liucura and
Lonquimay, friendly communications being kept up by the
worthy commandants Belisle and Ruibal.
The Indians on their part had come and tendered their
submission, and everything promised a prompt and definite
settlement of the frontier question when we were surprised by
the news of an encounter between the troops of the Argentine-
Army and the militia of Liucura.
The following is what has occurred according to data ob
tained at the place of the occurrence and antecedents enclosed : —
On February 16th a patrol of ten Argentine soldiers who
descended the Cordillera on the Chilean side to Rucanuco [Icalma
Pass], following the course of the river of the same name as far
as Ricalma, situated between Rucanuco and Bio-Bio, met an
Indian boy who was pasturing nine sheep, which the Argentine
soldiers seized, the boy fleeing to the mountains.
The patrol continued to the west, reaching Lake Guayaltue,,
of which they made an inspection all round, crossing on their
return the River Bio-Bio, where they met two young Indian
girls and three boys engaged in picking " piiiones " ; these

No. 125. (855)
they made prisoners, retiring by the gap situated opposite the
junction of the Rucanuco and the Bio-Bio [Batemahuida Pass ?].
During the same afternoon a detachment of about thirty men
followed the tracks of the first patrol, and, not having been
able to overtake them, camped near Guayaltue.
In the meantime the Indians being alarmed, had sent a
messenger to Liucura announcing the advance of the Argentines,
and early on the following day, the 17th, they sent another
messenger complaining that the Argentines were carrying their
people away, and stating that if the Lieutenant did not request
the return of those people, they were going to start a formal
attack on the Argentines whom, up to that time, they were
simply surrounding.
Lieutenant Rodriguez had strict written instructions by
which he was forbidden to act independently, and which limited
his actions to informing Commandant Cid at Fort Lonquimay,
some 30 kilometres from Liucura ; but the former officer de
cided to start in the direction of the Argentines, in order to
prevent a conflict between them and the Indians.
With that object he took 32 mounted men with him out of
the 67 he had, and, going up the River Bio-Bio along the plain
interposed between the latter and the Cordillera, reached the
road over which the first Argentine detachment, followed by
the second one, had retired, so that Lieutenant Rodriguez,
when he caught sight of the Argentines, found himself between
those detachments and the Cordillera.
The Argentines, with the Indians who followed them at
some distance were to be found in an extensive sandy plain Quot"J
p. 1088.
in the triangle formed by the Rucanuco with the Bio-Bio, in
the centre of which is the bed of a dry brook, with a bank of
a metre and a half on its eastern side, on which Lieutenant
Rodriguez was marching with his men. The Argentines, when
perceiving the latter at some distance, dismounted and en
trenched themselves in the bed or ditch mentioned. In the

No. 125. (856)
meantime Rodriguez crossed the River Rucanuco to meet the
Argentines, when Cacique Quepo presented himself, assuring
him that up to that time he had not attacked the Argentines.
The Lieutenant repeated to him the order to keep himself at
some distance and maintain peace, which he did, moving north
wards with the men that accompanied him.
This conference took place at the ford of the river, the
bed of which is 20 metres below the level of the plain which
separates it from the Bio-Bio where the Argentines were.
Therefore, they were out of sight of the latter.
(Here follows the description of the engagement.)
vfc 3|c ^t yfc Vp
I have, etc.
Martin Drouilly.

No. 126.
THE ARGENTINE REPORTS ON THE RAID
OF 1883.
[Translated from the official Reports printed in Serrano Montaner's " El
Litijio sobre los Limites" etc., pp. ioo, 101 and 46.]
(Quoted on page 1089 of the Statement.)
Enclosure A.
Report of Lieut.-Col. Diaz to the Commandant of the Second
{Argentine) Brigade, Colonel Enrique Godoi.
PULMARY, February 20, 1883.
I HAVE the honour to inform you that on the 16th inst., at the
same time that I sent a messenger announcing the result of
the Commission up to that day, I started on the march against
the Indians in the neighbourhood of Lake Alumind, with three
officers and thirty-three men. At some three leagues from
this point I came across the tracks of horses and sheep in the
direction of the said lake, and, as the opinion of the majority
was that the tracks had been made that day, I started at quick
march with the object of coming up with them. On sighting
the lake I sent Lieutenant Canaveri with seven soldiers and an
expert to make a reconnaissance, because it was very likely
that the Indians would be there ; but, as the said tracks con
tinued, the Lieutenant also advanced. A short time afterwards
we perceived a quantity of smoke issuing from a forest of pinons
[araucaria imbricata], for which reason I started at a canter
with the rest of the troop and reached that place, but the Lieu-

No. 126. (858)
tenant continued the pursuit, for, as we advanced, the traces
were seen to be fresher.
From this place I sent Lieutenant Sontaj with ten men to
support Lieutenant Canaveri, because I supposed that Navuel
would be there.
I advanced with Sub-Lieutenant Wappers and the rest of
the forces to support these officers. As we proceeded we ob
served that the Indians attempted to disperse, with the object
of making us lose the tracks, which led me to presume that
they were near. At dusk I lost the tracks, and as I heard two
shots in an opposite direction to that we were taking, from the
officers, I believed that the latter had come upon the Indians
and that they were following them ; but the shots had been
fired by the Indians to attract my attention and cause me to
deviate from the course I was taking.
Since it was impossible to look for the tracks, as it was
night, I returned and camped, hoping the officers would see
the fires, but this did not happen. Early on the 17th I started
on the search for the tracks, which I found at 7 a.m., observing
at the same time two Indian scouts. During the previous
afternoon I had come across many burnt patches, and as the
officers did not return, I was very anxious.
As I was observing that we were again following the tracks,
I was surrounded by 100 to 150 Indians who, in bodies of from
20 to 30, sprang out from behind the hillocks {lomas). Having
tied the mules together, I took possession of a dune because I
was afraid I should be attacked by the Indians, but they simply
limited themselves to firing a few shots.
As I was not attacked I returned in search of strategic
points for my defence, until they succeeded in attracting me to
a valley ; then we saw a large cloud of dust which left no doubt
that it was a body of people who prevented us from reaching
the ford of a stream that we had to cross.
In the belief that I should find too many men there, I

No. 126. (859)
deviated to the right, and, as I observed that the Indians
threatened an attack on my rear, I took possession of the bed
of a small dry stream I found on my way.
(Here follows the description of the engagement.)
*****
The Lieutenants captured on that same day ten sheep and
took from the Indians two young girls and a boy of from 10 to
12 years of age who were gathering " piiiones." From these
they learned that the Chilean forces and a number of Indians
were near by, for which reason they retired with the object of
joining forces with me. It may thus be seen that the
Chileans protected the Indians.
The action took place approximately 12 leagues from this
point. From the Indian prisoners we have learnt that the Chileans (^xo'^
are building a fort at Zamicul on the banks of the stream Lihue-
cura [Liucura], and that it is garrisoned by 40 or 50 infantrymen
under the command of Lieutenant Martin. According to infor
mation received, this fort is situated within our territory because
it is very near Lake Alumind.
*****
I am, etc.
Juan G. Diaz.
Enclosure B.
Extract from General Villegas' Journal.
The regrettable encounter has taken place on the Argentine-
Chilean boundary ; our forces have not advanced nor can they
advance beyond the international line, and, returning to what
has been so much discussed, if our quick scouts had trespassed
over that line, what would be the result therefrom ? Evidently
nothing. The anticlinal line is not defined ; nobody knows it

No. 126. (860)
in practice, or in the topographical variety of the territory {la
variedad topografica del territorio) ; it is therefore liable to
be violated unconsciously. So much so, that it would be
necessary to traverse those innumerable ravines, aided by science
and technical instruments, in order to engrave on granite or
on the rocks that imaginary straight line, which is until now
the separation of the possessions of the River Plate and of the
Pacific.

No. 127.
THE ARGENTINE EXPERT'S REPORT (IN 1896) ON
THE ARCO PASS AND SURROUNDINGS.
[Translated from Dr. Moreno's " Apuntes Preliminares sobre una Excursion
a los territorios del Neuquen, Rio Negro, Chubut y Santa Cruz," La Plata, 1897,
PP- 33-36.] (Quoted on pages 1093 and 1094 of the Statement.)
We followed the cajon of the River Aichol until reaching the
summit of the cordon zvhich separates the waters which flow to
the east from those which flow to the south and south-east to feed
the Alumine. On this ridge we did not see any trees or shrubs,
but we did see beautiful grass. Its height is comparatively
great (1670 m.). The ravine we descended serves as the bed
of the Arroyo Litran ; it is more open, but as beautiful and
fertile as the preceding one, and debouches into the open longi
tudinal valley of the Rio Arco, the first northern tributary of
the Alumine. In the neighbourhood of its sources, at the foot
of Mount Batea, the Comisaria del Arco is situated, a point
which I had designated to Senores Wolff and Hauthal for our
meeting. As I did not find my companions there, I decided to
wait for them and, profiting by the delay, to reconnoitre the
neighbourhood. At a kilometre's distance to the north of this
point, / found, in a very beautiful and natural park, formed Quoted
p. 1093.
by clusters of araucanias and " robles," bound on the east by a
picturesque woody cliff carpeted with ferns, the eastern and
southernmost sources of the Bio-Bio and the northernmost ones
of the Alumind. The drops of water which filter from the rock
among the roots of the ferns glide down to the golden meadow,
some of them running to the Pacific Ocean and others to the

No. 127. (862 )
Atlantic (Plates IV. and V.). Any one who was accustomed to Plates
LXXXVII.
regard the dividing line of the continental waters as a colossal and
and abrupt barrier, would experience a profound deception on p. 1095 in
contemplation of this. Climbing a few metres until command
ing a view of the horizon over the top of the pinons which give p "^
shade to those sources, one would see, far off on the west, the
Andean snow-capped mountains stretching from the Isthmus of
Panama, and which cheap text-books of geography teach are at
the same time the distributing line of the waters of the continent.
The Arroyo del Arco attains at its sources a height of 1200
metres above the sea, and flows quietly to the south along the
valley formed by volcanic ashes ; the streamlet tributary to the
Bio-Bio flows more rapidly, leaps over the rocks of the ancient
frontal moraine of the great lost glacier, and descends to the
beautiful river the principal course of which proceeds from the.
west. Tempted by the beauty of the landscape, we descended
to the neighbouring valley at full gallop, so gentle is the declivity, Ql,ote(i
and, crossing the river, we continued along moraines and beau
tiful meadows as far as the shores of Lake Guayetue. The quiet
waters of this lake extended for a long distance, but the setting
sun did not allow us to see or guess the situation of their western
extremity. I could, however, count from the mouth of the
river, five undulations or apparent cordons, these being over
topped by the Volcano Yaimas on the west-south-west. The
Bio-Bio, shortly after issuing from the lake and before taking
a northern course, receives the Rucanuco stream which conveys
to it the waters of Lake Icalma, situated between Lake Guayetue
and Lake Alumine. The Batea hillock [Cerrito] rises isolated
to the east of the brook. Thus the waters of the Bio-Bio rise to
the east of those Andean cordons, and cross them afterwards to
empty themselves into the Pacific. This basin gives the impres
sion of being the remnants of a large lake of which the three
mentioned — Alumind, Icalma and Guayetue — are the remains,
modern eruptions having formed the Batea hillock with their

No. 127. (863)
lava ; eruptions which have filled the primeval lake with their
tophus, which in its turn was destroyed partly by the erosion
of the glacial epoch, the traces of which are the moraines of
the high plateau [the actual boundary on the continental divide].
This plateau is the largest trace of the bed of the great lake in
the second epoch of the development of the glaciers which
formed moraines and whose remains still exist in the neigh
bouring mountain ranges. The present lower valley measures
more than 20 kilometres from east to west, and the population
begins to settle there, formed by the Chilean emigrants, who
abandon the territory, being alarmed by rumours of war spread
by other people of the same nationality, who thus acquire at a
low price the cornfields abandoned by the credulous who be
lieve in a war as impossible as frequently rumoured.
That afternoon Senores Wolff and Hauthal arrived at the
Comisaria. Having made an interesting expedition, they gave
me the general information I required. From the estancia
" La Argentina " they had penetrated by the quebrada of the
Arroyo Pailahue, or along the plateau and its scoria fields they
had marched west, crossing the Arroyo Manzano, and, skirting
the hillocks near the Arroyo Butahuao, reached the summit of
the range by the beautiful and fertile valley Yumuyumu. This
mountainous zone demands a careful study of its orography
and geology, which I intend to make later on. There is here a
larger development of the Andes in its transverse sense, a group
of volcanic massifs, as may be seen at other points of the Cor
dillera. The rocks show a change in the general geological formation
of the chains further north : gneiss, granite and porphyry appear
under the neo-volcanic rocks, and no sedimentary layers are
to be seen.
Besides, those ridges, which, as I have said, diminish in
height towards the south, deviate to the south-east, and I am
already in a position to say that they do not correspond, in their

No. 127. (864)
apparent prolongation, to the Cordillera de los Andes ; but, in
order to decide, with a complete knowledge, if the mountains Quoted
crossed by my companions ought to be considered as an integral
part of the Andes or not, a minute survey is necessary. From
the summit of the range mentioned which separates the waters
which flow to the Rio Agrio from those which descend to the
River Bio-Bio, a series of mountains may be seen to the west
which stretch southwards and then south-south-west, higher
than those of Yumuyumu, as they are seen from the Cajon de
los Barros, an affluent of the Rio Butahuao. The waters de
scending to the west feed the Arroyo Rahue, which is considered
as a river once it receives the waters of the Arroyo Pulul, which
rises from the glaciers of the picturesque hollow on, the north
among the mountains which apparently form there a great
geographical knot. The River Rahue empties itself into the
Bio-Bio at the northern extremity of the beautiful Valle de
Lonquimai, — the jewel of Andean valleys, at the bottom of
which the Bio-Bio meanders, sometimes peacefully, and some
times forming a sparkling scale-like covering to the polished
and rounded stones as its depth diminishes. I saw it thus
from the heights of the cart-road of Arco : a colossal snake
writhing in shiny coils among the meadows where the cattle
of the Chilean exodus recuperate their exhausted strength after
their rapid flight before the phantasm of Argentine spoliation.
In this valley are the ruins of the Chilean forts, Lonquimay
and Liucura, and the inhabitants relate, with more or less
accuracy, the bloody encounters between Argentine and Chilean
soldiers during our campaign against the Indians, each van- Quoted
p. 1094
guard considering that the ground on which they stood belonged,
the one to Chile, the other to Argentina. This uncertainty has
not disappeared yet, and can only disappear when the work of
delimitation reaches here. It is not sufficient that both of us
should say that this is ours because it is so. These are not
reasons, because they are not well founded.

No. 128.
DR. CARL BURCKHARDT ON THE ANDEAN
TECTONICS IN 39° S.
[From " Rapport preliminaire sur une expedition geologique dans la Region
Andine situee entre Las Lajas (Argentine) et Curacaulin (Chili) (38-390 lat. S.) "
in " Revista del Museo de la Plata" vol. ix. pp. 202—219.]
(Quoted on page 1094 et seq. of the Statement.)
2 . Le plateau de Las Lajas.
(P. 202) QuiCONQUE descend de la chaine de Pino Hachado
vers Las Lajas est frappe d'entrer pres de Haichol dans une
vaste plaine. Un grand plateau, a ce qu'il parait, horizontal,
s'etend devant ses yeux ; il a au moins quarante kilometres de
largeur. C'est un vdritable fragment de la pampa entre les
chaines andines. A l'ouest, il est limite par les cimes escarpees
de la chaine de Pino Hachado, tandis qu'a Test se voit le cordon
bas des chaines orientales.
J 'ignore 1' extension de ce plateau vers le sud et vers le nord,
je peux seulement mentionner qu'il s'amincit notablement et
d'une maniere brusque au nord de 1' Agrio et de Las Lajas. Ld
surgit tout-d-coup la chaine orientale sans qu' on puisse voir a
la rive droite de l'Agrio, aucune trace qui pourrait etre regardee
comme continuation australe des plis mesozoiques du nord de
l'Agrio. II y a la. une faille qui forme la limite entre les chaines
au nord de Las Lajas et l'Agrio, et qui est sans doute en relation
avec 1' inflexion brusque de ce fleuve et avec sa direction de
l'ouest a Test au nord de Las Lajas.
865 F F

No. 128. (866)
La constitution geologique du plateau de Las Lajas est bien
simple. Les barrancas des fleuves montrent des eboulis strati
fies modernes, probablement des depots d'un grand lac qui
couvrait jadis la plaine.
En d'autres endroits existent des nappes neovolcaniques
formant quelquefois de petites collines surgissant ca et la de
la plaine. La roche principale est un basalte feldspathique gris
fonce, qui possede, comme nous le verrons, une extension extra
ordinaire dans notre profil.
Une localite tres interessante se trouve dans un affluent
droit de l'arroyo Lencullin. La une roche, probablement
phonolitique, montrant des colonnes superbes, repose sur les
alluvions modernes citees. Les eruptions ont done continue
jusqu'a des epoques peu reculees.
3. La chaine de Pino Hachado.
La chaine de Pino Hachado, qui s'eleve entre les plateaux
de Las Lajas et de 1' Alumine, se compose de sediments meso-
zoiques plisses et de roches paleovolcaniques, au-dessus des-
quelles s'etend une vaste nappe de basaltes. Les laves neovol
caniques se sont ecoulees sur la montagne deja formee, en
couvrant les sediments plisses en discordance apparente.
Commencons par un coup d'oeil sur les elements primaires,
fondamentaux de la chaine, soit les sediments plisses et les
roches paleovolcaniques. Les premiers affleurent a trois en
droits distincts : pres de Haichol, a. Pino Hachado et aux pentes
occidentales de la chaine entre le col de Pino Hachado et Liu
cura. Dans les environs de 1' estancia de Haichol, et de la vers
l'est, se trouve une zone sedimentaire composee principalement
de gres et de marnes noires schisteuses. Malheureusement, ces
sediments n'ont fourni aucun fossile, de sorte que je ne peux
pas emettre ici une opinion fondee sur leur age. Cependant
le voisinage de terrains jurassico-cretaciques me fait croire que

No. 128. (867)
les gres de Haichol appartiennent probablement aussi aux forma
tions mesozoiques citees.
(P. 204) Ces sediments forment des plis tres visibles, surtout
a Test de Haichol. La s'eleve une cime assez isolee (1469 m.),.
qui montre dans sa pente presque depourvue de vegetation,.
des bancs sedimentaires formant une belle voute, compliquee
par une faille tres apparente (voir le profil C, D).
Cette voute excite notre plus vif etonnement, car elle se
dirige, perpendiculairement aux chaines andines, de l'est a
l'ouest ! Au-dessus de cette voute se montre la nappe hori-
zontale de basaltes ¦en discordance frappante avec les couches
sedimentaires plisses sousjacentes (voir profil C, D). . . .
(P. 205) La chaine de Pino Hachado presente beaucoup de
phenomenes d'un interet plutot general.
Une belle moraine terminale a l'est du Paso Pino Hachado —
dans une region aujourd'hui completement depourvue de
glaciers — demontre l'existence d'une periode glaciaire. Sur
cette moraine se trouve un grand bloc du meme basalte qui
couvre la chaine, pourvu d'une surface polie et de stries typiques
provenant de Taction des glaciers. Ce bloc a un interet tout
special pour le geologue ; il nous enseigne que 1' eruption basal-
tique a commence avant la fin de l'epoque glaciaire et ensuite —
comme le meme basalte, strie ici par les glaciers, repose ailleurs
partout en discordance sur les sediments plisses — que le plisse-
ment principal de notre cordillere s'est termine avant la retraite
definitive des glaciers.
De grands eboulements ont eu lieu a Pino Hachado et dans
la vallee du Tehuel-Nigliu. Dans les deux endroits, une partie
de la nappe volcanique s'est detachee et ses debris one forme
une multitude de petites collines dans les vallees, en barrant
derriere elles les rivieres et en causant ainsi la formation de
petits lacs, dont les traces se voient encore aujourd'hui sous
forme de surfaces planes a peu pres horizontales.

No. 128. (868 )
4. Le plateau de V Alumind.
(P. 206) Descendons la chaine de Pino Hachado et montons
le cerro Patea-Mahuida a l'ouest du Paso del Arco. Nous nous
trouvons la au milieu de la Cordillere : d V est s'dleve la chaine
de Pino Hachado, vers l'ouest s'dtend la chaine de Lonquimay
avec les volcans Isolds Tolhuaca, Lonquimay, Llaimas et Lanin.
Mais notre surprise est grande en regardant vers le sud : la on
ne voit ni chaines ni montagnes isolees ; au contraire, il s'etend
la une grande plaine a peu pres horizontale ; c'est le plateau
de 1' Alumine. Ce plateau s'etend de la Laguna Alumine vers
Test jusqu'au pied de la chaine de Pino Hachado, mesurant une
largeur d'au moins vingt kilometres. La pierre-ponce, qui le
couvre, prete au paysage, presque entierement depourvu de
vegetation, un caractere bien monotone.
L'erosion a morcele le plateau en creant de vdritables mon
tagnes tabulaires a surfaces totalement planes et a flancs abrupts.
Le Bateau-Mahuida meme, sur lequel nous nous trouvons, est
une de ces montagnes tabulaires qui donnent au paysage un
aspect particulier, en nous faisant oublier que nous nous
trouvons au milieu d'une grande chaine de montagnes.
Ce plateau singulier est constitue dans ses parties superieures
par une nappe neovolcanique, dont la roche principale est le
meme basalte que nous connaissons deja de la chaine de Pino
Hachado. Au-dessous, on observe du granit ; a Textremite
orientale du lac Alumine, il contient de la hornblende, deux
sortes d'orthoklase, beaucoup de quartz et des grenats ; plus a
l'ouest, pres de l'embouchure de 1' arroyo Arco, il ressemble a
certains granits des Alpes (granit de Canaria) et est accompagne
de diorite. Vers le sud, on peut suivre le plateau de 1' Alumine, par
Pulmari et Quillen jusqu'a Junin de los Andes. J'ignore s'il
continue au nord de Liucura ou s'il se termine dans cette region.
En tout cas, il est aminci de beaucoup vers le nord, car, pres

No. 128. (869)
de Liucura deja, se rapprochent sensiblement les derniers
plissements de la chaine de Pino Hachado et les plis de la rive
gauche du Biobio, qui appartiennent a la chaine de Lonquimay.
5. La chaine de Lonquimay.
Je comprends sous le nom de chaine de Lonquimay toute la
rdgion andine d l'ouest du Biobio. Elle se divise facilement en
deux parties assez distinctes par leur constitution geologique.
La premiere concerne la region entre les rios Biobio et Lon
quimay ; la s'observent des granits en contact avec des sedi
ments jurassiques plisses. Les roches neovolcaniques, qui y
font completement defaut, reaparaissent au contraire dans la
partie occidentale de la chaine, entre le rio Lonquimay et Cura-
cautin. 6. Rdsumd des observations gdologiques.
(P. 210) Le trait principal de la tectonique de notre profil
est sans doute la ramification de la Cordillere en trois chaines
et l'existence de deux plateaux interandins entre ces chaines.
Les plis, qui forment les trois chaines et qui sont visibles
la. oii une interruption de la nappe neovolcanique nous permet
d'observer les sediments soujacents, sont, en general, des anti-
clinaux assez faibles et simples avec peu de complications par
des failles. Une particularite de ces plis est a remarquer avant
tout : leur direction tres souvent transversale, allant de Test
a l'ouest, et par suite perpendiculaire aux axes des chaines
andines. Pour aborder la question d'origine des plateaux interandins
qui sont certainement a regarder comme des zones sans plisse-
ment, il faut, selon ma conviction, tenir compte d'abord de la
direction anormale des plis dans leur voisinage et ensuite de
la presence d'un massif granitique considerable au-dessous du
plateau de 1' Alumine. La meilleure explication de l'origine
des plateaux me parait alors celle qui admet que des massifs

No. 128. ( 87o )
¦considerables de granit, existant la oii nous trouvons aujourd'hui
les plateaux, ont oppose tant de resistance aux forces orogeni-
ques, qu'ils ont empeche le plissement dans leur domaine et
force les plis du voisinage de s'adapter a leurs contours irregu-
liers, ce qui a eu lieu quelque fois par des fractures et tres souvent
par des courbures et inflexions des axes des plis.
En considerant la Cordillere entiere de notre region, nous
voyons qu'elle possede une structure zonaire et asymmetrique
tres prononcee. Cela ressort clairement de notre profil, qui
montre de Test a l'ouest les zones suivantes : —
1. Une zone sedimentaire jurassico-cretacique a plissements
simples (les chaines orientales) ;
2. Une zone sans plissement, couverte de roches neovol-
caniques (plateau de Las Lajas) ;
3. Une zone de plis mesozoiques et de roches palevolcani-
ques, surmontees par une nappe basaltique (chaine de Pino
Hachado) ;
4. Une seconde zone sans plissement formee par du granit
et couverte de laves neovolcaniques (plateau de 1' Alumine) ;
5. Une zone de plissements jurassiques avec un massif
granitique considerable (partie orientale de la chaine de Lon
quimay) ; et enfin
6. Une zone de basaltes avec des centres eruptifs reposant
sur des plis jurassiques et des roches paleovolcaniques (partie
occidentale de la chaine de Lonquimay. . . .
II.
A. La Geolooie des environs de l'Arco.
1. La prdtendue union des chaines au Paso del Arco.
(P. 212) Jusqu'a nos jours on a prdtendu maintes fois que
les chaines de Pino Hachado et de Lonquimay s'unissent a
V Arco. La premiere des chaines citees devrait, selon cette
opinion, trouver sa continuation australe dans un cordon trans-

No. 128. (87t )
versal, qui — dirige de Test a. l'ouest — passerait par le Paso del
Arco en se reliant a l'ouest avec la chaine de Lonquimay.
Pour juger cette question, montons d'abord la cime orientale
du Batea-Mahuida (1745 m.).
A nos pieds s'etend le grand plateau de T Alumine. Nous
le voyons comme une immense plaine horizontale entre Tex-
tremite orientale du lac Alumine et la chaine de Pino Hachado.
Vers le nord, il se laisse facilement poursuivre jusqu'aux envi
rons de Liucura, et nous reposons sur une de ses parties typi-
ques. Le Batea-Mahuida — si caracteristique par sa forme
tabulaire a surface entierement plane — se trouve au milieu
meme du grand plateau, qui acquiert ici des hauteurs consider
ables. Nous pouvons done suivre le plateau de TAlumine du lac
Alumine par le Batea-Mahuida et les environs du Paso de TArco
jusqu'a Liucura.
La chaine de Pino Hachado aussi se dirige, en cordon dlevd,
du sud au nord et on la voit passer dans les environs de V Arco
sans qu'il ne s' en ddtache aucun rameau transversal.
Dans les grands traits orographiques, il ne se montre done
aucun fait qui pourrait demontrer la continuation de la chaine
de Pino Hachado par un cordon transversal et son union avec
la chaine occidentale.
Au contraire, a premiere vue, s'imposent des impressions
opposees a. cette theorie.
II en est de meme si nous etudions en detail la constitution
geologique des environs de TArco. La existent des nappes
neovolcaniques du meme basalte, qui couvre partout le plateau
de TAlumine, et dans aucun point nous pouvons rencontrer ni
des traces de plis mesozoiques, ni des affleurements paleovol
caniques : elements constitutifs des chaines de Pino Hachado
et de Lonquimay. II est evident que ces elements ne man-
queraient pas en cas de Texistence d'un cordon transversal.
La theorie de T union des chaines a TArco par un cordon

No. 128. (872)
transversal se trouve done en opposition apparente avec tous
les faits orographiques et geologiques.
2. Le divortium aquarum et V ancien cours d'eau du Paso de lxxxvii
VArco (pi. ii. fig. 2, et pi. iii.). lxxxviii.,,
(P. 213) A la hauteur du col de TArco et a Tendroit meme statement.
du divortium aquarum actuel, s'elevent quelques petites col
lines de forme oblongue, mesurant une hauteur d'environ
trente a quarante metres (voir pi. iii. fig.i, les collines designees
avec un " m."). Elles sont couvertes de grands blocs angu-
laires, formes en partie par un basalte feldspathique, qui se
trouve aux environs meme du col. En outre, on voit des blocs
granitiques et dioritiques qui n'affleurent pas dans les alen-
tours. La constitution de ces collines prouve done leur origine due
aux glaciers : ce sont des moraines superficielles typiques.
Ces collines morainques, qui forment un petit cordon trans
versal, marquent actuellement Tendroit du divortium aquarum.
Les eaux de leurs flancs nord se jettent dans le Biobio ; celles
du sud forment au contraire T arroyo de TArco.
II y a done une relation apparente entre les moraines et le
divortium aquarum actuel ; les premieres etant evidemment la
cause primaire du second.
La ou les collines sont en discontinuity s'est etabli un divor
tium aquarum tres interessant. On observe alors (phot. 3, pi. iii.)
une surface tout-d-fait plane, couverte d'un mardcage, qui forme
la ligne de sdparation inter-ocdanique ; insensiblement on peut
passer du domaine de V Atl antique d celui du Pacifique. Les
eaux y travaillent encore maintenant ; elles luttent ensemble
pour obtenir un plus grand domaine et chaque petit change-
ment meteorologique peut amener ici une dislocation de la
ligne divisoire des eaux. Aussi j'ai observe plusieurs ravins
en voie de formation.
Nous avons vu que le divortium aquarum actuel, coincidant

No. 128. (873)
avec les moraines, se trouve aujourd'hui au haut de TArco.
Des anciens depots d'un grand fleuve, qui se trouvent dans la
vallee de TArco, demontrent que cet etat actuel des choses ne
date que d'une epoque peu reculee.
Ces depots, repartis irregulierement dans la vallee superi
eure de TArco (voir carte, fig. 2 de la pi. ii.), consistent en un amas
de blocs, bien arrondis et de toute grandeur (voir phot. 1, pi. iii.).
On y trouve principalement des granits, des diorites, des con-
glomerats et des calcaires noirs jurassiques.
Toutes les roches citees n'affleurent pas dans le voisinage de
TArco actuel ; on les retrouve, au contraire, assez loin surtout
dans les chaines occidentales. Ainsi nous avons pu constater
a Lonquimay le conglomerat et a T arroyo Pancunto le calcaire
noir jurassique.
Outre ces roches, il y en a quelques unes qui sont identiques
avec celles du voisinage immediat de TArco (roches neovol-
caniques) et d'autres dont nous ne connaissons pas le lieu d' ori
gine par manque d' observations relatives.
Ces depots, composes de pierres roulees en partie inconnues
dans le voisinage immediat, ne peuvent pas avoir ete formes
par TArco actuel ; ils demontrent, au contraire, qu'un grand
fleuve venant de l'ouest a jadis passe par la region de TArco.
L' aspect general de la vallee large et etendue de TArco actuel
confirme cette conclusion (voir phot. 2, pi. iii.).
Ici se pose la question, si nous ne pouvons pas fixer d'une
maniere plus precise le lieu d'origine de ce grand fleuve.
En descendant de TArco dans la vallee superieure du rio
Biobio, nous sommes frappes par les grands systemes de terrasses
d' alluvion qui s'etendent dans cette vallee (voir phot. 4, pi. iii.).
On peut facilement discerner une terrasse basse, dans
laquelle le rio a creuse son lit actuel (t. i. phot. 4, pi. iii.), et
une terrasse haute occupant un niveau d'environ deux cents
metres au-dessus du fleuve. Cette derniere possede une exten
sion tres grande, et la ligne droite desa superficies' apercoit deja

No. 128. (874)
de loin (t. iii. phot. 4, pi. iii.). Entre ces deux systemes de
terrasses, il en existe encore d'autres dans differents niveaux
(p. ex. t. ii. phot. 4, pi. iii.), et a. la rive droite — justement
dans la region de TArco — se montre une terrasse qui s'eleve
a. des hauteurs encore plus considerables que la haute terrasse
deja citee (t. ix. phot. 4, pi. iii.).
Ces terrasses accompagnent le Biobio vers le nord, et j'ai
rencontre encore au nord de T arroyo Liucura des eboulis fluvia-
tiles sur une hauteur d'au moins deux cents metres au-dessus
du niveau actuel du fleuve.
Toutes les terrasses sont constituees par des materiaux
analogues a. ceux que nous avons signales des anciens depots
de TArco ; nous y retrouvons le granit, la diorite et d'autres
roches. On sait que les terrasses fluviatiles representent des restes
d' anciens fonds de vallees, que la fleuve a entames de nouveau
en detruisant et charriant ainsi ses propres depots des temps
anterieurs. Les terrasses du Biobio, en partie tres elevees, nous prouvent
done d'une maniere irrefutable' que ce fleuve occupait jadis un
niveau bien plus haut qu'aujourd'hui et coulait alors de 200
a 300 metres au-dessus de son niveau actuel.
En vue de ce fait, on n' dprouve aucune difficultd d s'imaginer
que le Biobio ait pu passer dans les temps reculds par la vallde
de V Arco et se diverser par suite dans V 'All antique.
Si nous reunissons tous les faits acquis, nous pouvons nous
faire Tidee suivante des phenomenes qui se sont probablement
passes dans les environs de TArco : —
Le rio Biobio superieur,1 occupant des niveaux beaucoup
plus hauts que son lit actuel (comme le demontre la haute ter-
1 Pour prouver d'une maniere definitive que c'est le Biobio qui a passe par
l'Arco, il faudrait faire des etudes detaillees des terrasses du Biobio actuel et
de leurs niveaux respectifs, ce qui m'etait impossible par le manque de temps.
Les travaux de la Commission argentine de limites pourront probablement
combler cette lacune.

No. 128. (875)
rasse) a passe jadis par le col et la vallee de TArco actuel. La.
il a laisse ses traces sous forme d'anciens depots fluviatiles.
Ensuite sont venus les glaciers, qui ont apporte les moraines
du col de TArco. Celles-ci ont barre Tancien cours du Biobio,
ne laissant plus passer ce fleuve par TArco. Alors le Biobio,
abandonnant son ancien lit, s'est verse vers le nord formant
Tinflexion si apparente et si brusque de son cours. A la hauteur
actuelle du col de TArco s'est forme le divortium aquarum
actuel. Fixe en general par les moraines, il est aujourd'hui
en partie sujet a des changements multiples, grace a la grande
variabilite des phenomenes d'erosion.
B. La Definition de la Cordillere dans notre Champ de
Travail.
(P. 215) Un des resultats principaux de la premiere partie
de ce rapport a ete la constatation de trois chaines et entre elles
Texistence de deux plateaux dans notre champ d'etude. De
Id ressort la ndcessitd d' analyser chacune de ces chaines et de les
comparer mutuellement , si I'on veut obtenir une ddfinition
fondde de la Cordillere.
Les deux chaines de Pino Hachado et de Lonquimay mon-
trent beaucoup d'analogie entre elles ; il y a des traits geo
logiques importants qui les posent en opposition apparente a la
chaine orientale (chaine a Test de Las Lajas ou de la Vaca
Muerta). Nous pouvons resumer les traits fondamentaux de la struc
ture geologique, qui sont communs a la chaine de Pino Hachado
et a. celle de Lonquimay, comme suit : Des plis surtout jurassi
ques relativement simples et des roches paleovolcaniques sont
cou verts par une immense nappe d'un basalte feldspathique
gris fonce. Les deux chaines atteignent des hauteurs consider
ables et on y rencontre plusieurs cimes qui s'elevent au-dessus
de 2000 metres.
Ces traits communs opposent les deux chaines citees a celle

No. 128. (876)
qui_s'eleve au nord et a Test de Las Lajas et que nous avons
nominee chaine orientale. Cette derniere se distingue de celles-
la par ses anticlinaux simples de terrains jurassico-cretaciques,
par sa constitution entierement sedimentaire, par T absence
totale de roches neovolcaniques et par les hauteurs peu con
siderables de ses cimes. Elle est, en outre, separee des autres
par le plateau large et etendu de Las Lajas.
Nous voyons done la chaine orientale en opposition appar
ente avec les deux autres chaines ; elle s'en distingue par la
simplicite de sa structure geologique et par son elevation peu
considerable. Les rapports entre la chaine orientale et les deux autres
sont analogues a ceux qui existent entre le Jura Suisse et les
Alpes. On sait que le Jura se distingue aussi des Alpes par sa struc
ture simple et par ses cimes relativement basses. Cependant, il
y a une difference beaucoup plus grande entre les deux chaines
europeennes qu' entre les notres ; ce qui tient principalement
a. la structure des Alpes, qui est beaucoup plus compliquee que
celle de la haute cordillere etudiee.
On ne pourra done pas, comme en Suisse, ddsigner la chaine
orientale avec un autre nom que les autres et la considdrer comme
chaine de montagne propre. Selon ma conviction, elle aussi
doit faire partie de la " Cordillere dans le sens le plus dtendu."
Cependant les differences indiquees justifient sa separation
des deux autres chaines. Nous proposons done de la designer
comme la basse chaine, tandis que les deux chaines de Pino
Hachado et de Lonquimay formeront ensemble la haute cor
dillere. Analysons maintenant les deux chaines que nous venons
de designer comme haute cordillere pour deduire de cette
etude la definition precise de la " Cordillere proprement dite."
En premier lieu, se pose ici la question si la structure geolo
gique nous permet d'envisager comme Cordillere proprement

No. 128. (877)
dite et principale Tune seulement des chaines citees ou, en
d'autres termes, si les differences entre les deux chaines suffisent
pour justifier leur separation.
Tandis que nous avons rencontre beaucoup de traits com
muns relatifs a la structure generale des deux chaines, nous
pouvons, dans les details, enumerer assez de differences qui
seront exposees dans les lignes suivantes.
Entre les terrains sedimentaires de la chaine de Pino Hach
ado, nous rencontrons les gres de Haichol qui manquent dans
la chaine de Lonquimay ; en revanche, les couches a Litorin-
elles sont propres a la derniere.
Le porphyre paleovolcanique est caracteristique pour la
premiere chaine, tandis que le granit ne se trouve que dans la
seconde. Les roches neovolcaniques forment dans la chaine de Lon
quimay des volcans imposants qui s'elevent a des hauteurs
beaucoup plus considerables que les plus hautes cimes de la
chaine de Pino Hachado.
On voit q'une etude detaillee geologique peut montrer assez
de differences entre les deux chaines ; mais il ne faut pas oublier
que toutes les differences enumerees sont des caracteres de
second ordre, qui ne troublent en rien la grande analogie gene
rale des chaines.
II est vrai que certaines couches sedimentaires sont propres
a. Tune des chaines ; mais, en general, ce sont des sediments
mesozoiques plisses qui forment, pour ainsi dire, le squelette
des deux.
Certaines roches volcaniques des deux chaines sont dis-
tinctes ; mais, d'autre part, la grande nappe neovolcanique
consiste dans les deux chaines en un basalte feldspathique.
C'est done la meme roche qui couvre, soit la chaine de Pico
Hachado, soit celle de Lonquimay.
II est vrai encore que les centres volcaniques s'elevent a
Lonquimay a. de grandes hauteurs ; mais une etude appro-

No. 128. (878)
fondie de la chaine de Pino Hachado, nous montre que la aussi
existe un ancien centre volcanique (profil L, M, pi. L, arroyo
Tehuel-Nigliu), qui se distingue des volcans occidentaux seule
ment par sa forme orographique ; etant plus ancien que les
volcans Lonquimay, Llaimas, etc., il est deja. entame et detruit
notablement par Terosion, tandis que les agents exterieurs ont
laisse subsister a peu pres intacts les cones majestueux des
volcans de l'ouest. En outre, il ne faut jamais oublier que les
volcans de la chaine de Lonquimay ne forment pas une chaine
continue, mais seulement des cimes isolees surgissant ca et la.
D'autre part, le phenomene neovolcanique date des temps rela-
tivement modernes ; il a commence apres le plissement andin
et ses produits (les volcans et les nappes neovolcaniques) ne
forment done pas partie de la structure primaire geologique
de la Cordillere.
Par la discussion de ces faits, nous venons a la conclusion
que la geologie et T orographic des chaines de Pino Hachado et
de Lonquimay montrent bien des differences de detail, mais
que ces differences ne peuvent pas troubler le fait bien fonde
de leur analogie et equivalence complete dans les traits fonda-
mentaux de la structure geologique.
De la nous arrivons au resultat que les deux chaines de
Pino Hachado et de Lonquimay, dquivalentes dans le sens oro
graphique et surtout gdologique, doivent itre considdrdes comme
parties de la Cordillere proprement dite de notre rdgion. Ensuite,
si Ton cherche une ligne geologique centrale de la region, celle-ci
doit passer par la ligne mediane du plateau interandin de TAlu
mine que separe les deux chaines (voir fig. 1 pi. ii.).
Cette conclusion est conformee par un autre fait que me
parait posseder une importance particuliere.
Le poudingue jurassique, en relation intime avec les roches
porphyritiques, joue dans beaucoup de regions centrales de la
Cordillere un grand role. II compose presque entierement les
plus hautes parties de la Cumbre de Uspallata, de Tinguiririca,,

No. 128. (879)
de la region du Planchon, etc., et peut etre considere comme
roche caracteristique des sommites andines de ces regions.
Done les parties andines citees ou affleure ce sediment appar
tiennent sans doute a la Cordillere proprement dite, et forment
en outre leurs cimes les plus elevees.
Si nous retrouvons maintenant le meme conglomerat avec
tous les caracteres identiques non seulement dans la chaine
de Lonquimay (entre les rios Biobio et Lonquimay), mais aussi
pres de Pino Hachado (entre le commisariat et le col), nous
pouvons regarder ce fait comme affirmation precise de notre
conclusion, disant que non seulement la chaine de Lonquimay,
mais aussi celle de Pino Hachado, forment partie de la Cordillere
proprement dite. (La figure 1, planche ii., cherche a. fixer les
conclusions auxquelles nous sommes arrives ci-dessus.)
Tout ce qui a ete expose dans les lignes qui precedent se rap-
porte a. notre champ d' etudes ; de meme les conclusions, aux
quelles nous sommes arrives, sont applicables seulement a cette
region. Des etudes suivies dans des contrees voisines pourront
seules demontrer jusqu'a quel point on pourra appliquer nos
resultats ailleurs.
Le fait que la structure andine change au sud de notre
region peut etre constate par les travaux de M. Wehrli, dans
les environs de Junin et du lac Lacar. La, la Cordillere se
trouve reduite a un cordon occidental qui est situe au sud de
notre chaine de Lonquimay et qui, certainement, est a regarder
comme leur prolongation australe. Vers Test, s'etend une
grande plaine sans aucune trace de chaine andine orientale.
Le Cerro del Perro est un accident special et ne peut pas etre
compare avec notre chaine de Pino Hachado.
II parait done que non seulement les chaines a Test de Las
Lajas, mais aussi la chaine de Pino Hachado ont disparu com
plement dans la latitude de junin et que nos deux plateaux
interandins reunis forment la la grande plaine orientale deja
citee.

No. 128. (880 )
Malheureusement presque toutes les donnees geologiques
du nord de notre region manquent. J'ai seulement pu con-
stater : —
1 . Que les plis des chaines de Pino Hachado et de Lonquimay
se rapprochent sensiblement dej a pres de Liucura ;
2. Que le plateau de TAlumine atteint des hauteurs con
siderables vers le nord ; et
3. Que dans la region situee au nord de la confluence des
rios Lonquimay et Biobio, il ne se montre orographiquement
plus rien du plateau, mais au contraire des cretes continues
semblent relier la chaine de Pino Hachado a, celle de Lonqui
may. De ces observations parait resulter le fait que le plateau
de TAlumine disparait vers le nord et que, par consequent, les
deux chaines de Pino Hachado et de Lonquimay s'unissent la.
La chaine de Pino Hachado (et aussi les chaines orientales)
est done probablement a considerer comme un rameau de la
Cordillere, qui s'dleve de la plaine d une certaine distance au
nord de Junin de los Andes, qui atteint ensuite rapidement vers
le nord des hauteurs considerables et qui s'unit avec les chaines
occidentales au nord de Liucura.
Comme ce rameau montre dans notre champ d'etude la
meme structure geologique et orographique que la chaine de
Lonquimay, nous devons conclure qu'il y fait partie de la Cor
dillere, proprement dite.
La ddfinition de la Cordillere de notre rdgion sera done
diffirente de celle qui s' applique aux contrdes du sud, dtudides
par M. Wehrli.
De la il faut conclure qu'on ne pourra rien generaliser sans
des etudes prealables, et que seulement en allant etudier soig-
neusement region par region, on pourra obtenir une idee juste
sur T extension de la Cordillere dans les latitudes differentes.
La Plata, juillet, 1898.
Dr. Carl Burckhardt.

No. 129.
ERRONEOUS SITUATION ON THE SANTA MARIA
PASS ON THE ARGENTINE MAP V.,
as inferred from the communications between
the Commissions in 1896.
[Translation from copies at the Chilean Legation.]
(Quoted on page 1100 of the Statement.)
Enclosure A.
The Chief of the Chilean Sub-Commission to the Chief of the
Argentine Sub-Commission. Huihui Camp, May 8, 1896.
Dear Sir and Friend, —
In order to justify before the respective Experts the reasons
which have influenced the Sub-Commission under my orders
to commence its surveys this year at the Pass of Santa Maria
or Llaimas, I consider it necessary on my part to recall the
antecedents upon which those works were based.
The said works were initiated last year by the fourth joint
Sub-Commission on the proposition of the respective Argentine
Sub-Commission to survey said pass, commencing by a measure
ment along the valley of Nompehuen. Before beginning this
season I learnt from the Sub-Commission of which you are the
worthy chief, that they were not authorized to carry out those
surveys and measurements. It was agreed between ourselves
that you should consult the Argentine Expert upon this point.
881 GG

No. 129. (882)
As a result of this consultation, and on the eve of leaving
Temuco where I had gone to start my expedition, I received
your telegram dated December 23, 1895, which read as fol
lows : —
" From instructions received it appears that we are not
authorized to erect any landmark north of Reigolil. Conse
quently our starting-point will be Coloco. Our agreed point
of meeting remains subsistent nevertheless. I am," etc.
DlONISIO PARDO.
5p TfC '3|& ^T* 7J»
I found myself in the position of not having time to request
special instructions from Santiago. The Agreement between
both Sub-Commissions was laid before the Chilean Expert in
my report of last year, and, not having been objected to in that
part by this official, I did not think myself empowered to act
otherwise than according to said agreement. I was even afraid
of acting contrary to the stipulations of the Protocol of 1895,
referring to the prosecution of the works, owing to the special
circumstance of finding myself with two points where the
works of last year ended. I decided therefore to complete the
survey as far as Santa Maria prior to going to Coloco.
The result of the work has been the erection of two cairns
at the Passes of Llaimas and Nellocahue, at points which the
Sub-Commission under my orders consider as belonging to the
frontier line between both Republics, and which they would
have proposed as boundary marks if the Argentine Sub-Com
mission had been able to consider such proposition. As they
could not do so, the cairns had no other character than that of
trigonometrical landmarks of some importance, to which it
was advisable to give sufficient solidity to resist the time
their ulterior object would demand, according to the decision
of the Experts. This character is the only one attributed to
them by the Sub-Commissions under my orders.
Having made this statement, I should like to hear the re-

No. 129. (883)
marks which it may suggest to you, and request you to com
municate them to me.
I am, etc. Ernesto 20 Frick.
Enclosure B.
Reply to the preceding Note by the Chief of the Argentine Sub-
Commission. Lake Quillon, May 9, 1896.
Dear Sir and Friend, —
I have before me your communication dated yesterday,
in which you express to me that, in order to j ustify before the
Chilean Expert the reasons which have influenced the Sub-
Commission you so worthily preside over, to commence the
surveys this year at the Pass of Santa Maria or Llaimas, you
consider it advisable to make a statement of the. antecedents
connected therewith, and in it you allude to agreements arrived
at with the staff which last year formed the Sub-Commission I
preside over, and, referring to the invitation you sent me to
continue the survey in that direction, you say that the result
of those works has been the erection of two cairns at the Passes
of Llaimas and Nellocahui, and end by saying that you would
like to be acquainted with the remarks which I may make on
your statement.
In reply I beg to say the following : —
1. — I must not give an opinion regarding the agreement
which you may have made with the staff which formed the
Sub-Commission last year.
2. — It is true that you invited me to continue the work at
the Pass of Santa Maria or Llaimas, and that I replied that I
did not consider myself authorized by the instructions I had
from the Argentine Expert, to carry out the work except to
the south of Coloco. That it is true that I addressed you under
date" of December 23 last, the telegram which you quote, be-

No. 129. (884)
cause, by the instructions I had from my Expert, we were autho
rized, not to erect any landmarks to the north of Reigolil, but
to work south of Coloco.
3 . — That, respecting the results of the works and the erection
of landmarks at Santa Maria and Nellocahui, I decline all re
sponsibility in works which neither I, nor the Sub-Commission
I- preside over, have carried .out, reserving to myself the right,
nevertheless, of laying this fact before the Argentine Expert
— a fact which I understand is a violation of the principle that
establishes that the erection of landmarks must be made after
an agreement: has been reached between the demarcating Sub-
Commissions, in spite- of your declaring . that they must only
be considered as trigonometrical points of some importance.
I believe that, with the above statement, I give -an answer
to your communication.
I am, etc. ' - Dionisio Pardo.

No. 130.
THE ARGENTINE EXPERT ON THE REGION OF
REIGOLIL AND MAMUIL MALAL.
[Extracts translated from " Ap'untes preliminares sobre una Excursion a los
Temtorios del Neuquen, Rio Negro, Ckubul y Santa Cruz"- La Plata, 1897, pp.
37-42.] (Quoted on page 1103 of the Statement.)
In the afternoon of the 22nd we halted at the Vega de Pulmari,
a real promised land, and on the following day, in the company
of Sefior Keen, the manager of the estancia which is being
formed there, we started to the west to explore the Vegas de
Norquinco, renowned for their beauty and in the neighbour
hood of which the demarcation of the frontier with Chile has
been commenced .
That region of Pulmari and its surroundings is one of the
most beautiful I have seen in my life, and if well looked after
by the nation, would undoubtedly be in a short time a' centre
of activity, provided its settlement were made with elements
suitable to the soil.
But for this it is indispensable to reframe our laws of colo
nization, which may have been applicable at a time when
it was believed that the Argentine fiscal territory was of the
general nature of the pampa — a plain ; but, now that we for-
. tunately know that we have territories of such variety in their
physical constitution admitting of a diversity of industries which
will constitute our greatest sources of riches, it is necessary to
promote the rational cultivation of the ground and its natural
resources.

No. 130. (886 )
The landscapes which we come across in our journey are as
varied as they are beautiful. The small, blue, deep lakes, like
irregular lenses, bordered by araucarias and cypresses, and the
white shores of decomposed quartz, form, as seen from above, a
pleasing combination, tranquil in its gentle majesty without any
harsh sounds or noises. The past, the human inanity, we find
in the shape of white skulls and the fractured bones of an
Indian cemetery disturbed by silver trinket hunters, and
having passed this weird place, we entered a most beautiful
plain where we would have liked to have found the dairy-farm
which would have completed this enchanting picture. The
small lakes of Nompehuen and Norquinco (Plate VII. figs.
i and 2) filled the centre of the ruins of the advanced fort,
evoking past occurrences. *****
We camped at the said spot where the Argentine demarcating
Sub-Commission had its camp last year, and on the following
day I reached as far as the valley of the Reigolil, where the
Indian settlement of Curanemo exists (Plate VII. fig. 3) ; /
visited the landmark (1060 metres) at the origin of the rivulets Quoted
which form the continental divortium aquarum ivhich is reached
insensibly , as the declivity of ground is less than 5 in 1000 from
Alumind. The ravine {Quebrada) is continuous between the western
plain and the Alumind, and without further investigation it
is difficult to consider this as the Andean backbone. This
Reigolil road is galloped over, under the shade of bamboos and
fruit trees, and is one of the few passes over which cattle and
beasts of burden can travel in winter time as far as the settle
ments in the central valley of Chile. The huge masses of Solli-
pulli, which is prolonged towards the north-west, cut across by
the waters flowing from the comb {hondonada) where the divi
sional landmark has been erected, seemed to be the continuation
of the snowy mountains that I saw from the moraine of Lake

No. 130. (887)
Alumine and from Lake Guayetue ; and the impression T re
ceived from this expedition is that a very careful study of the
region will be necessary in order to trace with certainty the fron
tier line in it or in its vicinity, in conformity with the letter and
spirit of the Treaties that stipulate it, and I am convinced once
more of the unavoidable urgency that exists of ordering a
general investigation of the Cordillera de los Andes prior to
effecting the detailed demarcation of the boundary line. The
reader will not be surprised that I should frequently refer to
our boundary question pending with Chile, if he bears in mind
that it has been my constant idea for 25 years, and that one of
the objects of my journey is to increase my general knowledge
of the Andes.
Lake Pilhue, situated near the landmark, is of an indescrib
able, tranquil beauty, commanded by the slopes of the hillocks
covered with dense forests up to their summits. In its eastern
extremity there rise a quantity of beautiful and characteristic
andesitic columns, which increase the interest of this spot, soli
tary at present, but which will become one of the great attrac
tions of the region when the railway, which is being constructed
as far as the junction of the Rivers Limay and Neuquen, reaches
Temuco along the transverse valley of the Reigolil.
¦Jit ¦5(5' 3fc $fc ¦Sfc
Mount Uriburu, a mass of black lava, with yellow, red and
purple tints on the borders of the ancient crater, filled up with
scoriae, towers above the whole panorama. To the north lie
the lovely quebradas of Nompehuen and Remuco, wherein runs
the road leading to the Llaimas volcano.
We left this valley and, climbing through the forest of arau-
carias (Plate VII. fig. 4), over lofty transverse ridges covered
with erratic blocks, we left to the west the Quebrada of Coloco,
in the middle of which, — on the gentle col which divides the Quoted
' ' ° p. 1 103.
waters feeding the Pulmari from those which form one of the
many tributaries of the Reigolil, — a second landmark has been

No. 130. (888 )
¦erected, and we descended the valley of Rucachoroy, less pic
turesque than that of Pulmari, but as fertile and as capable of
being utilized as this. Our time is running short, day by day,
but, as we advance and reconnoitre the region, our interest
increases as well as our desire of knowing it in detail ; but it is
not possible to linger, because our programme is an extensive
one, and I must carry it out. Before reaching Lake Rucachoroy,
we again climbed the high granitic plateau, also covered with
volcanic rocks, and by night we reached the beautiful valley of
Quillen, in the neighbourhood of the lake of that name. I
expected to find on its shores the camp of the Fourth Argentine
Sub-Commission, which I did next morning.
*****
It was established at the entrance of the forest, at an ideal
spot. That part of the lake in the light morning mist reminded
me of some crayons by Allonge : the rushes seemed to be rising
from air, so quiet were the waters and so clearly did they reflect
the sky ; the trees in the distance gave a greenish tint to the
greyish waters, and only in the centre of the lake did these
have a slate blue colour. Mount Ponom presented the curious
decomposition of its lava, which has earned for it such an obscene
name, and in the background, the rising sun shone upon the
shapely and beautiful Lanin volcano, which rose like a fantastic
rosy crystal covered with a coat of polished silver. Mount
Lanin is the most characteristic and prominent mountain of
the territory of the Neuquen, and it was an old friend I had
before me for days past, as it may be seen by the traveller from
the Sierra de Aichol.
At midday I left the camp of the Sub-Commission, and,
crossing the valley, we camped at night at a sheltered place
•on the high plateau, near the sources of the Pichileufu (1200
metres). On the following day we continued ascending and
descending, and crossing picturesque gorges and fertile downs
covered with trees, and, having passed the high granitic gap

No. 130. (889)
of Huahuan (1500 metres), I found myself again in the forest
of araucarias covering the grassy glacial deposit on top of the
ancient granitic high tableland. This tableland, — which, like Quoted
'p. 1 106.
an enormous wedge, separates the mountains of more recent
origin, — the parallel ranges of which are so near each other
more to the north of the Bio-Bio and which have given rise to
the apparent interruption of the line of the volcanoes of the
west which have given the high relief to the Cordillera,— is an
orographical feature which will induce the demarcators of the
frontier to proceed with great caution in order to find the
true international dividing line.
*****
When I made that visit the Indians told me that the snow
capped mountain was called Pillan or Quetrupillan, and I pub
lished this statement ; later on, however, I recognized my
error. The Quetrupillan, truncated mountain {cerro truncadd),
rises somewhat to the west and is not visible from that- point.
The enclosed Arroyo Pichi-Nahuelhuapi, which conveys
its waters to the Alumine, does not bear this name, although
it is given to it in some geographical charts. This name only
belongs to the lake where it has its origin ; the stream has no
name, but the rough and hidden pass (750 metres) is called by
the Indians Huahum. We camped that afternoon in the small
valley of Huahum (900 metres) which is also called Pilolil by the
Indians, on account of some rocks with deep crevices situated
on the left bank of the Alumine, where the stream of the valley
flows. I there found sedimentary lands, but I was unable to
determine their period because I had not the time to search
for fossils. ,
Early on the 27th I marched along the picturesque Indian
road I had traversed so often in times past, and, in a few hours
I reached the pampa of Malleco, or the River Malleu, where,
sheltered by the andesitic block of the Pungechaf, the tribe of
Nancucheo camped in 1876.

No. 130. (890)

The valley Malleco (730 m.) extends wide and grassy to
wards the west, where the river of that name receives the
waters of Lake Tromen (950 metres) immediately to the north
of Mount Lanin which also gives waters to the Malleco and
divides the latter from those of Lake Huechulafquen (830
metres) situated on its southern slope. The neighbouring
transverse hillocks, which form the separation between the
upper Malleco valley, and that of the Chimehuin, is grassy
and densely covered with forest, but the " pehuenes " [araucaria
imbricata] diminish and disappear on reaching the upper
Chimehuin. The ancient Indian road between the settlements
of Caleufii (cacique Shaihueque), Collon-Cura (cacique Molfin-
queupu) and Pungechaf or Malleco (cacique Nancucheo) follows
always the waters of the Arroyo Palihue along the pampa of
that name, and then penetrates into the quebradas communi
cating with the deep valley of the Collon-Cura, thus traversing
the volcanic ridges east of the Chimehuin, the more visible
mountains of which are the Cerro Tantan and that of los Perros ;
but I went more to the west, between the Tantan and Mount
Trinque (1080 metres), until reaching the beautiful valley of
the Chimehuin. All the region has been covered at other
times by ice, judging by the detritus which cover it.

No. 131.
SURGEON OYARZUN (CHILEAN) ON THE REGION
AROUND HUECHULAFQUEN.
[Translated from " Extracts of the Journal of the Army Surgeon Francisco
J. Oyarzun," printed in Serrano Montaner's " El Litijio sobre Limites;' etc.,
pp. 86-97.] (Quoted on pages 1107 and 1108 of the Statement.)
January 20TH (1883). To-day at 6 a.m. I start from our
camp at Maichin (at the junction of this river with the Tran-
cura), in a southerly direction, in order to reconnoitre a lagoon,
whence, so the Indians say, issues a river which flows to Val-
divia, as well as the River Trancura. Our journey lies up
stream along the latter. I take provisions for one day only.
I have an escort of eight soldiers of the Antuco squadron, in
cluding the farrier in civil dress. I have, as a guide, the same
Indian who affirms the existence of the lagoon, in consequence
of his having seen it when travelling to San Jose. Another
Indian comes as an interpreter.
At 1 1 a.m. I had advanced a little further south than the
point where the river is formed by two branches. On arriving
there the guide says that there is no track to the lagoon and
that the branch coming from the west is the emissary of the
lagoon. The other one which proceeds from the S.E. flows
between the volcano Quetrupillan (meaning the Lanin) and a
range of low hills.
As there is no other road than along the banks of the latter,
we proceed by that route, but on reaching a certain point, the

No. 131. (892)
path deviates from the river. I enquire from my guide where
the path leads to and he answers, to the Argentine Republic.
In the hope of discovering from the summit with my glasses
the object of my excursion, I urge him to go up, and we begin
the ascent.
At half-past one we were on the boundary line, within
rifle range of the foot of the Quetrupillan to the S.S.W.
What we are looking for (the lagoon), is nowhere visible.
I enquire again from my Indian, and urge him to tell me
before returning at least which is the direction in which the
said lagoon is to be found. As he points to the south, I remark
to him that, in view of the direction of the Cordillera, this must
be Argentine territory. He then retracts what he had said,
and presently affirms that he had referred to the lagoon of
Huechulafquen or Epulafquen, from whose eastern extremity
issues the River Uncugnellu — called by the Argentines Chime
huin — which empties its waters into the Limay, and from its
western extremity another river which flows to Valdivia.
Though this assertion was decidedly strange, and the exist
ence of such a lake is common belief in Chile as well as in
Argentina, curiosity tempted me, and I descended by the oppo
site slope in a southerly direction. The Cordillera branching
off from the volcano in this part inclines to the west.
At half-past three we reached a point about a league's dis
tance from the western extremity of Huechulafquen (this
extremity lies in a N. to S. line from the volcano) ; but not
finding any pasture, and as night was at hand, we returned
some distance, so as to camp out in a safe place where our tired
horses could get their necessary feed. . . .
January 21st. — At 5 a.m. I left my small escort preparing
their breakfast, and went on horseback with the guide and
interpreter to reconnoitre the lake. As I presumed, there was
no river flowing to Chile.
On this excursion some smoke was sighted on the eastern

No. 131. (893)
shore of the lake. I sent the interpreter for the rest of my
people, and at 8 a.m. we began our journey by the northern
shore in order to enquire about the smoke, which proved to
be that of the Argentine encampment where we arrived at
1 1 a.m. The camp was situated at a place where the lake is
so narrow that it does not exceed 100 m. The Argentines had
built a raft to pass over to the other side. The cattle crossed
this narrow place by Swimming. ...
: As I expressed my desire to call, on behalf of my chief, on
Colonel Godoi, the major assured me that at present the colonel
was marching along the south shore of the lake, but that he
would encamp some five leagues from the place where we stood,
and that, as the road which I should follow by the northern
shore was excellent, I should arrive at the camp before 3 p.m.
Relying on the information of Major Vidal, I resumed my
journey at noon, having as a guide an Indian lent by the Major.
I do not wish to blame Senor Vidal, but the road was not what I
had been told it was ; there were many defiles on the shores
of the lake, where the Indians had thrown down trees which
intercepted the path at every moment, exhausting our horses
with continuous ups and downs in steep gradients. In spite
of these declivities we pushed forward without a halt until
2.30p.m., when the horses began to flag, on which account,
and as we were still five leagues from Colonel Godoi's encamp
ment, which, according to the assertion of two Indians who
came from there, was situated on the other side of the drainage
channel of the lake, I resolved not to press on, but to rest and
feed my horses, which I did until 5.30.
It was then that, having no suitable writing materials, I
wrote as follows to Colonel Godoi with a copying pencil on a
visiting card :
" Sefior Colonel Godoi : I should have wished to go as far
as your camp, in order to convey to you the salutations of the
Commander of the Chilean Division, Don M. Drouilly, who is

No. 131. (894)
encamped on the shores of the River Trancura, on the road to
Villarice at Maichi. The bad condition of my horses prevents
me from reaching your camp. I remain," etc. Under my
name engraved on the card I wn-ote " Divisional Surgeon."
I might have added that I had no provisions, and that I
had already exceeded the time fixed for my return ; but it is
difficult to write more on a visiting card. . . .
While the horses were recovering, I consulted my guide
and the two Indians who came from Colonel Godoi's camp as
to the road that it would be convenient to follow in order to
return to my camp. All three were agreed in affirming that
there was a very short one which, after crossing two mountain
ranges trending from west to east, and then the dividing Cor
dillera, descended to Trancura some three leagues south of
Maichi ; but they also supposed that the Indians had blocked
this track with fallen trees, in order to prevent the Argentines
from pursuing them further than the dividing line.
If this were so, there was another exit by going up stream
to the head sources of the River Mamuilmalal in the lake of
the same name (afterwards called by the Argentines Lake
Tormenta), and then turning to the south until I reached the
point called La Junta, because it is the junction point of the
roads which, passing by the Lakes Huechulafquen and Mamuil
malal, lead to Chile.
They further assured me that I should arrive sooner if I
took the latter route, as it was shorter and better than the road
by which we had come.
In consequence of this information, at half-past five we took
a short cut until we struck the beaten track and, after sur
mounting a ridge of considerable height, we arrived by moon
light and encamped in the valley of Mamuilmalal at half-past
eight p.m. . . .
January 22nd. — At 5 a.m. we resumed our march, not by
the shortest route, as I feared that the fallen trees had blocked

No. 131 (895)
the path, but by the beaten track by which the Argentine
forces had passed a few days before, and which I was sure was
open. I had advanced a little more than a league when I saw behind
us some people following us. With my glasses, I was able to
ascertain that they were in military uniform, and supposing
them to be Argentines I stopped to wait for them. 1 was not
mistaken. It was a troop of fifteen to twenty men commanded
by Major Vidal, Captain Don Mariano Vega and Lieutenant
and Adjutant Don Eduardo Oliveros Escola. After the usual
greetings, the latter delivered to me a letter couched in the
following terms :
" HUCEHULAFQUEN, January 21st, 1883.— Sefior Ayudante
" (why not surgeon ?) Don Francisco Guarjun. ... I have
" the pleasure to answer your kind card of to-day's date, regret-
" ting that you have been prevented, on account of the bad
" condition of your horses, from reaching my camp, though
" you have been so near.
" In returning your salutation, I pray you convey mine
" to your Chief, Senor Drouilly.
" The officer who is the bearer of this, Lieutenant Oliveros,
" will speak to you in my name, requesting you in consequence
" to be good enough to explain the presence of armed men in
" Argentine territory, as, in due justice to the Chilean army,
" I suppose that only some necessity as regards the operations
" against the Indians, at present carried on by both countries,
" has induced them wittingly to trespass beyond the limits of
" the territory, at a considerable distance from the boundary-
" line. " Having this in view, I have directed my Adjutant, Lieu-
" tenant Oliveros, to meet you together with Major Vidal com-
"manding the 5th regiment of cavalry.
" Please convey to your Chief the expression of my distin-
" guished consideration. I remain, etc. ENRIQUE GODOI."

No. 131. (896)
After reading this letter, I said to the Argentine officer that
I had no objection to repeating in writing, as they required,
what I had stated verbally to Major Vidal the previous day,
especially as I was not concerned in carrying out warlike opera
tions on their territory, or in any other act which, in my judg
ment, could diminish the national dignity and sovereignty, as
had happened on their side some little time before, when they
penetrated to Hueyaltue, Lonquimai, Llaima, etc., where they
beat the Chilean Indians, capturing their women and children
and leaving many wounded, as I had myself had occasion to
verify with regard to a woman and a boy at Lake Hueyaltue.
They (the Argentine officers), though they had commissions
of surveyors, excused themselves on the ground of ignorance
as to the whereabouts of the divisional line, a thing so evident
to one who is on the ground, that it cannot be. overlooked by the
merest layman, since even all the Pehuenche Indians distinguish
THE PLACE WHERE THE WATERS DIVIDE US, and the Argentines
always have these Indians with them in all their incursions,
and the Indians are careful to point it out spontaneously, as
they halt to breathe themselves and their horses precisely on
THE DIVORTIUM AQUARUM.
They [the Argentine officers] assured me that the Quetru
pillan [meaning the Lanin] was wholly Argentine. It will be
seen that, in spite of their surveyors and maps, they were mis
taken, or their assertion was not made in good faith ; as this
place, Mamuilmalal, was at most only three leagues from the
divisional line, which passes by the very summit of the Quetru
pillan as I was afterwards able to verify.
At 8 a.m. I took leave of the Argentines and continued my
journey with the horses travelling at a walking pace.
After two hours I left Lake Tormenta [Truomen] on my
right and to the north, and soon afterwards crossed the
divisional line at a height of 1300 metres.

No. 131. (89?)
Towards 1 1 a.m. we passed very near a small lagoon, situ
ated to the W.S.W. of the aforesaid.
This nameless lagoon (subsequently called Quilleihue) receives
a small portion of the waters of the Quetrupillan (Lanin), and
from it issues a stream which carries its waters to the River Tran
cura, and this runs into Lake Villarica ; consequently the
lagoon belongs to Chile as well as the portion of the volcano
whence its waters proceed.
From this point the road bends to the south, and the
traveller begins to ascend a spur which juts out from the vol
cano in a N.W. direction. We had to cross almost a league of
ancient scoria, and, from time to time, some patches of snow.
A strong wind charged with a dense fog was blowing. At
1 p.m. on the descent we reached the junction, whence some
of the water from the snows of the volcano descends to Chile.
From here, marching very slowly, we followed the same
road as on the previous day, and at 9 p.m. reached our camp,
decidedly hungry and wet, as a fine rain had been falling all
the afternoon. The commander, highly alarmed at my delay,
had a picket of twenty-five men ready to search for me at dawn,
guided by our tracks.
Even more astonishing, seeing that he had competent sur
veyors at his command, is General Villegas' assertion that
the volcano Quetrupillan (Lanin) is entirely Argentine, and
lies more than seven leagues from the divisional line.
And this assertion is countenanced by Colonel J. Olascoaga,
one of the most distinguished contributors to the Tribuna
Nacional, as this very paper states, in its issue of March 15th.
This gentleman, who is an Argentine celebrity, both as a mili
tary man and as a geographer, published a map in the issue pi. u.
of La Tribuna referred to, which is a perfect mass of errors. statement.
To quote only some of these, I beg to enquire from Sefior
Olascoaga : Since when has the River Colloncura risen on the
slopes of our volcano Villarica ? Where are the Argentine lakes
H H

No. 131. (898)
of Matreinanco or Pulmari, of Rucachoroi, of Quillen, of Mamuil
malal or Tormenta [Truomen] situated in his map ? Where
are the rivers which flow from these lakes ? How could he
possibly locate Lake Alumine further west than Lake Huey
altue ? Where is the place that he calls Maichu [Maichin],
and why does he state that Trancura is the same as Travuncura,
whose existence is doubtful ?
I return the compliment Senor Olascoaga has paid me,
making me say what I have not thought, i.e. " that my chief
was encamped at Maichu, on the shores of the Trancura (Travun
cura)," and in my turn I venture to ask him, when next he
publishes maps, not to make, in his cool way, the divisionalline
pass along our volcano Villarica, which is notoriously known
to rise in Chile, and more than fifteen leagues west of that
line. . . .
I am not versed in International Law, and I can only say
that — since they (the Argentine officers) are guiltier in this
respect, as can be proved by reliable evidence, — they should
not raise the question ; but our neighbours have their pleas
ready when they are caught in the act. Like innocent babes,
they plead ignorance and seek, as Sefior Olascoaga does, to
mislead (and sometimes succeed in misleading) those who are
unacquainted with the region, by saying that no one can tell,
even at many leagues from the divisional line, whether one is
in Chile or in the Argentine.
It is possible that this may happen when the highest crests
of the Andean Cordillera are seen from the coast, from the
central valley of Chile, or from the Argentine pampa ; but it
is not so for one who finds himself on the very summits, after
an ascent and a descent, observing at the same time not only
the direction of the w^ater-courses, but also a diminution in
the volume of the streams as the ascent is being made, until
a moment comes at which they vanish, and, on the contrary,

No. 131. (899)
as the descent is made by the opposite slope, other streams in
crease in volume as one proceeds farther.
How can the Argentine officers have failed to know that
they were in Chilean territory when they descended as far as
the valley at Magte (by the Villarica or Rilul Gap), at Dahuelhue
(by the Llaima Gap), at Hueyaltue (four or six times by the
Gap of the same name or Pino Hachado), at Lonquimay, at
Nitrito, at Hueyali, at Rauco, at Queuco, and even at Antuco
(many times), killing our Indians at almost every one of these
places, and capturing their wives and children though the poor
wretches alleged their nationality ? . . .
Francisco J. Oyarzun.
May, 1883.

No. 132.
GENERAL VILLEGAS (ARGENTINE) ON THE TOPO
GRAPHICAL OBSCURITY AS TO THE BOUNDARY.
[Translated from an official communication printed in Serrano Montaner's
" Litijio de Limites," etc., pp. 84-86.]
(Quoted on page 1108 of the Statement.)
Second Division of the National Army, Commandant's
Head- Quarters.
Camp at Collon-Cura, January 30, 1883.
To Lieutenant-Colonel Don Martin Drouilly, Commander of
the Expedition to the Cordilleras of Araucania.
I HAVE received your note dated at Maichu on the 26th instant,
with the remarks suggested and measures taken in view of the
occurrences which our differences with the savages have caused
on that side of the Andes, compelling the Army which guards
the mountainous territories to the east of the Cordilleras, to
take steps not to give rise to divergences by trespassing in their
expeditions beyond the boundary line of our country with that
Republic on the summits and valleys of the Cordillera.
In previous communications I have carefully pointed out
to Colonel Urrutia, Commander-in-Chief of the Army of the
south, operating in Araucania, the line of conduct which the
Argentine forces are instructed to follow, in order to carry out
with good results and well-founded right, their advances to
wards the nomads and barbarians who maraud in the Andean
900

No. 132. ( 901 )
" quebradas " ; for I have desired, and desire now, that if,
owing to incidents different from normal operations, our out
posts should carry out their attacks beyond the Argentine
boundary, it should be easy to explain on account of the topo- Quoted
graphic obscurity that exists, for ascertaining with good reasons
and evident certainty the true and real line which demarcates
the Argentine and Chilean possessions, and to show that these
trespasses are not the result of a preconceived plan outside the
regular laws by which friendly nations are governed. For these
reasons all the forces sent out in pickets or important bodies,
carry with them strict instructions " under no pretext to
cross to the west the Cordillera de los Andes." Such is the
nature which this grave question presents respecting our army,
in the incidents occasioned by offensive operations carried on
against the Indians in the present campaign, but this is not
the case respecting your country, which with full knowledge
has sent scientific commissions to inspect the volcano Quetru
pillan [Lanin], which, as is well known, belongs entirely to the Quoted
Argentine Republic, being more than 7 leagues to the east of
THE Andes ; and that the said Commissioner brought as an
escort soldiers from the squadron Antuco, armed with Comblain
carbines. As you may understand this double inconvenience
suggests premeditation, which it is not my intention to over
look, although I considered it only as a deficiency of meditation
[sic].
You are very well aware that it is not permissible for a
single individual armed and dressed in uniform knowingly to
cross to this side of the Cordillera, because in neither Republic,
under the present circumstances, can any arms be admitted
other than those belonging to the nation.
The contrary would show a lack of mutual respect on the
part of the Governments.
In view of the above, I cannot possibly accept in accord
with the chiefs of the Chilean army, a modus vivendi, because

No. 132. ( 902 )
I do not wish to assume powers belonging to the Argentine
Government, or to make myself responsible for the con
sequences which the forces under my command might suffer
by reason of my exceeding what is stipulated, — although it may
be with reciprocity, — the limits of my powers.
You may be sure that the Argentine forces will only carry
out their persecutions as far as it is advisable, unwitting
transgression being possible, for it is materially difficult to
prevent it, but not a conscious error which might occasion
a just and severe protest.
Thanking you for the notice as to the placing of detachments
of forces from that Republic on the gaps to the west of the
Cordillera, I shall consider it a duty to acquaint you with those
of the division under my orders to the east of the same, as soon
as they be established, in which operation I am at present en
gaged. I am, etc.
Conrado E. Villegas.

No. 133.
DR. LEO WEHRLI ON THE GEOLOGY OF THE
ANDES IN 40° AND 41° S.
[Extracts from his Report inserted in " Revista del Museo de la Plata" vol. ix.
pp. 238-242.] (Quoted on page 1133 of the Statement.)
Rdsume Gdologique.
JETANT un coup d'oeil general sur le profil transversal de la
Cordillere acquis depuis Puerto Montt au Pacifique j usque
dans la vaste Pampa a Test de la Cordillere, on est d'abord
frappe par la predominance des roches cristallines sur les for
mations sedimentaires. C'est une difference essentielle contre
le profil que nous avons leve, le Dr. Burckhardt et moi, l'annee
derniere, plus au nord, dans la zone du 35° et 36° latitude
sud. La, au nord, la montagne est formee par une douzaine de
plis clairs des systemes jurassique et cretacique. Un poudingue
jurassique extraordinairement puissant, d'origine moitie erup
tive, moitie sedimentaire, peut se poursuivre dans les deux tiers
de la largeur de la montagne ; viennent ensuite de jeunes
basaltes et liparites surtout dans les zones marginales de la
Cordillere ; ces masses volcaniques jouent un role important
dans la physionomie de la region comme couvertures de laves
etalees au-dessus des formations nues de sediment, tandis que
les roches qui caracterisent les massifs centraux font defaut.
Ici, au sud, par contre, un massif unique de granit forme
la base principale du profil. Malgre une serie variee de granit,

No. 133. ( 904 )
gneiss, diorite et meme de porphyre changeant d'une maniere
interessante selon la localite, il reste quand meme pour l'en-
semble de la tectonique un seul grand massif. Celui-ci com
mence en dessous du volcan Calbuco (lac Llanquihue), passe
par le lac Todos los Santos, forme le pied large du Tronador
majestueux, porte, au coeur meme de la Cordillere, la ligne. divi-
soire interoceanique des eaux au Boqu&te de los Raulies et
s'etend au Nahuel-Huapi avec une breve interruption jusque
vers Puerto Moreno. On peut meme, au point de vue magma-
tique, y compter les collines porphyriques de Puerto Moreno.
Des laves modernes, plus basiques, ont alors perce le massif et
ont construit le Calbuco, l'Osorno et le Tronador.
II n'y a que les deux zones etroites de formations sedimen
taires au Nahuel-Huapi qui trahissent la nature des Andes
comme montagne de plissement. II semble que ces deux zones
soient de faibles representants des zones sedimentaires plissees que
nous avons rencontrees au nord. Les resultats obtenus par
M. Burckhardt, en mars et avril 1898, dans le profil entre le
Bio-Bio el Las Lajas ne le contredisent pas. C'est une region
inter mediaire entre celle de 1' expedition anterieure et le Nahuel-
Huapi. Apres le vaste massif granitique et apres les deux zones
etroites de sediments s'etend, vers Test, le grand plateau vol-
canique de notre zone basaltique avec ses tables stratifiees
de laves et de tufs plus ou moins horizontaux, d'une puissance
qui atteint 1500 metres. Elle a son origine dans une zone
d'eruption dirigee plus ou moins dans le sens du meridien, c'est-
a-dire en parallelite avec la Cordillere. Mais cette zone d'erup
tion n'a rien a faire, au point de vue tectonique, avec les Andes
proprement dites. Les basaltes touchent les sediments au
Nahuel-Huapi, tandis qu'au lac Lacar ils percent le granit. II
s'ensuit que la fente est un peu oblique a la direction generale
des Andes.
Ce plateau eruptif, c'est-a-dire le Chapelco, les montagnes

No. 133. ( 905 )
du Limay entre le Pichi-Limay et le Nahuel-Huapi, le cerro
Carmen de Villegas, le cerro Trenque-Malal, etc., je ne les con-
sidere pas comme Cordillere proprement dite. Ces accumu
lations de materiaux volcaniques sont d'une nature complete-
ment secondaire. Elles n'ont rien a faire du tout avec la genese
des Andes. Elles constituent plutot une espece de Pre-Andes,
un haut-plateau volcanique independant qui se relie au bord
oriental des veritables Andes.
Mais il faut comprendre cette separation cum grano salts.
Je fais ici la difference stricte et nette parce qu'elle est justi
fies dans une region oii les basaltes forment une zone propre
bien caracterisee. II est alors permis, et meme necessaire, de
les separer a cause de leur forme orographique et par leur com
position geologique. Mais dans le cas qu'il se montre plus tard,
sous le microscope, ou par 1' analyse chimique, des affinites
petrographiques entre les laves de ces Pre-Andes de l'est, les
basaltes du Tronador et les magmas de l'osorno et du Calbuco,
personne rr'aura l'idee de rayer les trois sommets du Tronador
de la liste des Andes proprement dites, ou de reconnaitre seule
ment au pied granitique de ce geant la noblesse pur sang de la
Cordillere. II est incontestable que les centres d' eruption volcanique
se trouvent parsemes dans toute la largeur du profil, quoiqu'on
ne puisse pas nier qu'ils forment de preference des zones mar
ginales. Mais, en tirer une autre conclusion qui etablisse des
relations entre les forces tectonique et volcanique pour expli-
quer la distribution des volcans, je n'ose le faire, ne voulant pas
me laisser entrainer par les hypotheses spirituelles de M. Suess.
Je ne saurais encore rien dire non plus de la succession des
anciennes eruptions. La couche trachytique dans la voute
sedimentaire de San Carlos (Nahuel-Huapi) est d'age cretacique
tout au plus, parce qu'elle estenfermee et plissee en concordance
avec tine argile a fossiles dicotyledoniens. Plusieurs basaltes
(Nahuel-Huapi, Lacar) portent des traces de I'erosion glaciaire,

No. 133. (906)
et sont par consequent preglaciaires, D'autres tapissent des
vallees (de lac) preformees comme dans la Vega de Maipu, etc.,
et enfin le Calbuco a eu une forte eruption le 29 novembre,
1893. L' action volcanique n'a done pas cesse depuis le temps
mesozo'ique jusqu'a nos jours.
Nous avons obtenu l'annee derniere le meme resultat, quant
a l'activite volcanique, dans le profil de Curico a San Rafael,
Enfin, a Test, notre pr6fil termine dans un second haut-
plateau qui est un peu moins eleve que le premier et qui se
compose en general de gres et de poudingues. II monte d'abord
trois anticlinaux et se perd peu a. peu vers 1' Ocean Atlantique
dans les plateaux de la formation de la Pampa patagonique.
Des recherches speciales auront a eclaircir encore les rela
tions stratigraphiques qui doivent exister entre le plateau vol
canique et ce plateau de gres.
Le plateau de gres est interrompu plusieurs fois, vers Test
par des troncons d'anciennes montagnes granitiques et porphy^
riques aujourd'hui erodees presqu'au niveau du plateau. Leurs
roches ne sont pas les memes que dans le massif granitique de
la Cordillere actuelle.
Les gres et les poudingues du plateau sont-ils venus de la
Cordillere actuelle, ou, de Test, de ces anciennes montagnes
presque dispariies ? La question n'est pas encore resolu.e.
Dans le sens orographique, le plateau des gres joue, en com-
paraison avec la Cordillere et avec ces anciennes montagnes,
un role semblable a. celui de la haute plaine de la Baviere entre
les Alpes et le Jura de la Souabe, ou a, celui du haut-plateau
molassique de la Suisse entre le Jura respectivement les Vosges,
la Foret-Noire et les Alpes.
A premiere vue, il parait difficile de trouver une coinci
dence entre mes profils transversaux des regions du Nahuel-
Huapi et du Lacar avec les resultats que le Dr. Charles Burck^

No. 133. ( 907 )
hardt nous a fournis de la ligne du Bio-Bio a las Lajas (39° lat,
sud), c'est-a-dire d'une ligne situee bien plus au nord, M. Burck
hardt a distingue dans sa region, entre la vallee longitudinale
du Chili a l'ouest et la Pampa a l'est, trois chaines sedimen
taires et deux plateaux intercales, a savoir :
(1) La chaine de Lonquimay, zone sedimentaire plissee sur-
montee par le volcan Lonquimay ;
(2) Le plateau de TAlumine qui parait un plateau grani-
tique avec une nappe neovolcanique ;
(3) La chaine du Pino Hachado, zone jurassique plissee
avec des nappes neovolcaniques et des centres eruptifs ;
(4) Le plateau de Las Lajas couvert de laves neovolcani
ques, et
(5) La chaine de la Vaca Muerta, petit pli simple, meso-
zoique, dont la direction semble devier de la direction generale
meridionale de la montagne.
M. Burckhardt compare cette derniere chaine, dans sa rela
tion avec les Andes, au Jura Suisse en comparaison avec les
Alpes ; c'est au point de vue tectonique, une ramification
laterale qui forme une petite montagne a. elle-meme.
Les deux chaines occidentales, celle de Pino Hachado et
celle de Lonquimay, separees entre elles par le plateau inter-
andin granitique de TAlumine, sont considerees par M. Burck
hardt comme Cordillere proprement dite, et il trace une ligne
geologique centrale de la haute Cordillere par le plateau de
TAlumine coincidant a. peu pres avec le meridien 71° 30'.
Si je prolonge cette ligne au sud, elle suit la direction de
la Cordillere et passe sur le granit du Nahuel-Huapi, justement
entre les deux zones sedimentaires de mon profil. Serait-il done
possible que ce fussent les memes chaines, ou seulement celle
de l'ouest et qu'elles auraient ete erodees au-dessus du granit
du Lacar ?
Du reste, il me semble hasarde de prolonger une certaine
ligne a une si grande distance, n' ayant pas de bonnes cartes,

No. 133. (908)
car, dans Tintervalle, des chaines peuvent disparaitre, d'autres
s'elever ou se perdre comme la Sierra de la Vaca Muerta. (Du
moins je n'ai pas rencontre cette derniere chaine dans le profil
de Lacar a. Collon-Cura.)
Le plateau de Las Lajas correspondra done, quant a la tec
tonique et a T orographic, a notre zone basaltique, et peut-
etre encore a une partie du plateau des gres. En tout cas, on
ne peut pas considerer le Cerro del Perro comme une prolonga
tion venant du nord, tel qu'on a deja voulu le faire, C'est
simplement un ermite, le Cerro del Perro !
La Cordillere proprement dite commence seulement a V ouest
du plateau basaltique : pour la region du Bio-Bio, d' apres
M. Burckhardt, d l'ouest du plateau de Las Lajas ; pour notre
region du Lacar, a l'ouest du Chapelco avec le granit, SANS
QU'ON PUISSE, c'est evident, TRACER UNE LIGNE DE SEPARATION
BIEN NETTE.
Outre ce profil transversal, T expedition a livre encore
beaucoup de resultats d' interet geologique plus general et con-
cernant a peu pres les points suivants : question de la genese
des grands lacs ; deviations de rivieres ; un profil de sondages
au Nahuel-Huapi ; phenomenes des glaciers actuels au Tro
nador ; ancienne glaciation double au Nahuel-Huapi et aflleurs ;
volcanisme actuel du Calbuco et ancien du Tronador et du
Limay ; temperature des lacs, etc., etc.
Un tres grand nombre d' altitudes ont ete fixees par
differences barometriques. M. Charles Bruch a observe au
moins trois fois par jour les barometres et thermometres.
II est absolument impossible dans ce rapport court et pre-
liminaire d'entrer dans les details. Je les reserve pour le
rapport final qui est en preparation, de meme que celui de
notre premiere expedition de 1897.
Musee de La Plata, juillet, 1898.
Dr. Leo Wehrli.

No. 134.
DR. ZAPALOWICZ ON THE EASTERN CORDILLERAS
between 40° to 41° S. lat.
[Translation of Extracts from "Das Rio' Negro — Gebiet in Patagonien," von
Dr. Hugo Zapalowicz, Royal and Impl. Chief Auditor. Wien, 1893.]
(Quoted on page 1134 of the Statement.)
. . . To the south of the Volcano Villa Rica, on the Chilean
side, rise the volcanoes Rinihue and Puyehue (Rohde), at
nearly equal distances of about 70 kilometres. In the same
south-easterly direction as these, one finds, on the Argentine
side, and indeed in the continuation of the direction of Rinihue,
the mighty Sierra Chapelco, and in that of Puyehue, the high
granitic chain on the northern bank of Lake Nahuel-Huapi.
These two southern lines, which, parallel with the northern
one, traverse the main ridge, probably answer to similar volcanic
clefts. Now it is remarkable that the greatest mountain heights
should place themselves in a row along the lines mentioned, for,
apart from the vast cones of the volcanoes, there also rise the
side branches of the main ridge, as for instance, the Sierra
Chapelco, at a considerably greater height than the main ridge
itself. On my journey from Lake Lancar [Lacar] to Lake
Nahuel-Huapi through the middle of the Andes, I noticed also
the south-easterly trend of all the lesser mountainous branches
of the main ridge. The upper courses of all the tributaries of
the Limay have the same direction : all flow, within the sphere

No. 134. ( 910 )
of the Andes, in longitudinal valleys, and only the valley of the
Limay itself, in its upper part, can be regarded as a transverse
valley. The mountainous ramifications appear to be linked
together by transverse ridges and, out of such transverse ridges,
the main ridge — the Cordillera de los Andes — is principally
formed. As, however, can already be concluded, on the basis
of the map, the main ridge itself again shows a tendency to
deviate from its N. to S. main direction to a south-easterly
one, parallel with the trend of the neighbouring spurs, and this
is also evidenced in the strongly curved run of the eastern boun
dary of the granite mass. The main ridge, which probably Qu°ted
consists entirely of granite, appears, at all events as a rule,
to be constantly lower than the neighbouring spurs ; it forms
the frontier between Argentina and Chile, and the water-parting
between the two Oceans — except in the region of Lake Lancar
[Lacar], where the ridge is interrupted and the frontier, as well
as the water-parting, appears to be diverted eastwards for a short
distance. It can, therefore, be asserted that the Andes, from Villa
Rica Pass to Lake Nahuel-Huapi, consists of a row of mountain
chains running parallel to one another in a N.W.— S.E. direction,
similar to the Sierra de la Angosturas, which, on the Chilean-
Argentine frontier, are joined together by a transverse ridge
running, in general, north to south, similarly to the geographical
condition of the whole of the Andes system. . . .
The Quilqui-hue valley on the whole offers few opportunities
for drawing conclusions in its lower parts and its bed, for,
around the stretch of about 15 kilometres upwards, is a broad
level Pampa. Where then, the valley narrows higher up, the
road leads to fort Maipii over low hills, while the stream turns
off towards the N.W. to Lake Lolo. The flat hills almost give
one the impression of a broad, furrowed dam separating the
valley of Quilqui-hue from that of Lake Lolo. Nearly through
the middle runs a flat granitic ridge which easily escapes obser-

No. 134. (9H )
vation and which resembles a tongue-like continuation of the
granite mountains in the N.W. This insignificant granite
ridge is that which forms the water-parting between the Quilque-
hue and Lake Lancar, and is at the same time the water-parting
between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. The watershed just
here descends considerably from the Cordillera heights and
turns aside from the main direction some distance towards the
east, in which, however, the granite here also follows a part of
the oceanic divide.
The dam-like hills have an altitude of about 995 metres
above the sea ; on both sides, but especially on the western,
the side facing Lake Lancar, one notices the remains of old
sea-shore terraces mostly bordered by regular plains, which
now and then show traces of side moraines ; in reality, how
ever, they have nothing to do with moraines. From the western
side of these hills runs a small stream, which flows towards
Lake Lancar, but before this it traverses the perfectly level
bed of a large valley-basin about 10 kilometres long, lying
870-875 metres above the sea. The latter terminates in the
west in a quite low, swelling stretch of ground rising gently to
a height of 830 metres, on which stands the Argentine frontier-
fort of Maipu. (The frontier between Argentine and Chile
separates from the watershed just in this neighbourhood and
runs transversely through Lake Lancar.) The stream men
tioned cuts through the Maipu hills and reaches a deep-lying
shallow valley (760 metres) which ends further westward at
Lake Lancar with a level shore covered with fine and coarse
pebbles, 745 metres. On its northern and southern sides the
wonderfully beautiful, large Andean lake appears to be enclosed
by steep rocky walls, on which, at a relatively considerable
height above the surface of the lake, I noticed washed-out belts
running horizontally, coinciding with the old lake level. It
can therefore be assumed with all certainty that the lake, at
a time not very remote, spread over the 760 metres level of

No. 134. ( 912 )
the valley surface, and at a still more remote period of time,
also took in the valley surface of 805-870 metres, and reached
close up to the before-mentioned granite ridge. It is further
to be presumed that, at a still earlier period, the waters extended
over the granite ridge into Patagonia, that is, that a kind of
Magellan Straits existed here, and the Andes were turned into
a group of islands. Evidence of such extension of the sea is,
however, not present on the surface of the continent. Still, one
can well assume that, at that remote period of time, Patagonia
was covered by a shallow sea out of which meanwhile rose van
ished districts of older lands with the later tertiary fauna ; that,
in the shallow sea, the enormous masses of sandstone of the
Rio Negro formation were deposited and, towards the Andes,
mighty eruption streams of andesite broke out, which latter,
in consequence of its invariable extension in layers and its
intimate union with vast masses of tufa on one hand, and sand
stone on the other, points to an immense submarine activity
of the volcanoes at that time. As the land rose, and the sea
proportionately receded, it is possible that, in the Andes and on
the stretches of land adjoining on the east, a vast sheet of water
existed, from which large quantities of water poured, passing
over the still little elevated foreland towards the Atlantic Ocean.
With the continual recession of the waters, the river valleys
deepened, and the lakes emptied successively more and more.
In this way one can explain the origin of those great terraces
in the valleys of the Rio Negro and Limay, the proportionate
distribution of the Patagonian pebbles on the upper parts of
the table-land, as also on the terrace-levels themselves, and the
lack of these pebbles in the region of the Vertiente stream
(which, before the main recession of the waters, was protected
by the Sierra de la Angosturas). . .

No. 135.
DR. SIEMIRADSKI ON THE EASTERN CORDILLERAS
between 39° and 40° S.
[Translation of Extracts from " An Exploring Expedition in Patagonia," by
Dr. Josef V. Siemiradski, private tutor to the Impl. and Royal University in
Lemberg, in " Petermanns Mitteilungen," 1893.]
(Quoted on page 1136 of the Statement.)
* * * . * *
(P. 53) The Patagonian high plateaus are dominated in
the centre by ancient crystalline undulations running N.W. to
S.E., more so than the north-eastern Central Pampa, and this
together with the arid downs gives the landscape its undulating
character, Apart from layers of sand -the surface consists of rounded
pebbles of granite, porphyry, etc., of local origin. In the
immediate neighbourhood of the hills, which are all embraced
under the term " Mahuidas " or Mountains, the pebbles are
more angular. They are not more than a few inches in diam
eter. Especially in the lower layers of schist, which average
10 metres in thickness, they are bound together into a con
glomerate by a white, chalky, cement-like matter. There is no
trace of any glacial formation. The layer of pebbles is per
fectly horizontal. In the ravines of Colorado and Rio Negro
the geological formation of the north Patagonian Plateau can
easily be recognized.
Between the older crystalline mountain ranges which, with
few exceptions, do not exceed the sand dunes in elevation,
913 : T

No. 135. ( 914)
everywhere is to be found the same fine-grained, white, marly
sandstone which appears on the slopes of the eroded valleys
of the central pampa. The system of beds is apparently hori
zontal, but at the same time, in the upper part of the Rio Negro,
is to be noticed, between the colony of Roca and the conj unction
of Neuquen and Limay, a gradual outcrop of white sandstone,
— visible for a distance of many miles, — under which appears a
red sandstone distributed broadcast in the whole region of
Limay. The beds are barely perceptible, but, for a belt of about
200 metres wide, there is a dip towards the Atlantic coast, and
a corresponding very noticeable rise in the elevation of the
plateau towards the west, so that in the neighbourhood of the
Cordilleras it rises to a height of 800 metres, and at the more
recent volcanic plateau of the Cordilleras even to a height of
1000 metres. Faults and changes of formation through friction,.
etc., in this tertiary sandstone region, which is said to be of the
Cainozoic or lower Eocene period, are only noticed in the region
of the first Argentine Cordilleras " de los Angosturas." Fos
silized woods and imprints of leaves, which denote the upper
Eocene period, are only found opposite the colony of Roca on
the banks of the river Negro in the border beds of the red and
white sandstone.
(P. 56) The Patagonian sandstone plateau rises more and
more towards the west, so that it reaches, at the foot of the
Cordilleras de Catalin, a height of from 800 to 900 metres. Of
course this sudden elevation of the plateau is associated with an
area of dislocation which has raised the sandstone locally and,
through the frictional contact with andesitic lava, has converted
it into quartz and jasper, while this same black porous lava
spreads itself out for many miles above, and, together with white,
tufaceous limestone, forms the highest levels of the table-land
which, in places reaches an altitude of 1000 metres.
Between Nogueira and the course of the River Collon-

No. 135. ( 915)
Cura, we cross a chain of mountains, pierced by wild ravines
and rising about 1500 metrm:vabove sea-level, which bear the
name of Cordilleras de las Angosturas. Composed chiefly of
granite-gneiss these Cordilleras, which trend in the direction of
the meridian, are interspersed in many places with recent lava
from the Andes. The Eocene or Cainozoic sandstone, violently
disrupted, penetrates into the interior of the mountains. The
surface is mostly covered with glacial deposits. The glacial
deposits descend in terraces into the Collon-Cura valley, the
edges of the granite are rounded off cup-shape. This chain
of mountains crosses the River Limay and, in the southern Rio
Negro region, forms the district which in these desert parts
abounds with water and which is so much frequented by Indian
hunters. Although treeless, the Cordilleras de las Angosturas
is one of the most beautiful and charming districts in this region,
inasmuch as there is at hand in every valley rich pasturage and
good drinking water in profusion. This is the dwelling-place
of the Indians (Pehuenches), driven out of Tandil by the Caciques
Ankartu and Percira. Westwards of this first mountain-chain
the plateau consists of volcanic tufa and lava crusts up to Collon-
Cura. The elevation of this plateau is at least 800 metres, for
the bottom of that very deep Collon-Cura valley lies 620 metres
above sea-level.
A glance at the accompanying map shows us that the zone,
5 geogr. miles broad, lying between the Collon-Cura and the
second andesitic Cordilleras which bound the lake district on
the eastern side, is rich in running waters and rises in terraces.
These three terraces, seen from the left bank of the Collon-
Cura, stand out sharply defined from one another ; they fall,
however, in point of fact, in gentle declivities and owe their
origin to the diluvial glacial deposits, which descend from the
foot of the Cordilleras to the Collon-Cura and Limay valleys.
The Cordilleras themselves, with their pillars, columns, and
craggy walls, as they appear everywhere in the andesitic region,

No. 135. (916)
remained free from glacial deposits. The few vast moraines left
many patches of the plateau uncovered, and piled themselves
up in heaps of granite pebbles in the numerous river basins and
their adjacent ravines. The northern or western slope towards
the Cordilleras is rounded off in every valley and covered with
glacial remains, whereas, on the opposite side, rise rugged rocks
of gray tufa with alternate layers of red or black porous lava.
It is still to be noticed that the adjacent angular andesitic
fragments consist principally of heaped up blocks of granite,
not over a foot in diameter and considerably rounded off, which
finds its explanation in the fact that the granitic mountain
chain from which they originate lies behind the small rock wall
at the back of the Andes, and the blocks, before they fell on the
ice plain spread out at the foot of the latter, must have been
brought down by mountain torrents.
The River Collon-Cura is from 200 to 300 metres wide,
fairly smooth and rapid, but everywhere easily navigable for
boats. There are also several, admittedly fairly dangerous,
fords for beasts of burden and horsemen, viz., in the neighbour
hood of Enrequin (Fort Charples).
On the left bank it receives no tributaries, but several im
portant ones from the right. The largest among these is the
Chunin-huin, which takes its source from Lake Huechu-Laf-
quen. Joining the Collon-Cura through the mouth of an in
accessible ravine, it winds its way through a rich and fertile
valley round the three-cornered point of the granitic mountain
Tipi-Leuque (Cerro de los Perros). The valley is thickly in
habited by " Estancieros," mostly officers of the Roca expedi
tionary force. Here is situated the little frontier town of Junin
de los Andes (Huirica-Melleu) ; then, further down, the Ranches
Pehuil, Kum-lil and Kofu-rhue, commonly so named after their
former inhabitants, viz. : Commandante, Conejo and Fosfori.
The River Chemin-huin is navigable for timber-rafts, and all
the year round many consignments of cypress and beech wood

No. 135. ( 917 )
arrive at Carmen de Patagonas from the woods to the west of
Junin. The River Chemen-huin [Chimehuin] receives two tribu
taries on its right bank : ist, the small but very rapid stream
Curhue (the Arroyo Collunco, shown by Rohde, does not exist ;
there are only at the mouth of the Curhue two dissimilar arms).
2nd, the larger and more important Quilquihue, about 50
metres wide, the broad, fertile valley of which forms properly
the continuation of the Chemen-huin valley up to the interior
of the Cordillera. The elevation of the Andes passes here is
very small. According to Rohde the elevation of Junin de los
Andes above sea-level is 680 metres and that of Lagoon Lolo
730 metres. The valley of Quilquihue is, just as those of
Chemen-huin and Collon-Cura, valued on account of its mild
climate, as sheep can remain here in the open through the winter
without danger. Lagoon Lolo does not lie exactly on the spot
indicated by Rohde, and is also considerably larger than he
makes it, viz., it extends 5 leguas (25 km.) in a N.W. to S.E.
direction. It is enclosed between two granite ridges which are
covered with a luxuriant wood of beeches, cypresses and reeds
(tacuara). The lagoon is only separated from the large, far-
stretching lagoon Pirihwreico by the single ridge of the granite
main Cordillera.
Strange to say, in the extension of the Quilquihue valley
towards the west, we meet with a valley called Huechu-Ehuen
(Maipu), which scarcely separated by a low hill, contains a small
stream coming from the Cordillera Chapel-co, and flowing into
the large Lagoon Picau-llu (Lacar) which is drained to Chili.
On Rohde's map there is no trace of this valley to be seen.
Mount Chapel-co, 2400 metres high, forms the highest point qaotei
of the water-parting, as on one side Arroyo Huechu-Ehuen runs p' "3
westwards, and on the other Arroyo Chapel-co joins the Quil
quihue which flows eastward.
Mount Chapel-co, as well as a narrow ridge on the left bank

No. 135. (918)
of the Quilquihue, consist of red andesite (iieoplutonic). On.
this chain also the first cypresses are seen, which, together with
robles and Tacuara-reeds, cover the steep precipices of the
Huechu-Ehuen valley with the most luxuriant forest growth.
In the valley of Huechu-Ehuen, the lower part of which is
marshy and produces numerous clusters of apple-trees, lies
the Tolderia of Caciquen Curu-Huinca (Black Thief, meaning
Christian, as in the araucanian language the terms are
synonymous). Close by is an ungarrisoned fort [Maipu] com
pletely fallen into ruins [1892].
The next tributary of the Collon-Cura is the insignificant
Quimque-metreu, further on the rapid and dangerous Caleufu,
which takes its rise in Lagoon Metiquina, and lastly the very
small Arroyo Caleofurhue. I was not able to visit Lagoon
Metiquina ; according to the reports of the Indians there, it is
of elongated form, exactly in a line with the Lolo and Traful
lagoons {between two Cordilleras). Lagoon Filohue-huen, as
given by Rohde, does not appear to exist, and the Lagoon de las
Manzanas is obviously a myth.
*****
(P. 58) The second Argentine Cordilleras (I take the Cordillera
de las Angosturas as the first), presents a narrow and steep
wall of trachyte, which is covered with patches of cypress
forest, attains a height of over 2000 metres, strikes the River
Limay close above the mouth of the Traful and then follows
its right bank to the lowlands of Nahuel-Huapi.
The Rivers Traful and de las Manzanas flow between walls
of black andesite, several hundred feet high, which present
to the geologist the most magnificent groups of detached pillars.
At the mouth itself, as well as for .a distance of about a mile
up the Limay, there is a variety of tufa rocks, in the forms
of ruins and pillars, the like of which are only to be found in
the Rocky Mountains. The mountains on the upper Limay
are bare and barren and only inhabited by llamas and ostriches.

No. 135. ( 919 )
In the deep valley the mighty and increasing Limay winds its
way with a thousand twists and turns, the clear waters of
which are of an emerald green colour.
*****
On the northern side [of Lake Nahuelhuapi] rises, at some
distance, a high wooded trachyte cone, while the hills
immediately on the shore consist of granite and syenite. The
south-western shore is composed of rugged granite rocks which
change immediately into snow-clad eminences. The compact
snow-covering in midsummer is a proof that these mountains
(Boquete de Perez Rosalez) must be over 2000 metres high.
In the distance is to be seen the white cone of Tronador. The
south-eastern shore rises quite gently to the proportionately
low Patagonian tableland. The height of Nahuel-Huapi is
620 metres according to Rohde.
The Cordillera in Patagonia is low, and the mountain Quoted
p. "37-
passes are especially so, as the water-parting lies mostly
outside the main Cordillera in Argentine territory. There are
several roads to Chile ; one runs from Junin de los Andes along
the shore of Lake Huechu-Lafquen and at the foot of the Volcano
Quetrupillan towards the Chilean frontier-towns of Pucon and
Panquin, a second through the Huechu-Echuen valley along the
Lacar (Picaullu) and Pirihueico lagoons towards Valdivia, and
a third over the N.W. extremity of Lake Nahuel-Huapi towards
Osorno and Union. South of Nahuel-Huapi there is no pass,
not even for pedestrians, though Rohde shows the long-sought
highway towards Chile (Paso Bariloche) exactly at this spot.
There is certainly a highway between Argentine and Chile, viz. :
the Pass of Lonquimay, along which Chilean ox-carts can ad
vance as far as Lagoon Alumine ; the stretch of ground in the
Alumine valley has however, not yet been explored : it is
accessible for horsemen all the year through ; it is nevertheless
avoided on account of its stony bottom. However, a Chilean
ox-driver gets his two-wheeled " catanga " over such roads with

No. 135. ( 920 )
astonishing dexterity, where even horsemen have to dismount ;
it only depends on the width of the road, the rest is surmount
able for a Chilean ox-cart. In winter of course all roads are
closed. *I* yfc vfi vfc 7$
(P. 59) We will now return to the Collon-Cura, in order to
obtain a knowledge of its upper course, as well as of the rivers
Catalin and Alumine. The greatest mistakes in Rohde's map
lie exactly in this region.
Above the mouth of the Chemenhuin the Collon-Cura flows
between two dissimilar banks ; on the right hand sides till
the old glacial terraces of the granite mountains of the neigh
bourhood of Junin fall away. A valley, with a small stream,
occupies the middle. The chain of hills on the left bank of the
Chemenhuin is placed by Rohde far too near the Collon-Cura;
in general the distances between isolated points in the valley
of this river are shown too small. For instance, the distance
between Junin de los Andes and the mouth of the Chemenhuin,
in a straight line, amounts to 35 kilometres, and by road 50
kilometres, whereas according to Rohde it comes out at scarcely
half this distance.
The left bank of the upper Collon-Cura consists of a rock
wall, rising 300 metres above the level of the river, and only
difficult of access in a few places, and which below consists of a
kind of white sandstone, trachyte tufa, but above consists of
an extended covering of black or red porous block lava.
Eastwards the horizon is bounded by the granitic Cordil
leras de los Angosturas, the highest peak of which (approaching
1500 metres), lies opposite the Chemenhuin valley. A broad
green valley, although without water, descends from this
mountain westward, and terminates near the confluence of
the Catalin and Alumine in a wild ravine. From here, exactly
due west, is to be perceived the magnificent cone of the Volcano
Quetrupillan [Lanin], separated from us only by a low jagged

No. 135. ( 921 )
(in late autumn) snow-covered Cordillera. In the first edition
of Rohde's map, on the spot indicated, is shown, on the southern
shore of Lake Pirihueico, a large volcano which Rohde named
Rinihue ; this is none other than Quetrupillan (Devil's-fire).
In the second edition of the same map the Volcano " Rinihue "
is shifted somewhat to the W., which seems to be in accordance
with fact, as Quetrupillan (Rohde's Rinihue) lies outside the
Cordilleras and is clearly and distinctly visible from a very
great distance — namely from the neighbourhood of Cura-
Cautin. As against this, on the place where Quetrupillan is
marked there is absolutely no very high mountain; on the con
trary it represents the lowest point of the Cordilleras. This
error can hereby be explained, that both volcanoes on Rohde's
map (Quetrupillan and Rinihue) would fall into the same line
of sight when seen from the mountains of Catalin — i.e., that
one and the same mountain is placed on two different spots,
once^ according to Chilean maps correctly (Rinihue), but then
incorrectly from personal observation (at a distance), by which
means, the mountain, although lying on the other side of the
higher Cordilleras, would be apparently placed on its ridge.
Deep hollows branch off from the confluence of the Alumine
and Catalin, which end above with the before-mentioned
¦lava plateau. In the northern portion of the plateau, as far
as the River Catalin, the block-lava is covered with enormous
deposits of volcanic sand, upon which is a scanty growth of
grass and myrtle-shrub.
The way leads downward, in a northerly direction, through
a beautiful valley with groves of myrtle and beech. A pic
turesque cascade and a small stream enliven the neighbourhood.
At the mouth of the valley stands a solitary, deserted " Rancho."
The Catalin river lies before us. It is shallow, with a stony
bottom, scarcely 30 metres broad and easily forded anywhere.
Gynerium and myrtle-bush compose the vegetation. Both
slopes of the valley rise gently ; on one side towards the Pata-

No. 135. ( 922)
gonian plateau in the region of the source of the Pichi-Picun-
Leufu, on the other side towards the narrow gneiss granite chain
of the Cordilleras de Catalin. ^Northwards, over the table-land,
are to be seen the peaks of ^ighj .mountains — an extension of
the Cordillera de las Angosturas towards N.
The valley gradually grows narrower. Ultimately the roads
divide near the frontier-post of Catalin : towards N. the road
goes to Norquin and Chosmadal, in the other direction a path
leads S., along a green, fertile valley to the foot of the Cordillera
de Catalin. In the valley of the river there are many kinds of gray
clay-slate or argillite exposed, which, to infer from their analogy
to those in the N.E. district, must be of the Jurassic period.
For the rest there is nothing else but gneiss everywhere,
with N.W.-S.E. bearings, which in places is broken into by
veins of black lava.
The vegetation, becomes more and more luxuriant ; large
tracts are covered with beech-groves. Among these are to be
found a few single apple trees and the first araucarias {A. im
bricata), conifers or pines.
The Cordillera de Catalin lies in the direction of the meri
dian, is 10 geographical miles long and not more than 5 kilo
metres broad. Its highest peaks lie to the N., and attain an
altitude approaching 2000 metres. The western declivity is
richer in pine forests than the eastern. The principal stone
is a red granite gneiss, which is split up by numerous andesitic
eruptions. Between the western declivity of the Catalin chain of moun
tains and the Alumine stretches a prairie 1000 metres high,
which is intersected by deep and narrow ravines. The banks
of the Alumine are, according to our map, only approachable
at two places. The southern one leads through a valley com
mencing with a huge dam of lava, thickly overgrown with
forests of apple trees, to the Pass of Malleco, where the road

No. 135. ( 923 )
over the Volcano Villarica branches off towards Tolten and
Valdivia, the second leads to the road towards the , upper Bio-
Bio. The rocky sides of the hollows consist entirely of a black
andesitic lava. I cannot, at this point, refrain from men
tioning a peculiar meteorological phenomenon here : namely,
that all day long, on the break-neck pathway which leads
from the Patagonian plateau to the Alumine valley, an
extraordinarily violent current of air prevails, which, rising
vertically upwards, is positively dangerous for caravans, while
on the table-land, up to the edge of the pass, the air is perfectly
still. The River Alumine is over 100 metres broad at the ford,
and 1 metre (at low water level) deep, the current being strong
and dangerous for beasts of burden.
Along the right-hand bank of the Alumine, which Rohde
represents as a uniform tableland, stretches a whole chain of
extinct volcanoes, whose summits reach an altitude of at least
1500 metres. This series of heights is independent of the
Chilean Higher Cordillera, lying several miles to westward. It
lies exactly in the prolongation of the eruption fracture, which,
southwards from Junin de los Andes to Lake Nahuel-Huapi,
is represented by the andesitic Cordillera " de los Cypreses."
The northern termination of this volcanic break reaches the
region of the source of the Bio-Bio, without crossing this river.
Myrtles and beeches grow in the interior of these craters, while
the surrounding country is covered with widespread grass
plains. The last inhabited locality on Argentine territory is
the North-American estancia (dwelling) of Mr. Andrews, in
Pulmari. In winter time the snow here often lies to the depth
of a metre, while in the Alumine valley, lying barely 1 00 metres
lower, cattle can live in the open throughout the winter. The
Pulmari valley is large and fertile, but of the seven lakes in the
neighbourhood, as given on Rohde's map, I could only find one

No. 135. ( 924 )
single one ; possibly there may be some further westward to
wards the Cordillera ; at any rate there have, most distinctly,
never been any on the spots indicated by Rohde. Likewise,
the number of tributaries to the right side of the Alumine is
much smaller, namely nine, and among these only three are
of any importance (Malleco, Telelfun and Pulmari), the others
being quite small streams, whereas Rohde, only above Pulmari,
shows twelve. On the left side there are five (according to
Rohde three) ; at the same time not one of them is on the spot
indicated by Rohde. On the whole one cannot help forming the
conclusion that Herr Marignac, who should have surveyed this
region on behalf of Rohde, has either never been there, or had
not the slightest knowledge of geographical surveys. A super
ficial glance at my sketch and that of Rohde's " trigonometrical
survey," is sufficient to prove the accuracy of this sentence.
Even with this the number of Rohde's inaccuracies is not
exhausted. For instance, he shows, on the east bank of the
Alumine between Pulmari and the upper Bio-Bio, a mountainous
region, whereas it consists of a tableland with a uniform eleva
tion of 1000 metres.
Lake Alumine is not the source of the river of the same
name, and moreover lies further eastwards than Rohde places
it, and far from the Cordillera. South of this large, very pic
turesquely-situated lake, rises an extinct volcano, from which
the Lapilli originate which are for miles so widely spread out,
in a thick layer, over the surrounding country.
Numerous small rocky islands contribute much to the
beauty of this mountain lake. On the north-east side the low
land is bounded by a steep, rocky wall, principally consisting
of grey granite and andesite. The elevation of the lagoon
above sea-level amounts to nearly 900 metres. The vegetation
consists of scattered patches of pine forests, beech groves,
tacuara reeds and apple-trees. During the same night, al
though it froze hard on the tableland lying 100 metres higher,

No. 135. ( 925 )
we experienced no frost by the lake (commencement of April).
The River Alumind rises a couple of miles further northward,
exactly in the prolongation of a tributary of the Bio-Bio flowing
in the direction of the meridian ; the sources of both are probably
in common and the valley corresponds to the line of great volcanic
disruption to which the recent lavas in the neighbourhood owe their
origin. The volume of water in the stream does not increase
as it leaves the lagoon, although it is fed from numerous sources,
overgrown with pine woods, between the head of the valley
in the neighbourhood of the Bio-Bio and Lagoon Alumine.
A steep precipice of the granite formation leads from the water
shed, which is over 1000 metres high, to the broad and fertile
valley of the upper Bio-Bio, at the point where this river takes
a sharp bend from its original easterly direction to a north
westerly one, after picking up from the south a small rivulet
which falls in a picturesque cascade from the granitic upper
plateau. Whether the Bio-Bio comes from a lagoon or simply flows
down from the volcanic Yaimas, I do not know, but this much
I can state, that the Lagoon Hualletue is not its source. This
latter, a small lake lying in a beautiful region at the eastern
foot of the Lonquimay Pass, forms, the same as Lagoon Alu
mine, a water-basin, without affecting the volume of water of
the Lonquimay, which runs out into the Bio-Bio a little below
the frontier-post of the same name. Besides, the frontier-post
of Lonquimay is not on the Bio-Bio, but lies in the before-men
tioned valley at the foot of the volcano Lonquimay.
The vegetation on the upper Bio-Bio is rather poor, al
though the mountains are in most parts covered with luxuriant
grass. The pine growth ceases suddenly, whereas numerous
myrtles appear on the river, It is westward of Fort Lonquimay
that we first enter upon the unbroken primeval or virgin pine
forest of the Chilean Higher Cordillera. Up to an altitude of
1500 metres there is nothing but large beeches with small

No. 135. (926)
tacuara reeds. Higher up follows the pine zone, and, still-
higher again, beeches of another kind. At a height of 2000
metres, between the Volcanoes Lonquimay and Yaimas, there
is a sandy tract, unwooded, with isolated patches of snow, and
the descent is by a hellish road (highway — camino carretero)
into the Cautin valley. First beeches, then a narrow belt of
pines and finally the gorgeous sub-tropical flora, consisting of
innumerable evergreen trees, slender .myrtles, laurel trees,
beeches, etc. (Rauli, Olivio, Laurel Radal, Ayelano, Yauke, etc.).
The tacuara reed becomes larger and larger until it reaches the
dimensions of its relative Brazilian species ; finally, on emerg
ing on to the plain we meet with gigantic creepers and tree-
ferns. The character of the country throughout is subtropical.
(P. 61) According to my view there are, in South America,
obviously two large mountain systems to be distinguished :
one, old primary or palaeozoic, with a N.W. to S.E. bearing,
which, — with the exception of the older portions of the Andes,
the coast Cordillera and the whole of the so-called spurs of the
Andes in the Argentine pampa, belongs to Bolivia, Paraguay
and Brazil ; and a more recent one, with a bearing towards the
meridian, which has predominated from the Triassic or Secon
dary period until to-day. Within the more recent system we
can distinguish three periods of eruption : 1. augite porphyry
and stratified porphyry (Jurassic or Oolitic to Cretaceous) ;
2. basalt (chalk); and 3. andesite (Tertiary and Post- ter
tiary). The third period of eruption is solely confined to the
Andes. In the south are two eruptional divisions of andesitic
lava ; one runs on the western declivity of the superior
Cordillera and stretches to the frontier of Peru, the second
lies on the east side of the same Cordillera and stretches north
ward only as far as the source of the Bio-Bio, southwardly
probably to the River Gallegos, but certainly extending to Lake
Nahuel-Huapi.

No. 136.
SENOR GUILLERMO COX ON THE CORDILLERAS
AROUND LAKE LACAR.
[Translation from Extracts of " Viaje a las rejiones setentrionales de la Pata
gonia," in " Anales de la Universidad de Chile" vol. xxiii. 1862-1863.]
(Quoted on pages 1141 and 1145 of the„Statement.)
Introduction.
(P. 3) The gradual descent of the culminating line of the
Chilean ridge, from the high crests of Mount Aconcagua to
the rock of Diego Ramirez which seems to be the southern
boundary of the vast system of the Andes ; the ramification of
the latter as it reaches the Straits of Magellan, which is the most
notable feature hitherto discovered in that mighty and con
tinuous upheaval of the terrestrial globe ; the arms of the sea
which penetrate into the Cordillera from west to east, from the
latitude of the Chacao Channel as far as the Straits mentioned ;
and the narratives, more or less in accord, of persons dealing in
timber on the mainland of the Province of Chiloe, from which
the existence of deep gaps in the Cordillera is deduced, which
facilitates a passage without ascent, to the Argentine provinces
as well as to that transcordilleran part of Chile hitherto known
by the name of eastern Chile or Patagonia, — caused me to enter
tain the hope that a careful exploration of those unknown locali
ties might perhaps result in palpable benefits to commerce and
to science. Guided by this idea, I paid special attention to col
lecting as many data as it was possible for me to obtain on such
927

No. 136. (928)
an important subject ; I consulted the narratives of all the
travellers who had written upon the Patagonian regions ; I
collected with care the data given me by old and respected in
habitants of Chiloe ; and I also made some partial expeditions,
the result of which, although unfortunate, for reasons to which
it is needless to refer here, far from discouraging me or causing
me to abandon my first idea, simply strengthened my deter
mination. In fact, the easy crossing of the Andes along 410 South Lati
tude was already a well-known fact ; it was also known that
the mighty River Limay, which at present gives its name to the
River Carmen or Negro, took its rise from the vast lake of
Nahuel-huapi, as I intimated to the Government in a previous
epoch, and finally, that the distinguished pilot Villarino, start
ing from the Atlantic, had gone up-stream in a westerly direction
for 600 miles ; and, as its general course, from its mouth as
far as the western part of Lake Nahuel-huapi, was 725 miles,
it was evident that a route of 125 miles by land or by the river
would be sufficient to place Chile in easy communication with
the waters of the Atlantic, — avoiding in this manner the arduous
crossing of the Andes, the dangers of the Cape, and the delays
consequent on such a lengthy journey. The causes which
compelled Villarino to desist from his enterprise were due to
the impracticable idea he had of reaching by that route as far
as Valdivia ; for, if that intrepid traveller, instead of going
northwards, had taken his course by the southern branch of
the river, we could have counted upon knowledge which we
still lacked ; but it was not so, Therefore, a journey from
west to east, following the course of the river from its main
source, which is Lake Nahuel-huapi, situated only at three
days' journey from Puerto Montt by a very accessible road,
seemed at least destined to diminish the distance by land
between the Pacific and the Atlantic. I made this observation
to your Government, and, my idea having received a hearty

No. 136. ( 929 )
acknowledgment, I started on my journey, a narrative of
which I now publish, with no other ambition than to be useful
to humanity and to my country.
*****
(P. 169) The Lifen Gap, or Rancho Gap, as it is called by Quoted
p. 1141.
some, is a depression of the principal line of the Cordillera.
The ridge of Lipela is the true pass ; the Follil reaches as far
as the foot of it, and then turns to the right. The path lies
on the border of a perpendicular cliff, sometimes between high
rocks, and at other times enclosed between two walls of earth, —
the bed of a veritable torrent in winter : to cross it, it is neces
sary to abandon the stirrups and cross one's legs over the horse's
neck ; any baggage has to be carried over on the men's shoul
ders ; this operation is repeated at each of these narrow places
and at other points where the declivity is very steep.
* * * * *
(P. 170) The plateau of Inihualhue is circular, a short grass
covers the ground, across which a rivulet flows gently. Near
by, on the right, a great mountain with snow on its summits
was to be seen ; we halted to rest our horses and arrange our
packs, . . . The height of the summit, as given by the
aneroid barometer I carried with me, is 922 metres.
The horses and baggage being ready, we commenced to
descend again ; the descent was not so steep as at the beginning
of the Lipela ridge. We skirted the ridge on the right of a
valley stretching from west to east, through which flows the
Queni stream, whose valley ends at the lake of the same name,
and which, after, deviating to the north-east, joins Lake Laca.
* * * * *
(P. 173) February 20. — It rained all night; naturally it
was to be supposed that we should rise early ; we were up at
dawn. With daybreak the rain ceased ; after having taken
our usual breakfast of roast mutton, we started on the march
along the Queni stream. The declivity is gentle ; small pam-
K K

No. 136. ( 930 )
pas, covered with tall grass and with the same yellow flowers
we had noticed at Chihihue, alternated with the forest along
the road we followed. Near the ridge, on the two slopes of the
Cordillera, the flora is almost the same. The Cordillera on the
left followed this valley without interruption as far as Lake
Queni, but, opposite the latter, the Cordillera on the right has
a perceptible depression and forms a gap. It must be
reckoned a distance of twenty-eight kilometres from Inigualhue
to Lake Queni. Shortly before reaching it, we crossed the
stream which, there, is almost a river.
Lake Queni, 562 metres above the level of the sea, is of a
triangular shape ; each of its sides is about two kilometres in
length. It empties its waters into Lake Lacar through the
River Chachim. We avoided a difficult ascent, by following its
shores for some time ; our horses were up to their bellies in
water. We again climbed the slope and marched to the north
east for some 1 2 kilometres ; the valley ends by deviating to
wards Lake Lacar. Going over swampy ground we reached
the ferry ; shortly before we had crossed a rivulet, the name of
which our men could not give us, but which flows into the
Chachil. This " ferry " was not the same as that we had passed
when we were returning from Paillacan. This narrow is called
Huahum ; it is some eight kilometres west, of another one,
and between the two the River Chachim joins the Lake Lacar.
*****
(P. 175) The ferry ... is an arm of the river 80 metres wide,
and from 7 to 8 feet deep, and seemed to contain quite a number
of fish, judging by the leaps which some of them were making on
the surface of the water ; this arm, deviating to the north-east,
flows into Lake Pirihuaico, the waters of which are discharged
into Lake Rinihue, the latter emptying itself into the Pacific
by means of the River Calle-Calle. We shall deal with it at
more length when giving a general description of Lake Lacar.

No. 136. ( 931 )
(P. 176) February 21st. — . . . At last we skirted the Cordil- Quoted
. P- »42-
lera which serves as a northern barrier to Lake Lacar, and crossed
a rivulet. This ridge is a deviation to the east of the Central Cordillera ;
it is of moderate height ; at some places covered with forests,
at others the crests appear bare, as a consequence of the floods
produced by the thaw, which have swept all before them.
There are only trunks of trees which seem like candles placed
on an altar. We marched almost at the same distance from
the lake and the crest, getting sometimes nearer, and sometimes
farther from the former. We found, now and then, small
plains where bulrushes were to be seen in great numbers, which
made us think that these small plains must be lagoons in winter.
Descending to a depression, we found two lagoons called Curi-
laufquen, which means, in the Chilean tongue, black lakes.
A few duck and water-fowl swam on the surface. At last we
reached the foot of Mount Trumpul, a mountain of a remark
able shape. From the opposite side of the lake its wall is per
pendicular, it rises from the meadows and is some 150 feet high ;
on the other side it has the same declivity as the [surrounding ?]
ground, some 25°.
* * * * *
(P. 175) Beyond the house of Jose Vera, Lake Lacar ends ;
we may now give a general description of it.
At this point the line of water-parting, abandoning its Quoted
p. 1 142.
north to south direction, deviates about. 80 kilometres to the east,
becoming depressed at the same time and enclosing Lake Lacar
which — situated in appearance on the other side of the
Cordillera — discharges its waters into the Pacific.
The lake lies 530 metres above the level of the sea, and ex
tends from east to west. It commences with considerable
width, about 6 kilometres. The northern ridge of the Quefii
valley borders it to the south as far as the River Chachim,
where it abuts. From this point the southern ridge of the

No. 136. ( 932 )
same valley draws nearer to the lake and borders it to the east,
sinking almost completely. The peak Culaquina is the most
notable of the mountains to the south ; Mount Trumpul,
among those to the north. The northern ridge stretches at
some distance from the shores of the lake, leaving an extensive
plain where the Indians have their crops and pastures : the
properties of Huentrupan and Hilario are to be found there.
The Spaniards had constructed some forts on those same shores,
knowing very well that, once the gap was passed, there was no
other way of reaching the pampas but by the northern shore.
At some 32 kilometres from its head Lake Lacar narrows and
forms the ferry of Nontue, which is 40 metres wide ; it then
broadens again and forms another sheet of water 8 kilometres
in extent, where the River Chachim, the outlet of the Quefii
flows. It again narrows at the ferry of Huahum, some 80
metres wide, and, continuing with the same width for some
20 kilometres, joins Lake Pirihuaico. This latter lake extends
from east to west for some 30 kilometres ; it is narrow, not
attaining 4 kilometres in its widest part ; its outlet is the River
Callitue, which joins the outlets of Lakes Panguipulli and Calaf-
quen situated to the north of this parallel on the western side of
the Cordillera ; it then takes the name of the River Shoshuenco
and discharges into Lake Rinihue. This lake lies north-west
to south-east for some 20 kilometres, with a width of from 2 to
5 kilometres. Its outlet is the River Valdivia.
We thus see a lake, the Lacar, which at first sight seems Quoted
to be situated on the other side of the line of water-parting, and p'
nevertheless discharges its waters into the Pacific Ocean ; its
eastern extremity is not more than 15 to 20 kilometres distant
from the great tributaries to the Atlantic.
Whoever should pass the Cordillera without noticing such
a singular case, would be still more surprised were he to hear
the Indians of Huentrupan relate that, an Indian from Val
divia, called Paulino, having crossed to the other side for trading

No. 136. ( 933 )
purposes, the winter snows closed the pass over the gap ; being
pressed by certain circumstances, he joined two other of his
countrymen who were in the same predicament, and went on
horseback as far as Lake Pirihuaico ; there they constructed a
canoe, and, by the River Callitue, they reached Lake Rinihue,
exciting the wonder of the inhabitants of Valdivia by this
journey, which revealed so many mysteries respecting the
natural formation of those regions. At first it was believed
to be a fable, but afterwards the truth of the fact was verified.
Don Atanasio Guarda told me that he himself had lent horses
to the Indian when he disembarked, to enable him to reach
Futronhue, whereof he was a native.
*****
(P. 181) February 23. . . . The valley at the entrance of
which Trureupan and Huentrupan live, is from two to three
miles wide at its head ; it is confined on the north by a chain of
mountains covered with forests, a ramification of the northern
barrier of Lake Lacar, and on the south, by another chain of
bare and arid mountains, a ramification of the southern barrier.
These southern mountains have a peculiar aspect ; from the
sandy ground which constitutes them, there rise at intervals
basaltic vertical prisms in the shape of walls, towering one above
another, and giving these hills the aspect of real fortifications
with bastions : small green patches represent the loopholes,
especially one which is marked on the map, behind the huts
of Trureupan, which is a very notable one ; I have named it
Cerro de la Fortaleza [Chapelco]. At the end of eight or ten
kilometres the valley widens very much to end in swampy
plains, and on the left it joins another valley which stretches
towards the north. As the valley along which we marched is
covered with water in winter by the floods of the streams, it is
not traversed at its bottom, but along the slopes of the mountains
on the south ; and in summer, by force of habit, the same road
is used. We continued by the path which meanders capri-

No. 136. ( 934 )
ciously along the slopes of the hills, sometimes higher and
sometimes lower, meeting occasionally with pine forests.
*****
(P. 183) We entered a valley, in which flows a rivulet of
unknown name, the banks of which are covered with dense
apple orchards. The valley stretches as far as a mountain,
whence a beautiful panorama may be seen. It is very exten
sive ; facing the north, we saw, on our left, the central crest
of the Cordillera, at the extremity of which, a little outside its
general direction and overtowering the neighbouring moun
tains with its snow-capped summit, Volcano Lagnin [Lanin],
or Pifiones, rises. At the foot of these mountains the valley
of the Huentrupan is situated.
At the place situated perpendicularly below the crest,
where we believed the huts of Huen were to be found, we could
see a small body of water which, owing to its position in regard
to ourselves, we conjectured to be a portion of Lake Lacar ;
but Motoco, to whom we spoke about it, told us that it was
another lake called Quilquihue, whence the Trepelco rises, a
river which flows into the Pihualcura, an affluent of the Chime
huin. After having crossed this ridge, we reached a plateau
over which we marched for some miles, at the end of which we
descended into a quebrada. Above this quebrada basaltic
prisms may be seen. At the bottom of the quebrada the valley
of Yafi-yafi commenced. Many of the streams we had found
full of water on our last journey were now dry. The valley
is bordered on the right and left by the hills which connect it
with the great plateau that may be seen on the map ; basaltic
prisms on the summit of the hills seem masonry walls constructed
to support the earth of the plateau. We crossed the river two
or three times ; finally, at night, seeing a herd of horses at
some distance, we halted before reaching them, and decided
to pass the night at this spot.

No. 136. ( 935)
Geography.
(P. 439) The southern Cordillera is notably lower than the
northern one, and its eastern as well as western branches
hardly deserve this name when compared to the mighty
body from which they derive their origin. Hence the several
low, and more or less accessible, gaps to be met with from the
sources of the Tolten as far as the parallel of Reloncavi Inlet.
The same flatness of this ground and its broad plateau explain
the presence of Lakes Nahuelhuapi on the east and Todos los
Santos on the west. The series of lakes which may be seen
between Villarica and Llanquihue, including this, are only
bordered, on the side of the plain, by heights almost impercep
tible at first sight. Their outlets, which determine the basins
of which I shall speak presently, far from presenting the aspect
of the torrential rivers of the north, are, as a general rule, tran
quil, and lend themselves to boat navigation for long and
frequent stretches. *****
(P. 440) The long valley which leads to the Ranco Gap is Quoted
formed by two branches of slight elevation that begin at Lake
Ranco, sometimes widening into pretty plains, or narrowing
so as to give place to one of the tributaries of Lake Ranco.
The greatest width is at Arsquilhue, where the plains have some
extension ; from Maihue these branches form a gorge where
the torrent Foyil runs down, and abut on the gap, at the Lipela
ridge. They are prolonged to the other side, forming the
Queni valley. The northern ridge abuts on Lake Lacar, where
the River Chachim, the outlet of the Quefii lake, enters it. The
southern ridge approaches the lake, forms a pronounced bend
in Fortress hill [Chapelco], surrounds the lake, becoming de
pressed, detaches a branch to the north, which terminates at
the Volcano Lagnin [Lanin], and trends westwards, enclosing
the waters of Lakes Lacar, Pirehueico, etc.

No. 136. (936)
Therefore, this ridge, which surrounds Lake Lacar, may be
considered as a great inflection that the central line of the Cor
dillera makes to the east of some 20 leagues' radius. To the
north of this lake the Central Cordillera again takes its north
to south direction. *****
(P. 440) The Rio Calle-Calle has its origin in Lake Lacar, ^""J^.
formed by the waters and snow of the Cordillera. This lake
communicates with that of Pirehueico, which discharges its
waters through the Rio Callitue which joins the outlets of
Lakes Panguipulli and Calaufquen ; it then takes the name of
Rio Shoshuenco and empties itself into Lake Rinihue. The
outlet of this lake runs to the west, and is called Rio de los Cir-
uelos as far as the mission of Quinchilca, where it is joined by
the river of the same name ; and, further on, by the Coli-leufu
which also comes from the south ; and near the mountain
Quita-Calzon it is called Calle-Calle, a name which it preserves
as far as Valdivia, where it is joined by the Rivers Cruces, Futa,
Angachilla and others ; in its whole course it receives over
fifteen streams and rivers.

No. 137.
THE COASTS OF THE INLETS ON THE 52ND PARAL
LEL AND ADJOINING LANDS ARE DISCOVERED
AND TAKEN POSSESSION OF BY CHILE IN
1558.
[Translation of Extracts from " Relacion de Viaje al Estrecho," written by
Juan Ladrillero, printed in " Anuario Hidrogrdfico de la Marina de Chile"
vol. vi. (with annotations), pp. 479-486.]
(Quoted on page 1535 of the Statement.)
There runs southward another channel between the said island
and the continent for ten leagues,79 — where the middle of said
leagues lies E. to W. from the port of San Lazaro, as aforesaid,
and twelve leagues to the N.W. of the extremity of the Bay de
San Lazaro, and eighteen from its northern extremity, — and I
entered by the said channel in the belief that it was the Strait,
as it lies by 52°, as stated in Magellanes' account.
We sailed by the said channel S.3-S.E. and ten leagues to
the S.W. until we came to an island 80 of six leagues perimeter ;
and the said channel was one and a half and two leagues wide.
To the S.E. of said island, there lies a smaller one,81 where the
channel widens to three leagues, but before widening the channel
is so narrow that it is scarcely a bowshot's distance, and there
™ Canal Sarmiento.
80 Carrington Island, situated at the southern extremity of Canal Sarmi
ento. 81 Newton Island, between which and the continent runs Collingwood
Channel which widens in this part. 937

No. 137. (938)
are some islets before it widens.82 Where the channel widens
to three leagues, two other channels join with it from the N.83
the one trending to the N.N.W. within the ten leagues.
From this island, just mentioned, the channel runs seven
leagues to the S.W.^S. to another island,84 and hence the
channel turns to the N.N.E. for four leagues where it branches
into two channels, the one running to the N. between some
high mountains,85 and the other to the E. and we followed it
for five leagues with the same bearing to the E., and towards
the middle of this five leagues, another channel 86 running to
the N.E. comes by the N.
After sailing these five leagues we saw a narrow in the chan
nel not wider than a bowshot's distance,87 and very deep, with
stronger currents than a mill-stream, which became narrowed
to half a bowshot's distance, after which the channel widened
to three leagues ; and on the S.E. a channel,88 of one and a half
leagues, runs to the W.S.W. Another, three leagues wide, ran
from the N. towards the S.E. On the ridge of a mountain
range there was a bell-shaped rock, and at the foot of it a port 89
sheltered from every wind except the N.E., and in the middle
of the said channel is an island90; it runs to the N. for two
leagues, where the channel widens ; and five leagues further
there is an island,91 and the bay is five leagues wide, and in
this part there are four channels, the first of which is towards
the S.W. (?), and it runs to the E.S.E., and we sailed by it ;
it ran six leagues to the E.S.E. as far as a point of sand where
82 South-western extremity of Carrington Island.
83 Both channels are shown on the chart, but left nameless.
84 Union Channel and the Island of Ancon sin Salida.
85 Canal de las Montanes.
86 These Channels are nameless, but may be seen on the chart as the explorer
has been very accurate in every detail of this part.
87 Kirke Narrow. 88 Little Hope Inlet.
8a It is easy to see on the chart which is the port to which Ladrillero refers.
90 It is marked on the chart.
61 Focus Island, being so named by Lieutenant Skyring on account of being
the meeting point of numerous channels.

No. 137. ( 939 )
many whirlwinds blew, and we sailed five leagues hence to
the S.S.E., and at this place I TOOK POSSESSION, being in 53°
and more ; and from where I TOOK POSSESSION we saw that
the channel followed south for another five leagues, where it
seemed to end, and so we turned back,92 and seeing that it
was not the Strait, we returned to Reyes Island [Focus Id.],93
which was three leagues from the mouth of the channel, and
I called it so because we reached it on the Epiphany (January
6th, 1588); and we sailed five leagues to the N.E. to the E.r
where we came across another channel and followed it, the
ground being of good appearance and deer numerous, and
where wheat might be sown, as well as corn and other grain ;
and from here the Cordillera ends, and it was only plains to
wards the E.N.E. as far as the North Sea, as it seemed ; M
and from the summit of a ridge we saw a channel of which over
fifteen leagues was to be seen and which stretched to the E.N.E.,95
and it was more than one and a half leagues wide. We sailed on
our search by the other channel I have mentioned, by which we
ran three leagues to the N.W. a quarter to the N. from Venados
Point, and from here it runs five leagues to the north, after
92 Obstruction Sound, through which Ladrillero sailed.
93 At the junction of the channels and in front of the island lies Pascua
Bay, so called by Lieutenant Skyring, 270 years after Ladrillero's expedition.
In both cases the origin of the name was the same, viz. : the Christian holiday
recorded by the former was the " Pascua Florida,'' and by the latter the " Pascua
de los Reyes " (Epiphany), these being the eve of their arrival at said places.
94 The course of time, with the progress of geography, has proved Ladrillero
to be right when he placed the southern extremity of the mountain chain which
forms the Cordillera de los Andes and the beginning of the extensive plains reach
ing the Atlantic. The difference of climate is also accurate ; the temperature
being more like that of northern regions classified as temperate. The deer were
not chamois as the Spaniards supposed, but were " Huemules " (Cervus chilensis),
which, like all their race, live equally well in forests and high lands or in marshes
or swamps, as happens in the Diana Plains, which Lieutenant J. T. Rogers of the
Chilean Navy thinks ought to be called Diana Swamps on account of their being
impassable. In the years 1878-79 this officer explored by land the eastern end
of the channels visited by Ladrillero.
95 There being no bearing for this channel, we assume it to lie S., and sup
pose it to be Skyring Water on account of the distance.

No. 137. ( 940 )
which five leagues it turns eight leagues more to the N.W. and
one league to the N. where we found a river of great volume
[Rio Serrano ?], which issued from between snowy mountains ;
and seeing that it was not that which we were in search of,
though the channel was still one league and one and a half
leagues wide, we turned back and passed by the main channel,96
where we found another river of fresh water of a very strong
current and between great snowy ranges. We turned back
and followed another channel that we had left before after
following it four leagues from Venados Point, and this also
came to an end after sailing four leagues to the N.E.,97 and
seeing that we did not find the Strait, nor any issue to the
channel, which seemed to run towards the plain ground I have
mentioned, being only four leagues therefrom, we turned back
to Venados Point, where within an hour the two crossbow men
killed fifteen deer, and we went to Reyes Island, crossing the
channel which was six leagues wide, where we saw two more
channels, and followed one of them 88 thinking to find a pass,
by which we sailed to the N.E. and N.N.E. for eighteen leagues
where it ended in a very deep bay one league wide.
All this land is the end of the mountains from Venados
Point and Reyes Island, and it is all flat ground towards the
North Sea (Atlantic Ocean) and ground of good appearance ; and
towards the South Sea, very great snowy mountains of rock
and forests of oak and cypress trees, and red timber and white
timber and yellow timber, all excellent fuel, and make a very
good fire, the soil being all rock ; and I take that to be the
reason why it is so good to burn, and the ground being so good
and very cold, the natives here need it greatly, as they go
naked.99
96 Last Hope Inlet, the waters of which are rendered fresh by the rivers
that it receives at its extremity, where a beautiful glacier also exists.
97 Worsley Sound. "8 Canal de las Montanas, already mentioned.
99 During the centuries that elapsed from Pascua de Reyes de 1558 to
"Pascua de Resureccion " (Easter Day) in 1830, there was no attempt to find

No. 137.
( 941 )
The people of this land are of a pleasant disposition ; the
men and women small, of a goodly figure and body, as it seems.
They are clothed in deer skins tied at the throat, and extending
down as far as the knees. . . . They eat their meat and shell
fish raw, and if sometimes they roast it, it is very little, so as
hardly to warm it. They have no houses and no hamlets.
They have canoes made of cypress bark and of other trees. In
these they convey their women and friends and children, and
with some rods and barks that they have in their canoes when
they settle in a place, they build a small hut where they are
sheltered from the rain and snow. We did not see that they
had any weapons, though we took from them some women and
boys, and set the women free. The latter are very small.
These people are of a kindly aspect, and the boys more so than
the women.100
This land lies by 5 2°. The weather prevailing in this Bay
of San Lazaro is the same as in the other bay near the sea in
the month of December and January ; north winds that blew
for twenty-four hours very strongly ; thence they turned to blow
from the sea, and so for three or four days, and they turned
back to the north and there is much wind, and it always rains.
When it blows from the north it is very dark and overcast, and
when it blows from the west and south it is clearer and it does
not rain so much. When the west wind ceases the horizon
gets clear towards the west and the south. In this said channel
and in Reyes Island and at Venados Point, it is usual to
a passage towards the Magellanes Straits by any of the channels through which
Juan Ladrillero had sailed. As a proof of the degree of confidence which this
explorer inspires, in order to allow a comparison to be made, we transcribe some
lines of the descriptions made by Skyring and Kirke, the British officers who
made an exact survey of these intricate channels.
(Quotation follows.)
The British explorer sailed, one by one, through all the channels which con
gregate round Focus Island, and to the survey of every one of them may be applied
what Lieutenant Skyring said of Obstruction Channel.
(Another quotation.)
100 (Note about the Indians.)

No. 137. ( 942 )
have a clear horizon towards the North Sea. The sun shines
. . . (?). For the rest of the time when the winds from the
north and west blow, going through the Cordillera towards
the South Sea, there is rain and darkness, and sometimes winds
from the S.S.E. and E., though rarely. When they blow they
are clear, but this happens in January.101
101 The information contained in Ladrillero's description as refers to the
inhabitants, soil, animals and climate, is in accordance with that given by Captain
Parker King in his lecture before the Royal Geographical Society. Mr. Bynoe,
referring to the land which surrounds Pascua Bay, says that " it is very similar to
the prospect of the English parks ; beautiful clusters of trees, straight and high,
separated from one another by spacious lawns covered with grass.'-

No. 138.
CHILE'S OFFICIAL DEFINITION, IN 1888, OF THE
BOUNDARY BY THE CONTINENTAL DIVIDE IN
THE REGION OF THE INLETS.
[From the Records of the Chilean Congress.]
(Quoted on page 1553 of the Statement.)
Instructions to Captain Serrano for a survey in 5 2°.
Santiago, December 24, 1888.
The Government wish to acquire a precise and detailed know
ledge of the Andean region in the neighbourhood of the 52nd
parallel of south latitude ; and, as such region is still almost
unknown, have decided to commission you to make a detailed
investigation of it in conformity with the instructions herein
stated : —
I. In the first place you will study the divortium aquarum
of the Andes, from its intersection with the 52nd parallel to
wards the north, as far as the termination of the sea-arm known
as Last Hope Inlet [Estero de la Ultima Esperanza] ; you will ^"1553.
construct a map of this region and will trace on it the line
which separates us from the Argentine Republic, — which line,
in conformity with the Treaty of July 23, 1881, must pass
between the streams ivertientes) which flow towards one side
and the other.
To carry out this work, you will ascend by the rivers which
disembogue into the Pacific, and survey the sources of those

No. 138. ( 944 )
which flow towards the Atlantic, determine their hydrographical
basins and the geographical co-ordinance of their sources by
means of astronomical observations or by triangulations, and
measure the heights of the principal points of the anticlinal
line and more remarkable surrounding mountains.
II. You will draw on the map the principal cordons of the
Cordillera with their different ramifications, stating their
height, and supplement the said map with the photographic
views most conducive to the formation of an accurate idea of
the configuration of those regions.
III. You will make a hydrographical map of the outline of
the coast of the neighbouring channels, connecting it with
the works which may be carried out on land.
To make this map you may commission the Commander of
the Magallanes, giving him, for that purpose, the necessary
instructions. IV. You will take photographic views of the mountain
ranges, of the various places through which the anticlinal line
passes, and in general, of all those regions which you may con
sider advisable for the better illustration of the map.
V. You will collect all these various works under one
cover, and deliver the same at this Ministry together with an
explanatory report.
To carry out this work the gunboat Magallanes has been
supplied with all the materials that have been considered neces
sary, and her Commander has been instructed to proceed to
Lota to coal and place himself under your orders.
The Commander of the Toro, at present in Punta Arenas,
has been instructed also to place himself under your orders,
to accompany you to the ground of the operations and to give
you all the help that may be necessary. The Governor of
Punta Arenas has also orders to help you in whatever manner
may be possible, and to place at your disposal the horses under
his charge for the demarcation of our boundaries.

No. 138. ( 945 )
This Ministry has deemed it advisable to appoint as your
adjutants, Major Roberto Goni, Second Lieutenant of the
Navy, Don Roberto Maldonado, Midshipman Alejandro Benitez,
and Senores Carlos Soza and Antonio Polloni, all of whom you
will find on board the Magallanes.
As a great portion of the work you will have charge of will
have to be performed through virgin forests, mostly impene
trable, you are hereby authorized to call at Ancud to engage
fifteen woodmen, paying each of them wages not exceeding
30 pesos a month, and as much as 125 pesos to their foreman.
You are hereby also authorized to engage the necessary guides
at Punta Arenas.
Once the works are completed, you may return to this
capital on board the Magallanes, or on one of the mail steamers,
as you may think advisable ; and, in this latter case, you will
give instructions to the Commander of the Magallanes to return
to the Department, touching first at Ancud in order to land
there the woodmen engaged for the expedition.
The Government trust that you, with the aid of all the
materials placed at your disposal and employing on your part
all the energy necessary, will carry to a satisfactory termination
the work entrusted to you, notwithstanding the difficulties
which you will have to overcome.
I am, etc. Demetrio Lastarria.

L L

No. 139.
DR. OTTO N0RDENSKJ8LD ON THE BOUNDARY
QUESTION NEAR THE 52ND PARALLEL.
[Translation of an Extract from " Fran Eldslandet" Stockholm, 1898, p. 234.]
(Quoted on page 1560 of the Statement.);
% % % * %
In order to arrive at an agreement, Argentina availed herself
of the difficult position of Chile during the war against Peru
and Bolivia, and the Treaty of 1881 was made. Chile got the
Magellan territories south of 5 2° south lat. ; only those parts
of the Land of Fire which lay to the east of the Straits were to
belong to Argentina. All the rest of the country was divided
between the two States, so that the chain of the Cordilleras
should form the boundary line here, as it does in the north ;
and a little foresight and goodwill have now put an end to all
this frontier question once for all.
But such was not to be the case. Whether it was caused
by the ignorance of those who had to deal with the matter, or
whether, as seems more probable, an ambiguous contract was
drawn up on purpose to avoid too lengthy deliberations, — at all
events, as the Treaty is worded, it cannot be adhered to. " The
frontier between Chile and Argentina is formed by the Andean
Cordilleras, and the boundary line shall follow their highest
summits, which form the watershed between the oceans,"
says the first article ; but, at that time, it ought to have been
well known that it is not the highest summits which form the
watershed, that the latter generally follows a much lower range

No. 139. ( 947 )
of mountains, lying more to the east, and that, between this
lower range and the chain of the Andes proper, extend wide
and often fertile valleys. These valleys, often very valuable,
which have only become somewhat known of very recent years,
form the most important point of dispute between Chile and
Argentina. It is difficult to express an opinion about the question, which
of the two States is nearer the right in this matter. I do not
know, from personal experience, the northern parts of the
frontier-districts in question, but it seems to me, that the literal
interpretation of the Treaty would there be more favourable
to Chile, because the absolute height itself seems to be a less im- ^ °^
portant characteristic than the especially mentioned character
istic of being a water-parting, so long as one keeps within the
Cordilleras proper. Much more intricate does the question
become in the southernmost parts of the continent, in the
districts within the latitude of the Ultima Esperanza, which
I explored during last summer. The chain of the Cordilleras
is quite broken off in these districts, and the watershed follows
almost imperceptible hills of Patagonian character. One asks
oneself whether the Treaty does not refer to the watershed as
a more important feature than the absolute height ; but, on
the other hand, it puts as the most important condition, that
the frontier shall follow the Cordilleras, which in this case would
mean that it should go as near to the coast as possible.
As the question is so difficult to solve, there seem to exist
only three possible means of arriving at an interpretation :
war, or an entirely new treaty agreed upon in an amicable
manner, or to intrust the question to the arbitration of a
friendly power. The last alternative was decided upon in the
early part of the year 1896 ; and the joy of Chile was great, —
for, notwithstanding her superior force, at least at sea, she had
always tried to avoid war, — when an agreement had been made
to intrust the disputed questions to the arbitration of England.

Contents.

PART II. {continued):
Documents and Extracts from various Authors.
no. page
61 Report of the Chilean Commissioner on the revision of the San
Francisco Landmark . . . . . . . . 433
62 The Argentine Commissioners' Report On the San Francisco Land
mark in 1894 ....... 439
Enclosure A. Extracts translated from a certified copy of the
Argentine Expert's Note dated August 14, 1894 . . . 439
Enclosure B. Translation of extracts from the Argentine Com
mission's Report printed in Bertrand's Estudio Ttcnico,
pp. 1 06-1 10, footnote ...... . 440
63 The Chilean Expert on the revision of the San Francisco Land
mark ........... 445
64 The Argentine Expert on the San Francisco Landmark and the
"main chain of the Andes," on December 14, 1894 . . 455
65 Acts of Delimitation in 1895 . . . . . . .468
Enclosure A. Act of the erection of the landmark at " Las
Lenas"  468
Enclosure B. Act of the erection of a landmark in the Pass of
Reigolil ........ . 469
Enclosure C. Act of the erection of the landmark at Coloco 470
66 Acts of delimitation drawn up in bilateral form on March 14,
1896  ... 472
Enclosure A. Lagunita Landmark ..... 472
Enclosure B. Act of suspension of the works of the First Sub-
Commission, dated March 15, 1896  475
67 Record of the divergence of the Commissions as to the Rilul
Landmarks .......... 476
68 Act of the delimitation between Dungeness Point and Mount
Aymond ........ 480
Enclosure A. The Chilean Assistant to the Chilean Expert . 480
Enclosure B Act of Demarcation . . . .482
69 The Argentine Legation at Santiago on the Demarcation in 1898 484
70 The Chilean Government on the Demarcation in 1898 . . . 487

li CONTENTS.
NO. PAGE
71 The Experts' Agreement in 1897 as to the presentation of proposals
for a general frontier line . . . . . . • 49 *
Enclosure A. Agreement of the Experts  49 l
Enclosure B. The Chilean Expert to the Chilean Government . 492
Enclosure C. The Chilean Government to their Expert . . 493
72 The Chilean Expert on the delays occurring in the Demarcation . 495
73 The Argentine Expert on the Demarcation work . . . .502
74 f«The Argentine Expert on the Demarcation work . . . 514
75 The Chilean Expert on the drawing up of the final Records . -521
76 The Chilean Expert oh the delays in the drawing up of the Records 524
77 The difficulties in the Demarcation are officially submitted to
Arbitration . .  527
Enclosure A. The Chilean Minister in London to the Marquis of
Salisbury . . . . . . . . . -527
Enclosure B. The Marquis of Salisbury to the Chilean Plenipotentiary 528
78 H.B.M.'s Government is requested to accept the Office of
Arbitrator . . . . . . . . . -53°
Enclosure A. The Chilean Minister in London to the Marquis of
Salisbury . . . , . . . . . -53°
Enclosure B. The Marquis of Salisbury to the Chilean Plenipotentiary 531
Enclosure C. Her Majesty Queen Victoria to the President of
Chile  532
79 The definition of the Andean frontier line in the Treaty of 1881.
Spanish, French and English Versions ..... 534
80 "Cumbres" translated by "Summits" in Argentine Official Docu
ments . .......... 536
8 1 The Argentine Expert's Assistants' use of the term " vertientes "
as sources and headwaters . . . . . . .542
82 Synonymy of "vertientes" (springs or sources) and ''cabeceras"
(headwaters) ......... 550
83 Minister . Zeballos' official translations of " vertientes " by
"sources," "headwaters," and "watersheds" . . 556
84 Minister Dominguez' use of " vertientes " and official translation
by "the falls of the rivers" ....'. . 584
85 The " Uruguay-Iguazu" Water-Parting . . . . 587
86 The Puna Arbitration Boundary Line  591
87 Restricted powers of the Experts declared by the Argentine Expert 595
88 Stability of Main Water-Partings  597
Enclosure A. Extract 'from Sir Archibald Geikie's "Text-book of
Geology"  597
Enclosure B. Extract of G, K. Gilbert's "Report on the Geology
of the Henry Mountains " .  599
Enclosure C. Extracts from Philippson, "Studien iiber Wasser-
schieden " . . .... . 60

CONTENTS. iii
NO. PAGE
89 Powers of the Commissioners for the Franco-Spanish Delimitation,
according to the Treaty of the Pyrenees (1659) . . . 615
Enclosure A. Article XLII. of the "Traite de Paix norrime' des
Pyrenees entre les Couronnes de France et d'Espagne ". . 615
Enclosure B. Extract from the "Convention entre les Commissaires
de France et d'Espagne en execution du Quarante deuxieme
Article du Traits des Pyrenees, du douzieme Novembre, 1660" 616
90 Customary sense of the terms " principal chain '' and "principal
cordillera" as derived from the Treaty of Bayonne, 1856 . 617
91 Customary sense of "principal crest" and "principal chain" as
derived from the Treaty of Bayonne, 1862 .... 620
92 The Hydrographical Boundary on the "principal crest" of the
Pyrenees . . . . . . . . . .622
93 Customary sense of the term " La crete des montagnes," accord
ing to the Treaty of Bucharest, 1887  625
94 Water-parting boundaries in the Treaty of Berlin, 1878 . . 637
95 Principles applied and terms used in the Demarcation of the
Balkan Frontiers ......... 642
Enclosure A. Act of Delimitation between Bulgaria and Eastern
Roumelia .......... 642
Enclosure B. Act of Delimitation between Bulgaria and Turkey
(Macedonia)  646
Enclosure C. Act of Delimitation of the Southern Boundary of
Eastern Roumelia ........ 647
96 Mountains erroneously mentioned as points of the water-parting,
left outside of the Servian Boundary . . . . .651
97 Questions raised as to the water-parting in the Demarcation of
the Balkan Frontiers ........ 654
98 The Turco-Greek Boundary as decided by the Delegates of the
Powers on July 15, 1880  668
99 The Turco-Greek Boundary as fixed by Convention on May 24,
1881  671
100 Identity of "crete" with the "mathematical line" of the line
of water-parting  . -673
101 Question raised as to the cutting of the River Salamvryas in the
Turco-Greek Boundary ....... 690
102 The water-parting not prescribed in the Tian-Shan, according to
the Russo-Chinese Treaty of Pekin (i860) .... 700
103 Customary form to express the water-parting boundary, as
derived from the Brazil- Venezuelan Treaty of 1859 . . 702
104 Brazilian and Venezuelan official declaration as to the principle
of demarcation by the water-parting ..... 704
Enclosure A. (Translated from " Relatorio da Reparticao dos Negocios
Estrangeiros do Brazil" 1893, pp. 27-30) .... 704

iv CONTENTS.

Enclosure B. (From " Kelaiorio da Reparticao dos Negocios
Estrangeiros do Brazil" Rio Janeiro, 1896, p. 21) . . . 708
105 The Venezuelan Government official opinion as to the precise
signification of the term "division of waters" in Boundary
Treaties . . . . . . . . .710
Enclosure A. The Venezuelan Minister for Foreign Affairs to the
Venezuelan Minister in Washington ..... 710
Enclosure B. The Venezuelan Minister of Public Works to the
Venezuelan Minister for Foreign Affairs . . . .713
106 Customary use of the term "great mountain chain" to
designate in Treaties a main water-parting with no orographic
ridge  718
107 No water-parting prescribed in the Alaska Boundary . . .719
108 The water-parting in the Sierra Leone Boundary . . .721
109 Powers and attributions of the Delegates in the Puna Arbitration 725
no Antecedents of the Argentine-Bolivian Treaty of 1893 . . 729
in Reasons alleged by the Chilean Delegates in the Puna Arbitration
in support of the Chilean Expert's line ..... 734
112 Senor Bertrand on the Cordilleras, North of the 27th Parallel . 738
113 Dr. L. Darapsky on the Cordilleras of the Puna de Atacama . 745
114 Engineer Flint on the Cordillera at San Francisco Pass . .752
115 Dr. Brackebusch's General Description of the Northern Cordilleras 756
116 Various documents relating to the doubtful dominion over the
" Valle de los Patos ' * . . . . . . . 769
Enclosure A. From Sefior Tejedor, the Argentine Minister for
Foreign Affairs, to the Governor of the Province of Mendoza 769
Enclosure B. From the Governor of Mendoza to the Argentine
Minister for Foreign Affairs . . . . . . 771
Enclosure C. Decision of the Chilean Tribunal . . -772
Enclosure D. Decision of the Supreme Court of Chile . -773
Enclosure E. Information of the Provincial authorities of San Juan
(Argentine Republic) . . . . . . . .774
Enclosure F. Appointment of a Commission of Inquiry "Hacienda
and Formento" Department . . . . . . -775
Enclosure G. Report of the Commission . . . . -775
Enclosure H. From the Argentine Plenipotentiary at Santiago
to the Chilean Minister for Foreign Affairs . . . .776
Enclosure J. The Argentine Minister in Santiago to the Argentine
Minister for Foreign Affairs . . . . . . -778
117 Original proposal of the Chilean Commissioner for the delimita
tion between 310 40' and 320 32' . . . . . . 779
Enclosure A. Excerpt from the Report ..... 779
Enclosure B. Communication of the Argentine Commission . 781
118 E. A. Fitzgerald, on the Andean Boundary ..... 782

CONTENTS. v
NO. PAGE
119 Colonel Olascoaga (Argentine) on the Eastern Cordilleras . . 792
120 The Museo de la Plata's Assistants on the continental divide at
the Vergara Pass, and surrounding region .... 805
121 Vicuna Mackenna on the Vergara Pass .... 809
122 Engineer E. Dubois on the Vergara Pass ..... 822
123 The Argentine Engineer, Av6 Lallemant, on the Eastern
Cordilleras .......... 830
124 Various antecedents of the Chilean Government Decree dated
October 8, 1888, whereby the Department of " La Laja" is
divided into 25 "Subdelegaciones" ..... 845
125 Argentine Forces trespassing into the Bio-Bio Valley in 1883.
Customary use of the term "the Cordillera" for "the
divortium aquarum line" . . . . . . -851
126 The Argentine Reports on the Raid of 1883 .... 857
Enclosure A. Report of Lieut. -Col. Diaz to the Commandant of
the Second (Argentine) Brigade, Colonel Enrique Godoi . 857
Enclosure B. Extract from General Villegas' Journal . . . 859
127 The Argentine Expert's Report (in 1896) on the Arco Pass
and surroundings . . . . . . . .861
128 Dr. Carl Burckhardt on the Andean Tectonics in 390 S. . 865
129 Erroneous situation on the Santa Maria Pass on the Argentine
Map V., as inferred from the communications between the
Commissions in 1896 ........ 881
Enclosure A. The Chief of the Chilean Sub-Commission to the
Chief of the Argentine Sub-Commission .... 881
Enclosure B. Reply to the preceding Note by the Chief of the
Argentine Sub-Commission .... . . 883
130 The Argentine Expert on the Region of Reigolil and Mamuil
Malal  885
131 Surgeon Oyarzun (Chilean) on the region around Huechulafquen 891
132 General Villegas (Argentine) on the Topographical Obscurity as
to the Boundary ......... 900
133 Dr. Leo Wehrli on the Geology of the Andes in 400 and 410 S. . 903
134 Dr. Zapalowicz on the Eastern Cordilleras between 400 and
410 S. lat. .......... 909
135 Dr. Siemiradski on the Eastern Cordilleras between 390 and 400 S. 913
136 Sefior Guillermo Cox on the Cordilleras around Lake Lacar . 927
137 The Coasts of the Inlets on the 52nd Parallel and adjoining Lands
are discovered and taken possession of by Chile in 1558 . 937
138 Chile's official definition, in 1888, of the Boundary by the
continental divide in the region of the Inlets . . . 943
139 Dr. Otto Nordenskjold on the Boundary Question near the 52nd
parallel ...... ... 946

M M

Butler & Tanner,
The Selwood Printing Works,
Frome, and London.

YALE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY

3 9002 03038 9036